PROCEEDINGS

oston ^nriitg of Itaiural iistorg.

VOL IX,

ISGS, ise3

BOSTON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.

WILLIAM WOOD & CO., fil WALKER STKEP:T, NEW YORK.

TRUBXER & CO., 00 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.

18 65.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

Jeffries Wyman. j Augustus A. Gould.

Samuel L. Abbot. ! Charles K. Dillaway.

Samuel H. Scudder.

B 0 s T o X :
Press ok Geo. C. Rand & Avert, 3 Corkhill.

fA ^^^^,

PROCEEDINGS

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY'S RECORDS.

January 1, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Mr. Wilder described the muscles which move the snout
of the hog. The elevator has a very long tendon, and its
muscular attachment is very far back, protected by a long
ridge, and safe from all ordinary accidents; the depressor,
on the contrary, is very short, and attached very near the
terminal cartilage, both muscles of the important organ
being thus protected from injury. He remarked that while
we consider the long snout of the hog, compared with that
of common animals, as a sign of what we known to be his
beastly nature, yet the same organ, still further prolonged
into the trunk of the elephant, changes its function with the
nature of the animal so as to be capable of executing very
various and delicate motions. So that it is not always safe
to take a single organ as an index of the nature of the
possessor.

Mr. Marcou observed, in regard to deep-sea soundings, that
a Norwegian naturalist had recently obtained, by means of
the same instruments used by Capt. McCHntock and Dr.
Wallich, between Cape North and Spitzbergen, living ani-
mals from a depth of 8400 feet (more than 1 J miles); at this

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. 1 APRIL, 1862.

/ ? / ^'^

depth, where the temperature was only three-tenths of a
degree centicrade (nearly the freezing point), were found
livinor polyps, mussels, tunicata, annelides, and bright-col-
ored crustaceans. The same naturalist had found ammo-
nites (probably Jurassic), and leaves resembling those of the
palmetto (probably miocene), at Spitzbergen.

^Ir. Stodder read a paper " On the structure of the Valve
of the Diatomacese," and exhibited specimens of great beauty
under the microscope.

On the Structure of the valve of the Diatomace^. By
Charles Stodder.

There are recorded a few observations which mention the existence
of more than one plate of silex in the valve of some three or four
species of Diatoms. Mr. Shadbolt (Trans. Mic. Soc. 1st series, vol. iii.,
p. 49) describes the valve of Arachnoidiscus Japonicus as consisting of
two layers. Mr. Ralfs (Pritchard's Infusoria, 4th ed., p. 839) says the
valves of Actinoptijchus undulatus "frequently consist of two dissimi-
lar plates, one having the usual character, the other being triradiate
and minutely punctate, and which has been described as a new species
by Mr. Roper, who first observed it detached from the true valve. He
and others have since found the plates in siiw." Dr. F. W. Lewis
(Notes on new and rarer species of Diatomaceae, Phil., 1861, p. 6),
describing Navicula marginata, speaks of "the outer silicious
plate." Schleiden (Pritchard, 4th ed., p. 41) speaks of "two leaves
lying one over the other." Mr. Brightwell says of the lorica of
Triceratium that "the valves are resolvable into several distinct
layers of silex, dividing like the thin layers of talc." (Pritchard, p.
49.) These are all the authorities I can find that intimate the exist-
ence of more than one plate of silex in the valve.

Ehrenberg describes several species of Diatoms as "veiled," — a
most happy term as expressive of the appearance of tliose species to
which it is applied. Neither Ehrenberg nor any other microscopist
has offered any explanation of the cause of this appearance. Among
the species thus distinguislied, are the four species of Reliopelta,
though the fact is not mentioned in any of the published descriptions,
all of which are more or less imperfect.

Some time ago I found a broken specimen of Ileliopelta, which
exhibited clearly portions of the valve with the normal characters of
the genus, and, extending beyond the broken edges, portions of
another and inner plate of an entirely different structure. A few
months since, Mr. J. S. Melvin gave me specimens of a Diatom, as
possibly a new species. On examination of these I found that he had

obtained the inner plate of the valve of Heliopelta Lewenhoeckii entire
and perfect. I have since found other specimens in my own collec-
tion. This plate under low or medium powers shows only exquisitely
fine lines ; but with a high power ( yV ) it is resolved into minute
spherical granules of silex, arranged in parallel rows, radiating toward
the margin of the disc, placed in contact with each other, and
cemented together at their peripheries, the cement filling the inter-
stices. There is a distinct line corresponding to the divisions of the
compartments of the outer plate ; a triangular blank at the junction
of these lines with the margin, a conspicuous feature in the view
of the perfect frustule; a star-shaped blank in the centre, the rays
of the star being in number one-half of that of the compartments
of the disc. Heliopelta has the disc divided into six to twelve rays
or compartments, one-half of them having distinctly hexagonal areolae,
the alternate half having an entirely different kind of mark, which
has never been perfectly described or figured. Dr. Carpenter's
description is, perhaps, the best, but his figure is one of the most
inaccurate. (Carpenter on the Microscope, Phila., p. 290.) The
blank star of the inner plate is also a conspicuous feature of the per-
fect disc, and the rays of this star always coincide with the compart-
ment last described. The inner plate also shows marks indicating
the position of the marginal (improperly so called) spines ; and under
iJaigh power shows also faint impressions of the areolae of the outer
plate, which I consider proof that the two plates were in actual con-
tact. It is this inner plate that gives the veiled appearance to this
and other Diatoms, and I take the "veil "in all cases as a visual proof
of the existence of the inner plate. Dr. Carpenter says of Heliopelta^
that a minute granular structure may be shown to exist over the
whole of the valve, — "that the circular areolation exists in a deeper
layer of the silicious lorica."

Now, I am certain that Dr. Carpenter was piistaken in this last
remark, though, perhaps, not in what he saw. He had simply
observed a valve with the inside toward the eye. I have repeatedly
seen them in this position, and with the same effect. I have also
found what I take to be the inner plate of an Omphalopelta entire;
but the evidence of its connection with that genus is not quite
complete.

A few weeks since I found a broken specimen of Coscinodiscus;
the hexagonal areolse were large and distinct, and extending beyond
the broken edges, just as described in the Helio2)elta, was another part
of the disc which was simply granular, with a milky aspect. This is
the inner plate of the valve of that genus. Since that I have found
numerous examples of the same kind, and am now satisfied that they
are quite common, and that others as well as myself must have seen

them often before, without being aware of their nature. Like the
corresponding plate of Heliopelta, this is composed of spherical gran-
ules of silex, but instead of being in close contact, they are distant,
and joined or cemented together by a thin plate of silex, the arrange-
ment and place of the particles being governed by that of the hexa-
gons of the outer plate, one granule being placed against each hexa-
gon. By careful adjustment of the focus of the instrument, with a
power proportioned to the size of the areolae, the granules can be seen
in the centre of the hexagons ; care must, however, be taken not to
confound an optical effect with the appearance of the granules ;
each areola is a minute lens, and so refracts the light as to give a
bright or dark dot as the focus is changed, and the granules them-
selves contribute to this effect. Practice, however, will enable one to
distinguish these effects.

The species Eupodiscus Argus and Kogersi present strong evidence
of the inner plates; so, also, do some specimens of Isthmia nervosa,
of Epithemia, Achnanthes, and Polymyxus coronalis. I think I
have seen indications of them in several other genera. In some of
the Pinnularia and Navicula there are appearances which I can ex-
plain only on the supposition that the valve is composed of two plates,
as suggested by Schleiden. Suflficient, I think, has been proved to
warrant the generalization that the valve of the Diatomacese consists
of at least two plates of silex, the inner one of a structure more or
less differing from that of the outer, giving that peculiar appearance
to those species described as veiled, — partly the cause of the dots in
the hexagonal areolae of some species, — and often, probably, explain-
ing the varying descriptions and figures of different writers.

There is a difference of opinion among Diatomists as to the shape
of the dots or marks of the very finely marked kinds, such as the
whole of the genus Pleurosigma (Smith), — Gyrosigma (Hassal),
Mr. Wenham, by magnifying photographs of P. angulatum to 15000
diameters, has proved, as I think, that the areolae of that species
(and undoubtedly of all the species with diagonal lines) have hex-
agonal areolae, exactly like those of Coscinodiscus. Professor O. N.
Rood, of Troy, by the same process, has obtained photographs of the
same species (7000 diameters), which he thinks prove the areolae
to be circular. Professor Hood's photographs show some indications
of the hexagonal form, and I believe the difference between his
figures and Mr. Wenham's must be owing to some difference in the
manipulation. The areolae of the coarsely- marked forms being un-
ciuestionably hexagons, it is probable, from analogy, that those of the
finer forms are so also. Mr. Wenham, as quoted by Professor Rood,
"states that he has ascertained by a ^^^th that the markings of this
object are due to spherical particles of quartz." (Am. Jour. Science,

Nov., 1861, p. 336.) This observation, with the discovery of the
inner plate of the Coscinodiscus, and its structure, makes the analogy
of the structure of the two genera complete, and may be considered
as proving the existence of the inner plate in this genus.

Another point in the structure of the valve has been a subject of
much difference of opinion — some contend that the areolae are ele-
vations, others that they are depressions. Dr. J. W, Grifltiths gives,
in the Micrographical Dictionary, his reasons for considering tliem to
be depressions, I have reasons for thinking that neither party has
the true explanation of the structure. My opinion is that the exte-
rior of the shell is smooth or nearly so, and that the borders of the
hexagons, or other shaped areolae, and costse of the costate forms, are
internal projections from the outer plate, as on the under side of the
leaf of the Victoria Regia, intended to give strength to the cell with
the smallest quantity of material. This will explain the trace of the
hexagons seen on the inner plate of Hellopelta, as only the projecting
wall of the areolae would come in contact with the inner plate. Dr.
Griffiths reasoned that the areolae were depressions because they were
the thinnest parts of the shell; the facts are correct, but the inference
may not be, as there is another explanation of the phenomena.

In company with Dr. C. T. Jackson, I have dissolved a shell of Cos-
cinodiscus under the microscope, with caustic potash, and found that
the area of the cellules was dissolved before the walls, and that there-
fore they are the thinnest parts, as Dr. Griffiths judged from the opti-
cal effect.

Mr. Marcou stated that the last steamer for Europe from
this port had taken out clams, oysters, lobsters, and other
marine animals of our coast, for the purpose of acclimatizing
them on the Atlantic and Mediterranean coast of France.

A donation of insects, fish, crustaceans, a snake, and a
specimen of the wild potato, from the island of St. Lorenzo,
on the coast of Peru, opposite Callao, was presented in the
name of Dr. C. F. Winslow. A letter accompanied the
sp'ecimens, from which the following are extracts : —

The potato is the most important, which I send with the hope
that some of you will cultivate it. It is the wild potato, and the
same as those which were found by the early Spanish settlers in this
country, and first taken from St. Lorenzo for cultivation, and from
which have probably sprung all the varieties of potatoes cultivated
by civilized nations. Its favorite haunt seemed to be in light,
fine soil, near or under the edge of stones. It is not very abun-
dant on that part of the island which I explored. Helices abound

6

in countless numbers. They are observed scatteringly at first, about
four hundred feet above tlie sea, on the dry, loose sand attached
to some loose stone or lump of sand hardened by the mists. They
gradually increase in number as you ascend, over enormous areas
of drifting sand brought by the strong south-west winds from the
western coast of the island. On the higher slopes of the highest
ridge, tlie soil looks dark as observed from below, and in the numer-
ous guUeys that can be seen to descend from the summit there is a
line of white color following the tortuosities of their course. These
lines would deceive the thirsty pilgrim with the delusion of foaming
torrents, did he not know that it never rains on this coast. I
could not imagine what produced such an appearance of dashing
foam. However, on coming upon the higher altitudes, and upon the
dark and ashy soil 600 or 800 feet high, I found the helices much more
numerous, and attached in vast colonies to clusters of mosses, and
upon stones, and upon each other ; and, on suddenly coming to
the end of one of the gulleys above described, I was astonished to find
what appeared to be narrow, dashing torrents, to be in reality infinite
myriads of dead helices w^hich had blown from the slopes down into
the gulleys.

Darwin visited this island during his voyage in the Beagle. He
gives a brief description of his observations in his published memoirs.
I, also, saw many shells on the island lying loose upon the surface of
the hills, all the way from fifty to eight hundred feet above the sea.
But they seemed to me to have been dropped by birds, for w^here I
saw very old ones partly decayed, I also saw fresh ones which, to all
appearances, had not been dropped many hours.

On the Isthmus I made extensive observations and dissections of
cocoanuts, from the youngest fruit upwards, the results of which con-
firm all my own conclusions expressed the last evening I met the
Society, and disprove wholly the possibilities suggested by Professor
Agassiz. I will communicate on this subject hereafter.

Mr. L. Lincoln Tbaxter was elected Resident Member of
the Society, and Mr. George Mixter, of Harwich, Mass., a
Corresponding Member.

January 15, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Mr. Alexander Agassiz gave a description of a remarkable
annelid found in considerable numbers along the coast of
Massachusetts, Aiitolytus cormttus {Sacco nereis), presenting

the phenomena of alternate generation. (See Journal, vol.
vii., part iv.)

A valuable donation of objects of Natural History, and
specimens of the manufactures of the East Indian and Pacific
nations, was presented by the Boston Marine Society. It
comprised between fifty and sixty birds, mostly East Indian
and African, many of them rare, and new to the Society's
collection — jaws, teeth, horns, skulls, reptiles, fishes, shells,
and several botanical specimens. Also a large collection
of the handicraft of savage and semi-civihzed nations —
such as models of canoes and junks from China, Malacca,
Burmah, the Pacific Islands, and the Xorth-west Coast ; war
clubs and insignia of office; Malay, African, and Pacific
Island cutting weapons, spears, bows and arrows, quivers,
and paddles ; native cloth and tanned skins ; head-dresses,
and other articles of wearing apparel ; gourds, bags, cups,
pipes, fans, and ornaments ; a Feejee Island pillow of wood,
and miscellaneous articles too numerous to mention.

The following resolutions were adopted : —

Besolved, That the thanks of the Boston Society of Natiu'al History
be given to the Boston Marine Society for the very valuable collection
of birds, and other objects of Natural History, articles of East India
manufacture, &c., presented January 15, 1862.

Resolved, That the Members of the Boston Marine Society be in-
vited to visit the rooms of the Boston Society of Natural History, in
the present, or new building, whenever it may suit their convenience.

Resolved, That the Boston Marine Society are entitled to the
thanks of this Society, and of the community, for their efforts to pro-
cure, through the instrumentality of their organization, objects of
natural science and curious specimens of human art from all parts of
the world, and that they be earnestly requested to continue these
efforts, in all the commercial enterprises in which they may be inter-
ested, — that Boston may be second to no other city in the country
for its collection of objects of nature and art, gratuitously opened to
public inspection.

Messrs. Philip P. Uhler, of Baltimore, and Joseph A.
Clay, of Philadelphia, were elected Corresponding Members.

8

February 5, 1862.
The President in the chair.

The following paper was presented, and referred to the
Publishing Committee.
Description of neav species of Fossils from the Devonian

AND Carboniferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley, by

Charles A. White, of Burlington, Iowa.

ECHINODERMATA.

Crinoidea.
Genus Cyathocrinus Miller.

Cyathocrinus rigidus (n. s.) Body subglobose, basal plates
rather small, tumid in their centres, presenting a somewhat pentapeta-
lous appearance ; subradials rather large, convex and protuberant,
about as wide as high; first radials as wide as high, about the same size
as the subradials, a little wider below than above ; articulating facet
occupying the greater part of the width of the plate, and reaching down
nearly half its length, slightly excavated, and having a good-sized
notch in its upper margin ; second radials small and short ; third radials
wider and larger than the second, and upon these the arms strongly
diverge ; in a part of the arms the second bifurcation takes place
upon the same plate which rests upon the third radial, and the third
bifurcation, in some of these, occurs on the second plate from the sec-
ond bifurcation. The lower arm-plates are short and strong, the upper
ones are long and rather slender, and, being slightly curved in differ-
ent directions, give the arms a rigid appearance, which is increased
by slight angularities on their backs. Surface of the body-plates cov-
ered with numerous small, irregular nodes, which are sometimes
rather sharp and prominent, and have a tendency to arrange them-
selves in radiating lines from the centres of the plates. Suture lines
distinct, giving a prominent appearance to the plates. Column
round, moderately strong, and composed of rather thin joints of
alternating width.

This species is of about the same size and general form as C xiimi-
nalis of Hall, but its surface-markings and peculiar arms will readily
distinguish it from any other described species in these rocks.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — My own cabinet.

Cyathocrinus Kelloggi* (n. s.) Body robust, wider than high ;
basal plates of moderate size, rounded, truncated, and slightly exca-

* Dr. G. M. Kellogg, Keokuk, Iowa.

vated for the attachment of the column, which is not hirge, and has a
small central perforation ; subradials about as wide as high, very-
tumid, projecting from the body as fine strong nodes ; first radials
massive, prominent in the middle, wider than high, bending inward a
little between the arms ; arm facets prominent, subcircular, slightly
excavated, with a moderate-sized notch in the upper side, and the
lower margin sharply projecting ; anal plate quadrangular ('?), nearly
as wide w^here it rests squarely on the subradial as at the top ; suture
lines not very distinct ; four or five indistinct, parallel, radiating
ridges pass from the middle of each subradial plate to each of the
adjacent plates, being more distinct where they cross the suture
lines than on the more prominent parts.

This species may be easily distinguished from others with which it
is associated by its radiated surface, very tumid subradial plates, sub-
circular arm facets, and its having tlie true structure of Cyathocrinus,
not approaching Poteriocrinus, as do some of the Keokuk Limestone
species.

Locality and position, in the Keokuk Limestone, near Burlington,
Iowa. — Cabinet of Rev. W. H. Barris.

Genus Poteriocrinus Miller.

Poteriocrinus ob-uncus (n. s.) Body cup-shaped, about one
third wider than high, upper edge of the calyx much bent in between
the arms ; basal plates small, truncated for the attachment of the col-
umn, which is of medium size, with a small central perforation, bent up
at the sides to meet the subradials, which are moderately large, about
as wide as high ; first radials larger than the subradials, wider than
high, prominent at the base of the arms, giving the calyx a sub-pen-
tagonal outline ; arm facets occupying about one-third of the width of
the first radials, subcircular, with a broad notch in their upper mar-
gins, and a minute perforation in the centre just below the notch,
with a fine groove connecting them. Anal plates, two visible in our
specimen, one quadrangular, rather small, and situated partly be-
neath the first radial of the right posterio-lateral ray. Surface gran-
ulose, with a tendency of the granules to form radiating lines. Su-
ture lines distinct, with depressions at the angles of the body-plates.

This species has the aspect and form of Cyathocrinus, but ap-
proaches Poteriocrinus more nearly in the number and oblique posi-
tion of the anal plates. It is the first specimen I have observed
which shows the subcentral perforation in the arm facet, in rocks of
this age, although this peculiarity is not uncommon in species of this
genus in rocks of the age of the Upper Helderberg Limestones.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Rev. W. H. Barris.

10

PoTERiocRiNus SALiGNOiDEUS (ii. s.) Bocly Small, deeply cup-
shaped, height about the same as the width at the arm bases, spreading
very gradually with a slight outward curve from the base, which is
truncated and excavated for the attachment of the column, which latter
is proportionally large ; basal plates rather short, bent up abruptly
at their outer edges ; subradials moderately large, higher than wide,
three hexagonal, and two heptagonal ; first radials a little broader
than high ; arm facets sub-semicircular, with a broad notch in their
upper margins, prominent, occupying a little more than one-half the
width of the plate, the upper edges of the plates between the arms
slightly bent in ; second and third radials small, about equal in size,
wider than high; fourth radial of about the same size as the second
and third, but is pentagonal in outline and supports the arms, and
from which they diverge rather abruptly ; above this the arms, which
are long and slender, again bifurcate three or four times. Surface
smooth or finely granulose ; sutures not distinctly marked. Kesem-
bles P. tenuibrachiatus of Meek and Worthen, but the body is less
globose in form ; the arms are not so broadly rounded on their backs ;
each ray has four primary radials, the anterior one in their species
having five ; the second division of the arms takes place on the third
piece from the fourth radial, while in their species this division takes
place on the fourth piece.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

PoTERiocRixus BURSJEFGRMis (u. s.) Body in the form of an in-
verted, truncated cone, spreading directly to the arm bases, where it is
broader than the height ; basal plates of moderate size, bending upward
in a direct line with the other plates ; subradials about as high as wide,
three hexagonal, and two heptagonal ; first radials much wider than
high, almost straight across their upper edges, the second radials occu-
pying the full width, and are, with the exception of the anterior one,
short and pentagonal, supporting an arm of six broad, short plates on
each of their upper sloping sides, above which they again bifurcate
once or twice ; second anterior radial quadrangular, about as high as
wide ; third and fourth short, more than twice as wide as high , the
latter largest, and supporting two arms, which bifurcate twice, mak-
ing six arms for this ray ; the full number for each of the other rays
seems to have been eight, making thirty-eight arms in all. The
arms, except at their upper ends, are flat on the back, and join each
other closely at their sides, as in Bursacrinus, except at their upper
ends. Anal plates three, or more (?) ; first pentangular, and situated
partly beneath the right posterio-lateral first radial. Surface smooth,
or finely granulose ; suture lines not very distinct; column round, of
medium size.

11

This species not only resembles Zeacrinus above the base, but
possesses those characters which have been regarded as peculiar to
that genus, of having but two radials to four of the rays, and a
greater number to the anterior one, yet the body has the true form
and development of Poteriocrinus.

From P. calyculiis^ Hall, it differs in the peculiarity of the radials
just mentioned, and the proportions of the body-plates. From P.
lepidus, Hall, it differs in having a less number and less massive
radials, and being without the distinctly marked suture-lines and the
depressions of the angles of the body-plates which that species has.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Rev. W. H. Barris.

Genus Bursacrinus Meek and Worthen.

BuRSACRixus CONFIR3IATUS (u. s.) Body rather rapidly spreading
to the top of the second radials, which are prominent, and pointed at
their upper extremities, giving the body at this point a stellate outline
when viewed from below. Basal plates unknown ; subradials small,
about as wide as high ; first radials nearly twice as wide as high, the
lower angle made somewhat acute by the slight concavity of the
lower sides ; upper margins broadly concave, or nearly straight ;
second radials rather larger than the first, the lower sides slightly
convex, the upper sides sloping with an obtuse angle, which is made
to appear more acute than it really is, by the forementioned projec-
tions ; arm-plates about twice as wide as high, convex transversely,
leaving a distinct depression of the arm-sutures, and having a small
angular prominence at the middle of their upper sides.

The only known specimen of this species was in the cabinet of the
writer two years before the publication of the genus to which it is
now referred. It was known to possess new generic characters, but
the specimen was thought too imperfect to found a new genus upon ;
yet it affords specific characters which cannot be mistaken, and is
referred without doubt, and with much satisfaction, to the genus Bur-
sacrinus of Messrs. Meek and Worthen, since it conforms to and fully
confirms that genus, which was founded upon a single specimen.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Zeacrinus Troost.

Zeacrixus perangulatus (n. s.) Calyx more than twice as wide
as high, base rather broad, deeply excavated ; basal plates very small,
covered by the column, which is not large, round, and composed of
thin, alternating joints ; subradials of medium size, about as wide as
high ; first radials the largest, plates of the calyx wider than high ;
second radials a little larger than the first, pentagonal, and support-
ing each a pair of arms, except the anterior one, which is quadran-

12

gular, and supports three other smaller radials ; the two first are also
quadrangular, and the last pentangular, supporting two arms, which
bifurcate on the eighth plate, giving four arms to the anterior ray ;
on each of the anterio-lateral rays the second bifurcation takes place
on the sixth arm-plate from the second radial, one arm being simple
from this point to the end, but the other again bifurcating on the eighth
plate from tlie second bifurcation, making six arms from each of these
rays ; and as the posterior rays doubtless had the same number, the
whole number of arms was probably twenty -eight. The plates of the
calyx are marked by radiating ridges diverging from each plate to
the others, except within the basal depression, which is smooth. The
body-plates are also depressed at the angles, which gives it a still
more angular appearance. The second radials are constricted in the
middle, sharply angular on their backs, and truncated below, abruptly
sloping to the sutures between them and the first radials. The backs
of the arms, particularly on their lower parts, are very angular, with
deep depressions between them ; and small angular projections gar-
nish their sides where they abut together, giving them a serrated
and very angular appearance. Tentacles strong, not very closely
arranged. One specimen shows part of an inflated proboscis, which
is composed of small angular plates, and extended far up within the
arms. This species is too conspicuously different from any other to
need comparison.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collections of Rev. W. H. Barris and B. J.
Hall, Esq.

Zeacrixus sacculus (n. s.) Body subglobose, contracted at the
junction of the arms; concavity of the base small, taking in but a
small part of the subradials ; basal plates small, covered by the last
joint of the column ; subradial plates six ; five of them reaching the
basal plates, one of which is large, being situated beneath the right
posterio-lateral ray ; the sixth smaller than the others, quadrangular,
not reaching the basal plates, and situated nearly beneath the
right anterio-lateral ray ; first radials broader than high, straight on
their upper sides, one hexagonal, three pentagonal, and one sub-
quadrangular, which last is on the right posterio-lateral ray ; second
radials much broader than high, their upper lateral angles depressed,
their upper central ones prominent ; four of them pentangular, sup-
porting two arms each ; one quadrangular, supporting two other
small radials, the latter supporting two arms, which bifurcate once,
on tlie sixth or seventh plate from the fourth radial, giving four arms
to this ray ; each of the arms of the other rays bifurcate on the sixth
plate from the second radial, and a part of the arms thus thrown off
bifurcate again farther up, giving six arms to each of these rays, —
twenty-eight arms in all. These abut together laterally, leaving but

13

a slight depression along the sutures, giving the whole the appear-
ance of a small pouch, a little inflated in the middle, and contracted
at the top and the base of the arms, leaving no space except the anal
area, which is neatly filled with two or three anal plates, the lower
one the largest, pentangular, and forming a part of the calyx. Suture
lines of the body -plates not very distinctly defined. Surface smooth
or finely granulose.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Rev. W. H. Barris.

Zeacrinus sacculus var. concinxus. Another specimen, appar-
ently younger, from the same locality and position, presents no differ-
ences from the preceding species above the radials ; the subradials,
however, are only five, a little tumid, and proportionally smaller, mak-
ing the calyx a little lower ; the anal series also consists of one more
plate ; it is probable, however, that the quadrangular subradial of the
preceding species is of abnormal development, and that, were this
absent, the number of anal plates w^ould be one more.

Several specimens of a species of crinoid belonging to the family
of Cyathocrinidce have been discovered in the upper division of the
Burlington Limestone, at Burlington, which is so peculiar in its form
and structure, as to render its reference to any known genus quite
improper, for which I propose the generic name of Belemnocrinus.

The following diagram and outline figure will show its structure
and form : —

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

The dotted line shows the

depth of the

visceral cavity.

Bklemnocrinus typus.

Belemnocrinus

TYPUS.

14

Genus Belemxocrinus (n. g.)

p€\£|xvov, a dart ; Kpivov, a lily, in allusion to its resemblance to
a Belemnite.

Generic formula.

Basal pieces, five ; short.

Subradial pieces, five ; long, narrow, forming a cylinder which is
solid, except that it has a central perforation, and an excavation at
its upper end, forming part of the visceral cavity.

lladial pieces, one ; large, X 5, and smaller ones, four, more or less.

Anal pieces, one or more, the first situated between two of the first
radials.

The position of the first anal plate is like that of Cyathocrinus, but
this genus, in the form and proportions of the body, differs widely
from all others of the family. Its conspicuous features are its long,
solid, cylindrical body (the greater portion of which seems to have
performed the functions only of the column), the proportionally long
subradials and short basal plates, and the small visceral cavity. In
Agassizocrinus we have the nearest approach to these peculiar char-
acters of the body-plates, while in Zeacrinus we see the farthest
remove from them which the family presents. It is probable that in
Agassizocrinus the thickening of the lower plates of the body was the
result of an excrescent secretion of solid matter, which took place as
those soft parts of tlie body were absorbed which were no longer
necessary in the animal economy after its separation from the
column ; but in Belemnocrinus the thickening of the body-plates, and
the retreating upward of the vital parts, could not have been the
result of such a cause, as the column is well developed, and its com-
munication with the visceral cavity uninterrupted.

The only known species of the genus is the following, which, from
the simplicity of its form, will probably be appropriately considered
its type, should other species be discovered.

Belemxocrinus typus (n. s.) Body resembling a Belemnite, or
Belemnitella, in form, truncated at the base for the attachment of the
column, which is proportionally large, composed of alternating
thicker and thinner joints, with a small central perforation, round, or
indistinctly pentagonal at the upper end, where it has a diameter
nearly equal to the basal plates ; the sides sloping with gentle out-""
ward curves to the column, with only a slight constriction at the
junction ; basal plates small, and not longer than the thickness of the
larger joints of the column, and from which they are not readily dis-
tinguishable ; subradial plates about four times as high as wide, form-
ing a slightly -inflated cylinder, smallest at the lower end, as solid as
the column, except that it has a slight excavation in the upper end
which forms a part of the visceral cavity ; first radial plates about as

15

wide as high, the arm facets occupying more than half the width of
the plates, shallow and somewhat protruding below ; second, third,
fourth and fifth radials small, about as wide as high, subcylindrical,
except the fifth, which is pentangular in outline, and upon which the
arms bifurcate, which are composed of a single series of joints with
parallel sutures ; arms not large, and apparently ten in number.

Surface smooth, or finely granulose.

Four specimens, more or less perfect, of this species have been dis-
covered, presenting very constant characters.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Cabinets of B. J. Hall, Esq., and Rev. W.
H. B arris.

Genus Actixocrixus Miller.

AcTixocRiNus QUADRispixus (u. s.) Body small, flat below, the
rays passing out horizontally ; basal plates nearly as large as the first
radials, slightly depressed in the centre for the attachment of the
column ; first radials hexagonal and heptagonal, wider than long ;
second radials a little shorter than the first, but reaching the outer
part of the body, and much bent upward at the sides to meet the
inter-radial plates, and to conform to the convexity of the under side
of the projecting part of the rays, which are broken off in our speci-
men ; inter-radial series consisting of three plates, the largest below
which is hexagonal, and supports the other two ; anal series consist-
ing of seven plates, the first about the size of the first radials, the
others smaller, in two arching rows of three abreast. Dome much
elevated, composed of very numerous small plates, and surmounted
by a strong, tumid plate at the apex, which is surrounded by four
adjacent, short, strong, diverging spines, situated directly over each
inter-radial space, and by a comparatively large proboscis which
passes up from the anal side, all of which adjoin the summit plate ;
the anal space and proboscis being proportionally broad, the spines
occupy but little more than the anterior half of the summit of the
dome.

This species approaches A. planobasalis and A. injiatus of Hall,
but differs from them in its general form, the arrangement of the
plates, the four summit spines and side proboscis.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

AcTixocRixus Waciismuthi* (n. s.) Body somewhat pentalobate
in outline at the arm bases ; broadly spreading from the base, which is
small ; basal plates rather short, but projecting downward, forming a
rim around the column, which is notched at the sutures ; cicatrix for

* Mr. Charles Wachsmuth, Burlington, Iowa.

16

the attachment of the column small, about half the diameter of the
cavity formed by the projecting rim ; first radial plates moderately
large, each having a prominent node occupying a large portion of
the surface of each, as also of the first anal plate ; second radials
short, about twice as wide as high ; third radials a little larger than
the second, and supporting one brachial plate on each of their upper
sloping sides, and they, in their turn, supporting two arms each, giving
the arm formula t\ ^20 arms. A more or less prominent ridge runs
along the centre of each ray from the nodes of the first radials, which
bifurcate on the third radials, and again on each brachial plate,
passing off to the base of each arm. Anal series, five ; inter-radial
series, three ; the lower one, which is the largest, is somewhat tumid,
forming a centre around which the radial ridges diverge. Dome
about as high as the depth of the body below the arms, covered by
numerous tumid plates, and surmounted by a central proboscis.

This species somewhat resembles A. rusticus of Hall, with which
it is associated, but differs from that species in its more compact and
less pentalobate form, the number of arms to each ray, the arrange-
ment of the plates, and the surface-marking.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collections of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth
and Rev. W. H. Barris.

AcTiNOCRiNus Nashvill^e Troost, var. subtractus. The upper
division of the Burlington Limestone, at Burlington, furnishes an
Actinocrinus which has the general appearance, and answers the
description, of A. Nashvilloe (Troost), as given by Prof. Hall, in
the Iowa Reports, from the Keokuk Limestone, except that it gener-
ally lacks the supra-interradials, one only appearing in the only per-
fect specimen discovered, w^hich is on the right posterolateral ray,
this position indicating an irregularity. Another specimen shows a
single supra-interradial ; but the specimen is too imperfect to deter-
mine to which ray it belongs. This slight or non-development of
supra-interradials is not regarded of specific importance, although
the form and appearance are thereby considerably modified. — My
own collection and that of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Genus Megistocrinus Owen and Shumard.

Megistocrinus plenus (n. s.) Body subglobose, a little broader
than high, base rather narrow, somewhat regularly rounded ; basal plate
prominent, extending considerably below the first radials ; cicatrix ,
for the attachment of the column rather large, slightly concave, from
the margin of which the plate is bevelled abruptly to the sutures
between it and the first radials ; first radials hexagonal, a little wider
than high ; second radials smaller than the first, about as wide as

17

high ; third radials about as large as the second, having upon each of
theii' upper sloping sides three supra-radials, and upon these the thin,
broad brachials rest which complete the edge of the calyx ; the
arms bifurcating at about their point of junction with the body.
Dome broadly convex, composed of numerous small, tumid plates.
Inter-radial series consisting of about fourteen plates ; anal series
twenty or more. Surface granulose-? with distinct grooves at the
sutures of the body plates.

From M. Evansi and M. crassus, it may be distinguished by its
convex base, prominent basal plate, channeled sutures, and the
proportion of the body plates.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the BurHngton
Limestone, Burlington, Iowa. — Cabinet of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Megistocrinus crassus (n. s.) Body large, plates massive, base
rather broad, much depressed ; basal plate thick, articulating facet
of the column large, slightly concave, from near the margin of
which the plate is abruptly bevelled to the sutures between it and
the first radials ; first radials very massive, much elevated from,, the
general surface, with nearly perpendicular sides, leaving deep
channels at the sutures, somewhat regularly hexagonal, with the
longest side adjoining the basal plate, a little wider than high, with
a few very coarse, irregular corrugations on their upper surfaces ;
second radials hexagonal, about as wide as high, widest above, not
so large and thick as the first radials, tumid in the centre ; third
radials about half as large as the second, wider than high, much
convex. All the plates of the lower part of the body are very thick,
and have their sides sloping abruptly to the sutures, while higher up
they are more or less regularly convex to the sutm-es. This species
is readily distinguished by its extremely massive plates and deep
sutures.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the BurHngton Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collection of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth.

Genus Platycrinus Miller.
Platycrixus pleurovimenus (n. s.) Body broadly cup-
shaped, with broad bevelled depressions at the sutures ; dome
elevated, and covered with numerous tumid plates ; basal plates
anchylosed, forming a broad, pentagonal, concavo-convex disc,
with a moderately deep depression in the centre, in which is
sometimes observed a still deeper, nearly circular excavation for
the attachment of the column ; a broad groove marks the line of
the sutures, but does not extend c^uite to the margin. An incipient
rido"e runs from the inner margin of the central depression to each of
the angles of the disc ; first radials massive, about one-quarter wider

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.— VOL. IX. 2 APRIL, 1862.

18

tlian hicrh, the sides of which extend with an obtuse angle above the
articulating arm-facet. This is quite prominent, subcircular, occupying
about one-third of the width of the plate, with a narrow, deep notch
in the centre of the upper sides ; surface of the broad bevelled edges
of the plates marked by parallel ridges, and the surface between these
and the articulating facet faintly and coarsely corrugated. Arms
strong, broadly rounded on the back, bifurcating upon the second ra-
dial, yet not separating from each other immediately, but continued
as a compound arm, composed of three pairs of strong plates which
gradually increase in width, and abut obliquely against each other by
their inner edges, except the third pair, which abut by only about one-
half their height, and from which the arms diverge, being composed of
fourteen or fifteen other plates, broad and strong, extending clear
across the back of the arm, with straight or slightly oblique sutures,
the articulating faces of which are crenulated. Beyond this, they
bifurcate again. A series of small plates arch over the upper side of
the arms, from the sides of which numerous armlets diverge, which
bear the tentacles, and are composed of a double series of plates like
the usual simple arms of Platycrinus.

Column subcircular at the upper ends, but rapidly assuming a twist-
ed, oval form, and composed of thin joints, gradually increasing in
thickness from the body. This species is probably the same to which
the large plates belonged which Messrs. Owen and Shumard referred
to their P. dlscoideus, and may also be the same as that figured by Prof.
Hall in the Iowa Keports, and referred also to P. discoideus ; yet the
latter presents some important differences from our specimens, and, it
is not improbable, will prove to be a different species, as separate plates
are frequently found, showing this constant variety. I should not
question the conclusions of these eminent men, were it not that lately-
discovered specimens of P. discoideus^ as figured and described by
Messrs. Owen and Shumard, show the arms to have been simple, like
those of P. Shumardianus, P. Wortheni, &c., as seen figured in the
Iowa Reports, while our species has arms so differently constructed that
it may yet be found expedient to consider this difference of generic
importance.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burhngton, Iowa. — My own cabinet.

Platycrinus quinquenodus (n. s.) Body cup-shaped, spreading
above, base truncated, having five distinct nodes situated at the outer
margin of the truncation, and directly beneath each perpendicular suture
of the first radials ; basal plates bent upward at the edges, their slightly
concave sides joining the convex ends of the first radials, showing a
shallow depression at the sutures ; first radials hexagonal in outline,
slightly convex, a little depressed at the su'ures; articulating arm-facet

19

shallow, or nearly flat, subtriangular in outline ; arms bifurcatinj; upon
the second radials, which are short, but cover the whole facet of the
first radials, and are continued as a compound arm by two pairs of
short, strong arm-plates, abutting each other by their inner sides, up-
on the last pair of which the arms again bifurcate ; a high, narrow,
tumid interradial plate rests in each of the retreating angles, formed
by the upper slopes of the first radials, against which the dome-plates
and those which arch over the compound arms abut ; these latter plates
are tumid or subspinose. Anal series consisting of one rather large
plate resting in the angle between the first radials, which is surmounted
by numerous small plates surrounding the anal opening, which is situ-
ated about half way between the first radials and the summit of the
dome.

This species resembles P. pileatus of Goldfass, as figured by De Ko-
ninck and Le Hon, in " Reclierclies sur les Crinoids du Terrain Car-
honifere de la Belgique," PI. VI., fig. 3, but differs in the truncated
and nodose base, the diiferent shape and proportions of the arm-plates
and articulating facets of the arms with the first radials.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington
Limestone, Burhngton, Iowa. — Collection of Mr. Charles Wachs-
muth.

Genus Dichocrinus Munster.
DiCHOCRixus ANGUSTUS (n. s.) Body rather small, about twice as
high as wide, in the form of a narrow, slightly truncated cone ; basal plates
higher than the diameter at their junction with the first radials, sloping
direct to the column, which is small and round ; first radials and anal
plates of about the same size, nearly twice as high as wide; the anterior
first radial and first anal plates a little widest below : arm-facets occu-
pying the greater part of the width of the first radials, very slightly
excavated and narrow ; second and third radials short, with two indis-
tinct nodes abreast on each ; arms bifurcating on the third radial, and
continued by tAvo short plates, which are also indistinctly nodose to the
second bifurcation, beyond which the arms are composed of a single
series of small plates with slightly oblique sutures. Surface apparently
smooth.

This species differs from D. scitulus of Hall in its much greater pro-
portionate length, with its plates differently proportioned ; the place
of attachment of the column is round, and not protuberant and oval,
as in that species. It is the smallest described species in these rocks
except D. pocillum.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collections of Mr. Barris and Mr. Wachs-
muth.
Dichocrinus crassitestus (n. s.) Body obconical, spreading with

20

gentle curves to tbe arms, about one-third higher than wide ; base about
one-third the height of the body, truncated and sHghtly excavated for
the attachment of the column which is round and moderately small •,
lateral first radials about twice as high as wide, sides nearly parallel,
or a little narrower at the lower ends, which are slightly rounded ; anal
and anterior first radial plates wider below than above, their lower
ends angular, fitting into the retreating angles at the sutures of the
bise; arm-facets shallow, narrow, and occupy the greater part of the
width of the plates ; second radials very short, scarcely reaching so high
as the tops of the first radials ; third radials also very short ; upon
these the arms rest, being composed of two short plates, each, when they
bifurcate, and are continued to the ends by a single series of short
plates with parallel sutures, giving twenty arms in all, which are about
twice the length of the body, and very small. A strong proboscis ex-
tends far up within the arms, based upon the large anal plate. Plates
of the body smooth, or finely granulose.

This species differs from all others with which it is associated in the
thickness of its plates ; other marked peculiarities are its small arms,
very short second and third radials, and strong proboscis.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collections of Rev. W. H. Barris and Mr.
Charles Wachsmuth.

Fig. 3.

Pentkemites Sieius {summit view) twice enlarg-ed.
Genus Pextremites Say.
Pentremites sirius (n. s.) Body depressed turbinate, pentagonal
in outline, looking down on the summit, which is broadly convex to the
sides, from which it slopes abruptly to the base ; this is narrow, and
has a small truncation for the attachment of the column ; basal plates
proportionally high; radials longer than wide, but are much bent,
following the shape of the body ; ambulacrals are as narrow, extending
outward from the body in a horizontal direction, their full length from
the summit being about equal to the transverse diameter of the body,
leaving about half of their length projecting from the sides, and are

21

supported by a narrow process, which is about twice as deep as the
width of the area, becoming somewhat pointed at the ends. Poral
plates numerous, situated obliquely to the direction of the area ; median
furrow distinct ; outer margins of the area very narrow. Interradial
plates and summit openings unknown.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa. — Collections of Rev. W. H. Barris and Mr.
Wachsmuth.

MOLLUSCA.

Gasteropoda.
Genus Porcellia Leveille.

PoRCELLiA obliquinoda (n. s.) Shell broadly umbilicate, volutions
contiguous; a row of numerous, moderately raised, oblique nodes
running along each side of the shell a little nearest the back, giving it
a somewhat angular appearance there, from which point the shell is
regularly rounded on the back, and sloping with a curve to the next
inner volution. A distinct linear depression runs along the back of
the shell. The obhque position of the nodes, and the direction of
some faint striae of growth, seem to indicate that the dorsal notch was
broadly V-shaped. Oar specimen is a fine sandstone cast, preserving
about three volutions and the matrix of part of another ; the full num-
ber was probably four or five.

From P. nodosa Hall and P. crassinoda White and Whitfield,
the only other described species of this genus known to us in the
American rocks, it differs in the shape, size, and number of the
nodes, and the general proportions of the shell.

Locality and position, in the sandstone of the Chemung beds at
BurHngton, Iowa.

Genus Bellerophon Montfort.

Bellerophon paxxeus (n. s.) Shell subglobose, gradually expand-
ing, except at the lateral margins, where it expands abruptly ; transverse
section of the volution opposite the aperture an irregular ellipse ; um-
bilici narrow and deep, which, when not filled with the imbedding
material, display the rounded sides of the volutions, which are three or
more in number. The back of the shell is somewhat flattened, and
has a central longitudinal elevation, which becomes a distinct carina
at the front ; surface marked by strong, irregular, undulating lines of
growth, becoming very rough towards the front margin.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds, at BurHngton, Iowa.

Bellerophox scriptiferus (n. s.) Body of shell rather small ;
volutions few, rounded, closely coiled; cross section elliptical; umbilici
small, rather deep ; last volution extremely expanded into a broad sub-
heart-shaped disc, the back margin not reaching quite so far back as the

22

body of the shell, and rounding gradually in on each side to meet it.
A narrow carina runs along the back of the shell, which is quite dis-
tinct at the front, but farther back it is hardly perceptible ; front
margin emarginate, and the fine stria? of growth, which are more or less
visible on the front of the shell, bend gently back to meet the carina.
A few very faint longitudinal ridges are observed on each side of the
back of the shell, running out upon the expanded disc.

This species bears a close resemblance to B. patidus Hall, of the
Hamilton group of New York, but it ditfers in the deeper umbilicus,
the general outline of the margin, and its strong carina.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds, at Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Euomphalus Sow>erby.

EuOMPHALUS ROBERTi * (n. s.) Shell discoid, of moderate size ;
volutions three or more, which gradually enlarge from the apex ; aperture
subovoid, or subcircular, its diameter twice that of the adjacent whorl
at that point ; umbilicus shallow ; spire umbilicate ; a strong carina
running along the upper side of the shell, from which it is regularly
rounded on the outer and under sides of the adjacent whorl in the
umbilicus. Inside sloping with a slight concavo-convex curve from
the carina to the adjacent whorl in the spiral depression. Surface
marked by the usual lines of growth.

This species closely resembles E. pentangulatus Sowerby, the type
of the genus, but differs in the less angular oathne of the aperture, the
greater depression of the spire, and the more rapid increase in the size
of the volutions.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Pteropoda.
Genus Coxularia Miller.

CoxTJLARiA BYBLis (u. s.) Shell large, in the shape of a truncated
pyramid, length twice V the width of the base ; apex broadly-rounded,
smooth, sides depressed, convex ; grooves at the angles narrow ; a faint
longitudinal depression along the middle of each side ; transverse ridges
narrow, distinctly raised, forty-five or fifty to the inch, but slightly
curved in passing from the salient angles to the faint central depres-
sion, at which they meet with an obtuse angle and cross with slight
interruption ; sometimes, however, they alternate for a short distance,
and then cross continuously as before. Spaces between the ridges
finely crenulate.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds at Burlington, Iowa.

CoNULARiA viCTA (n. s.) Shell of moderate size, gradually sloping

* Prof. Jos. T. Robert, Burliiiffton University, Burlington, Iowa.

23

from the base ; transverse ridges forty-five or fifty to the inch, finely
nodose, sweeping downward with gentle curves to the central depres-
sion, where they meet with a very obtuse, rounded angle, and cross
with little interruption, except where they slightly alternate ; spaces
between ihem smooth; grooves at the salient angles distinct, at which
the ends of the transverse ridges regularly alternate, having a small
pit at the end of each, giving the appearance of a finely-stitched suture.

Partially decomposed fragments of this species have been observed
in small concretionary masses, having the appearance of coprolites,
indicating the probability that they were the victims of the fishes whose
remains are frequently found in the same strata.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Brachiopoda.
Genus Rhynchoxella Fischer.

Ehynchoxella caput testudinis (n. s.) Shell large, subtrian-
gular, subcuneate, front rather fully rounded, meeting the lateral slopes
at an obtuse angle ; sides somewhat concave, free from plications near the
beaks, and sloping to them with gentle incurvatures, giving the shell
an angular appearance about the beaks, which are small, and at which
the sides meet at an acute angle ; both valves regularly and nearly
equally convex ; dorsal beak closely incurved beneath the ventral beak,
which is slightly incurved. Foramen and deltidium unknown. Sur-
face marked by from sixteen to eighteen distinct, somewhat rounded
plications on each valve, which mostly reach the beak with some dis-
tinctness, but are occasionally increased, both by implantation and
bifurcation. These are traversed by fine radiating lines, and crossed
by fine concentric lines of growth.

Mesial fold and sinus scarcely defined, but the front is slightly
emarginate in the older specimens, by the elevation of the Hngual
extension of the lower valve with a gradual curve, which includes
five or six of the plications.

Locality and position, at the base of the Bui'lington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa.

Rhtxchonella Ottumwa (n. s.) Shell rather small, variable in
form, somewhat triangular, subpentagonal or subovoid in outhne ;
valves subequally convex ; ventral valve regularly convex along the
centre from beak to front, broadly convex across the centre from side to
side ; beak rather large, long, projecting much backward, pointed, and
curving upward with rather more than the regular curvature of the
valve, the space beneath it a little flattened, giving somewhat the ap-
pearance of an area ; dehidial plates occupying a rather large, equi-
lateral triangular space, with a moderately large, oval foramen. Dor-

24

sal valve broadly convex, beak broad, closely incurved, umbonal parts
a little flattened.

Surface marked by eight or ten simple, somewhat angular plica-
tions, which are visible only on the front part of the shell ; two of
these are depressed on the ventral valve for the mesial sinus, the
tongue of which, in the older specimens, is considerably elevated ; the
mesial fold has three plications, and is slightly elevated at the front ;
the plications on each side of the mesial fold and sinus are usually
indistinct. Nearly half the length of the shell from the beaks is free
from plications, and only marked by fine concentric lines of growth,
so that the half-grown specimens present very little appearance of a
plicated shell. Shell structure distinctly fibrous.

Locality and position, in the St. Louis Limestone at Ottumwa, and
near Oskaloosa, Iowa.

Genus Spirifee, Sowerby.

Spirifer glans cerasus (n. s.) Shell very small, globose, subcir-
cular in outline, front border slightly emarginate, hinge line less than
the width of the shell ; ventral valve with a rather broad, faintly-im-
pressed sinus ; beak high, arcuate, incurved ; area narrow, indistinctly
defined; foramen about as wide as high. Dorsal valve somewhat
regularly convex, without a distinct mesial fold ; umbo rather promi-
nent; beak small, prominent, and projecting a little back of the hinge
line. Surface marked by concentric lines of growth, but no radi-
ating striae, or ribs, have been observed.

This species is of the type of S. lineatus of Martin, but differs
from that species, as identified in our Coal Measures, by its more cir-
cular and globose form, shorter ventral beak, and less convex dorsal
valve. From the young of S. duhius of Hall, with which it is asso-
ciated, it differs in its much more globose and circular form, higher
area, and more prominent ventral beak.

Locality and position, in limestone of the age of the Hamilton
group of New York, Iowa City, Iowa.

Observations on the

Genus Spiriferina D'Orbigny.

In the Chemung and lower carboniferous rocks of the West, are
several species of shells which have been referred to the genus Spirifer^
which probably ought to be referred to Spiriferina. One of these,
S. spinosa of Norwood and Pratten, possesses all the characters of
Spiriferina^ — the punctate structure, spinulose surface, pseudo-deltid-
ium, and internal septum, — and was referred to that genus by
Prof Hall, in 1856. Spirifer solidirostris White has the punctate
structure, internal septum and pseudo-deltidium of Spiriferina^ but is

25

not spinulose. Spiriferina f suhtezta, herein described, has the inter-
nal septum and punctate structure, but our specimens do not show
the pseudo-deltidium, and the species is destitute of spines. A single
ventral valve from the Lithographic Limestone of Clarkesville, Mo.,
probably referable to the latter species, shows the interior septum,
but no other definite character of Spiriferina.

The punctate structure of the shell in all these species is coarser
than is usual in Terehrahda Eelzio, &c., and is hardly distinguishable,
except in weathered and exfoliated conditions. The outer layer, and
lamellae, appear not to possess this character, and to hide that of the
substance beneath, so that it does not appear in the better preserved
specimens. The pseudo-deltidium might easily have been removed
from S. suhtexta, while S. solidirostris is known to possess it. Thus
these two species, doubtless, possessed all the characters oi Spiriferina,
except the sjDinulose surface ; and, as this latter character is consid-
ered of only specific importance in some other genera, these two
species are referred with a query to that genus.

Spiriferixa ? SUBTEXTA (n. s.) Shell rather small, subglobose,
hinge Kne varying in length from less than the width to the greatest
width of the shell. Dorsal valve subsemicircular in outline, somewhat
regularly convex, umbonal parts rather prominent, beak small, in-
curved over the hinge line. Ventral valve deeper than the other, arcu-
ate from beak to front, area large, not distinctly defined on its upper
margins ; foramen narrow, reaching to the beak, which is acute, and
incurved ; five or six prominent plications on each side of the mesial
fold and sinus ; sinus moderately large, distinctly defined to the beak ;
mesial fold scarcely raised above the general convexity of the shell
except at the front ; the ribs bordering the sinus, and the depressions
bordering the mesial fold, larger than the others.

Surface marked by fine concentric lamellae of growth, which are
most conspicuous near the front margins. Shell structure conspicu-
ously punctate, when exfoliated or much weathered.

This species most nearly resembles Spirifer (Spiriferina ?) solidiros-
tris White, but differs in its more globose form, less number of ribs,
higher area, and having its foramen open to the beak.

Locality and position, in the upper and lower divisions of the Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Cyrtia Dalman.
Cyrtia cuRViLiNEATA (n. s.) Shell rather small, greatest width
forward of the hinge line ; ventral valve much elevated ; beak small,
more or less incurved, and pointing backward beyond the cardinal
border ; the sloping sides of the area about equalling the length of
the hinge line ; deltidium forming an elliptic arch over the foramen,

26

which is narrow, and slightly open at the base ; nine or ten simple,
rounded plications on each side of the sinus, which is shallow, and
contains two slightly raised plications. Dorsal valve subelliptical in
outline, depressed convex, a little flattened at the cardinal extrem-
ities ; eight or nine plications on each side of the mesial fold, which
is very sHghtly elevated, and contains three pUcations, which are
a little larger than the others, the middle one being the largest,
and sometimes a little flattened near the front. The front border of
the mesial fold in the older shells is bent abruptly upward, giving an
emarginate appearance to the front of the shell.

The plicated mesial fold and sinus, the subelliptical outline of the
dorsal valve, and the pointing obliquely backward of the beak of the
ventral valve, are the more prominent features of this species, and by
which it may be readily distinguished.

Genus Amboccelia Hall.

Ambocoelia (Spirifer ?) MixuTA (n. s.) Shell very small ; hinge
line a little shorter than its greatest width ; outline of dorsal valve sub-
circular, depressed convex, most elevated near the umbo, flattened at
the front margin ; beak small, projecting a little back of the hinge line ;
ventral valve much elevated, arcuate ; beak broad, obtuse, incurved ;
foramen about as wide as high, its sides sloping with a slight outward
curve ; area indistinctly defined. Surface covered with numerous
fine setae, which, when removed, leave a pustulose appearance to the
surface, yet the shell structure appears to be fibrous.

I have not seen a specimen of this species exceeding a line in
transverse diameter.

Locality and position, in limestone equivalent to the Chemung beds
at Burlington, Hamburg, 111., and Hannibal, Mo.

I am indebted to B. J. Hall, Esq., of Burhngton, Iowa, for a single
specimen of a shell, the only one I have seen, except some fragments,
which cannot be satisfactorily referred to any estabhshed genus, and
for which I propose the generic name of Acamhona. The figures ac-
companpng the generic description are restorations only in part of
the outUne, as the specimen has been somewhat eroded, but fortu-
nately preserves every external generic character, besides showing
one of the internal spires. Following the specific description of this
shell, is the specific description of another, which may prove to be-
long to this genus, when more perfect specimens have been obtained.
My cabinet also contains a fragment, specifically different from either
of these, which must either be referred to Retzia, or to the genus
proposed.

27
All these are from the rocks at Burlington, Iowa.

ACAMBONA PRIMA, ACAMBOXA PRIMA,

(side view.) (dorsal view.)

Genus Acambona (n. g.)

'AnTj, a point ; Aju^mv, umbo.

Generic description.

Shell of the general appearance and surface characters of Retzia;
furnished with internal spires, pointing outward and downward (?).
Beak of ventral valve prominent, incurved, pointed ; area emarginate
in front, or Y-shaped, reaching to the point of the beak, and extend-
ing forward of the beak of the dorsal valve on each side of it. Beak
of the dorsal valve closely incurved, filling, or nearly filling, the
forked space or emargination in the front part of the area, being
itself without angular, winged extensions, or area, to meet that of
the opposite valve.

Shell structure punctate.

The punctate structure and internal spires fully separate this
genus from all the PJiynclionellidcB ; its punctate structure, curved
hinge line, and general form, separate it from the usual forms of the
Spirifdce ; from Retzia, which it most resembles, it diflers in having a
pointed ventral beak, curved hinge line, and no angular cardinal
Vings on the dorsal valve ; from Uncites it diff'ers in having an area
and punctate structure ; from Trematospira it differs in its pointed
ventral beak and true area ; and from StringocepJialus.^ in its internal
spires, gibbous dorsal valve, proportionally small area, and want of
ventral septum.

Acambona prima (n. s.) Shell ovate in outline, regularly rounded
in front ; dorsal valve most convex ; beak somewhat narrow, closely
incurved ; beak of ventral valve prominent, strongly incurved and
sharply pointed ; area small, distance across the forward points about

2B

the same as from the apex to the points, distinctly defined, with a
flange-like projecting border on each side, and presenting a neatly-
curved outline, as seen in profile. Surface marked by strong lines of
growth near the front, and by numerous, rounded, slightly raised
costag, which become indistinct on the upper part of the shell, particu-
larly on the ventral beak, at the sides, — on the former, scarcely
appearing at all, and on the latter assuming the character of fine
stride.

Locality and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Retzia King. Acambona Mihi.

Retzia CAc ambona ? ) ALTiROSTKis (n. s.) Shell sub-ovoid in out-
line, valves nearly equally convex. Dorsal valve most convex near
the umbo ; beak prominent, small ; beak of ventral valve strong, much
elevated, incurved. Area about as high as wide.

Surface marked by from twenty to twenty-two prominent, simple,
rounded ribs on each valve, which gradually enlarge towards the
front, the spaces between which are narrower than the ribs, the
central one on the ventral valve being a little wider than the rest,
and giving the appearance of a faint, narrow, mesial sinus ; the rib on
the other valve, immediately opposite, is also a little broader than the
rest, but scarcely raised above them. The only specimens obtained
are casts in fine-grained sandstone ; two of these seem to show indi-
cations of an apical foramen, yet the direction of the incipient costse
on the ventral beak would seem to lead to the conclusion that it was
pointed. This, with the great elevation of the ventral beak, the out-
line of the area, and its apparent extension forward of the dorsal
beak, renders it not improbable that this species properly belongs to
the genus Acamhona.

Locality and position, in the sandstone of the Chemung beds at
Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Streptorhynchus King.

Streptorhynchus lens (n. s.) Shell broadly subelliptical, a
little wider than long ; hinge line not quite equalling the greatest
width of the shell, but sometimes extended outward, forming salient
angles at the cardinal extremities; valves subequally convex, the
ventral valve deepest, somewhat regularly convex ; beak prominent,
usually incurved, and not twisted or flattened ; area rather narrow,
extending fully to the cardinal extremities; height of the callosity a
little less than the breadth of its base ; dorsal valve a little flattened
at the cardinal extremities, usually having a slight central depres-
sion, producing a slight emargination of the front.

Surface marked by numerous, abruptly raised, somewhat rugose,

29

rounded strise, which are frequently increased by implantation ; these
are crossed by fine concentric striae and imbricating lines of growth,
the latter being numerous near the margin in the older shells.

This species presents all the characters of Streptorhynchus, except
that the ventral beak is not distorted in any of the specimens exam-
ined, as is usual in this genus. This peculiarity, with the sub-lenticu-
lar form of adult shells, which is also unusual in species of this genus,
renders it comparatively easy to distinguish it.

Locality and position, in limestone of the age of the Chemung
beds at Burlington, Clarkesville, Mo., and Hamburg, HI.

Genus Productus Sowerby.

Peoductus viminalis (n. s.) Shell moderately large, thin ;
ventral valve much elevated in front, where it is about as wide as its
length, broadly rounded in front, from which it is somewhat regularly
arcuate at the beak ; this is rather small, prominent, and incurved ;
hinge line equalling, or nearly equalling, the greatest width of the
shell. Surface marked by numerous, somewhat rugose, tubular costaB,
showing the bases of tubular spines on their backs, which are more
numerous near the front and at the sides ; near the front margin the
costse branch off into prominent, rough, irregular fascicles. The
costae are crossed by fine striae of growth, and a few more or less
distinct concentric undulations.

Locality and position, in the upper division of the Burlington
Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

Genus Chonetes Fischer.

Chonetes geniculata (n. s.) Shell small, sub-oval in outhne ;
hinge line scarcely equal to the greatest width ; dorsal valve moder-
ately concave, a little flattened at the cardinal extremities, not closely
following the curvature of the ventral valve, which in the older speci-
mens is very geniculate near the umbo, the beak being small, and the
umbonal parts flattened. Area narrow, slightly concave ; that of the
ventral valve about twice the width of the other, having about three
small spines along its outer margin, on each side of the beak ; deltid-
ial callosity about as wide as high. Surface marked by about forty-
five or fifty slightly elevated, rounded strias, which are crossed by
fine lines of growth.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds at Burlington, Iowa
(?), and their equivalents at Hamburg, HI., and Clarkesville, Mo.
Genus Crania Retzius.

Crania Sheldoni* (n. s.) Dorsal valve circular or subcircu-
lar in outline, ii-regularly convex ; beak somewhat elevated, smooth,

* Prof. D. S. Sheldon, Griswold College, Davenport, Iowa.

30

inclined backward, and situated near the posterior margin. Surface
marked by numerous distinct, fine, somewhat rugose striae. Ventral
valve unknown.

This species bears some resemblance to C. crenistriata Hall, of the
Hamilton group of New York, but is distinct from that in the charac-
ter of the striffi, the convexity of the ventral valve, and the position of
its beak.

Locality and position, in Calcareous Shales of the age of the Hamilton
group of New York, Xew Buffalo, and Iowa City, Iowa.

Crania eeposita (n. s.) Shell varj-ing from subcircular or s.ubel-
liptieal to transversely subquadrate in outline ; interior of ventral or
attached valve having a narrow, continuous elevation around the mar-
gin ; adductor muscular impressions distinctly elevated, the anterior
pair close together, and situated a little back of the centre ; the poste-
rior pair situated near the posterior margin, and about as far apart as
their distance from the anterior pair.

The only specimens of this species discovered are attached, by the
full breadth of the ventral valve, — the dorsal valve absent, — to a
valve of Spirifer Grimesi,

Genus Discina Lamark.

DisciNA capax (n. s.) Shell subcircular in outline, dorsal valve
much convex, apex small, prominent, eccentric, and pointing back-
wards. Surface having a rather smooth appearance, but marked by
fine lines of growth, and these crossed by very faint, somewhat dis-
tinct, radiating stride.

This species bears some resemblance to D. Vaniixemi, Hall, of the
Lower Helderberg group of New York, but differs in the more
eccentric position of the apex and the character of the surface-
markings.

Locality and position, in the sandstone of the Chemung beds at Bur-
lington, Iowa.

Genus Lixgula Bruguiere.

LixGULA Halli* (n. s.) Shell elongate, oval in outline, about twice
as long as wide ; valves not very gibbous ; beaks small, prominent.
Surface marked by fine stria? of growth ; yet its appearance is usually
smooth and bright.

It most nearly resembles L. Spatula Hall, of the Genessee Slate of
New York, but differs in being proportionally shorter, and narrower
near the beaks, and has a smoother surface.

Locality and position, in the upper and lower divisions of the Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

*B. J. Hall, Esq., Burlins-ton, Iowa.

31

CONCHIFERA.

Genus Aviculopectex McCov".

AvicuLOPECTEN GEADOCOSTUs (n. s.) Shell large, a little inequilat-
eral, broader than high ; left valve rather flat ; right valve more convex ;
umbones large, prominent, shell on the anterior slope bending abruptly
down to the anterior wing, which is faintly radiated. Hinge line and
full length of wings unknown. Surface marked by about twenty-five
broad, llat, compound ribs on the body of each valve, which are well
developed near the basal margin, but more indistinct on the umbones
and slopes. These ribs are separated by a narrow groove, and sur-
mounted by a distinct carina of about the same width as the groove,
giving the sides of the ribs somewhat the appearance of minute steps.

Locality and position, in the sandstone of the Chemung beds at Bur-
lington, Iowa.

Genus Cardiomorpha DeKonnick, Cardiopsis Meek and Worthen.

Cardiomorpha (Cardiopsis ?) parvirostris. Shell subcircular
in outline, slightly inequilateral ; valves broadly and moderately convex ;
base more broadly rounded than the front and oval margins ; beaks small,
incurved, pointing little, if any, forward. Surface marked by fine radi-
ating lines.

This species is associated with C. ovafa Hall, which Messrs. Meek
and Worthen regard as belonging to their genus Cardiopsis. If so,
our species should probably be referred to the same genus. It differs
specifically from that shell in its less oblique and more circular outline,
its much smaller umbones, and less incurved and deflected beaks.

Genus Geryillia Defrance.

Geryillia strigosa (n. s.) Shell long and very narrow, posterior
end abruptly rounded, back slightly concave, base a little more convex
than the concavity of the back, most ventricose a little behind the um-
bones, one or two faint ridges running along the back on each side ;
anterior ear rounded at the front end, inflated, leaving an oblique
depression between it and the body of the shell, which reaches the
base, making it a little emarginate ; posterior ear small, and but shghtly
elevated from the back of the shell. Surface marked by a few con-
centric wrinkles, more visible on the anterior parts. Length 4,
height 1.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds at Burlington, Iowa.

ZOOPHYTA.

Genus Zaphrentis Bafinesque et Clifford.

Zaphrentis elliptica (n. s.) Coral in the form of an elongated,

reversed cone, curved and laterally compressed, more so below than at

the upper part ; sometimes this compression is so great as to produce a

32

strong carina on the outer curve below, and to give a subelliptical out-
line to the calyx. ' Septal fossette rather large, but variable in size,
extending to the outer vrall on the incurved side, where it is deepest.
Radiating lamella stronglv defined, somewhat slightly and irregularly
curved, numbering at the margin from thirty-two to forty, occasionally
uniting in fascicles ; outer wall thin. Surface marked by the usual
lines of growth.

Locahty and position, in the lower division of the Burlington Lime-
stone, Burlington, Iowa.

Zaphrentis glans (n. s.) Coral small, general form subglobose ;
apex small, prominent ; border of the calyx very oblique ; radiating la-
mellae well developed, usually extending above the outer border so as to
make the top convex instead of concave, as is usual in this genus. They
are from thirty to forty in number besides partially developed ones alter-
nating with those well developed. Septal fossette moderately large, but
shallow, extending to the outer wall on the outer or most convex side,
and deepest near its centre. Outer wall thin, and marked by undu-
lating lines of growth.

Locality and position, in the upper bed of Burlington Limestone,
Burlington, Iowa : where it is frequently met with in a water-worn or
eroded condition, giving it a glandular shape.

Genus Syringopora Goldfuss.

Syrixgopora Harveyi * (n. s.) Tubes flexuous, round, usually
somewhat radiating, rather closely arranged, connected by not very
numerous, rather strong side tubules, and sometimes coalescing ; funnel-
shaped prolifers rather numerous, deep, thin. Surface of tubes marked
by somewhat strong wrinkles of growth.

Locality and position, in the Chemung beds, and the lower division
of the Burlington Limestone, BurUngton, Iowa.

Genus Striatopora Hall.

Striatopora carboxaria (n. s.) Coral ramose, very gradually
tapering ; cells deep, closely arranged in alternating series opening up-
ward; walls thin and somewhat projecting on the lower margins. The
general characters of this species seem to place it without doubt in the
genus Striatopora of Hall, yet our specimens do not show the interior
striation of the cells which is characteristic of that genus ; probably on
account of their weathered condition, and the probability that they are
outer branches, and were not fully matured.

Locality and position, in the upper and lower divisions of the Bur-
lington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.

* Dr. Pliilip Harvey, Burlington, Iowa.

33

NuLLiPORA ? OBTEXTA (n. s.) In the Chemung rocks at Burling-
ton, a peculiar incrustation is met with, which appears to possess the
characters of XuUipora. It usually commences on the convex side of
a small shell, completely encrusting it, and apparently permeating its
substance, and then flowing out from it on every side in irregular un-
dulations, giving a subcircular outline, and preserving about the same
thickness beyond the border of the shell that it has where that forms
a part, except at the outer margin of the incrustation, where it is thin.
The upper surface is covered with fine, distinct, irregular, granular
corrugations, showing undulating wrinkles of growth. Its general as-
pect is like the upper valve of Crania, and when it encrusts an OrtJiis,
as it frequently does, the deception is quite complete, as the striation
of the shell is not fidly obscured by the incrustation, and the beak of
the encrusted shell gives the usual appearance of the umbo of Crania.

They have been observed encrusting the separate valves of Xucleo-
spira Barrisi, Orthis Thiemei, and Nucula lowensis, all small shells,
but the overflowing part has been observed to reach to an inch and a
quarter in diameter.

February 5, 1862.
The President in the chair.

A paper was presented in the name of Mr. Charles A.
White, of Burlington, Iowa, entitled, " Descriptions of new
species of Fossils from the Devonian and Carboniferous rocks
of the Mississippi Valley." Referred to the Committee on
Publication.

Mr. A. E. VeiTill made a report on the coral incrusting
the bell, olive jar, and decanter, fi'om the wreck of the
frio-ate Severn, lost in 1793, and presented at the last meet-
ing by Messrs. Sampson and Tappan. It proved to be a
species of Heliastrea^ resembling both H. steUidata and H.
annularis of M. Edwards, but probably distinct from either.

Mr. MaT;cou read the following communication: —

Observations ox the terms -'Peneen," '• Permian," and

" Dyas." By Jules Marcou.
In an article pubhshed simultaneously in three or four English peri-
odical scientific journals,* Sir Roderick Impey Murchison expresses

* See "On ilie rnapplicabUitrj of the new term 'Dtja.^' to the ^rermian ' Group
of Rocks, as propos^ed by Dr. Geinit-.^' By JSrurchison. Edinburgh ^elc Phtlo-
sophk^al JonrnaL Jan., 1S62 ; The Geologist, Xo. 49, Jan., im ; The London, Edin-
burgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, 3sin.,lS(J2, and also The Illustrated
London Xeics. Jan., 1S62.

PEOCEEDI>-GS B. S. X. H.— VOL. IX. 3 ^^Y, 1S62.

34

liimself as follows : " I suggested to my associates- (de Verneuil and Von
Keyserling), when we were at Moscow in October, 1841, that we should
employ the term Permian to represent, by one unambiguous geo-
graphical term, a varied mineral group, which neither in Germany nor
elsewhere had then received one collective name." The author adds,
in a foot-note, " It is true that the term Peneen was formerly proposed
by my eminent friend, M. d'Omalius d'Halloy; but as that name,
meaning sterile (M. d'Omalius does not translate Peneen by sterile,
but hj poor. — J. M.), was taken from an insulated mass of conglom-
erate near Malmedy in Belgium, in which nothing organic was ever
discovered, it was manifest that it could not be continued in use, as ap-
plied to a group which was rich in animal and vegetable productions."

After stating the reasons which, according to his view, show the
" inapplicability of the new term Dyas," Mr. Murchison adds : — "I
claim no other merit on this point for my colleagues de Verneuil and
Von Keyserling, and myself, than that of having propounded, twenty
years ago, the name of " Permian," to embrace in one natural series
those subformations for which no collective name had been adopted.
I trust that, in accordance with those rules of priority which guide
naturalists, the word "Permian" will be maintained in geological
classification."

In answer to this, I beg geologists to read the following extract : —

" Peneen Formation. — The formation that we designate by the
epithet ^e;?een (poor) has for its principal type the deposits of Thurin-
gia (M. d'Omalius does not mention the conglomerate, near Malmedy,
as a principal type. — J. M.), commonly known by the German names,
Zechstein, KupferscMefer, and Todtliegende. The fossils are chiefly
the Paleo7iiscus, Plati/sojnus, Pygopterus, Spirifer, etc." . . " Thurin-
gia being the classic ground of the Peneen formation^ we shall cite it
as the type, etc." (See Elements de Geologie, by J. J. d'Omalius
d'Halloy, 3d edition, Paris, 1839 ; pp. 415-416.)

In the second edition of his Elements de Geologie, published in 1834,
M. d'Omalius already uses the term " Peneen" to designate the Zech-
stein and the Rothliegende.

This settles the question of priority.

1834. — M. d'Omalius unites under the term Peneen Formation, the
Zechstein and the Rothliegende.

1839. — M. d'Omalius continues the term Peneen.

1840. — M. Kittel unites the Zechstein and the Rothliegende in one

formation. (See Lehrhuch der Geognosie, by Naumann.
1842-45. — Mr. Murchison proposes the term " Permian " to desig-
nate the vast series of beds of marls, schists, limestones,
sandstones, and conglomerates, east of the Volga (Russia),
which correspond to the whole of the Trias, and also to
the upper part only of the Peneen.

35

1850. — M. Haussraan uses the term TTiuringer formation.

1853. — M. d'Omalius continues the term Peneen.

1854-56. — M. Dumont uses the term Peneen.

1854-59. — Mr. Murchison applies the term Permian, with its signi-
fication, as a Russian type, to the Lower New Red Sandstone,
Magnesian Limestone, and marl slate of England ; and also
to the Rothliegende, Zechstein, and Bunterschiefer, con-
taining the Calamites arenaceus of the Trias of Germany.
{Siluria ; 2d and 3d edition.)

1859. — M. Marcou shows the objections to the term Permian, with
its. Russian signification, as a type, and proposes the terms,
Saxonian formation, Thuringian formation, Eislehenien
formation, ov " Dyas.'*

1861. — M. Geinitz publishes the first volume of his monograph

of the " Dyas," in association with Messrs. Eisel, Lud-
wig, Reuss, and Richter.

1862. — M. Murchison shows what he calls "the inapplicability"

of the terms Peneen, Dyas, Trias, Grauioacke.

My Memoir, Dyas and Trias (see Archives de la Bibliotheque Uni-
verselle de Geneve, 1859), treats two questions entirely distinct.

The first and the principal one, since it is a reply to the demand
for an explanation which Sir R. I. Murchison did me the honor to
address to me, shows the numerous and grave objections which arise
from the use of the geographical term " Permian,'' with its significa-
tion, as explained by IVIr. Murchison, in his work, Russia in Europe
and the Ural Mountains, 1845, whether it be applied to Russia itself,
or Germany, England, Asia, or America.

Mr. Murchison has declined answering these objections, for the rea-
son that " the author had not been in Russia " (see Silliman's Jour-
nal, 1859, and Edinburgh Neiu Philosophical Journal, 1862^. One of
the associates of Professor Geinitz, M. Ludwig, has been to Russia,
and the results of his researches will be published in the 2d volume
of the monograph of the " Dyas." Other observers will follow, and,
before many years have passed, we shall better understand the Rus-
si^an Dyas and Trias.

The second question is the union of the Dyas and Trias, as a great
geologic period, under the name of " The New Red Sandstone ; " a
period which I consider, in time and space, as of the same importance
with the Grauwacke or Paleozoic, Carboniferous, Secondary (Ju-
rassic and Cretaceous), Tertiary, and recent periods.

I have never united the New Red ^Sandstone with the Secondary,
or with the Carboniferous.

In order to work out the classification of the stratified rocks into
those grand periods, I have made use of all the geological characters

36

of the rocks, — that is, their stratigraphy, paleontology, lithology,
orography, and their geographical distribution ; and, after all, it is
very nearly the same classification as those proposed and employed
by Werner, Smith, Brongniart, De la Beche, De Buch, Humboldt,
d'Omalius, and Elie de Beaumont.

Some observers, relying exclusively on Paleontological evidence,
and putting aside all other geological characters, have proposed the
classification of all the stratified rocks into three or four great peri-
ods, under the names of Azoic, Paleozoic (Grauwacke, Carboniferous,
and Dyas), and Neozoic (Trias, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and
recent,) or Mesozoic (Trias, Jurassic, and Cretaceous), and Cainozoic
(Tertiary and recent).

If the class of Molluscs, especially the Brachiopods, and the plants,
are alone considered in Paleontology, it is true that, in the actual
state of our knowledge^ the preceding classification is well founded ;
but if we study also the Kadiates, the Echinodermata, the Crustacea,
the Fishes, Reptiles, and the Mammalia, to place the Dyas in the
Paleozoic is no longer so justifiable, and several learned Paleontolo-
gists place the Dyas even in the Mesozoic.

While I understand and respect these different Paleontological
classifications, I think that I follow the true principles and methods of
natural history in keeping to the ancient classification, as I have
learned it in the works of the founders of Geology, and as I have
seen it in the two hemispheres.

Mr. Wilder made a verbal communication on the mus-
cular differences existing between the hands and feet of man
and those of the Quadrumana, showing, in particular, that
though in general appearance and power of grasp the so-
called hind-hand of the monkey resembles rather the hand
than the foot of man, yet there is this important structural
difference, that the great toe of the monkey has no separate
long flexor muscle, but its tendon is closely connected with
the tendons of the other toes ; so that it has little indej^en-
dent motion, but is flexed at the same time with the rest, in
the simple act of grasping a branch or other object.

In accordance with a suggestion from the Council, it was
voted to establish a Curatorship of Ethnology.

Voted, that a committee be appointed to nominate a can-
didate for the Curatorship; the President designated Drs.
Gould, White, and Kneeland, who nominated Dr. Charles
Pickering, and he was unanimously elected.

37

The Treasurer notified the members present that he should
propose an alteration in Article 3d of the Constitution, fixing
the sum necessary to make any one a patron of the Society,
at one hundred, instead of fifty dollars.

On motion of the Treasurer, the following alterations were
made in the By-Laws, as in the printed copy of 1855 :

In Section I. Art. 1, the first sentence to end with the word
" thereof," in the third line, and the second sentence to he stricken
out.

Art. 2. After the word " pay," in the second Hne of the first sen-
tence, to read " any assessments."

In Section HI. Art. 1, to read, "Every resident member shall be
subject to an annual assessment of five dollars, payable on the first of
October of each year."

Art. 2. " Any member who shall pay into the treasury at one time
the sum of fifty dollars, may become a Life Member, and be exempt
from the annual assessments."

In Art. 3, in hne four, after " inability," to strike out " to become a
member should an initiation or assessment fee be demanded," and
substitute " to pay the annual assessments."

On behalf of the Building Committee, Dr. White an-
nounced that ground had been broken on the site of the
Society's new building, preparatory to driving piles, and that
some of the materials were upon the ground.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following letters
recently received, namely : —

From the K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien, September 13th,
1861 ; the Dubhn University Zoological and Botanical Association,
November, 1861, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publica-
tions; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, October 4th, 1861,
acknowledging the same, and asking that some deficiencies may be
supplied ; BibHokariat der K. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten, December 2d, 1861, acknowledging the same, asking for missing
numbers, and presenting various pubUcations ; K. Preussische Akad-
emie, Berhn, August 31, 1861 ; Verein fur Naturkunde, Wiesbaden,
October 1, 1861 ; Royal University of Norway, Christiania, October
26, 1861 ; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, October 28, 1861,
presenting their various pubfications ; Vercnn f iir Naturkunde zu Of-
fenbach, July, 1861 ; PoUichia zu Durkheim, presenting their publica-
tions, and desiring exchange.

Messrs. George Jaques, of Somerville, and Jcdm Jclfries,
Jr., of Boston, were chosen Resident Membei's.

38

February 19, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Mr. C. J. Sprague read the following communication : —

Is THE Heath Indigenous to the United States? By
C. J. Sprague.

Mr. E. S. Rand, Jr., has contributed an article to the January
number of the American Journal of Science, 1862, entitled " The
Heather a native of the United States." It is a very clear and pre-
cise statement of the facts regarding the recent discovery of Scotch
Heath {Calluna vulgaris) in Tewksbury, Mass., where it must have
been more than fifty years. The evidence obtained inclines Mr. Rand
to the belief that the plant was not introduced, but is really indige-
nous to.' the country. Notwithstanding the facts stated, we cannot,
as yet, cpme to the same conclusion, which, it appears to us, is based
on insufficient evidence.

Tiie^^inity of Boston is notorious for the great number of intro-
duced >j^ ants which have become acclimated. Most of these, it is
true, are herbs, whose seeds might readily be transported in various
ways. The Barberry and the Privet, however, are shrubs. These,
although planted by man, have not become extensively spread, being
still stragglers on the borders of cultivation. The Heath in question
has been found only in one locality, of not more than half an acre
in area, and has been confined to that limited area for more than fifty
years. It grows in a soil and situation which, instead of being pe-
culiar to that locality, are found throughout the whole breadth of
the country. It grows in company with the common Alder and the
Myrica Gale, which are also European plants, and which are among
the commonest of our swamp shrubs. If the Heath be a native plant,
there is no reason why it should not be as common as either of these,
for there are no peculiar circumstances about this locality which do
not exist elsewhere. There are some native plants which are only
found in isolated spots; but the cause of 'this isolation is generally
apparent. !Many of our Alpine plants are similar to those of Europe ;
but they are confined, necessarily, to the few localities which are
favorable to their growth. On the other hand, some of our trees
and shrubs are identical with those of Europe, and, not being circum-
scribed by peculiar cu-cumstances, grow broadcast over the country.
The Chestnut and the Juniper grow everywhere ; and there is no
reason why the Heath should not, if indigenous, be equally spread.
The Rose-Bay (^Rhodddendron maxhimni) and the Magnolia {Mag-
nolia glauca) are only found in isolated spots in New England ; but

39

they are common Soutliern plants wliicli gradually thin out north-
ward, and reach their northern limit here. It is climate which pre-
vents their growth. But this is not the case with the Heath. For
it is an inhabitant of regions equally cold with ours, and, if it be
naturally associated with the Alder, the Cranberry, the Laurel and
the Azalea, it ought to be found with them elsewhere, as they exist
all over the country in a range of thousands of miles, precisely simi-
lar in habit and locality.

Out of sixty-two species of Ericacece recorded in Dr. Gray's Man-
ual of the Northern States, eighteen are conmaon to Europe ; showing
that the general circumstances attendant on the growth of plants of
this order must be very nearly similar in both places. Of the Eii-
cinece proper, the Cassandra calyculata, which grows with the Heath
at Tewksbury, a very common New-England plant, is European also.
The Bear Berry {Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi), very common here, is
also European. The Andromeda poUfolia, a bog plant, also, is com-
mon to both countries, as also the Ledum latifolium. These instances
are mentioned to prove that there can be no natural preventives to
the broadcast occurrence of a plant, if native, whose associates are
excessively common, and which are also natives of a country where
this plant does grow in equal abundance. It would be very strange
that in the whole belt of our Northern country, remarkably homoge-
neous in character, and having a flora almost identical throughout,
we should find a native plant growing only on one single half-acre of
ground, when there are thousands of acres precisely similar in
character everywhere throughout those thousands of miles.

Mr. Rand says : —

" May not this be the last vestige, or one of the last, of what was
once an American Heath ? " But why must we presuppose that the
Heath has died out from the country ? Why, when its associates, the
Alder, the Cranberry, the Cassandra and the Azalea, are as common
as ever, should this one plant, a long-lived, tough, tenacious pla,nt
too, have perished ? The efforts of man have rarely been exerted to
extirpate these plants, because they frequent localities unfavorable
to the use of man, and, besides, no necessity has existed for this ex-
tirpation.

Let us now examine the facts which have been obtained as to the
existence of this Heath. Its occupancy has been traced back fifty
years. An old farmer remembers in his boyhood to have seen patches
" as big as a bushel basket or larger," of a plant with long, tough
roots, which caught the plough. And then it was in precisely the
same locality as now, and equally circumscribed. The size of the
patches cannot be accurately known. A boy's observation is not
very close ; and we all know how small the objects appear to our

40

mature eyes which our childish notice thought to be quite grand.
Besides this, memory adds compound interest for the time which
intervenes, especially when a new-found importance attaches to the
principal. Besides this, it is by no means a settled thing that the
farmer's boy's plant was Calluna vulgaris. Taking Loudon's estimate
of the annual growth of heath, " three or four inches a season," or
even reducing this to two, twenty years would suffice for a seedling
plant to grow forty inches, which would make a respectable bushel
basket of branches. So that we need not suppose, with Mr. Rand,
that these plants might in Mr. Livingstone's boyhood have been a
century old. Neither is Tewksbury such an " out-of-the-way place."
Billerica was settled in 1653, and we must not presume that a thickly-
settled population is necessary to introduce a foreign plant. One
stray seed from the pocket or bundle of a European immigrant may
have done it. Many instances have occurred where European plants
have been brought over in this way. Foreign plants frequently
spring up around paper mills from seeds brought in the rags used
there. They do not spread extensively, because the circumstances
are not favorable to their acclimation. In the case of the Heath,
this is an important point. Because, if native, there is no reason
why it should not be broadcast ; if It be Introduced, there may be
nice, unperceived causes why it should not be acclimated here every-
where. The European violet even, common as it is in gardens, has
never established itself as an acclimated plant. If our gardeners
should sow the Heath everywhere, it might grow where it was
sowed, as it has done at Tewksbury, and thoroughly established it-
self, in spite of harrowing and mowing. This would prove pretty
conclusively, that were it a native, it would not have died out, as
circumstances would favor its growth as much now as ever. Instances
are very rare of an indigenous plant being confined, in any country,
to one half an acre of ground.

A whole century and a half elapsed after the settlement of Billerica
before the Heath was seen there. The botanico-historic period did
not commence for a century and a half after its settlement. How
many opportunities might have occurred during that time for the ac-
cidental sowing of a foreign heath, when we know that there was con-
stant Immigration from Europe, and know, also, that " the seeds retain
their vitality for many years."

It is a question of considerable importance, as regards botanical
geography, whether the plants of Europe are identical, to any extent,
with those of America ; and therefore all the evidence bearing on the
nativity of the Calluna should be examined, whether in Tewksbury
or elsewhere. This evidence does not seem to be very direct or con-
clusive. It does not certainly prove it to be an inhabitant, either in

41

great quantity or frequency. It is mentioned in De la Pylaie's cata-
logue of Newfoundland plants, and also in De Candolle's Prodromus,
as occurring there. Dr. Gray was told by Dr. Don, some twenty
years ago, that a surveyor had brought a specimen from the interior
of the island. Loudon gives it as a native of New Brunswick, on un-
known authority. This is all the evidence we have to prove the Cal-
luna a native of the northern regions of America.

If we find one single fossil animal in a stratum where its remains
must have been deposited at its death, we may take it as a positive
proof that animals of that species lived there at the geological epoch
during which that stratum was deposited. But one specimen of a plant
said to be gathered in a certain region does not equally prove that
the plant is indigenous there ; particularly when that region has been
for years the dwelling-place of emigi-ants from the very country where
that particular plant does grow luxuriantly in a wild state. At any
rate, whatever may have been the origin of the few specimens of
which a rather uncertain record exists, it is very certain that the Cal-
luna vulgaris is, at present, no known denizen of any part of this con-
tinent. Nor can we understand why it should be destroyed, if native,
by any special causes, when it thrives so well under disadvantageous
circumstances at Tewksbury. If it should be found growing freely
and abundantly at Newfoundland, there might be ground for thinking
it indigenous, in view of the record made of it by De la Pylaie as a
Newfoundland plant ; yet these very regions were long ago settled by
French immigrants. We imagine that the sfate of the country there
has not changed, since his day, so much as to eradicate from existence
a native shrub. Were the Heath a plant growing naturally isolated,
we might more readily accord to it an occasional existence in remote
localities ; but this is not the case. It is gregarious in habit, robust in
growth, and tenacious of life. Until it is found in such places and in
such quantity as to prove undoubtedly that it is a native of North
America, we must remain somewhat doubtful of the secondhand evi-
dence now on record.

We therefore incline to the opinion that the Calluna is an intro-
duced plant, at least in Tewksbury, for the reasons that it occurs in a
very limited area, while every circumstance is ftivorable to its growth,
if native, over the whole face of the northern country ; because it
grows luxuriantly in similar situations where it is native ; because,
after a known occupancy of this area for many years, it has not ex-
tended itself into surrounding places of a like character; because
kindred native plants, growing in precisely the same situations, are
profuse throughout the country ; and because it is found near grounds
used, from early times, for agricultural purposes.

42

Prof. AV. B. Rogers read the following paper in behalf of
the author ; —

Notes on the surface Geology of the Basin of the Great
Lakes. By Dr. J. S. Newberry.

The changes which have taken place in the physical geography of
tlie country surrounding the great Lakes, geologically speaking, with-
in a recent period, have been very great ; how great, and dependent
upon what causes, we cannot as yet definitely state, as much more
study than has hitherto been given to the subject will be necessary
before all its difficulties and obscurities shall be removed.

These changes to which I have referred apparently Include (a)
great alterations in the level of the water-surface in the lake basin,
and (b) in the elevation of this portion of the continent as compared
with the sea-level, with (c) corresponding alternations of temperature,
all followed by their natural sequences.

The facts which lead to these conclusions are briefly as follows : —

(1) The surfaces of the rocks underlying all portions of the basin
of the great lakes, except where affected by recent atmospheric action,
are planed down, polished, scratched, and furrowed, precisely as those
are which have been observed beneath heavy sheets and masses of
moving ice.

The effect of this action is strikingly exhibited in the hard trap
ledges of the shores of Lake Superior ; by the roches moutonnes of the
granitic islands in the St. Mary's River and Lake Huron ; by all the
hard, rocky margins of Lake Huron and Lake Michigan ; by the De-
vonian limestones underlying the surface deposits of the peninsulas of
Canada West and Michigan ; by the planed and grooved surfaces of
the Coniferous Hmestone beneath the west end of Lake Erie, and com-
posing the group of islands off Sandusky ; by nearly all the surface
rocks, when hard enough to retain glacial furrows, of Ohio, Indiana,
Ilfinois, Iowa, Wisconsin, &c.

(2) Upon these grooved and polished surfaces we find resting, —
First, A series of blue laminated clays in horizontal beds, containing

few shells, as far as yet observed, but, In abundance, water-worn
trunks of coniferous trees with leaves of fir and cedar, and cones of a
pine (apparently Abies balsamea, Juniperus Virginiana^ and Pinus
strobiis).

Second, Yellow clays, sands, gravel, and boidders. Among the latter
are granite, trap, azoic slates, sllurian fosslliferous limestone, masses
of native copper, &c., all of northern origin, and generally traceable
to points several hundred miles distant from where they are found.

(3) Millions of these granite boulders and masses of fosslliferous
limestone, often many tons In weight, are now scattered over the sur-

43

face of the slopes of the highlands of Ohio ; and, in some places, col-
lections of them are seen occupyii^g areas of several acres, and num-
bering many thousands, all apparently having been brought here
together and from one locality. ,

(4) At various points Nare found remarkable pits, conical depres-
sions in the superficial deposits, which have been attributed to icebergs
stranding and melting, dropping their loads of gravel and stone around
their resting-places.

(5) The beds of clay and other transported materials mentioned
above are several hundred feet in thickness, extending from at least
one hundred feet below the present water-level in the lakes to points
five hundred feet or more above that level.

(6) During the "glacial period" to which I have referred, the
whole country must have been relatively higher than at present, and
the drainage much more fi^ee ; for, during this epoch, the valleys of the
streams were excavated to a far greater depth than they are at
present. This is proven by the explorations which have been made
in all the country iDordering Lake Erie in search of rock oil. The
borings made upon the Upper Ohio and its tributaries, as well as
along the rivers emptying into Lake Erie, show that all these streams
flow above their ancient beds, — the Mahoning and Shenango, at their
junction, one hundred and fifty feet, the Cuyahoga at its mouth over
one hundred feet above the bottom of their rocky troughs. The valley
of the IMississippi at St. Louis and Dubuque, and the Missouri at and
above Council Bluffs, exhibit precisely similar phenomena, — deep
troughs excavated in the rock by the ancient representations of the
present streams, subsequently submerged and filled up with drift clay,
gravel, or loess ; these troughs having been but partially cleared of
these accumulations by the action of the rivers during what we call
the present epoch.

(7) Along the margins of the great lakes are distinct lines of
ancient beaches, which show that in comparatively recent times the
water-level in these lakes was full one hundred feet higher than at
present.

The facts enumerated above seem to justify us in the • following in-
. ferences in regard to the former history of this portion of our conti-
nent, (a) At a period corresponding with, if not in time, at least
in the chain of events, the glacial epoch of the Old World, the lake
region^ in common with all the northern portion of the American conti-
nent, was raised several thousand feet above the level of the sea. In
this period the fiords of the Atlantic (and probably Pacific) coasts
were excavated, as also the deep channels of drainage which, far
above their bottoms, are traversed by the Mississippi and its branches,
and indeed most of the streams of the lake country.

44

During this period Lake Erie did not exist as a lake, but as a val-
ley, traversed by a river to whicb the Cuyahoga, Vermillion, Chagi'in,
&e-, were tributaries. In this '' glacial epoch " all the lake country
■was cohered with ice, by which the rocky surface was planed down
and furrowed, and left precisely in the condition of that beneath the
modern moving glaciers in mountain valleys. Could we examine the
surfaces upon which rest the enormous sheets of ice which cover so
much of the extreme arctic lands, we should doubtless find them ex-
hibiting the same appearance.

(b) At the close of the glacial epoch all the basin of the great lakes
teas submerged beneath fresh water, which formed a vast inland sea.

From the waters of this sea were precipitated the laminated clays,
the oldest of our drift deposits, containing trunks and branches of
coniferous trees, a few fresh-water and land shells, but no oceanic
fossils. Parallel beds on the St. Lawrence, as shown by Prof Daw-
son, generally contain marine remains. It would seem, then, that this
was a period of general subsidence throughout the northern portion
of our continent, and that the Atlantic then covered a large part of
New England and Canada East.

(c) Subsequent to the deposit of the blue clays, an immense quan-
tity of gravel and boulders was transported from the region north of
the great lakes, and scattered over a wide area south of them.

That these materials were never carried by currents of water is
certain, as their gravity, especially that of the copper, would bid de-
fiance to the transporting power of any current which could be driven
across the lake basin ; indeed, that such was not the method by which
they were carried is conclusively proved by the fact, that, between
their places of origin and where they are now found, the blue clay
beds previously deposited now lie continuous and undisturbed. By
any agent, ice or water, moving over the rocky bottom of the
lake basin, carrying with it gravel and boulders, these clay beds
would have been entirely broken up and removed. The conclusion
is, therefore, inevitable, that these immense masses of Xorthern drift
vferejloated to their resting-places.

All the facts which have come under my observation seem to me
to indicate that, during countless years and centuries, icebergs
freighted with stones and gravel were floating from the northern
margin of this inland sea, melting and scattering their cargoes on
or near its southern shores. Subsequently, as its waters were grad-
ually withdrawn, these transplanted materials, rolled, comminuted,
and rearranged by the slowly retreating shore-waves, were left as we
now find them, heaps and imperfectly stratified beds of sand and
gravel.

(d) In the lake ridges (ancient beaches), which have been so

45

fully described by Col. "NATiittlesev and other?, we have evidence that
the water of the lakes remained for considerable intervals much
higher than at present. By carefiil study of these ridges we may
hereafter be able to map the outlines of the great inland sea, of which
our lakes are now the miniature representatives, and to determine by
what causes, whether by local subsidence of some portion of its
shores, or the cutting down of channels of drainatre, this great de-
pression of the water-level was effected.

If, with the topography of the basin of the lakes remaining pre-
cisely what it now is, the water-level were raised one hundred feet,
to the ancient beach which runs through the city of Cleveland, the
whole of the chain of lakes would be thrown together and form a
great inland sea.

Bj this sea, a large portion of the State of ^ew York would be
submerged, much of Canada lying in the basin of the St. Lawrence,
most of the peninsula of Canada West, the greater part of ^Michigan,
and a wide area south and west of the lakes in the States of Ohio,
Indiana, Illinois, "Wisconsin, &c.

Indeed, raised to this level, the water of the lakes would submerge
deeply the summit between Lake Ontario and the Mohawk, and es-
cape at once through the Hudson to the ocean, as weU as by the out-
let of the St. Lawrence. At the west a similar state of things would
exist; the Kankakee summit, the divide between Lake Michigan and
the ^Mississippi, now scarcely more than twenty feet above the lake
level, would be deeply buried, and the whole valley of the Mississippi
flooded. We apparently have proof that the lake waters did once
flow over this summit, as it is said that lake shells are found beneath
the soil over nearly aU parts of it.

While it is entii'ely possible that the low points in the rim of this
great basin have been worn down to the present inconsiderable alti-
tude bv the action of the water flowing from it, and that the former
inland sea was drained by the simple process of the wearing down of
its outlets, we may well hesitate to accept such an explanation of the
phenomena until conclusive evidence of its truth shall be obtained.

Geological history affords us so many examples of the instability of
our terra frma, that we can readily imagine that local changes of
level in the land have not only greatly affected the breadth of water-
surface in the lake basin, but have perhaps in some instances pro-
duced what we have supposed to be proofs of great and general ele-
vations of the water-level, which are, in fact, only indications of a
local rise of the land.

Nothing short of years of patient observation and study will enable
us to write anything like a complete history of the great changes
which have taken place in the physical geography of the basin of the

46

great lakes; within a comparatively recent period. Yet we may hope,
and fairly expect, that by carefully tracing the lake ridges, measur-
ing their elevation above the present water-level at various points,
examining minutely the present and former outlets through which
the surplus water of the lakes escapes or has escaped, that much
more than we now know will be learned of this interesting subject.
To stimulate inquiry in this direction, is the main purpose for which
these brief notes are now written.

Mr. Scudder announced the donation of fifteen copies of
the illustrated edition of Harris's "Insects injurious to Vege-
tation " from the State of Massachusetts. The thanks of
the Society were voted for the same.

It was voted unanimously that article 3d of the constitu-
be so altered that the last sentence shall read, " Any person
who shall contribute at one time to the funds of the Society
a sum not less than one hundred dollars shall be a Patron.

Messrs. A. C. Baldwin, James Freeman Allen, Jonathan
Preston, William J. Preston, Lyman Nichols and Barthold
Schlessinger were elected Resident Members.

March bth.
The President in the chair.

The President read a letter from Dr. Kneeland, the Re-
cording Secretary, stating that he had been called again to
enter the medical service of the army.

Dr. J. C. White was chosen Secretary pro tempore.

Dr. White read a communication presented by Dr. Knee-
land "On some Anatomical, Physiological and Zoological
Points suggested by J. Emerson Tennant's Natural History
of Ceylon."

The Corresponding Secretary presented by title a paper
containing "Observations on the summit structure of Pentre-
mites, the structure and arrangement of certain parts of
Crinoids, and descriptions of new species from the carbon-
iferous rocks at Burlington, Iowa, by Charles A. White."
Referred to the Publishing Committee.

47

Dr. C. T. Jackson remarked upon tlie recent discovery of
gold in Nova Scotia, and the general lithological characters
of that Province. The metal is found in slate rocks and the
quartz veins connected with them. The locality of its oc-
currence was not visited in his survey.

Mr. Marcou stated that the gold of the Atlantic coast was
of another formation from that of California. The slate of
Nova Scotia was metamorphic Taconic rock. There had been
found in North Carolina beds of red sandstone containing
gold washed into it during its formation, showing its exist-
ence previous to the formation of the latter. In California
the quartz gold-bearing veins seldom occur in the slate itself.
We appear to have in America gold of two different periods.
In Australia the gold is entirely of the drift period, while
that of the Atlantic coast is of anterior date.

Mr. Gaffield exhibited a peculiar form of crystallization
occurring in a pot of window glass resembling a Nasturtium
seed. It was probably silicate ot lime.

March l^th.
Dr. A. A. Gould in the chair.

Prof. Henry J. Clark j^resented the following communica-
tion : —

LUCERNARIA THE COEXOTYPE OF ACALEPH^. By PrOF. HeNRY

James Clark, of Harvard University, Cambridge.

The present communication is a mere sketch of a most thorough
and exhausting anatomy of Lucernaria, which I have illustrated by
numerous plates, and which I propose to publish in an extended
memoir, in connection with some considerations upon the general
morphology and systematic relations of Acalephas. I have been en-
gaged during the whole of the past year upon the organical and his-
tological anatomy of this animal, in order to determine what are its
relations to Radiata in general, and to Acalephae in particular. I
have had abundant materials for study, inasmuch as this species of
Lucernaria is a very common inhabitant of our shores, wherever the
eel-grass, Zostera marina, grows. Almost invariably Lucernaria is to
be found upon the Zostera, and very rarely upon any other plant.

48

It may be obtained from the last of August, when it is most frequently
met with in a young state, until the last of June, at which time the
young ones of the autumn season have developed to full-grown ani-
mals. In an adult state it measures nearly an inch across the disc,
exclusive of the tentacles, and about the same in height. It varies in
color from green, which is the most common tint, to deep olive ; from
light yellow to reddish brown, or from light violet to the deepest pur-
ple. In form it is octagonal, and most frequently it so comports itself
that the four sides opposite the bifarious genitalia are shorter than
those alternating with them, but frequently the same individual re-
verses the order of things, and the latter become either as short, or
even shorter, than the first. From this we infer that the specific dif-
ferences, based upon the approximation of the bunches of tentacles,
two and two, are entirely erroneous. As these animals are very sen-
sitive and irritable, they contract upon the least disturbance ; and, as
the muscular system is most highly developed in the region which lies
about the four partitions of the disc, it is most natural that when the
creature contracts it should draw the two halves of the genitalia and
the bunches of tentacles together more closely here than at the alter-
nate quarters ; hence arises the fi-equently-observed quadrate outline
of the disc. Again, in regard to another feature oftentimes employed
to discriminate between difierent species or even groups, I would say
that the absence of auricles does not indicate a specific difference
from those individuals possessing them, but rather an accidental atro-
phy of these organs ; and that this fact is to be classed in the same
category as the occasional development of one of the tentacles into
a semiauricular body. I have always noticed that individuals in such
a condition have an unnatural appearance ; that they are not so lively
as the others, and appear to be diseased. I believe this species to be
identical with the L. auricula of the English coast. The most charac-
teristic figure that I know of, although unsatisfactory, is in Gosse's
little book, '■'■The Aquarium."

In order to contrast the structure of Lucernaria with that of the
Steganopthalmatan Medusae, and, moreover, in order that I may not
complicate matters, I will compare it, organ for organ and part for
part, with one of our most common medusae, Aurelia JJavidula,
Agassiz. The aboral side, which corresponds to the so-called dorsal
region of other Acalepha3, projects at the apex into a moderately long
columnar body, usually called the peduncle of Lucernaria. With the
exception of the four equidistant channels and the four muscular cords
which alternate with them, the peduncle is a solid gelatiniform mass,
covered by the outer wall. This gelatiniform substance also consti-
tutes the bulk of the disc, filling the entire space between the outer
wall and the inner or lining wall of the digestive cavity, and is direct-

49

ly continuous with that in the peduncle. In Aurelia, Cyanea, and
other Acalephs, this substance appears like an amorphous gelatiniform
or semicartilaginous mass, with a few irregular cells scattered here
and there ; but in Lucernaria it has a highly organic structure. Ex-
tremely elongate, columnar, cell-like bodies extend in close proximity
from the outer to the inner wall, so that, in a section of the thickness
of the disc, it appears to be transversely striated. In the peduncle,
as a transverse section reveals, these columnar cells are arranged
about the axis in peculiar, regular groups ; some columns pass from
one channel to the next on either side ; some diagonally across the
axis from one channel to an opposite one, and others extend obliquely
from the channel to the muscular cords which alternate Avith them.
This arrangement reminds one of the methodical disposition of the
great cells in the body of Pleurobrachia, as I have described them in
Prof. Agassiz's third volume of his " Contributions to the Natural
History of the United States." In the oral or lower side of the disc
of Aurelia the gelatiniform substance has the same structure as in the
aboral side, whilst in Lucernaria, although it has all the regularity in
the disposition of its components that obtains in the aboral side, yet
it possesses a totally diflerent nature, as I will describe hereafter in
connection with the muscular system.

From the middle of the base of each of the four flat sides of the
quadrate proboscis a light streak, which has the deceptive appearance
of a radiating canal, passes in a direct line nearly to the border of the
disc ; this is the line along which the oral and aboral floors of the
disc unite, and form a solid partition, by which the digestive cavity is
divided into four broad chambers, which communicate with one an-
other at the inner or proximal ends, about the base of the proboscis,
and also at the outer or distal ends through the narrow passage be-
tween the terminus of the partition and the edge of the disc. In the
peduncle there are four equi-distant broad tubes, which merge into
one cavity at its base, and correspond in position to the four cham-
bers of the digestive cavity. The grouped tentacles which occupy
the eight corners of the disc are hollow, as, likewise, are the auricles,
and communicate openly and directly with the digestive cavity. This
is all that constitutes the chymiferous circulatory system of Lucerna-
ria. In Aurelia we have radiating canals at the points corresponding
to the partitions of Lucernaria, as well as in the intermediate sec-
tions.

In Aurelia, the genitalia are four single circular organs, one of
each being placed opposite the flat side of the proboscis ; whereas in
Lucernaria each genital is a double organ, the halves of which have
a peculiar shape, and are situated respectively one on each side of

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N, H.— VOL. IX. 4 JULY, 1862.

50

the partition, and extend along the inner face of the oral floor of
the disc fi-om the base of the proboscis to the extreme limits of the
corners of the disc, where they almost touch the bases of the tenta-
cles. Across the proximal end of each partition, triple or quadruple
rows of slender digitiform bodies extend each way for a considerable
distance along the border of each half of a genital, thus forming the
common appendages of the two, and clearly indicating their unity.
Each half has a peculiar form, which may be represented by an ine-
quilateral triangle whose longest side extends nearly in a straight line
from the inner end of the partition to the tentacles, and the two other
sides, slightly curving outwardly and meeting at a very broad angle,
form the rest of the outline. In the adult, the longest side of the
triangle is to its height as two to one. This feature, alone, has a de-
gree of speciality which raises these organs in rank above all others
of their kind among Acalephse ; but when we examine their compo-
nents, we find an unlooked-for structure, hitherto unknown among
Acalephee. What appear, to the naked eye, to be eggs of enormous
size, are really little pouches, which contain either numerous eggs or
matrices of spermatic particles, according as the individual is male or
female. Each pouch, or genital saccule, as it may be called, projects
freely into the digestive cavity, and is attached by a very short and
rather narrow neck to the inner wall of the oral floor of the disc.
This constitutes another step in the specialization of these organs,
but does not complete the process. At the base of each genital sac-
cule, and on that side which faces toward the proboscis, there is a
small aperture, which leads to the interior, where there is a consider-
able cavity. This cavity is formed by the lateral inversion of the
single wall of the saccule upon itself, and the constriction of the wall
about the entrance to the chamber. The eggs or spermatic mate-
rial are enclosed in saccular folds of the wall of this chamber, and
into which they fall when mature, and pass thence outwardly through
the lateral outlet at the base of the saccule. One may see at a
glance that this is a type of the reproductive organs not to be found
among the other Acalepha?.

In Aurelia, the generative products, whether eggs or spermatozoa,
lie immediately beneath the outer wall, and imbedded in the muscu-
lar layer which extends throughout the length and breadth of the
oral face of the disc, as I have described it in the fourth volume of
Professor Agassiz's " Contributions." Between the muscular layer
and the inner wall, which forms the immediate parietes of the diges-
tive cavity, a thick layer of gelatiniform substance intervenes, and
its presence naturally suggests the inquiry, how are the eggs or
sperm to escape into the digestive cavity, as they are known to do ?
The spermatic particles I have observed frequently escaping directly

51

through the outer wall into the ocean, and I have seen them, with
the broadest end out, projecting like bundles of hairs from the cav-
ity of the matrix through the apertures in the outer wall. When
the reproductive material is fully ripe, the inner wall, with the gela-
tiniform layer, and the muscular layer as far as it includes the mate-
rial in question, splits off from the outer wall along two lines corres-
ponding to the two borders of the generative organ, and hangs
loosely, in ribbons, in the digestive cavity. From the newly-formed
raw face of these ribbons the eggs or spermatic particles escape into
the main chamber of the disc. This I take to be the universal rule,
and such the type of genitalia among all Steganophthalmata ; a struc-
ture totally unlike that of Lucernaria, in which the inner wall alone
is concerned in the highly complicated reproductive organs.

Passing now to the consideration of the muscular system, I will call
your attention to the four white, slender columns which alternate
with the four dark tubes which are imbedded in the gelatiniform sub-
stance of the peduncle. Sars was the first to indicate the true na-
ture of these columns, and he rightly called them muscular cords
They extend from the base of the peduncle to the base of the pro-
boscis, coursing along just beneath the outer wall, but still within the
gelatiniform substance, until they reach the upper third of the pedun
cle, and then gradually approximating the axial line, they meet the
inner wall of the disc just below the base of the proboscis, and thence
they pass along still beneath tliis wall, for a short distance, and, finally
eacJi one enters the oral side of the disc at the inner or axial end of
the partition. At this point, each muscular column expands and
forms a fan-shaped layer just beneath the outer wall, and extends lat-
erally so as to occupy the whole space between the two halves of a
genital. At the distal end, this layer diverges right and left of the
partition into a broad muscular band which borders the disc, and,
eventually, is distributed in ridges or cords beneath the outer wall of
the tentacles and the auricles. At the inner end of the partition, the
muscular layer also passes into the base of the proboscis, and forms a
stratum immediately beneath the outer wall. At four equidistant
points, alternating with the partitions and genitals, and opposite the
four corners of the proboscis, there is a weaker muscular layer, which
occupies the same relative position in regard to the outer wall as does
the stronger system of muscles first mentioned. On the one hand, it
passes into the marginal muscular band, and on the other it enters
the corners of the proboscis, and forms a layer in common with the
one extending from the partitions. By these alternating stronger and
weaker divisions of the muscular layer, the disc is relieved of the
sameness which prevails in the muscular system of the Steganoph-
thalmata, and we have indubitable proofs of a higher degree of special-

52

Hzation than in the latter order, where the unvarying repetition of
similar divisions all around the disc unmistakably indicates inferiority.
Moreover, in addition to this, we have a peculiar specialization of the
gelatiniform layer, which is embraced by the outer and inner walls of
this floor, or rather between the muscular layer and the inner wall ;
instead of repeating the peculiarities of the gelatiniform layer of the
aboral floor, as occurs in Aurelia, it has a totally diff'erent appearance
and consistency, and an almost unlimited degree of expansion and
contraction. In the tentacles it occupies a very deep space between
the outer wall, or rather the muscular layer, and the inner wall.
In this latter respect, Lucernaria is again peculiar, since in addition
to the muscular layer, which alone is present in the young, it devel-
ops this gelatiniform layer, — the musculo-gelatimform layer^ as I pro-
pose to call it, — the like of which does not exist in the tentacles either
of Steganophthalmata or Gymnophthalmata. In the auricles, we have
also a specialization peculiar to Lucernaria ; for in addition to the pig-
ment eye-spot which is imbedded in the base of the oral face of these
bodies, the auricles, which in the young cannot be distinguished from
the tentacles, gradually thicken the outer wall as age advances, and
peculiar, granuliferous, adhesive vesicles are developed between the
cells. In the adult, their tentacular nature is almost, or altogether,
obliterated, and the swollen outer wall, together with the enormous
thickness of the musculo-gelatiniform layer, form an oval mass, thickly
studded with adhesive organs, by which they cling, in a most tena-
cious manner, to any body which they may touch. These organs,
and the base of the peduncle, are the only means of adherence
which Lucernaria possesses ; although it is true that the tentacles
are used, as in Aurelia, for prehension, they are, comparatively, very
weak, and can only serve to retain the prey, and never effect the
purpose for which the auricles are constructed. In consideration of
the very obvious office of an auricle, I would propose the name ancJwr
for it.

Were the above-mentioned features in the organism of Lucernaria
alone to be taken into account, there could be no hesitation in sapng
that this genus should be considered as the highest of the class of
Acalephse ; because of its highly complicated and specialized gelatin-
iform mass ; the high grade, and the peculiar and distinctive grouping
of its muscular system ; the definite and bilateral form of the genital
organs, as well as their saccular subdivision ; the two-fold nature and
disposition of the prehensile organs, the tentacles and anchors ; and,
moreover, that it belongs to an order separate from either orders of
Acalephse, because of the typical elements of its genital saccules,
which are altogether different from either the Steganophthalmic or
Gymnophthalmic type of genitals ; and also on account of the an-

53

chors, wliich have no parallel in all the class of Acalephse. But there
are parts of the Lucernarlan organism which are of a lower grade
than those of similar nature among the other Acalepha?. I refer, in
the first place, to the hydra-like form of Lucernaria, and its compar-
atively stiff and hydroidal tentacles, evidently indicating a typical
affinity to the fixed hydroid generation of the Sarsia?, Bougainviiliae,
Steenstrupiae, etc. The simple, almost unilocular chymiferous system
is hardly less medusoidal, as regards the multiplicity of its subdi-
visions, than in some of the Tubularians, such as Tubularia and
Corymorpha, which are described in Professor Agassiz's fourth vol-
ume of his " Contributions." In connection with the hydroid form of
Lucernaria, I would also mention the total absence of a veil. This
might, at first thought, appear to furnish an argument in favor of the
high relations of this genus ; but I think it is to be deemed as one of
the signs of its inferior connections. However, let us look at the
progress of velar develoj^ment. In the eplujra state of all Steganoph-
thalmata, the veil is at one time greatly in the preponderance, when
compared with the size of the whole individual ; but with growth it
gradually becomes less conspicuous, and, finally, in some adult genera
of this order, it remains as a mere trace of a veil, or, as in Cyanea and
some Rliizostomidae, it is altogether obscured. Now, it is noteworthy
that among the lowest of this order, such as Pelagia, we have a
strong resemblance to the ephyra state, and the ephyroid, tongue-
like veil is quite prominent ; and in Chrysaora it is hardly less so ;
ascending the scale, we find it yet more inconspicuous in Aurelia, and
still more so in Cassiopeas ; and, finally, altogether absent in Cyanea,
the highest, in my opinion, of all the Steganophthalmata. Now, one
might suppose Lucernaria, in respect to the veil, to be in the same
category with Cyanea, which has resorbed its veil ; this, however, is
not the case, for, as I know, from the study of the younger stages of
Lucernaria, that it never passes through the veiled phase, it falls
short in its development as regards this particular feature of Acale-
phan morphology. We must take into consideration, also, the eyes,
which are found to be as low in point of structure as the merest pig-
ment eye-spot of the Gymnophthalmata.

Thus, in balancing the value of the organisms of this animal, we
are inevitably led to the conclusion, on the one hand, that Lucerna-
ria does not stand as a totality above all other Acaleph^e, nor, on the
other hand, does it, by any means, belong below them ; and that much
less does it affiliate exclusively with the Gymnophthalmata. The
only relation that it possibly can be considered under is that of a cor^
relation to hath types of Acaleph(B^ — viz., to the Gymnophthalmata,
including the Siphonophorse, and to the Steganophthalmata ; but yet
not as a graduated connecting link, which would seem to show that

54

the two orders pnss the one into the other, but as an ordinal ti/pe,
equivalent in value to either of the others, by reason of the peculiar
and distinctive morphology of certain of its organs. On this account,
Lucernaria is to be considered, and may be designated, as the coeno-
type (xoii'ug, common) of the Acalephae. In this respect, it holds such
relations to the other two orders of Acalephae as do the Crinoids to
the other orders of Eehinodermata : or the Annelidje to the rest of
the Articulata : or the Selachians to the true fishes and the reptiles ;
but, at the same time, containing organic features which separate
each of them as a type from the others.

In order that no confusion may arise here. I would state most ex-
plicitly that I do not consider the Ctenophorse as one of the orders
of Acalephae, but deem them to be a class by themselves, equal in
value to either of the classes of Radiata. whether Polypi, Acalephae,
or Echinodennata. and standing next in rank to the Echinodermata.
The division of the alimentary system of Ctenophorse into two por-
tions, as among Pol^'pi, is sufficient to separate them from the Acal-
ephae, since the typical form of the corresponding system in the lat-
ter is a unity ; moreover, the position and peculiar relations of the
tentacles of Ctenophorre are hardly of less importance, in these con-
siderations, as distinctive charactei-s. I cannot conceive that the
Ctenophorse may be included in the same classific t^-pe with the Acal-
ephae without doing violence to correlative ideas such as are ex-
pressed in the organism of the former ; and much less can I admit
that they have the most distant relation to the Polypi, excepting that,
Hke the latter, they are Radiates. The same kind of arguments that
have been used to show that Ctenophorae and Poh-pi belong to one
class might, with equal justice, be advanced to prove that the Acale-
phae are Poh-pi. We must not mistake a similarity for an identity,
any more than that the cry of a child would identity it with a cat,
because their voices sound alike, and cannot always be distinguished
the one from the other by any single facult}- of our senses.

The following tabular view presents at a glance the relations of the
Lucernaridffi to the other orders of Acalephae, and at the same time
indicates the position of the Ctenophorae among the other classes of
Radiata.

Polypi. Acaleph^. Ctexophor-e. Echixodermata.

Stesanoph-
thalmiax.
Lucemaridse

Gvtnnoph-

tfifilmiflg».

55

April 2, 1862.
Tlie President in the chair.

Dr. C. T. Jackson made some remarks upon the manufac-
ture of writing inks. He thought they could be made much
better, if not more cheaply, directly from the chemical prin-
ciples themselves than from the crude substances now em-
ployed, which contain uncertain and variable proportions of
the requisite materials. He described at some length the
composition and merits of the various inks manufactured
here and in other countries.

Mr. C. K. Dillaway read the following letter from Mr.
I. A. Lapham, of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on the habits of
Sphyrcqncus varius^ Baird : —

Your Mr. E. A. Samuels, in the ^Wisconsin Farmer, — probably
misled by some blundering ne-wspaper report of the remarks (not
lecture) of Dr. P. R. Hoy, of Racine, Wisconsin, on the habits. &c.,
of the Sapsucker, made before the IlHnois Horticultural Society, —
has done that careful, accurate, and scientific naturahst much injus-
tice, accusing him of things of wliich he is not guilty. Dr. J. P. Kirt-
land, of Ohio, was the first naturahst -who expressed his belief in the
'-popular opinion" on this subject, but unfortunately he did not in-
vestigate the matter. Dr. Hoy has recently ascertained that the
food of the Sapsucker is the juice and inner bark of trees, and has
presented the facts verbally, as indicated above. This Httle bird dif-
fers so much fi-om the true -woodpeckers, that Professor S. F. Baird*
verv properly made it the type of a new genus, — it is now known as
Sphyrapicus fa Ww^% Baird, — and is the only bird properly entitled
to the name oi Sapsucker. The tongue cannot be protruded much
beyond the extremity of the bill ; at the tip or horny portion, it is
broad, flat, and rounded, especially adapted to the work of scooping
out the tender inner bark of trees. It differs in these particulars
from the tongue of the woodpeckers proper, which may be extended
two or two and a half inches beyond the beak ; the tip is narrow,
sharp, and beset with strong barbs, especially adapted to the work of
extracting grubs and insects. The contents of the stomach, exam-
ined in numerous cases, at different seasons of the year, indicated
onlv vegetable substances. Fresh specimens were sent to Dr. Joseph
Leidy, of Philadelphia, whose dissections fully confirmed the observar

* Pacific K. R. Report, Vol. ix., p. 101 (ISOS.)

56

tions and deductions of Dr. Hoy. The punctures made by the Sphy-
rapicus are usually arranged in several rows around the tree, and are
so numerous as often to girdle the tree, and, especially in tender
kinds, destroy its vitality. The damage done to young trees in and
about Milwaukie and Racine is very considerable. The trees punc-
tured are the maple, mountain ash, pine, spruce, pear, apple, cherry,
ironwood, basswood, silver poplar, and perhaps others. While Dr.
Hoy advises the destruction of this bird, he pleads as earnestly as Mr.
Samuels can for the protection of the Picus villosus, and all other
harmless creatures.

The President gave an account of the dissection of a Hot-
tentot, who recently committed suicide in this city.

The subject was a young and healthy adult, who came to his death
by suicide. The chest was well formed and prominent, the shoulders
were well made but not broad, the loins very hollow, the hips nar-
row, the thighs full and feminine, and the calves slender. There
was no beard, no hair in the axilla or on the pubes. The ears were
well formed, but the lobule was quite smalL The web between the
fingers was more extensive than usual, and gradually increased in
breadth from the index to the little finger, where it reached as far as
the joint between the first and second phalanx.

Height of the body - - - - - 65i inches.
Spread of arms from tip to tip of middle finger GQ "
From top of head to top of trochanter - - 29|- "
From top of trochanter to sole of foot - - 36 "
Breadth of shoulders - - - - - 13 "
Breadth of waist ----- 9^ u

Breadth of hips through trochanters - - 11^ "
Length of arm from acromion - - - 30^ "
Length of tliigh from trochanter - - 18 "

Length of leg from top of tibia to sole - - 18 "

Length of hand 7^ "

Length of foot 9"

From a comparison of the above measurements it will be seen, that
while the height of the body and the spread of the arms are almost
exactly equal, and thus conform to the standard of a well-propor-
tioned man, the legs are disproportionately long. The tops of the
trochanters, instead of being in the middle of the whole height, are
five and a half inches above it.

The brain weighed 3 lbs. 2 oz. av., which is about the average
weight of a European brain. There are no weights of the brains of
Hottentots given in the tables of the comparative weight of the
human brain. Dr. Morton gives the measurements of the three Hot-

57

tentot crania, the average capacity of which is 75 cubic inches. A
cubic inch of brain is estimated to weigh 259.57 grains, and this multi-
plied by 75 would give, as the whole weight, about 2 lbs. 12 oz. av.

Mr. Bouve asked Dr. Jackson if he had observed any evi-
dence of metamorphic action in the conglomerate rocks of
our coast. He had noticed, by the wayside near Hingham, a
blood-red rock, resembling Saugus jasper, which he had sus-
pected to be an altered conglomerate, and yet he had never
discovered anything of a slaty or pebbly character about it.
A short time since, he had found the locality from which
these specimens had been taken, near the Ocean House, and
had traced it running^ into true cono-lomerate.

Dr. Jackson said that he had often seen this red rock, and
had frequently traced it into the slate. In Roxbury, rock peb-
bles of quartz and granite were to be found adhering closely
together without any sign of cement. Chemistry reveals
the fact that the surfaces are composed of silicate of lime
formed by the action of heat. In the vicinity of certain trap-
dykes in Rhode Island, the pebbles are often covered with
crystals of specular and magnetic iron, produced by the
decomposition of the sesquichloride under the influence of
water and lieat. Argillaceous minerals, also, in conglomerate
are often charged with peroxide of iron. He thought this
could not be explained by the simple conduction of heat
from trap-dykes, but that, in accordance with DAubree's
theory, superheated water must have been the active agent
in the changes alluded to.

Messrs. Francis G. Sanborn and J. T. Rothrock were
elected Resident Members.

Ajyril 16, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Mr. Scudder read the following communication from Mr.
E. S. Morse, of Portland, Maine : —

The H-emal and Neural Regions of Brachiopoda. By
Edward S. Morse.
In a paper read before the Boston Society of Natural History, by
N. S. Shaler, entitled, " Lateral Symmetry in Brachiopoda," it is as-

58

sumed that the valves of Brachiopoda occupy an anterior and pos-
terior position in their relations to the animal. Statements are also
made to the effect that '• Naturalists have very generally failed to find
any evidence of bilaterality in their organization." and also that a
'• fruitful source of trouble has been that Malacologists are acquainted
■with the arrangement of the valves in Lamellibranchiata before they
examine the Brachiopoda, so that they come to consider the latter
order with a vague impression that all bivalves must have the shells
in a similar relation to the animal."

Such remarks unfortunately do injustice to the labors of our Mala-
cologists, and should be corrected ; for, since the researches of Cuvier,
and still later Owen and Hancock, naturalists have never doubted the
relative position of the two valves of Brachiopoda, which have been
considered to bear a dorsal and ventral position to the animal ; and it
■will be evident to all that in vie^wing their relations thus, the lateral
s^inmetry is apparent and plain, though the assertion is made that the
feature of bilaterality seems to be altogether -wanting when the valves
are thus considered. It seems strange that IMr. Shaler should have
overlooked the fact that whether we consider the valves dorsal and
ventral, or anterior and posterior, precisely the same imaginary line
is dra^wn, and the same identical valves are made. The statement
that the valves are before and behind, I believe to be an incorrect
interpretation of the true homological relation which the test bears
to the animal : and, furthermore, the manner in which he determines
the longitudinal diameter, by passing a plane through the two extrem-
ities of the alimentary canal, is, I believe, a misconstruction of these
relations.

For the reasons that the terms dorsal and ventral are indiscrim-
inately used in various departments in the animal kingdom, and
quite improperly express the regions in mollusca, to which they
are generally applied, the dorsal region, which contains the heart,
has been designated the Haemal Region, and the ventral region,
which embraces the great nerve-centres, has been called the Xeural
Region. I shall therefore adopt the terms haemal and neural, as they
more properly express an idea of the parts intended.

In order to appreciate clearly the true longitudinal diameter of the
Brachiopoda, we must consider the various members belonging to the
order of Polyzoa, to which, without doubt, they are intimately connect-
ed ; and if we would find the longitudinal diameter of Polyzoa, we
have only to compare them with the Ascidian Tunic ata. G. J. Allman,
in his Monograph of the Fresh- Water Polyzoa, published by the Ray
Society, has so clearly pointed out the close homologies existing be-
tween the Polyzoa and Tunicata, and illustrated them by excellent
diagrams, that it would be doing injustice to him were I to attempt a

59

resume in the limited space of tMs paper. Suffice it to say. lie shows
clearly the homological relations between the two orders in the struc-
tural affinities between the branchial sac of the Tunicata and the
palpi of the Polyzoa, in the relative position of the organs of nutri-
tion, the opening and termination of the intestinal tube, and in the
relative position of the nervous ganglion, and finally the correspond-
ing structure of their outer envelopes. He figures a Clavalina-like
Tunicate, and a Plumatella-l;ke Polyzoon : in his relative compar-
isons he has placed figures cf the two side by side in the natural
position in which they are found. The longitudinal diameter in both
is a line drawn from the base of attachment through the body and
parallel with the sides of the animal. To homologize the LamcUi-
branchiates with the Tunicates. we have only to compare the com-
mon Mya with an Ascidian, and the relation between the s^-phonal
tube of the one with the incurrent and excurrent orifices of the
other will be obvious at once ; and an anatomical investigation of the
two animals will render these relations still more apparent. Kow, in
order to obtain the longitudinal diameter in the Brachiopoda, we must
follow the connection between t}-pical forms of this order with mem-
bers of the order of Polyzoa ; look at the simplest Polyzoon where
the investing sac is a mere tube ; we have no appendage to the cell-
wall developed, though its bilaterality is plainly expressed in the
horse-shoe shaped lophophore ; but, as we advance, we find, on the
h»mal side or region of the animal, as in Loricula and Eucratea, a
lid developed, called the operculum, which is strictly homologous with
the hffimal valve of the Brachiopoda. In the Lepralia and Flustra-like
forms, this lid assumes more importance, and the homologies of the
retractor muscles of this lid with corresponding muscles in Tere-
bratula have been clearly pointed out by Huxley. If we lay one of
these Loricula-like forms in a normal position, do we not find that the
mouth, with the palpi, is at the free end of the body, as in Terebra-
tula, while the other end. that is, the neural portion of the cell, is
attached precisely as we find in Terebratula ?

To make the case still more intelligible, let us compare the articu-
lation of the cell and operculum of a Cheilostomatous Polyzoon or
the two valves of an Avicularia with the two valves of the typical
Brachiopoda. The two valves in the latter case are articulated in the
same manner as obtains in the valves of a Polyzoon or in the valves
of an Avicularia. The shell of Brachiopoda consists of two valves,
— one large, through which the peduncle passes for attachment, the
other small, — which homologize with the larger and lesser valves
of Polyzoa. So, also, does the termination of the intestine turn
from the smaller valve in Terebratula as in the Polyzoon cited
above. Thus the brachial arms of the one are in strict homological

60

relation with the lophophore of a Hippocreplan Polyzoon. As we
ascend to the Brachlopoda, we behold with interest the increasing
prominence and enlargement of the haemal valve, and at the same
time a more limited movement of the palpi, which, in the lower forms,
can be extended free of the cell ; but as we approach Terebratula
through Lingula, we observe less mobility of the hajmal valve, and a
restricted movement of the brachial arms. Let us examine Lingula,
which is quite long, flat, and broad, and we find the mouth pointing
toward the open part of the valves, as in the Polyzoa, on each side of
which is coiled a brachial arm identical with the lophophore of Poly-
zoa in junction and position. We find the intestine also tunning
parallel with the sides of the body, at its posterior portion becoming
convoluted and terminating on the right side, the straight part pro-
ducing a curve arching toward the liasmal valve and surmounted by a
heart as we witness in most Lamellibranchiata ; showing clearly in
this view alone its homological identity with the Lamellibranchiata.
In Terebratula the curvature of the intestine is still greater, as the
shell is made shorter and more inflated, and consequently the mouth
is forced back to admit room for the coiled brachial arms, and the
intestine is seen abruptly bent in an almost vertical plane, arching
toward the hasmal valve, and apparently trending across the body
from one valve to another.

The limits of this paper will not allow us to carry homologies from
this point to the other two classes of moUusca, and in fact it would be
hardly necessary to do so, as the path is rendered apparent and plain
through the medium of Lamellibranchiates.

Mr. T. T. Bouve exhibited a poisonous snake, which bad
been taken alive from a pile of wood brought from the west
coast of Africa more than a year ago.

Mr. F. W. Putnam stated that it was a poisonous snake be-
longing to the genus Elaps. It was a representative of a
species that he had never seen before. It differed from the
Maps fulvius of the Southern States by the greater num-
ber and smaller size of the black rings on the body. There
have been several species of the genus described from South
America.

Mr. Putnam made a few remarks upon snakes in general,
saying that he had of late been engaged in cataloguing the
Reptiles in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ; and that
in the course of this work he had found it necessary to make
several changes in the classification of North American
snakes, as given by Messrs. Baird and Girard in their cata-

61

logue, and could not, from his observation, sanction tlie large
number of species mentioned in that work. He gave for an
example the genus JEutcenia^ B. and G., to which our striped
snake belongs ; of this genus he had examined many hun-
dred specimens, and had found several of the so-called
sj^ecies running into each other to such an extent, that it
was impossible, upon any natural grounds, to consider them
as distinct species. He was, therefore, inclined to the opin-
ion that not more than one-third to one-half of the so-called
species oi Eutcenia could be retained. Of the two oldest
forms. Coluber ordinatus Linn, and C. sirtalis Linn., he
had examined a very large number of specimens from all
parts of our country comprised in the Atlantic slope, and he
had found every stage of color and markings, from the
greenish, checkered specimens of the South, through the
dark, yellow-striped ones of the Middle States, to the red-
checked ones of the North ; and he considered them all as
belonging to one species, for which the specific name of
ordinatus should be retained ; and if it should prove that
EuT^NiA is a synonym of Tropidoxotus, the species would
stand thus : —

Tropidonotus ordinatus, Holbr.

Synonyms. — ^^Yipera gracilis maculatus, Catesb.

Vipera viridis maculatus, Caiesb.

Coluber ordinatus, Linn.

Coluber sirtalis, Linn.

Tropidonotus bipunctatus, Schl.

Tropidonotus tenia, Dekay.

Tropidonotus ordinatus, Holbr.

Tropidonotus sirtalis, Holbr.

Eutffinia ordinata, B. ^ G.

Eutienia sirtalis, B. ^ G.
? Coluber parietalis, Smj.
? Eutasnia parietalis, B. ^ G.

V Eutajnia radix, B. Sf G.

? Eutajnia dorsalis, B. §' G.

V Eutffinia Ilaydenii, Kenn.

We have in N'ew England another well-marked species of
striped snake belonging to this genus, the Colubek saurita
Linn., to which I should refer as synonyms the Eutchuia

62

Faireyi^ B. and G., and ? JE. proxima^ B. and G. This
species is at once recognized by its more slender body and
long tail, and by a white spot in front of the eye.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following letters
recently received, viz. : —

From the Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, Octo-
ber 4, 1861 ; the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Associa-
tion, November, 1861; the Portland Society of Natural History, Feb-
ruary 12, 1862, acknowledfjing the receipt of the Society's publications ;
the Konigliche Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, December
2, 1861, acknowledging the same, and presenting various publications ;
Verein fiir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, August 1, 1861;
Konigliche Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, August 31,
1861; Royal University of Norway, October 26, 1861, presenting
various publications ; Pollichia zu Durckheim, May 22, 1860, and Offen-
bacher Verein fiir Naturkunde, July 1861, presenting their publica-
tions and desiring an exchange.

Milton Andros, Esq., of Boston, and Dr. H. J. Gate, of
Framino-ham, were elected Resident Members.

1P50NATI0NS TO THE MUSEUM.

January 1. Insects, crustaceans, fish, a snake, and a specimen of the wild
potato from the island of St. Lorenzo, opposite Callao, Peru, by Dr. C. F.
Winslow. Hair-ball from the stomach of a steer, by Mr. B. F. Penniman.
Skill of a monkey from Africa, by Mr. Kilby Page.

January 15. A valuable collection of objects of Natural History, and speci-
mens of the manufactures of the East Indian and Pacific people, by the Bos-
ton Marine Society; a large number of foreign mollusca, two echini, and tooth
of a sperm whale, by Mrs. Charles Torrey; a skate, and strip of manati hide
from the south side of Cuba, by Mr. S. E. Guild ; specimens of IMiastrcea
from Silver Cay, off Turks Island, attached to articles from the wreck of a ves-
sel supposed to be the British frigate Severn (lost here in 1793), together with
the log-book of the vessel which obtained them, by Messrs. Sampson & Tappan.

February 19. Specimens of wild rice (Zlzania aquatica) from Lake
Superior, by Dr. C. T. Jackson; copper from Lake Superior, by Horatio Bige-
low, Esq.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING MARCH 31, 18G2,

Memoires pour servir a I'Histoire Naturelle des Petrifications. 4to. La
Haye, 1742. From Dr. Geo. Russell.

Agriculture of Massachusetts. By C. L. Flint. Boston. 8vo. 3 vols. 1858-60.
From C. L. Flint, Secretary of the State Board of Agriculture.

63

Treatise on some of the Insects Injurious to Vegetation. By T. W. Harris.
8vo. Boston, 1862. (15 copies.) From the Legislattire of Massachusetts.

Catalogue of the Trowbridge CoUection of Natural History in the University
of Michigan. 8vo. Pamph.

Xew Species of Lower Silurian Fossils. By E. Billings, F. G. S. Svo. Pamph.
Montreal, 1862. From the Author.

Pteport on the Geology of Vermont. 2 vols. 4to. Claremont, N. H,, 18G1.
From C. H. Hitchcock.

Report on the Colorado River of the West. 4to. Washington, 1861. From
Dr. J. S. Xeicherry.

The Heather (Calluna vulgaris) a Native of the United States. By Edward
S. Rand, Jr. 8vo. Pamph. 1862. From the Author.

Fourth Report of the Geological Survey of Kentucky in 1858-59. By Da-
vid Dale Owen. Svo. Frankfort, Ky. From L. Lesquereux.

A Revision of the Species of Baculites described by Dr. Morton. By W.
M. Gabb. Svo. Pamph. From the Author.

Reports of Explorations, etc., for a Rail-Road from the Mississippi River to
the Pacific Ocean, 1S53-5G. Vol. xi. 4to. Washington.

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for 1860. Agriculture. Svo. ^Vash-
ington. From Hon. C. Sumner.

On the Mollusca of Harper's Ferry, Va. Svo. Pamph. Synopsis of Recent
Species of Gastrocha3nid£e. By Geo.W. Tryon, Jr. Svo. Pam. From the Author.

Wiirtembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 1861.
Svo.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Botany, Nos. 16-20 ;
Supplement to Vol. ly., and two Supplements to Vol. v.; Zoulogy, 18-20. 8vo.
London, 1860-61.

Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. xxiir.. Part 1. 4to. London,
18 60.

Accentuated List of British Lepidoptera. Svo. London, 1856.

Physisch-Medicinische Topographic des Physikatsbezirks Eschwege. Von
Dr. Carl Schreiber. Svo. Marburg, 1849.

Physisch-Medicinische Topographic des Kreises Schmallcalden. Svo. Mar-
burg,'1848. Tafeln. Long 4to. Pamph. 1848.

Allgemeine Theorie der Curven doppelter Kriimmung in rein geometris-
cher Darstellung. Von Dr. W. Schell. Svo. Pamph. Leipsig, 1854.

Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. 19 Band.
4to. Wien, 1^61.

Sitzungsberichte. Band, 43. Jahrg. 1861, Februar. Svo. Wien. Ab-
theimng, 1, 2. Heft, 1, 2.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. v. Nos. 3,
4. Svo. 1861.

Zeitschrift fiir die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften. 2 vols. 1859. 2 vols.,
1860. Svo. Berlin.

Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. No. 5., 1860, and Nos. 1, 2, 3, 1801.

Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege. Tome xvi. 8vo. 1861.

Actes de 1' Academic Imperiale des Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts de Bor-
deaux. 3« S(irie, 22« annee. 1860. 3« Trimestre. Svo. Paris.

Memoires de 1' Academic Imperiale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de
Dijon. 2« Serie, Tome viii. Aimee, 1860. Svo,

64

Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Miin-
chen, 1860. 4to.

Rede in der offentlichen Sitzung der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften zur
Feier des Allerhochsten Geburtsfestes Sr. Majestat des Konigs Maximilian
II., von Liebig. Munchen, 1861. 4to.

Gedachtnissrede auf Friedrich Tiedemann, von Dr. Theod. L. W. Bischoff.
Munchen, 1861. 4to.

Denkrede auf Gotthilf Pleinrich von Schubert, von Dr. Andreas Wagner.
Miinchen, 1861. 4to.

Eede zur Vorfeier des Einhundert und Zweiten Stiftungstages der K. Akad-
emie der Wissenschaften, von Freiherrn von Liebig. 4to. Munchen, 1861.

Meteorologische Untci-suchungen von Dr. M. A. F. Frestel, aus de . Kleinen
Schriften der Naturgesellschaft in Emden. viii. 4to. Emden, 1861.

Sechsundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Em-
den, von Dr. H. Metger. 8vo. Emden, 1861.

Monrad, M. J. Det Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitels Stiftelse. 8vo.
Pamph. Christiania, 1861.

Aus den Abhandlungen der K. Bayerischen Akademie. Miinchen.

1°. Untersucliungen iiber der Arterein der Verdauungswerkzeuge der Sau-
rier von Dr. H. Heinrich Rathke, 1861. 4to.

2°. Treue Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Urweltlichen Fauna des lithrographisch-
en Schiefers von Dr. A. Wagner. 1861. 4to.

3°. Maasbestimmung der Polarisation durch das Physiologische Rheoscop
von Prof. Dr. Emil Harless. 1861. 4to.

Molekulare Vorgange in der Nervensubstanz von Prof. Dr. Emil. Harless.
4to. 1860.

Dr. Michael Sars. Om Siphonodentalium Vitreum. 4to. Pamph. Chris-
tiania, 1861.

lagttagelser over den Postpliocene Eller Glaciale Formation en del af det
Sydlige Norge. Af Prof. Dr. M. Sars og Lector Th. Kierulf. 4to. Pamph.
1860.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, Jahrgang ix. 1860. No. 2.
April — December.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New series.
Vol. V. Part I. 4to. 1862. Also, Proceedings, page 385 to end of volume,
for 1861. 8vo.

Schriften der Gesellschaft zur Befiirderung der gesammter Naturwissen-
schaften zu Marburg. Achter Band. 8to. Pamph. 1857.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. November and
December, 1861, and January and February, 1862. 8vo.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vi., No. 6, December, 1861. Vol.
VII., No. 1, February, 1862. Montreal.

Sitzungsberichte der K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen, 1860.
Heft 4, 5. 1861, Heft 1-5. 8vo. Munchen.

Fiinfzehnter, Sechszehnter und Siebenzehnter Jahresbericht der Pollichia,
eines Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins der Rheinpfalz. 12mo. Pamph. 1857-
1859. Neustadt.

Zweiter Bericht des Offenbacher Vereins fur Naturkunde iiber seine Tha-
tigkeit. 8vo. Pamph. 1861.

Bulletin de la Societe Grographique. S'^me Serie. Tome 1. 8vo. Paris, 1861.

Wochenschrift des Vereins zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den
Koniglichen Preussischen Staaten fiir Giii-tnerei und Pflanzenkunde. Berlin.
4to. 1861. Nos. 7 to 49.

65

Memoires de 1' Academie Imperiale des sciences de St. Petersbourg, vii. serie.
Tome III., Nos. 2 to 9, and 10-11. 4to. Pamph. Also, BuUetin, Tome ii.,
Nos. 4-8. Tome iii. Tome iv., Nos. 1 and 2. 4to. Pamph.

Abhandlungeu aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausgegeben
von dem Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg, iv. Band. 2 Abth.
mit neun Kupfertafeln. 4to. Pamph. 1860.

Der Wetterauer, Gesellschaft fur Naturkunde zur Marburg. 4to. Pamph.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. xxx., No. 98, for
March, 1862.

Abhandlungeu des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fiir Sachsen und Thu-
ringen in Halle. Bd. i., Heft 2. Bd. ii. 4 to. 1860, 1861. Berlin.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. 1860-61.
No. XV. 8vo. Pamph.

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Nine Nos. 1861.
Wien. 8vo.

Die Feierliche Sitzung der K, Akademie der Wissenschaften, am 31 Jklai, 1861.
8vo. Pamph.

Physikalische Abhandlungeu der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1860. 4to. Pamph.

Mathematische Abhandlung der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1860. 4to. Pamph.

Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d' Histoire Naturelle de Geneve.
Tome XVI. Premiere Partie. 4to. 1861.

Monographic des Guepes Solitaires. Par Henri de Saussure. 3 vols. 8vo.
1852.

Proceedings of the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association.
VoL II., Part 1. November, 1860. 8vo. Also, Vol. i.. Part 3.

Natural History Review. VoL vi., No. 4. 1859. Also, Nos. 25-28. 1860.
London.

Mohn H. Kometbanernes Indbyrdes Beliggenhed. 4to. Pamph. Chris-
tiania.

Guldberg C. M. Cirklers Berphring. 4to. Pamph. 1861. Christiania.

Jahrbiicher des Vereins flir Naturkunde. Wiesbaden, 1860.

Fr. Odernheimer. Das Festland Australien. 8vo. Pamph. Wiesbaden, 1861.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. No. 37. Jan. 1862. To-
ronto. By Exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Dec, 1861, and Jan. and Feb.,
1862. 8vo. London. From the Courtis Fund.

New England Genealogical Register. No. 1, Vol. xvi. Jan., 1862. 8vo.
Boston.

Last Political Writings of Gen. Nathaniel Lyon, with a sketch of his Life.
12mo. New York, 1861.

Lives of Donne, Walton, Hooker, Herbert, and Sanderson. By Izaak Wal-
ton. 8vo. Boston, 1860.

Sketches of the Natural History of Ceylon. By Sir J. Emerson Tennent,
LL. D. 8vo. London, 1861.

Memorials of the Dead in Boston; containing exact Transcripts of Inscrip-
tions on the Sepulchral Monuments in the King's Chapel Burial Ground, in the
City of Boston. 12mo. Boston, 1853.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. II.— VOL. IX. 5 JULY, 1862.

Memoir, Letters, and Remains of Alexis de Tocqueville. 2 vols. 12mo.
Boston, 1862.

Twenty Years around the World. By John Guy Vassar. 8vo. New York,
1861.

The Constitutional History of England. 1760 to 1860. By Thomas Erskine
May, C. B. Vol. i. 8vo. Boston, 1862. Deposited by the Republican Institu-
tion.

May 7, 1862.

ANNUAL MEETING.

The President in the chair.

The Treasurer presented a Report, in full, of the financial
condition of the Society ; also, the Annual Report of the
Trustees of the Courtis Fund.

The Auditing Committee stated that they had examined
the accounts, and had found them correctly cast and prop-
erly vouched.

The Librarian reported that three hundred and thirteen
volumes and parts of volumes, and one hundred and twenty-
pamphlets, had been received during the past year, mainly
through exchange with 'foreign societies. He suggested the
expediency of re-printing missing signatures of the Pro-
ceedings, in order that our exchanges might be extended.

The Curator of Geology and Palaeontology stated that the
most valuable additions to his department consisted of speci-
mens of tracks of animals upon the Connecticut River
sandstone, purchased from Mr. Field, of Greenfield.

The Curator of Comparative Anatomy announced that
the additions to the cabinet during the past year have been
numerous and highly valuable, consisting in all of one hun-
dred and thirty-eight specimens, among which may be par-
ticularly mentioned, —

1. The osteological collection of the late Dr. Lane, of this
city.

2. A series of crania from Dr. Bryant.

67

3. A miscellaneous collection of bones from the Boston
Marine Society.

4. A skull and nearly perfect skeleton of the Gorilla, from
the Canna River, presented by Dr. Otis, of the navy.

5. An exceedingly valuable collection of bodies of animals,
numbering twenty-six, chiefly the large cats, suffocated at
the burning of the menagerie in Portland Street.

The Curator of Entomology reported the almost com-
pleted re-arrangement of the Coleoptera and Orthoptera of
the Harris collection, and stated that the Hemiptera had
been placed in the hands of Mr. Uhler, of Baltimore, for
determination preliminary to re-arrangement ; and portions
of the Hymenoptera and Lepidoptera were being investi-
gated by Mr. Norton, of Farmington, Connecticut, and Mr.
Packard, of Brunswick, Maine.

The Curator of Ethnology announced that the collections,
in reference to which the curatorship had been recently
founded, included specimens of the arts and manufactures of
North-west America, not only of the coast tribes near Puget
Sound, but of those living far north ; also, of the people of
the Kingsmill Islands, of other islands in the Pacific, and of
the East Indies, proper; being monumental evidence of the
conditions of these various people, when first visited by ships
from the North Atlantic. These were all presented by the
Boston Marine Society.

The Curators of Mineralogy, Botany, Ichthyology, and
Herpetology, reported the safe transi3ortation of their respec-
tive collections to the building now temporarily occupied,
and their present satisfactory condition.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from

The Societe Royale de Zoologle a Amsterdam, and the Leeds Lit-
erary and Philosophical Society, acknowledging the receipt of the
Society's publications ; from the Konigliche Gesellschaft der Wissens-
chaften zu Gottingen, February 12, 1862, acknowledging the same
and presenting its own publications ; and from the Societe Royale de
Zoologie a Amsterdam, presenting its Memoires.

The Nominating Committee reported a list of officers for
the ensuing year.

68
The following gentlemen were then elected : —

PRESIDENT,

JEFFKIES WYMAIS^, M.D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS,

C. T. JACKSON, M.D. A. A. GOULD, M.D.

CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,

SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,

SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

TREASURER,

THOMAS T. BOUV:fe.

LIBRARIAN,

CHARLES K. DILLAWAY.

CURATORS,

THOMAS T. BOUV:fc, Of Geology and Mineralogy.

JOHN BACON, M.D., Mineralogy.

CHARLES J. SPRAGUE, BOTANY.

THOMAS M. BREWER, M.D., Oology.

HENRY BRYANT, M.D., ORNITHOLOGY.

F. W. PUTNAM, Ichthyology.

THEODORE LYMAN, Radiata.

J. C. WHITE, M.D., Comparative Anatomy.

SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, Entomology.

NATHAN FARRAND, Conchology. •

B. J. JEFFRIES, M.D., Microscopy.

F. H. BROWN, M.D., Herpetology.

CHARLES PICKERING, M.D., Ethnology.

cabinet^keeper,
CHARLES STODDER.

Prof. Agassiz, referring to the papers of Mr. Shaler and of
Mr. Morse, recently published in the Proceedings, made
a few remarks upon the homologies of Brachio23oda. He
maintained that the two valves of these Molluscs are an-
terior and posterior, but at the same time that they are not
homologous with the valves of Lamellibranchiates, and that
the hinge of the Brachiopods is homologous to the stem of a
Bryozoon. This he showed by comparing Lingula and a
Bryozoon. In order to place them in a proper position for
comparison, Lingula must be placed with the stem down-
wards, so that the hinge of the Brachiopoda comes on the
oj3posite side, and at right angles to the j^osition of the hinge

69

in Lamellibranchiates when they are placed in tlieir normal
position for comparison. Pie then showed that this is not
objectionable when we take into account such forms as Cla-
vagella and similar Lamellibranchiates, and that we have the
same symmetry between the two halves of the anterior and
posterior valves which we find between the right and left
valves of the Lamellibranchiates. From this it would follow
that the foot of the Lamellibranchiates is homologous to the
stem of a Bryozoon.

Mr. Scudder made some remarks upon the division of the class of
Insects into orders, and its relations to other members of the branch
of Articulates, on considerations drawn from the external integu-
ment of the animal. He showed that the different modes in which
the plan of articulation is carried out are exhibited in Insects by a
grouping together of the segments of which the body is composed
into three distinct regions ; in Crustacea, by a similar grouping, into
two regions ; while the worms show no regional distinction whatever.
If a " region " be defined (among Articulates) as such a definite asso-
ciation of segments, in a more intimate relationship to one another
than they exhibit towards other segments or association of segments,
as is indicated more or less in the general contour of the body, and
when accompanied by appendages, these applied to some special pur-
pose,— then the so-called cephalothorax of Arachnids is, in reality,
composed of two distinct regions, with the dorsal portions of the seg-
ments composing them, so closely united into a pseudo-cephalotho-
racic shield as to have caused them to have been generally consid-
ered as forming but a single region ; while in the segments of the
Myriapod, which bear no genuine legs, we have a more true cepha-
lothorax than in the soldered front-body of the Arachnid, while, at
the same time, there is in the Myriapod a front portion clearly sepa-
rated from and freely movable upon the hind portion, the one homol-
ogous with the head of the Hexapod, and the cephalic portion of the
pseudo-cephalothorax of the Arachnid ; the other with the thorax of
the Hexapod, and the thoracic portion of the pseudo-cephalothorax
of the Arachnid. In the varied intimacy of the relationship existing
between these three regions of the body, and the development of the
segments composing them, we have three different degrees of compli-
cation of the Insect-structure, forming thus three natural orders:
Hexapoda, Arachnida, and Myriapoda.

Mr. Putnam referred to the statements made by him at a previous
meeting, in regard to the striped and spotted snakes, Coluber ordinatus
and sirtalis of Linnaeus, and said that he had this day received a let-

70

ter from Mr. E. D. Cope, one of the first Herpetologlsts in the coun-
try, in which he stated that he considered the two so-called species as
one, and that he had given the name of ThamnopJiis ordinatus to it.
Mr. Putnam was still of the opinion that the species under considera-
tion is generally identical with the European Coluber natrix, Linn.

Professor Agassiz said that in Europe, as in America, there is a
spotted snake, which becomes striped, and is closely allied to our
own. In the former country the striped variety is southern, the spot-
ted northern ; with us, the reverse is true. The European striped
snake was first described by naturalists, and the generic name ap-
plied to that long ago must govern that of its representative ordina-
tus in this country. The nomenclature of American serpents, as
given by Holbrook, had been much changed by some recent writers,
but he thought we should yet return to the old system.

Mr. Gaffield exhibited beautiful specimens of crystalliza-
tion occurring in masses of glass cooling slowly from a state
of intense heat. The materials used in its manufacture
were the Berkshire sand, soda ash, and lime. He had re-
cently visited Germantown, where a bottle-glass factory was
burned about a century since, and picked up upon its site a
piece of an old cruciblcj which was found to contain these
acicular crystals.

Dr. C. T. Jackson stated that he had analyzed the crystals,
and had found them to be true crystallized glass.

Dr. J. H. Slack, of Philadelphia, and Mr. E. A. Board-
man, of Milltown, Maine, were elected Corresponding Mem-
bers of the Society.

Messrs. Henry Sayles, Henry IT. Jeftries, R. S. Fay, Jr.,
and Dr. David Roberts, of Boston ; Franklin Xickerson, and
A. P. Cragin, of Cambridge, were elected Resident Mem-
bers.

May 21, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Mr. C. A. Shurtleff was chosen Secretary ^ro tempore.
Dr. C. T. Jackson read the following notice of the death
of Mr. Thoreau : —

Henry D. Thoreau, of Concord, Mass., died, at the age of 44 years,
of pulmonary consumption.

71

His grandfather was a French emigrant from the island of Guernsey,
and settled in Concord. His father was well known as a manufacturer
of black-lead pencils, an art which young Thoreau learned, but never
practised as a business, his tastes leading him wholly into the field of
science, while he abhorred trade.

Henry D. Thoreau was distinguished for the great accuracy of his
observations, and for the thoroughness with which he executed every
research upon which he entered. He was esteemed as an accurate
land surveyor, the only business upon which he ever entered for pay.
As a botanist he was highly esteemed by those who are the best judges
of the subject.

As an observer of the habits of animals he was unrivalled. He would
■wait all day, if it was necessary, for a bird to approach him. He said
their curiosity would bring them to examine him if he would remain
quiet long enough ; and he generally managed to make familiar ac-
quaintance with all living creatures he met with in his rambles through
the forest. Thoreau had a genuine love of nature, and pursued natural
history for his own gratification, and not with any ambitious views.
He was greatly troubled to find that anything had escaped the ob-
servation of eminent naturahsts, and seemed to be surprised that any-
thing should have been left by them for him to discover,

Thoreau was a man of original genius, and very peculiar in his views
of society and the ways of life. He was conscientiously scrupulous,
and was opposed to aiding or abetting, even by a poll-tax, measures
which he did not approve of, and therefore got into trouble occasionally
with the constituted authorities of the town, who could not indulge
him in his opposition to a tax because any part of it might go to sup-
port the militia ; so they twice shut him up in the jail, from whence
his friends took him by paying his tax against his protest.

His published works are full of knowledge of the secrets of nature,
and are enlivened by much quaint humor, and warmed w^ith kindness
towards all living beings. Those who knew Thoreau best loved and
appreciated him most.

Dr. Jackson proposed the following resolutions, which
were adopted : —

Resolved, That the Boston Society of Natural History has learned
with profound regret the premature decease of their corresponding
member, Henry D. Thoreau, of Concord, who was a most faithful and
devoted student of nature, a keen and appreciating observer, whose
researches, had longer life been granted him, promised important ac-
quisitions to science.

Resolved, That a copy of this resolution be transmitted to the mother
and sister of this eminent naturalist, with expressions of the warm
sympathy of this Society in their great loss.

72

Dr. Jackson announced the donation of Mr. Thoreau's col-
lections to the Society. These consisted of

1. His collection of New England pressed plants, numbering more
than one thousand species, arranged by himself, together with those
western plants collected in his journey of 1861.

2. His collection of birds' eggs and nests, carefully identified by
himself, composed of New England species.

3. The collection of Indian antiquities, consisting of stone imple-
ments and weapons (chiefly) found by himself in Concord.

Dr. Charles T. Jackson read the following

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE APPOINTED TO EXAMINE THE
FROZEN WELL OF BRANDON, VERMONT.

The attention of the Boston Society of Natural History having
been caUed to a communication published in the newspapers of this
city, by John H. Blake, Esq., and to a statement communicated to
this Society by that gentleman, a conunittee was appointed to investi-
gate the phenomena in question.

This committee consists of John H. Blake, Esq., Prof. WiUiam B.
Rogers, and Dr. Charles T. Jackson.

On the 23d of May, 1859, Uriah A. Boyden, Esq., of this city,
hberally placed in the hands of the chairman of this committee the
sum of three hundred dollars, to defray the expenses of their inves-
tigations.

On the 10th of June, 1859, Prof. Rogers being otherwise engaged,
Messrs. Blake and Jackson proceeded to Brandon, taking with them
the instruments required for their examination of the well, and of the
geology and topography of the country around it.

In Brandon we received much valuable assistance from Mr. J. E.
Higgins, and to him the care of the explorations made during our
absence was intrusted, ]\Ir. Blake occasionally visiting the place, and
giving the requisite instructions.

The frozen well of Brandon is situated about half a mile west of
Brandon Hotel, on the estate of Mr. Abraham Twombley. It was
dug in the month of November, 1858, and stoned up with boulders of
limestone rock soon after.

In excavating this well, the first strata were found to be sandy
loam, then came coarse gravel, and a bed of rounded boulders, of
sizes varying from that of a walnut to a foot or more in diameter, the
spaces between the boulders being filled with fine clayey sand.

Twenty feet from the surface, the boulder bed and soil were found

73

to be frozen, and lumps of frozen earth, with pieces of ice, were
raised, some of the lumps of ice being of the size of a hen's egg. Frozen
masses of the earth and lumps of the ice were taken away and ex-
hibited in the village of Brandon.

All the lower portion of the boulder bed was frozen ; but on passing
through it to the sand below, licjuld water was found, which flowed up
into the bottom of the well. The whole thickness of the frozen bed
was estimated at from twelve to fifteen feet.

Before making an examination of the well, which will be detailed
presently, we explored the geology of the immediate environs, and
measured the slopes of the hills, the thickness of the drift strata, and
the nature of the loose rocks as well as of that of the rocky strata in
place. We traced the gravel bed to its outcrop, four hundred and
fifty feet north-west of the well, where it is fully exposed by excava-
tions on the roadside, gravel being there dug for the mending of the
roads of the town.

A sectional profile was made of the strata, and the distances were
measured, and also the thickness of the deposits.

The rocky basis on which the drift reposes is a blue limestone, the
surface being much worn and striated by drift action, and an abun-
dance of erratic boulders of granite and quartz are scattered over its
surface ; these erratic rocks being all strangers in the region, and
having been brought from a more northern part of the country.

A section of the clifi" on the roadside shows at its base what is
called " the gravel bed," made up of erratic boulders. This stratum
is six feet in thickness.

Over this is a bed of gravel proper, one foot thick ; then we come
to a stratum of sand two feet in thickness, over which is a layer of the
ordinary sandy soil, mixed with mould.

The top of this cliff, which is called " The Hog Back," is forty-five
feet above the top of the well, and slopes towards it at an angle of
six degrees, and is four hundred and fifty feet from it.

From the dip of the strata it is evident that the gravel bed passes
throuo-h the bottom of the well, and from the other wells on both
sides we learn that this gravel bed does not go through or under
them, and that it is quite a narrow belt.

After making a rapid survey of the country around, we returned
to the frozen well, and made more particular explorations. On meas-
uring its depth, it was found to be thirty-four feet four-tenths, and
there was two feet four inches of water in the well, while around the
bottom of the stone walling of the well was a thick rim of soHd ice,
a hole large enough for a bucket only remaining open, as it had been
cut during the past winter.

The well is three feet in diameter, and over it is placed a slab of

74

marble, with a circular opening in it eighteen inches in diameter,
with a curb windlass and a cover to the latter, to preserve the rope
fix)m rain.

A boy. son of 'Mr. Twomblev, who had been in the habit of de-
scending into the well daily to cut open the ice in the winter months,
was sent down the well, by means of the bucket and rope, a candle
being lowered down also to light the well, and to show where the
ice rim existed.

It was found to be a few inches above the surface of the water,
and 10 extend up the sides of the well about five feet, while a well-
marked rim of ice projected out over the water, and was about eight
inches thick. On this the boy stood, and with a hatchet cut away
masses of the ice. and sent them up in the bucket for our examina-
tion.

The temperature of the water in the well was 0.5° centigrade, or
S'2^y^ Fah.* The temperature of the air in the well near its bot-
tom was 2^ centigrade, or 35^^^° Fah. That of the air on the sur-
face was 9^- centigrade, or 49^° Fah.

On measuring the temperature of a spring just outside of the
gravel bed. we found it to be 11^ centigrade, or 51^-^- Fah.

A well belonging to ^Ir. Strong, a few hundred yards east of
Twombley's, was found to be fifteen feet deep, and the temperature
of the water was 8= centigrade, or -46^*^° Fah.

Jttne 11th. — This morning we renewed our labors, re-examining
the wells in the neighborhood on all sides of the frozen well.

Twombley^s well had this morning precisely the same temperature
it had yesterday, viz., 0.5° centigrade, while that of the air was at 10°
centigrade, or 50° Fah.

'Mr. Clarke's well, in a field north-west of the boulder bed, and not
far from it. had a temperature of 6° centigrade, or 42^^^° Fah.

A spring south-west of the frozen well, and not far distant, had a
temperature of 9° centigrade, or 48 j-^° Fah.

Xone of the other wells in the town freeze in the winter, or are
remarkably cold. It is evident, therefore, that the geological forma-
tion around the frozen well determines its freezing character, and that
the gravel bed, in some way, causes the water in that well to freeze,
and to continue frozen through the summer months.

It was therefore decided that a shaft or pit should be sunk on the gravel
or boulder bed, and a point half way between the frozen well and the
top of " Hogback " was selected as the location ; but ^Mr. Twombley

*A11 the measTirements of temperature were made with centicrrade thermometer?,
which had recently been carefully verided as to their zero points. We give the
temperature aLo reduced to Fah. scale.

JO

was unwilling to have a pit sunk there, as he cultivated the field, and
had a crop of potatoes growing on it at the time.

We left ]Mr. Higgins to make the proper arrangements for the ex-
plorations called for, and to obtain from the Brandon Iron Company-
some miners, to whom the excavation could be safely intrusted.

Mr. Blake visited the works from time to time, as his ad\ice was
needed.

The first pit was sunk in the garden, seventv feet south-east of the
frozen well, to the depth of twenty-nine feet. The strata were foimd
to be clay and sand near the surface, and the lower part consisted of
gravel and boulders. No frozen strata were found. After examining
the results of this digging, we decided to make an opening west of the
well, and Messrs. Blake and Higgins obtained permission of the se-
lectmen of Brandon to sink a pit on the roadside. This was found to
be very difficult ground to excavate, requiring much skill on the part
of the miners to prevent accidents from falling in of the walls of the
pit ; double timbering and planking being needed to support the walls.

This excavation gave more satisfactory results ; for the moment the
gravel and boulder bed were struck, they were found to be very cold,
and near the bottom of the bed frozen earth was found. This was in
the month of October, when the summer heat had penetrated as far
as possible into the earth. We chose that time expressly for the
purpose of ascertaining whether the surface heat ever reached the
bottom of this frozen bed.

July 2d, 1861. — Messrs. Blake and Jackson revisited Brandon and
re-examined the frozen well and the pit which had been dug by the
roadside.

The temperature of the water in the well was found to be 33^
Fah., and that of the air around 62° Fah. A rim of ice, three feet
above the liquid water in the well, and one foot in thickness, then
existed, attached firmly to its walls. The bottom of the well feels, by
the sounding-lead, as if it was covered with sohd ice : but we could
not obtain any from the bottom, owing to the want of suitable tools
for breaking it up. but gave directions to have the fact ascertained
under Mr. Higgins's superintendence.

We sent the miners down into the pit which they had sunk and
covered up carefully with shavings, to prevent alteration of tempera-
ture, and had the pit re-opened, and the bottom dug into. A ther-
mometer, in its tin case filled with water, was buried in the cold
earth at the bottom of the pit, and allowed to remain some hours,
afler which it was taken out, and the temperature was found to be
4.2_s_o Pah. This stratum when first dug into was frozen : hence
the summer heat had penetrated to some extent since the shaft was
sunk, in spite of all the precautions which had been taken to pre-
vent it.

76

Enough was proved, hoTvever, to satisfy us that our conjecture
respecting the influence of the boulder bed, in causing the freezing of
the well, was sustained.

Extract from Mr. Blake's notes, Oct. 25, 1859 : —

" During the past summer there remained in the cold well at Bran-
don, until about the 10th of August, a ring of ice upon the curb-
stones, formed by the surface water trickling down and freezing,
indicating thereby a temperature below 32° Fah. This ring of ice
was near the surface of the water in the well, and was several inches
in thickness. Ice also formed above it, upon the stones, of lesser
thickness, to the height of about four and a half feet.

At this time a party visited the well, one of whom descended and
broke off all the ice, and for about a fortnight after, or until about
the 23d of August, lumps of ice were occasionally drawn up in the
bucket with the water. Since that time there has been no ice seen.
The temperature of the water gradually increased to 40° Fah. At
this time, Oct. 2 2d, it is 38° Fah.

During the summer the well received numerous visitors. One of
the committee was there many times during June, July, and August.
One of the warmest days of the past summer he drew ice from the
well ; the temperature of the air at the time in the shade was 93° Fah.

On the 30th of August was commenced a shaft, seventy feet distant
from the well, in a south-easterly direction. The first two feet was
through very tough and compact clay ; the next three feet was through
very fine silicious sand ; then loose gravel and cobble stones from the
size of an egg to a half barrel, for the distance of four feet ; through
this the stones were encrusted, for the most part on the under side,
with carbonate of lime.

On the 4th of September, at 7^ o'clock, A. m., the shaft had been
sunk twelve feet. The temperature of the earth in the bottom was
50° Fah. ; that of the air at the surface at the same time was 60° Fah.
On the 7th of September a depth of fifteen feet was attained, and at
7 o'clock, A. M., the temperature of the earth at the bottom was found
to be 46° Fah. ; that of the air at the surface 52° Fah. On the 13th,
a depth of twenty feet having been reached, the temperature of the
earth in the bottom was found to be 48° ; that of the air at the sur-
face at the time 54° Fah. On the 1 7th, at the depth of twenty-six
feet, the earth in the bottom of the shaft indicated the same tempera-
ture as on the 13th. On the 20th, at the depth of twenty-nine feet,
found water, and discontinued further sinking. The temperature of
the water was 46° Fah.; the air at the surface at the time was 52°
Fah. The temperature in the cold well was taken at the same time,
and found to be 40° Fah. The character of the gravel in this shaft
remained the same till the last foot was reached, in which there was

77

a mixture of clay. The shaft was now filled with the material which
was thrown out.

Ou the 28th of September a new shaft was commenced, about
seventy feet from the cold well, in a north-westerly direction. Found
gravel and cobble stones at the surface, which continued mixed with
water-worn boulders to the depth of thirty-four feet, when the work
was discontinued. This gravel was a little finer than that in the shaft
previously sunk, and more like that passed through in digging the
cold well. The stones were encrusted through a part of the distance
with carbonate of lime as before mentioned, but much less than in the
other shaft.

During the time occupied in sinking this shaft to the depth of
twenty-six feet, the temperature of the air was less and less, — " the
weather growing colder." The average temperature of the atmos-
phere was 47.011° Fah. The temperature in the bottom of the shaft
was uniformly 46° Fah., and on the 19th of October, at the depth
before named (twenty-six feet), no ice had been found.

On the 20th the workmen reached a depth of twenty-nine feet,
and found a stratum of frozen earth (gravel) about two inches thick.
Ko more frost was seen this day. On the 21st they sunk to the
depth of thirty-one feet, and found a stratum of frozen ground about
eight inches thick, below which no frost was found that day. The
day following (22d) reached a depth of thirty-three feet, and found
the ground frozen solid and hard to break with the pick.

The workmen supposed this to be only a crust or thin stratum of
frozen ground, such as they had before encountered ; but it continued
solid all day, during which they sunk only one foot.

In the afternoon Mr. Higgins, who kindly volunteered his services
of supervising the work of sinking both of the shafts referred to,
visited the shaft in company of E. N. Briggs, Esq., and drew up from
the bottom, after removing some loose gravel which had caved down
from above, a bucketful of frozen ground, in which appeared clear
ice in streaks, and in the interstices of the gravelly mass, clearly per-
ceptible. Some of this frozen earth and ice was taken to the village,
and exhibited to many persons before it had time to melt. The tem-
perature of the air this day, October 24th, was in the morning 47°
Fah., at 3 p. m. 52° Fah., at 5 p. m. 48° Fah. During the night
previous, water froze slightly on the surface ; but in some post-holes,
eighteen inches deep, recently dug in the same neighborhood and
containing water, no ice formed.

The lowest depth reached in this shaft was thirty-four feet. The
men before leaving tried to drive an iron bar thorough the frozen
ground in the bottom without success, it being frozen too deep and
too solid.

78

The shaft was then covered over with plank, and upon the plank
shavings were placed, to intercept communication as much as possi-
ble between the shaft and the external atmosphere.

A few rods north-easterly from the gravel ridge in which the cold
well and the two shafts were sunk, two wells have been sunk during
the summer, both through compact clay with narrow seams of fine
sand. One of them, about fifteen feet deep, contains water ; the
other, about forty feet deep, is dry."

Although we do not feel that we have been able to remove all
doubts as to the true theory of the phenomena of the frozen well,
still we incline to believe that the freezing is due to the nature of
the conducting medium in which the well exists, and that the wave of
heat in the summer months is not adequate to overcome the cold of
the longer cold months, while the uncommonly severe winters of 1856
and 1857 may have lowered the temperature of the rocky masses of
boulders, so that the wave of summer heat has not yet been able to
reach the frozen mass, which, once congealed, would resist thawing on
account of the slow conduction of ice. It should also be remembered
that water does not conduct heat downward readily, though it does
upward by convection.*

The existence of beds of boulders in other cold and frozen wells,
as in the one of Tioga, N. Y., seems to point to the same solution.

The ice in the Brandon well forms some time in November, and it
remains until September, thus showing only a brief period when
the temperature of the bottom of the well is above the freezing tem-
perature, while the great mass of boulders remains much below it ;
the well, being more exposed, receives the first warmth by conduction
of its walls exposed to the air.

Among the hypotheses which have been offered to account for the
phenomena of the frozen wells, are the following : —

1st. — The penetration of cold currents of air through the boulder
stratum. This hypothesis is without any foundation, because there
are no open spaces, and the boulders are closely cemented together
by being imbedded in clay and sand ; and also because the fact is
ascertained, that there are no currents of air mo\dug in the mass, or

* The familiar experiment of boiling water upon the surface of a cake of ice
without melting it, and that of boiling water at its surface, by means of a plate
of hot iron placed over it, while the water below is not heated, illustrates this
statement.

It is true that the maximum density of water is at 39° Fah., and that it sinks
when at this temperature in water that is either warmer or colder, but this
movement is limited to a few degrees of temperature. Ice, having its particles
fixed, does not allow of tlie varying of heat by convection, as it is called, and
is a very bad conductor of heat, as is obvious to all who observe a cake of it
exposed to a warm atmosphere.

79

in the well, the flame of a candle placed near the stony walls not
being in the least deflected.

2d. — The descent of cold air into the well, in mid-winter, commu-
nicating the degree of cold to the walls of the well.

This conjecture is insufficient, since the ice existed before the well
was sunk, and when there was no opening for the air to descend into.
This fact was not only ascertained at the time the well was sunk, as
witnessed by credible persons residing in the vicinity, but has also
been fully verified by sinking a shaft into the boulder bed by this
committee, and by the discovery of an extensive frozen stratum in
October.

3d. — Radiation from the bottom of the well.

If this conjecture was well founded, other wells in the vicinity,
many of which are more favorably situated for such radiation, should
also be frozen ; and yet such is not the case, and they never do freeze
in the coldest winters.

4th. — It has also been imagined that some natural freezing mixture
exists in the frozen strata, or in the water of the well.

This is not the case ; the water being exactly like that of other wells
in the neighborhood, and the boulder bed containing nothing but
rocks, clay, and sand.

5th. — That this boulder bed is the moraine of an ancient glacier,
the ice and cold of which still remains. We doubt not that the boul-
ders were rounded and accumulated by the action of moving ice;
but it would appear improbable that ice should remain for many
thousands of years, when liquid water exists both above and below
this mass of drift, and percolation of warmer water is constantly tak-
ing place from the surface, and it is also introduced from below quite
freely.

6th. — The well having been stoned up in the latter part of No-
vember, it has been supposed that the stones were very cold when
placed in the well, and that they have retained their low tempera-
ture ever since, and thus, by conducting the heat away from the
water in the well, they have caused it to freeze.

On this hypothesis one observer predicted that " our curiosity would
soon disappear," as the equilibrium of temperature would soon be
restored between the water and the walls of the well. This h}'pothe-
sis has required the committee to leave the question to be solved by
time, and three years have passed, with the regular recurrence of the
icy belt, and its equally regular disappearance in the autumn. Now,
if it was the original coldness of the stones in the well that caused
the ice to form, when those stones were once warmed above the freez-
ing point, they ought never again to fall below it and cause the con-
gelation of the water. The doubts which this observer entertained

80

of the correctness of the history given by the citizens of Brandon as
to the existence of ice when the well was first dug are now dissipated
by the direct researches of this committee, and by the actual discov-
ery of the frozen stratum, and of bands of clear ice seventy-two feet
west of the well, in the strata of boulders and clay. This fact, wit-
nessed by one of the committee, and by numerous respectable gentle-
men of Brandon, is now placed beyond a doubt.

Since it appears that the nature and situation of the strata of earth,
gravel, and boulders around this well, causes the low temperature of
the winter months to be preserved in the well through the summer, it
is probable that, by imitating this condition of things in the construc-
tion of a well in a similar region, we could make a well that would
freeze in the winter, and retain its frozen condition through the
summer. The experiment might require two or three years for its
fair trial, in order to afford time for the translation of the waves of
heat.

By correspondence with ]Mr. George Sidney Camp, of Tioga, we
have learned all that can be jm)w known concerning the frozen well
of that place, and also thaf, its walls having caved in, it would be
useless for the committee to visit the place, since no additional infor-
mation can be now obtained without a reconstruction of the well,
which would be quite expensive, its depth being more than seventy
feet, and it having been excavated in a stratum of boulders like those
of the Brandon frozen well.

We think that the causes assigned as those which effected the
freezing of the well in Brandon are equally applicable to that at
Tioga.

The same theory will apply to the cold wells in Connecticut, which
are at a temperature below the mean of the climate of that State,
and yet do not freeze.

It is hardly necessary to add, that the occurrence of ice in iron
mines and caves where snow drifts abundantly into them, is not simi-
lar to the case of the Brandon well ; and the occurrence of masses of
ice under the shadow of crags of rocks, as at Granville, Nova Scotia,
and of sheets of ice below the turf in Isle Royale, Lake Superior, are
also of a different class, and require a different explanation from
those applicable to frozen wells. Hence we do not feel called upon
to enter upon the explanation of these phenomena at this time.

The committee are under obligations to David Buckland, Esq., for
elaborate tabular statements of the monthly mean temperature of
Brandon, from 1853 to 1861, inclusive. They regret to state that,
owing to the burning of his house, all the tables he kept for the past
year are lost, with the exception of that for the month of November,
1861. These tables are appended to this report.

89

second set ; the tentacles which then may make their appearance,
at whatever point of the circumference it may be, and however
irregularly they may divide the existing spaces between the ten-
tacles, would be the tentacles of the third set, and so on for the
other tentacles. Although in some of the families, as the Laodkext:
AG., the Eucopid(V Gegexb., the Xudeifcra- Less., the JleUcertida-
AG., I have found tliat the order of appearance of the different ten-
tacles coincided with the order of appearance of the chambers of
Polyps; yet the exceptions to this law were numerous, as in the
Tuhidfirida' AG., the BougainviUida' Li'xK, the Xemopsida' Ag., the
Berenicidiv Esch. In one and the same family we thid genera in
which the law holds good, while in closel.v-allied forms tlie order
of development is materially modified, as is the case in Clytia and
in Tiaropsis.

Another great difterence between the Polyps and Acalephs is the
great variety of numbers which are found in the tentacles of tlie
first set in Acalephs, while in Polyps six is almost uniformly the
number of chambers of the first cycle. In Acalephs, on tlie con-
trary, we find in some Eucopidm sixteen, Ohelia (fig. 5), in others,
Euco'pe (fig. 7), twenty-four, and forty-eight (fig. 6), as the number
of tentacles of the first set; in the Oceanidca Esch., as limited by
Agassiz, there are four in Clytia (fig 14). Eucheilota (fig. 16), and
Tiaropsis (fig. 10) ; in the Laodirea\ there are four in Stmirophora
(fig. 1), and two in Lapha>a (fig. 4). Among the Berenicida- there
are four (see WiJUa) ; the Xemopsidoi have sixteen (fig. 26), while
the BouyainriUidce have eight, as in BougfiinvilUa (fig. 24), or four
as in Lizzia (fig. 28). In some of the Tubularians, as in Corymor-
pha (fig. 31), and Hyhocodon (fig. 30), the first set has but one ten-
tacle. This shows, among the few Medusje which I have exam-
ined, a greater variety of modes of development than we find in the
whole class of Polyps, as far as they are knowji.

In Sf((urophora laciniata Ag.. I have followed this succession of
the sets of tentacles as far as the seventeenth set. The first set
consists of four tentacles, and perhaps only of two if we may form
conjectures from the young Medusa of Za^^/^'ra mentioned below.
Fio. 1. Ill fig- 1 we have a young Stauroplwr{i,

measuring about o\, of an inch across the
circular tube, in which the second set of
tentacles is developed. The digestive
cavity hangs down as a short proboscis;
there are no ovaries developed. The
Young Staurophvrn laciniata, f^i'm"la of the tentacles for a quarter
magnified 10 diam. segment, at the stage of growth of fig. 1,

could be represented by Tj-. U, Tj : — Tj, Ti, being the tentacles of
the first set, placed in the prolongation of the chymiferous tubes

90

t.2, the tentacles of the second set, half-way
between those of the first set. Fig. 2
is a more advanced stage ot Staurop7w7r( ,
in which the tentacles of the third set
are almost as large as those of the first
and second sets, and the fourth, fifth, and
sixth sets of tentacles can readily be distin-
guished. Using the same notation as above,
the formula for the tentacles would be :

Fig. 2.

'<' f

/

-S''"'

^^

,;,

JL^^

K

Tj, t^t ^4, ?3, ?5, ?7, t.2i t-j, tg

Tr

Young Staurophora sliiiht-
Iv older than tig. 1.

In fig. 3, the young Staurophora has a still

Fig. 3.

Young Staurophorn, still older
than ti"-. 2.

greater number of sets of tentacles, the
fourth and fifth sets having grown suffi-
ciently large to be easily distinguished
from one another by their difference in
size ; the eighth and ninth sets have
made their appearance. The formula
for this stage of growth is : T^, t^, t^,

^8» ^3! ^9' ^55 ^7' ^2i ^75 ^5? ^9' ^3' ^8' ^4' ^C> -^ l*

The number of tentacles of the first set
are four (-iTi) ; there are in the second
set also four (4 U), using the same nota-
tion; there are in the third set 8^3; in
the fourth set 8 ^4 ; in the fifth set 8 t^ ;
in the next set 8 t-; ; then 8 t^, and 8 t^ in the ninth set. The
number of tentacles which Staurophora may have at any particular
time can easily be found, and the formuhr for the number of tenta-
cles in figs. 1, 2, 3, would be:

2 t = 4 Ti + 4 ^2; or 8 tentacles for fig. 1,
S t denoting the sum of the different sets of tentacles round the
circumference;

2 t = 4 Ti -h 4 ^.^ + 8 ^3 + 8 ^4 + 8 ^5 4- 8 /,; + 8 ^T for fig. 2,
or forty-eight tentacles; and, finally,

2 t = 4 Tj -f 4. t^ + 8 ^3 + 8 ^4 -f 8 ?5 -h 8 ?ej + 8 ?. 4- 8 i« -f- 8 «y,
or sixty-four tentacles in fig. 3; and so on as far as the seven-
teenth set. It becomes almost impossible to follow the development
of the tentacles further, as they are then rather irregular in their
growth, and often much more numerous in one quarter segment than
in the adjoining one. In fig. 3, we have the first sign of the de-
velopment of the ovaries, the corners of the digestive cavity ex-
tend, little by little, along the chymiferous tubes, and when the
young Medusa has attained the size of an inch in diameter, the
ovaries already reach half-way towards the circular tube. For

91

a figure of the adult Medusa, see Agassiz (L.) in Mem. American
Academy, Vol. IV. Plate 7. The only species of the Laodkecp Ag.
which I have found young enough to show positively what the
number of tentacles of the first set was, is the Medusa of Lrrphva
conmta Lamx., fig. 4, in which the formula for the tentacles for
Fig. 4. half the circumference is, Tj, fg, T.^, t^, Tj ; the pres-

ence of eight tentacles at that time is expressed by
the formula 2 t = 2 Ti + 2 T2 -|- 4 «8 = 8 I. This
species is closely allied to Atractylis repens Wright.
and I am inclined to believe that both may prove to be
the young of Landicea-Jile Medusa^ It will be very
interesting to see how this order of succession of the
sets of tentacles is modified in Laodicea colcarata
A. Ag. , in which we have cirri, and club-shaped bodies
between the tentacles, as in Thaumantias niediter-
ranea Gegenb. Unfortunately I did not succeed in
rinding any Laodicea calcarata young enough to
throw any light on this subject; from the youngest
Free ^ledu'^a of ■'^P^cimen I met with, I am convinced that the first set
Laph(Ba curnufa, of tentacles does not consist of more than four, or
magnified 15 dia. perhaps even only of two tentacles, specimens meas-
uring one (juarter of an inch in diameter having not more than
seven tentacles oetween every two chymiferous tubes.

In the Eriropidcv Geg. we find a much greater difterence in the
number of tentacles of the first set. In Obelia comniissiwalis McCr.,
fig. 5, there are sixteen tentacles in the first set. In Europe diaphana
Fig. 5. Ag. (see fig. 7), and in two other species closely

allied to it, the first set consists of twenty-four
tentacles; in another Hydroid belonging to this
family we find a young Medusa escaping from
the reproductive calycle with no less than forty-
eight tentacles, as in fig. 6. which represents a

quarter segment of a
Obelia commissuralis new species of Ell-

cope ? We know nothing of the adult
condition of Obelia, fig. 5, and of the
Medusa of fig. 0. But as we have no
less than three species of Eucope on our
coast, all escaping from the reproductive
calycles with twenty-four tentacles, and
as we now know several species of Obelia,
all having sixteen tentacles in the first set,
and still another, fig. 6, in which the first
set has forty-eight tentacles, this difter-

Fio, (^.

AH cop t (

ence in the number of tentacles of the first set would seem to be
generic.

92

fis.

Eacope, diaphana Ac. is the only one of this family which I liave
followed from the time of its escape from the calycles to the adult
state. The youiii^ Medusa is liberated with twenty-four tentacles,
its formula would be Tj, ty, t^, f^, Z-^, t^, T^, or, for the num-
ber of tentacles of the tirst set :
2 t = 4 Ti -I- 20 ?i = 24 t. In fig. 8, we
have the same Me- Y\o. 8.

dusa at the time
wheu the second
set is developed.
The formula of
flc;. 8 is therefore,

^2, Ti

or, for the whole number of tentacles :

2 t = 4 Tj H- 20 «i -h 24 ^2 = 48 t. Older Kueope diaphana.

and so on. as far as the fifth set of tentacles, fig. 9.
The formula for the third set is :

2 t = 4 Tj + 20 ;^i -f 24 ^2 + 48 ^3 = 96 t;
that of the fourth set :

2 t = 4 Tj + 20 «i -f- 24 ?2 + 48 /o + 48 ^4 = 144 t;
that of the fifth set (fig. 9) :

2 t = 4 Ti + 20 ^1 + 24 I., -h 48 ^3 + 48 h + 48 ^5 =- 192 t.
The formula for the arrangement of the tentacles for this last
set being (fig. 9),

Tj, ^4, ^3, ^5, ^2' ^oJ ^3' ^-J' ^1' ^4' h^ ^S

. T,

^4. ^3, ^5, ^2?

^5' "8' "4' ^P Tp

Fig. 9 is an adult Eucope diaphana Ag., measuring one quarter of
Fig. 0. an inch in diameter; at the stage repre-

sented in fig. 7, it is not much larger
than a pin's head.

In the Oceanidca Esch., the presence
of eyes between the tentacles, and the
development of cirri at the base of the
tentacles in some of the genera, modify the uniformity of the order
of succession of the sets of tentacles.

In Tiaropsis diademata A(;. (Mem. American Academy, Vol. IV.
Plate 6), we find two compound eyes between every two chymiferons
tubes, the eyes being placed at the same distance from the chymifer-

mmiiimiMmmmm

Adult Kucopt du(j)liana.

93

ous tubes as that at wliicli they are placed one from the other. In tlie
youngest Tiaropsis Avhich I liave found, tli;. 10, tliere Avere already
twenty-fonr tentacles, fonr h)n<i: tentacles in tlic
prolongation of the chyniiferons tubes, four
slightly shorter in the niidelle of the space
between the eyes, and tAvo pairs of small tenta-
cles, one pair for each eye. So that we should
liave for the formula of the tentacles of (iu;. 10 :

^3, fi, ^3

("^ t-:.

r hi^'in-r th(

Youn^- Till roj)sis diade-
mata.

Flu. 11,

componndeye. The third set, which wonld have
fallen on the spot occupied by e, consists of a
pair of tentacles, instead of a single one oidy.
as in the former cases.

Fig. 11 is a diagram of the arrangement
of the tentacles, between two chyniiferons
tubes, in the stage of growth of flg. 10.
When we come to the next stage, represented
in fig. 12, the order of succession is not inter-

FiG. 12. fcred with by the eyes,

and Ave have for the for-
mnla of the arrangement
of the tentacles :

Ti, ?4, ^3- e, to, ^5, to. /s,

^3, ^' ^3' ^4- T^.

The fourth and fifth sets
consist only of eight tenta-
cles each, and not of six-
teen, as the third set. When
•we come to the next set,
the sixth, we find that it
has sixteen tentacles, and
that two pairs of tentacles
J<Vn-o/jj^/s, havinu; forty tentacles. ^re formed, one for each

eye, as is shown in the diagram, fig- 13, and so on; every set

which would have come in the space

occupied by an eye being always formed

in pairs, as was the case with the third

and the sixth sets. The formula for

this figure (fig. 13) Avould be:

^4) t^, t^

94

The formula for the number of tentacles of fig. 10 is :
2 t = 4 Ti -h 4 ^, + 16 ig = 24 t.
For fig. 12 the formula is :

2 1 = 4 Ti + -I ^2 -h KUg + S ?4 + 8 ^5 = 40 t.
For t<^. 18 the formula becomes :

2 t = 4 Tj + 4 «2 + 10 ?o -h 8 ?4 + 8 «5 -h 16 t^ = 56 ^

The presence of eyes does not alwaj^s modify in such a remarka-
ble manner the order of succession of the sets of tentacles. For in-
stance, in Clytia bicophora Ag. (see also Note A. p. 95), Ave have
tvro eyes between every two chymiferous tubes, and yet the order
of succession is as regular as if the eyes had not
been present. Fig. 14 is a young Clijtia. just
escaped from the calycle, having four long tenta-
cles and four rudimentary ones, 2 (fig. 14), and
the eyes placed on each side of the middle ten-
tacle; the formula for the arrangement of the ten-
tacles is :

Ti. e,

In fig. 15, the ten-
tacles of the third set
having made their ap-
pearance, the formula
becomes :

Fig. 14.

Cljjfia hicophora

U

h^ Ti.

Young Clytia hicophorn.

The formuhe for the number of tentacles for figs. 14 and 15 are
respectively :

2 t = 4 Tj -h 4 «2 = 8 «, and 2 t = 4 Tj + 4 «2 + ^ ^3 = 1<^ ^•

This Medusa has not been traced farther. I am unable, there-
fore, to say whether the succession of the following sets is regular
or not. In the genus Eucheilota of McCrady, in which we have eyes
and cirri, tlie following is the order which has been observed: the
youngest Eucheilota (probably Eucheilota ventricularis McCr. : for
figure of the adult see McCrady, Proc. Elliot Soc, Plate XI. fig. 3)
had four long tentacles, and resembled the young of Clytia, fig.
14, so closely that it was at first mistaken for it. More advanced

95

Fig. 1G.

specimens, tig,. IG, showed at the base of the larije
tentacles slight swellings, which soon developed into
sliort cirri as seen in tig. 17, in p^;

'which tlie cirri of the s(;cond set of
tentacles are also slightly developed.
The fornmla for the yonngest Eiwhei-
lota thns far seen is :

to

Tlic formnla of tig. 16 is

Youns^ Euchei-
lota .

T3, Ti,
and that of tig. 17 is :

T3, Ti, T^,

Eucheilota, more

advanced than

fii;-. IG.

k.

T3, T„ T,

tlie third and fonrth sets of tentacles being the cirri of the tentacles
of the tirst and second sets ; so that the cirri are developed before
any additional sets of tentacles are added, the formula' for the
number of tentacles of these successive stages being :

2 t = 4 1\ -h 4 ^.^

t.

2 t = 4 Tj 4- 4 ^, -h IG T3 = 24 t.
2 t = 4 T, + 4 io + 16 To + 16 l^ = 40 t.
AATio\\gt\\Q Geryonopsidce A.G. I have found our Tima formosa Ag.,
with sixteen long tentacles and sixteen shorter ones, the formula
being probably :

T^, t4, t^, fg, to, ^5, ^3, ^4, Ti ; as Tima never has many ten-
tacles it is possible that the young Tima have not more than four,
or perhaps two tentacles in the tirst set. The ^■Equoridn' will give
us the best means of ascertaining the order of development of the
chyraiferous tubes, and of the tentacles in connection with numerous
eyes between the tentacles, as these Medusae attain quite a large size
before the chyraiferous tubes become numerous. From what I have
seen' in the Berenicidw Esch., the Melicertidre A(i., and the ^J-Jquo-

NOTE A. — The genus Wrightia has but two tentacles when the
Medusa escapes from the calycles. I have traced the Medusa of our
young Wriijhtia, mentioned by Prof. Agassiz on p. 354 of ills 4th
vol. of ContrilHitions to the Natural History of the United States,
through all the stages intermediate between Wrightia and (Ji-etoiia,
and have ascertained that our Wrightia is only the young of (>ri'<tnia
languida A, Ag. described in p. 353 of the same volume. It has at
tirst two long tentacles, then four, in the prolongation of the chyra-
iferous tubes, then eight, sixteen, and tinally thirty-tAvo tentacles.
The eyes are developed independently of the tentacles; one pair of
eyes making its appearance for each tentacle.

9()

ridw EscH., it appears tl)at tlie new chymiferous tubes are always
formed from the base of tlie dii?estive cavity towards the circular
tube, the tentacle which is eventually placed in the prolongation of
the chymiferous tube being ahvays first developed, before any trace
of the chymiferous tubes can be found, so that the new chymiferous

Fig. 18.

tube strikes the tentacle, instead
of the tentacle arising from the
tube. Fig. 18 is a young Melicertum
Campanula Per. et Les., of which
fig. 19 is the adult. In fig. 18 there
are only four of the eight chymi^
ferous tubes which reach the cir-

cular tube; the others,

', only

extend a short distance, while the
tentacles 2, which will, in later
stages of growth, be found in the
prolongation of these tubes, ^c, are
(|nite well (Icvelopod. The formula for the tentacles of fig, 18

Youiii;' 3felirertin/i Camjjanula.

is: Ti, ^,, t.2, ^3, Ti, which soon becomes Fig. 19.

Tp ^4, t'„ T2, ts, Y4, T^; the chymiferous

tubes -c, ^c, having reached the circular tube

at the point 2, fig. 18. The mathematical

accuracy of the meeting of the tentacle and

its chymiferous tube is still more striking in

Willia. In a young WilUa ornata McCk.

there are four straight chymiferous tubes

which do not branch, four long tentacles in

the prolongation of these chymiferous tubes, Melicertum Campanula.

and four tentacles which are not placed in the middle of the space

between two adjoining chymiferous tubes, but always in such a

position that, either to tlie right or the left, the distance to the
Flo. 20. nearest chymiferous tube is one-third of the

space between two adjoining chymiferous tubes.
In fig. 20 the simple tube is sending oft' a small
branch, -r, which will, in the end, strike the circu-
lar tube at the point where the tentacle 2 is
placed. The formula for the tentacles in fig,
20 being: 7\, t^, 7\, and after the branch
of the cliymiferous tube has reached the mar-

Youiij^- Willia ornata.

the circumference ; Tj indicating the tentacle
in the prolongation of the main tube; T.2 the ten-
tacle of the first branch; the , — ^ — joining the two letters T^ To
shows that the branch T2 is a part of the same chymiferous tube

m

97

with 7\; the'same applies to T3. Soon after 'the tentacles of the
third set make their appearance, and in fig. 21' the formula is :

a branch ^c is then set off in the opposite
direction to V, which soon reaches the circular
tube at the point where the third set of tenta-
cles has already been formed. The last for-
mula becominor for this stage :

Tg, 2\, T2, Tg, 7^1, T2,

or, 2 1 = 4 Ti -h 4 T2 -f 4 T3 = 12 ^
We have thus in Wlllia a very peculiar order
of development in the first three sets, modified

by the manner of branching of the chymiferous „r;;-

•' o J Wdlia, more advauced

tubes. than li^^. 20.

In other genera of the Tubularians, as Turritopsis McCk., and
Turris Less,* we find again the same regularity as in Staurophora
Sin6 Eucd2)e ; the sets of tentacles making their appearance in the
same order. In fig. 22, we have a young Turritopsis nntricula McCu.,
Fig. 22. having only four tentacles. For a figure

of the adult, see McCrady, Proc. Elliot
Soc, Plates 4 and 5. Fig. 23 is the
same species with sixteen tentacles.
The formula of fig. 23 is :
Ti, h h, «2» Ti- In the NemopsidK

Youug'i Tui'fitopsls.

Ag. and Bougainvillidce JAvrK.,m which

the tentacles are found arranged In
clusters, Ave have an entirely dif-
ferent mode of development. In
Bougainvillia superciliaris Ag. (for
a figure of the adult see Agassi z
(L.) in Mem. Am. Acad., Vol. IV.
Plate 1) the young Medusa, at the
time when it separates from the
Hydra, has two tentacles in the pro-
longation of each chymiferous tube,
as in fig. 24 ; the next sets are

Young Turritopsis imtrivula .

*The Turris which occurs at Nahant is probably the 'Medusa diijitnlis Fau.
As the name Turris digitalis is pre-occupied for an English species, I would
propose the name of Turris vesicaria for the species found on our coast.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.VOL. IX. 7 SEPTBMBEK, 1862.

98

developed in pairs, one tentacle on each side of tI>o^e of the

r'iG. 24.

first set, as in Fjg. 25.
fig. 25, which
is one cluster
of tentacles at
the time when
the fourth set
of tentacles is
developed. The formula
of fig. 24 is :

2Ti, 2 Tj,

or, 2 t = 8 Ti = 8 t.
That of fig. 25 is :

T4 T3 T2 Ti Ti T2 T3 T4
N^ for each chjmiiferous

tube,
or, f 2 Ti

2T2

Ynuiii"; Boitfjd'mvilliii superciluiris.

or, 2 t = 8 Ti + 8 T2 + 8 T3 -f- 8 T4

j 2T3

12 T4

= S2t.

2Til
2T2<
2T3f
2T4J

In Nemopsis Bachei Ag. tlie tentacles are developed
each side of the chymiferous tube, as in Bougainvillia ,
ference being that, in Nemopsis, the first set of ten-
tacles consists of four, instead of two tentacles, as in
the former genus. In fig. 26 we have a young Nemop-
sis with the tentacles of the first set : its formula is :

in pairs, on
the only dif-
FiG. 26.

4 Ti, 4 Ti. In fig.

there are two additional sets

formed, and the formula i;-

Younc; Nemajms
Bach ei.

T3 T^ T^ T^ T^ Tj T.2 To, for each chymiferous tube;

r4Ti 4Tn

2
12T,

10 Ti + 8T. + 8T3 =32^;

2T3J

99

Fig. 27. ^^^ the sets except the first havins; tlie same

number of tentacles. For figures of the adult,
see Agasslz (L.), Mem. American Academy,
Vol. IV. p. 289; and McCrady, Proc. Elliot
Soc, Plate 10, under the name of Nnnopsis
Gihhesii. In Lizzia, where there are secondary
clusters of tentacles between the chymiferous
tubes, the development is not isochronous in the
tentacles in the prolongation of the chymiferous
tubes and those between them. It is particu-
larly easy to trace the order of succession of
the diilerent sets of tentacles in Lizzia, as the
Medusa) buds are formed on the proboscis,
and develop with great rapidity ; from these
Yoxmg iVemopsis Bachei. youug Medus;!', in their turn, l)uds are formed
which l)ecome free Medusas in three or four days; so that in the
course of a week there may be as many as three successive gen-
erations swimming in a jar, which, a short time before, contained
but a single Medusa. I at first supposed that the young speci-
mens of Lizzia, which I found subsequently in my jars, had
escaped my attention ; but I became satisfied that this was not the
case by isolating several specimens of our Lizzia with buds on tlie
proboscis, for on examining them, at frequent intervals, I saw the
buds upon their proboscis rapidly enlarge, and a few days after-
wards I invariably found five or six free Lizzice nearly as large as
the one which had been isolated at first. The same experiment
was repeated Avith the Medusse which had thus been developed ;
they were isolated with the same result.

In the young buds of our Lizzia, Lizzia grata A. Ag., there are at
first four large patches of pigment cells in the prolongation of the
chymif t^rous tubes ; the intermediate clusters tlicn make their appear-
ance. The tentacles in the prolongation of the chymiferous tubes are
first developed. We have one long tentacle
for each tube. Soon afterwards the inter-
mediate tentacles are formed, one tentacle be-
tween every two chymiferous tubes ; next a
pair of tentacles makes its appearance, one
on each side of the long tentacle in tlie pro-
longation of the tubes ; the next set consists
of a similar pair for the intermediate tenta-
cle; when the tentacles of the young Lizzie
assume the appearance of fig. 28. In this
state they remain ajjparently until all the ten-
tacles have become equally developed. Tliis is tlie appeanincc of most

Fig. 28.

100

Fig. 29.

of the specimens found. It is not
till then that we find a second pair
of tentacles added on each side of
the cluster of tentacles in the
prolongation of the chymiferous
tubes, as is seen in fig. 29, which
represents an adult male Lizzia
grata; the size of this Medusa is
one quarter of an inch in height.
The following formulae would
represent these different stages of
growth :
Ti, Ti, or, St= 4 Ti = 4«;

Adult Lizzia grata.
then, Ti, ?2, Tj, or, 2 t
T,

?2, -1

2Ts

or, 2 t

4 Ti -h 4 ^2 = ^
4 Ti 4-4^2 +

2T3

Ti
2T8
2 T.

next, 2 ^l ]

} 2u] 2Tj«^''2t = 4T, + 4i2 + 8T3 +

I 2 ^4 1 2 Tg [ or
J 2tJ

Tg = 16 t,

t4 = 24 t,
(fig. 28.)

2 t = 4 Ti + 4 ^2 + 8 Tg + 8 <4 + 8 Tg

(«^

32 t,

29.)

which, to show the arrangement, might be written thus

T5 Tg T, Tg Tg

^4 ^2 ^4>

T, Tg Ti Tg T.

Fig. 30.

In those Tubularlans in which the Medusae are not symmetrical, as
in Hybocodon Ag. and in Corymorpha Sa.rs {Eu-
physa Forbes?), the order of development is still
different from what we have found in any of the
preceding species. In a young Hybocodon ptroUfer
Ag., fig. 30, the first set consists of one tentacle only .
InCorymorpha pendida Ag., flg. 31, the first set con-
sists of one tentacle also, the second set of two,
which are formed in the prolongation of the two
chymiferous tubes on each side of the first tentacle,
and the third set consists again of only one ten-
tacle, developed in the prolongation of the chymif-
erous tube opposite the first tentacle. In fig. 31,
the tentacles of the different sets are numbered Hybocodon prolifer,
according to their order of development. The for- magmtied.

inulae for the above stages of Corymorpha are for the whole cir-

101

Fig. 31.

ciiraference, if O denotes that no tentacle has been
developed in the prolongation of the chymiferons
tube :

2 t = Ti = U; or O -h O -h Ti -h (), for the first
set.

2 t = Ti -f- 2 T2 - 3 « ,• or O + T, + T, -j- T, for
the second set.

2 t = T, 4- 2 T, -h T3 = it: or T3 + T, + T^
+ T2 (fig. 31),* for the third set.

Figures 12, 15, 19, 24, 30, have been lent to
me by ray father, from the wood-cuts of the fourtli
vol. of his Contributions to the Natural History of
Corymorj}ha pen- the United States. Fig. 31 has been copied from a
dula Ag., magni'd. drawing lent to me by Prof. H. J. Clark. The other
figures are copied from drawings made by me during the last two
years at Nahant, Beverly, and Naushon. It was not till the appear-
ance of the fourth volume of the Contributions of Prof. Agassiz
that it became possible to trace the intermediate stages of growth
of the many Hydroids of our coast, the relations of which to our
free Medusae had been traced during the investigations necessary
for its publication.

On the subject of the present paper, the above-mentioned work
contains only a few facts relating to Tiaropsis, and a general infer-
ence, derived from isolated facts, that the distinction of species,
based upon the number and arrangement of the tentacles, can no
longer be considered valid. See, for instance, the modifications
which have been proposed in the tabular view of the Hydroids, in
Vol. IV. of the Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, with reference to the numerous species of Forbes and of
Gegenbaur.

Professor Agassiz mentioned that the Museum at Cambridge had
recently received a cast of the great Megatherium of the British
Museum. This cast had been sent by Joshua Bates, Esq., of London,
to whose munificence the Museum was indebted for this valuable ad-
dition to their collections. He had taken this opportunity of compar-
ing the bones of the South American species with some fragments of
Megatherium bones which he found several years ago near Savannah,

* Owing to the great difficulty of distinguisliing the free Medusse of Corymor-
pha (which has only been discovered this spring) and that of Hybocodon, I have
marked the Medusa of the former as doubtful.

102

Geor*iia, and witli additional pieces sent to him by Dr. Habersham.'
As the North American Megatlierium had, upon theoretical iirounds,
been described from a few fragments as a distinct species from the
South American one, by Dr. Leidy, it was an interesting question to
ascertain hoAv far this theoretical distinction was well founded.
Fortunately, the fragments, which had been found by Professor
Agassiz and Dr. Habersham, were exceedingly characteristic, and
included portions of bones which enabled Professor Agassiz to
satisfy himself of the specific difl'erence of the Patagoniau and of
the North American Megatherium. He then exhibited to the Society
a portion of the ulna and radius with the perfect articulating surface
of the elbow. The ulna of the two species is about the same size,
the North American being somewhat shorter and blunter, while the
olecranon is very prominent in the South American species. The
articulating surfaces of the radius were very ditferent, showing a
much greater power of rotation in the northern species, while the
great development of the articulating surface must have restricted
the rotation in the southern species to much narrower bounds ; and
other minor difierences between the heel-joints and the spinous
processes, which all tend to prove that the North American Mega-
therium must have been more flexible than the southern species.
The question then arises how far it is possible for these two animals
to have been generically distinct, as the ditt'erences which have thus
far been pointed out are structural diftereuces. Professor Agassiz
was inclined to believe that the difterences which he had pointed out
Avere not simply specific, but that tliey were generic. This view he
supported by making a short revision of the Edentata, and showing
that the three groups into which Owen had subdivided them were
of such a character that he considered them as suborders. The
Megatheroids would be divided into two families, as the presence
of a trunk Indicated by the structure of the anterior portion of the
skull in Megatherium would warrant its separation, as a separate
family, from Megalonyx, in which we have a short snout. This sub-
division into families would simply be applying to the Edentata the
same principles of classification which are adopted in the Pachy-
derms.

In reply to a question of Dr. C. Pickering, Prof. Agassiz
stated that he had no satisfactory conclusive evidence in
regard to the exact geological age of the deposits in wliich
tlie North American Megatlierium is found.

Dr. Pickering said that lie had seen the deposits of the
Rio Negro, where the South American Megatherium was dis-
covered, and was inclined to consider them as belonging to
the age immediately preceding our own.

108

Mr. Scudder presented the following paper: —

On the Genus Colias in North America. By Samuel H.

Scudder.

The determination of tlie different species of the ijeniis Colias,
their limits and relations to one another, is one of the most difficnlt
nndertakings in the study of the diurnal Lepidoptera, and is ren-
dered by no means less so by the confusion into which tliey have
been thrown by those who have written upon them. Menetri^s, it
seems to me, is almost the only one who has brought to their inves-
tigation any considerable degree of acumen or of perseverance.
Among the North American species there is as great a degree of
confusion as there is any%vhere; so that it is necessary for one
attempting a fair and impartial investigation into the species on
this continent, to entirely separate himself, at the start, from a
knowledge of opinions previouslj' expressed in regard to them, if
he would not become hopelessly entangled in an intricate web of
misconceptions and disagreements. I have had the opportunity of
examining a very large number of specimens from the Eastern
States and from the Pacific Coast, a considerable number from
Labrador and from the central boreal regions, and a few from the
States bordering the Mississippi River. The collections which I
have used have been those of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge; the very beautiful series of Mr. W. H. Edwards, at
Newburgh, N. Y. ; the collection of butterflies of the Lyceum of
Natural History, Williams College, Mass., and my own specimens,
which are mainly from New England.

In treating of the genus Colias in North America, we should
first of all separate from them C. Ccesorda StoU and C. Wosnesenski
Men. ; of which latter, according to Edwards, in JNIorris's Synopsis,
C. Eurijdice Boisd. is a synonyme, — these must be placed in the
genus Zerene Hiibner.

Of the number of species found south of the northern boundary
of the United States, I cannot form any settled opinion, nor can I
of their range; for, though I have seen a very large number of
specimens, these have been limited mostly to the extreme eastern
and western borders of our country; yet I have very strong doubts
whether there are anywhere more than two species, C. PhUodice
Godt. and C. Eurytheme Boisd.,— the former an Eastern species,
but found so far west as :Missouri ; the hitter a Western, but found
so far east as the Mississippi, and perhaps even to the Atlantic bor-
der, south of New York. The former is the only sulphur-yellow
Colias I am acquainted with in the United States, the latter the only
orange-tinted species I know of within its borders. To C PhUodice

104

belons. I think, specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
from Osage River, Missouri, which are very large, — males and
females alike measuring two and one-half inches in expanse of
wings, and having the under surface of secondaries pure yellow,
without any dusky scales. Here, also, belongs a pair of specimens,
taken in coUu,'i<n Illinois, in Mr. Edwards's collection, — the male
of which has tlie wings yellow, but plainly tinged with orange on
the disc; the only specimen of C. Philodice which I have seen with
any orange tint upon it.

To this species, also, must be referred all the species indicated by
Fitch in the 13th vol. of the Transactions New York State Agricul-
tural Society, as Chrijsotheme yaw A, Phicomone, jVas^esand Santos, —
the three former of which are not the species so named by Euro-
pean authors, and the last of which is named only from a dwarfed
specimen of C. Philoclice, equally small individuals of which I have
seen in Mr. Edwards's collection. It should also be added here that
Dr. Fitch leads us into an error when he states that they may all
doubtless be considered as but "varieties of two species, the Philo-
dice and Phicomone of Godart, — the latter having a row of yellow
spots in the black border of the upper loings in both sexes, whilst the
former has these spots in the females only ;" for we have no species
here having a row of yellow spots in the marginal border of the
males, and so at all referable to Phicomone.

It would seem as if the genus Colias might properly be divided
into three sections : —

1'^. Those having a glandular space at the base of the seconda-
ries in the males.

2*^. Those wanting this space, and having the two sexes of the
same color.

3°. Those wanting this space, with the sexes of different colors.

Of the first section, none have been found in North America.
To the third seem to belong all and only the boreal species.

There are two kinds of females of C. Philodice. One, by far the
most common, is of the same yellow color as the male, or very
nearly the same; the other is whitish, about the tint of C. Ilyale,
or even much paler. I have seen some considerable variation in
the depth of tint in both, but never any specimens through which
a gradation could be shown from one to the other, — they are
either of one tint or the other, — nor have I seen this albinism
ever exhibited in the males. This does not leave us in doubt that
C. Philodice should be placed in the second section, for the white
females are of great rarity.

I have examined a large number of specimens from California
and Washington Territory, obtained by Mr. Agassiz, which

105

answer exactly to the description ,^iven by Boisduval of C.
Eurytheme and O. Amphidnsa, and I consider them to be the
same species, for which the name of Eurythemp must be retained ;
the only difference between the two which acquires any dejrree
of constancy is the depth and breadth of the orange tint upon
the upper surface, which, in the specimens that correspond to
his Amphidnsa, covers the whole wing not occupied by the black
border; while, in those corresponding to his Eurytheme, it covers
only a central portion, and is not so deep, being mixed more with
yellow ; but this depth and extent of the tint appears also to be a
variable character, and not to separate into two well-marked
groups these Western individuals. I have seen specimens from
Minnesota, Lake Superior and Texas, which seem to correspond
entirely to those of the Pacific Coast. Mr. Edwards first brought
to my attention the fact that the upper surface of this species has
a purplish lustre when seen by oblique light, especially in those
from California and Texas. This is undoubtedly the species
referred to by various authors in stating that C. Edusa and
C. Chrysotheme were found in California, and I suspect its pre-
valence even to the Atlantic border, south of New York, because
it has also been asserted by authors that the two species just
mentioned had been fouud there. I have not seen any specimens
from the Middle States which could have been mistaken for tliem,
and so cannot speak with any certainty.

Boisduval mentions, in his description of C. Amphidnsa, that
the only female he had seen was pale. There are no albinic
specimens among the females I have seen ; but if they occur, it
only agrees, in this respect, with other allied species. Morris, in
his Synopsis, gives Boisduval's authority for the localization of
C. Hyale in California. I do not know where Boisduval asserts
this, unless it be in the 3d Series of the Annales de la Societ6
Entomologique de France, which I have not seen, but if he does, it
may have been a mistaken reference of this albinic female of C.
Eurytheme to that species.

There are three species of Colias in boreal America, — C. lahra
dorensis, C. interior and C. occidentalism — described below. The
first inhabits Labrador, the second the interior of the continent,
and the third the western portion, including the Rocky Mountain
region. They are all closely allied to one another and to C.
Pelidne, Boisd. and Lee. They do not, any one of them, agree
with the figures and descriptions given of C. Pelidne. — under
which name, I suspect, more than one species is confounded.
Boisduval, in his first description of C. Pelidne, in Boisduval and
Lecoute's Histoire generale des L§pidopteres de I'Amerlque Septen-

106

trionale, states it to be found in Greenland, Iceland and Labrador,
and I presume his fij^nre to liave been taken from, and his species
referable to. tlie species found in the former localities. The male
of C. Pelidne, as tiijured l)y Boisduval in his Icones historique des
L^pidopteres, is much like tliemale of C. interior ; Avhilethe lii;:ures
given by Herrich Schajffer (which I cannot think, with Menetries,
were copied by Godart) closely resemble C. labradorensis, if they
are not of the same species, though the species described as Pelidne
by Menetries, on page 84 of his St, Petersburg Catalogue, does not
si;em to be the same as C. labradorensis. "Lederer," says
Menetries, " pretends that he knows Pelidne only from Labrador."
I think it must be that the true G. Pelidne is not found in Labra-
dor, and that my C. labradorensis, which cannot be referred to
it, is the species seen by Lederer, and hitherto undescribed.
Other species, known in boreal Europe, have also been stated to
have been found in boreal America, but I suspect that, in all
these cases, a close resemblance has been mistaken for an identity.
Of the two Arctic species, I know nothing, but none of the species
I here describe are the G. Boothii or tiie G. Ghione of Curtis,
described in the Appendix to Ross's Second Voyage.

Tliere seem to be three distinct faunae in boreal America, in each
of which the genns Colias is represented by a distinct species ; so far
as is simply indicated by an examination of the species of diurnal
Lepidoptera which I have seen from there, the easternmost is con-
fined to a narrow limit, comprising on ly the eastern portion of Labra-
dor; the central appears to include in general all the country
watered by streams flowing into Hudson's Bay, whether upon its
eastern, western or southern coast; and the westernmost includes
the Rocky Mountain region, and the country Avest of it. These
faunae are very closely related to one another, being connected most
intimately by true representative species; they are connected
together more intimately tlian any of them are to the fauna3 lying
immediately south, — in the north temperate region the relationship
between these two sets of faunae being shown rather by what may
be termed equivalent species, as, for instance, G. Philodice, in
comparison with G. labradorensis or G. interior; for there may be
said to be three sorts of species, which may be designated tlius : —

1°. Representative species, or those forms occupying ditterent geo-
graphical areas, which exhibit an intimate homology in their sj^e-
ciflc peculiarities, such as the three species of Colias here described
in comparison with one anotlier.

2'^. Equivalent species, or tliose forms occupying dift'ercnt geo-
graphical areas, which do not exhibit such an intimate homology in
their specific peculiarities, but simply represent the genus in the

107

faniuie in wliicli they are located, without any such peculiar reference
to the species of the same ijenns in other faunjr, and so may also be
well termed species of replacement. It Avill thus be seen that any iriven
species may be a representative species when compared with one,
and an equivalent species when compared with another specific form.

3°. Complemental species, or those generically allied forms which
occupy the same geographical area, where, if I may so express it,
the specific material belonging to any one zoological fauna has been
given expression through more than one specific form. Examples
have been given sufficient to illustrate my meaning in regard to the
first tAvo classes; of the third, good examples will be found in
Pieris Bapce and Napce of Europe, which, in reference to one another,
are complemental species, while both together are representatives
of our Pieris oleracea.

I place here three cuts exhibiting the marginal bands of the three
boreal American species of Colias, after the example of Menctries
in his catalogue, with descriptions appended.

C. vcctcltntdl!^. • C. inter'inr. C. l(ihr<ulortnsls.

Colias laukadorexsis (nov. sp.)
J. Above, 7:)nm«Wes lemon-yellow with a slight greenish tinge,
brighter than in C. Hyale, much as in C. Paha no ; marginal band
broad, black, dusted with yellowish scales ; the inner border irregu-
larly crenulated, parallel with the outer border, except near the cos-
tal border, where with a full curve it is turned inward a little ; there
is also a slight turning in of the border just below the sub-median
nervure ; the fringe is of moderate width ; there are crowded black
scales occupying a small space at the lower portion of the base of
the wing; — secondaries much the same color as the primaries, but
having a very slightly more greenish tinge ; the outer black band
extends from midway between the termination of the costal and
upper branch of the sub-costal nervures to midway between the ter-
mination of the sub-median and knver branch of the median nervures,
sometimes reaching the former; the band is of moderate breadth,
with the inner border quite regularly curved, sometimes slightly
scalloped ; the base has many black scales, giving a grimy appear-
ance, not extending over a wide space, but chiefly attaching to the
median nervure.

108

Below, primaries of the same yellow as the superior surface, but
somewhat £:riseous, through the presence of scattered black scales
over the apical half, abundant along the costal edge; the inner
border is free of them, and of a paler yellow; the costa is of the
same pink as the fringe, and the spot at the extremity of the cell is
transverse, black, with a pink or yellow conspicuous centre ; —
secondaries, greenish-yellow, griseous, with black scales, which are
less numerous, in a faint, broad band along the outer margin, which
is thus of a slightly lighter tint; the fringe of pink extends around
the costal border as a narrow edging; there is generally a slight
cluster of reddish-brown scales just l)eneath the extremity of the
costal nervule; the spot at the tip of the cell is small, circular, of
pink scales, deepening in tint from the centre, — where there are
mixed a few white scales, — so that the edge is sometimes brownish ;
it is almost invariably single, but occasionally with a secondary one
towards tlie outer angle of the wing; there is a small spot of pink
scales at the base of the wings.

$ . Above, primaries very pale dirty white, with a slight greenish-
yellow tinge ; costal border somewhat griseous, with dark scales ;
the apex is occupied by a dark brownish spot, having the inner
border ill-defined, sometimes so large as to extend half way to the
termination of the cell, and reaching the internal angle as a narroAv
band ; when it is large there are several streaks of the color of the
disc towards its inner border, placed between the nervures, generally
broadest toward the base, and acuminate toAvard the inner border;
the spot at the extremity of the cell is faint or absent, a little trans-
verse, brownish, with a pale centre; the costal edge is pink, as is
also the rather narrow fringe ; — secondaries, of the color of the disc
of primaries, but with more of a greenish tinge, with a very faint
broad border wanting it ; a few blackish scales cluster around the
tips of the nervures at the outer angle, where the pink fringe is
interrupted paler by bands.

Below, primaries as in the male, except in having the yellow re-
placed by a very pale greenish-white, save at the tip, where there is
a spot of yellow; — secondaries ^■^ \\\ thQ male; head, antennae, and
palpi above, pink; palpi below, yellow; lower side of club of
antennae, yellowish ; legs pink ; expanse of wings, two inches. 8 $ ,
5 $. Caribou Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Labrador. (A. S.
Packard, Jr.)

COLIAS INTERIOR (UOV. Sp.)

$. A.ho\e, primaries lemon-yellow, as in C. labradorensis , but
lacking the greenish tinge, and so of a brighter tint, much as in the
male of C. philodice ; costal edge dark pink; marginal band black,
narrow, except at tip ; the inner border of band with a deep curve,
extending along costal border to the tip of the costal nervure, not
extending far inward along the inner border, the deepest portion

109

of the carve and the narrowest of the band being where the third
branch of the median nervure strikes it, and so placed much farther
down than in C. hibradorensis or C. Philodice or C. occidentaUs ; the
spot at the extremity of the cell is generally wanting, but when pres-
ent is an indistinct transverse spot of grayish scales, with a yellowish
centre; there are a very few grayish scales clustered at the base of
the wings ; the fringe is pink ; — secondaries of the color of the pri-
maries, with the marginal band narrow, not crenulated interiorly,
extending from the second (or between the first and second)
branch of the median to just beyond the first branch of the subcostal
nervure; discal spot small, circular, pale orange, with a faint dusky
border; fringe pink, pale towards the outer angle.

Beneath, of a more sulphur-yellow, with scattered grayish
scales ; the costal border of both wings narrowly edged with pink ;
the discal spot of primaries as above, but distinct, discal spot of
secondaries not small, circular, the centre composed of silvery and
pale pink scales mingled, with the border composed of reddish-
brown scales ; fringe pink.

$ . Above, white, with a very pale yellowish tinge ; costal bor-
der with a few griseous scales joining a dusky spot at tip, which has
the inner border illy defined, but extends with a curve around the
outer border rather more than half way down to the inner angle,
as in some specimens of C. lahradorensls ; the discal spot is as in
the male, and indistinct; the secondaries are immaculate, save the
faint discal spot as in the male.

Beneath. The only specimen I have is somewiiat rubbed, but
appears not to dift'er from the male, except in being pale instead of
yellow.

Head, etc., as in C. lahradorensis, except the under surface of
the club of the antennae, which is yellowish-brown.

Expanse of wings, ^ 2.1 in. ; $ 2 in. 5 (^, 1 ?. Northern
shore of Lake Superior (Prof. Agassiz) ; mouth of the Saskatchewan
River, British America. (S. II. Scudder.)

COLIAS OCCIDEXTALIS (UOV. Sp.)

$. Above, primaries color of C. 'philodice; the marginal band
quite broad; the inner border curved much as in C. lahradorensis,
commencing at a point a little inside the termination of the costal
nervure, and extending inwards along the internal border rather
more than in C. lahradorensis, parallel to the border from the
upper median nervule to the sub-median nervure; a few distant
grayish scales are scattered along the costal border, scarcely artect-
ingthe general tint; they are clustered profusely at the base, but
extend over onl}' a narrow space; the discal spot is small, oval,

110

transverse, sometimes quite faint; fringe pink; — secondaries same
color as primaries, with grayisli scales scattered over nearly the
whole wing, more profuse at the base ; the marginal border is very
nearly as broad as that of the primaries ; the inner border only
slightly curved, extending from the tip of the costal nervure to the
second median nervule, with a spot between the first and second
median nervules; discal spot as in the males of C. interior; fringe
pink, paler toward outer angle.

Beneath, primaries same color as above, with the costal border
somewhat griseous with grayish scales, and the apex of a slightly
deeper sulphur-yellow; — secondaries sulphur-yellow, with black or
grayish scales scattered rather profusely over the whole wing, least
abundant toward the outer border ; there is a small spot of pink
scales at the base, and a small, faint spot of ferruginous scales just
below the tip of the costal nervure; there are three faint dots of
brownish scales, scarcely perceptible, on each, near the middle of
the space between the sub-median and the first branch of the median,
the first and second and second and third branches of the median
nervures ; the discal spot is much as in C. interior.

$. Above, primaries white, with a very pale greenish tinge;
costal border broadly margined with closely-clustered grayish
scales; a very broad, dusky margin to the external border, which
has along its middle line a series of large, ill-defined, whitish
spots, as in the females of C. Eurytheme Boisd. ; the base has a
broad spot of much scattered grayish scales, more closely associated
toward the internal border; the discal spot is large, rounded, of
grayish scales, with a small whitish centre; — secondaries like the
primaries, with a slightly deeper greenish tint; the outer marginal
band broad, extending with equal breadth nearly to the internal
border, but nearly obliterated by the row of large white spots
occupying so much of its space ; grayish scales scattered over the
whole disc, closely clustered between the median and sub-median
nervures, especially toward the base; the discal spot is large, circu-
lar, pale orange ; the fringe of both wings is pale pink.

Beneath, primaries of the same general tint as the upper surface,
Avith scattered gray scales along the costal border, and across the
wing along aline corresponding with the inner border of the band on
the upper surface, clustered betAveen the nervures into more or less
distinct and larger or smaller spots ; the apical portion is pale yellow-
ish ; — secondaries very pale sulphur-yellow, with indistinct grayish
scales, rather distant, but more abundant toward the basal half of the
disc; discal spot as in the female of C. interior; there is a faint
spot by the tip of the costal nervure, as in the male, and a row of
indistinct brownish dots parallel to, and distant from, the hind

Ill

border, between the nerviiles. as in the males, but rather larger,
more distinct, and numerous.

The primaries of the females are noticeably more pointed, and
their outer border straighter than those of the males,

AntennjT? dark brown above, reddish brown below ; leijs and
collar pale pink; expanse of wings, $ 2.1 in.; $ 2.4 in. 2 $,
3 9. Gulf of Georgia (A. Agassiz) ; Fort Simpson, British
America. (W. H. Edwards.)

The President announced the completion of the sub-
scription, in aid of tlie Society, to the required amount of
$20,000, and stated that the $20,000 promised on tbis condi-
tion, b}^ a gentleman in this vicinity, had been placed in the
hands of the Treasurer.

Prof. Wm. B. Rogers congratulated the Society upon this
large accession to its means of usefulness, and offered the
following resolutions : —

Resolved, That the donation of $20,000, this day presented to the
Society, through the President, by Dr. Wm. J. Walker, be hereby
accepted, to be appropriated in such manner as may conform to the
wishes and suggestions of the donor.

Resolved, That the Society hereby tender to Dr. AValker their
most grateful acknowledgments for this renewed and munificent
proof of his interest in their prosperity, and for the occasion and the
incentive which it has afforded to other friends of the Society to
contribute an equal aggregate amount.

Resolved, That, in view of this and the previous benefactions by
which Dr. Walker has marked his appreciation of our scientific
lal)ors and aspirations, we feel that to his liberality, chieflj', we are
indebted for the enlarged opportunities of usefulness now so brightly
opening before us, and that, in offering him the homage of our grate-
ful hearts, we have no need to assure him of tlie enduring honor
whicji will associate his name with the future successes and the
whole history of the Society.

The resolutions were seconded by Rev. Mr. Waterston,
and adopted unanimously.

Prof. Rogers proposed in addition the following resolu-
tions, wliich were passed : —

Resolved, That the Society is deeply grateful to the kind patrons
who, amid the urgent puljlic claims on their liberality, have con-
tributed towards the erection of our new building an aggregate sum

112

of $20,000, and have thereby enabled the Society to secure the
further munificent donation of equal amount, wliich was promised
on condition of our obtaininjz; this subscription.

Resolved, further. That, as a permanent memorial of this generous
and timely liberality, the names of the donors be placed on the
records of the Society, in connection with the proceedin«^s of the
present meeting.

NAMES OF THE DONORS.

$20,000.

WILLIAM J. WALKEH, M.I).

$1,000.

JOHN L. GARDNER,
BENJ. D. GREENE,
THOMAS LEE,

HENRY IJ. ROGERS,
NATHANIEL THAYER,
A FRIEND.

$700.

MICHAEL GRANT.

$500.

JAMES M. BARNARD,
MRS. N. I. BOWDITCH,
HENRY BRYAN'J', M.D.,
GEORGE O. HOVEY,
N. C. MUNSON,

PASCHAL P POPE,
MRS WILLIAM PRATT,
DAVID SEARS,
A FRIEND.

$150 TO $300.

MARTIN BRIMMER,

J. C. COOPER,

JAMES DAVIS, JR.,

ALBERT FEARING,

HOGG, BROWN & TAYLOR,

JAMES LAWRENCE,

J. HUNTINGTON WOLCOTT,
NAYLOR & CO.,
A. C. SANBORN & CO.,
G. HOWLAND SHAW,
MRS. A. WIGGLES WORTH.

$100 AND UNDER.

FRANCIS ALGER,
H. F. ALLEN,
HOLMES AMMIDOWN,
CHARLES H. APPLETON,
AVILLIAM APPLETON,
JOHN BACON, M.D ,
WILLIAM E. BAKER,
A. C. BALDWIN,
JOHN D. BATES,
J. H. BEALE,
G. A. BETHUNE, M D.,
J. M. BETHUNE,
AMOS BINNEY,
GEORGE BATY BLAKE,
H. T. BONNEY,
J. N. BORLAND, M.D.,
H. I. JiOWDITCH, M.D.,
C. ALLEN BROWNE,
THOMAS T. BOUVE,
WILLIAM S BULLARD,
S. CABOT, JR., M.D.,
GEORGE R. CARTER,
E. H. CLARKE, M.D.,

ARTHUR CODMAN,

E. W. CODMAN,

B. E. COTTING, M.D.,

NATHANIEL CUMMINGS,

JOHN CUMMINGS, JR.,

EBENEZER DALE,

THERON J. DALE,

JOHN C. DALTON, M.D.,

J. AMORY DAVIS,

J. H. DIX. M.D.,

SILAS DURKEE, M.D.,

CALVIN ELLIS, M.D.,

JONATHAN ELLIS,

EDWARD H. ELDREDGE,

GEOR(JE B. EMERSON,

C L. FLINT,

THCXMAS GAFFIELD,

JOSEPH P. GARDNER,

N. B. GIBBS,

D. D. GOODRICH.

AUGUSTUS A. GOULD, M.D.

HENRY GREENE,

R. C. GREENLEAF,

113

GEORGE HAYWARD, M.D.
C. D. ROMANS, M.D.,
JOHN HO.^IANS, M.D.,
GEORGE HOWE, M.D.,

B. J. JEFFHIKS, M.D.,
H. A. JEFFKTKS,
JOHN JEFFRIES, Jl{.,

C. BERKLEY JOHNSON,
SAMUEL JOHNSON, JR.,
K. C. KEEP, M.D.,

J. G. KIDDER,
GEORGE H. KUHN,
ABBOTT LAWRENCE,
AMOS A. LAWRENCE,
LITTLE, BROWN & CO.,
MISSES LOWELL,
THEODORE LYMAN,
NATHAN MxVTTHEWS,
SAMUEL MAY,
J. L. MERHIAM,
CHARLES H. MINOT,
W. W. MORLAND, M.D.,
LYMAN NICHOLS,
AVILLIAM PERKINS,
E. PICKERING,
JONATHAN PRESTON,
JOSIAH QUINCY,
JAMES REED,
HORACE RICHARDSON,
E. S. RITCHIE,

WILLIAM B. ROGERS,

BI. D. KOSS,

J. T. BOTHUOCK,

S. P. RUGGLES,

SANDERSON BROS. & CO.,

HENRY SAYLES.

C. C. SHEAFE,
JOHN SIMMONS,

D. D. SLADE, M.D.,
JOSHUA STETSON,
H. P. STURGIS,

N. A. tho:mpson,

E. S. to REV,
FREDERICK TUDOR,
MARY ANNE WALES,
GEO. W. WALES,

T. B. WALES,

CHARLES E. WARE, M.D.,

JOHN WARE, M.D.,

GEO. WAS 1 11 N(i TON WARREN,

J. MASON WAIUJEN, M.D.,

ROBERT WATERSTON,

WILLIAM F. WELD,

JAMES C. WHITE, M.D.,

EDWARD WIGGLESWORTH,

H. W. WILLIAMS, M.D.,

E. T. WILSON,

JEFFRIES WYMAN, M.D.

SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

J. P. Gardner and Dr. E. T. Wilson, of this city, and Geo.
G. Kennedy, of Roxbury, were elected Resident Members.

June 18, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Mr. B. G. "Wilder stated that he had recently examined a
live Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger) just imported from the
west coast of Senegambia.

It is a female, and quite young, as shown by her possessing a com-
plete set of milk teeth, and by her height, which is just two feet.
She was brought in by the Fullah negroes to a small town named
Buffa, near the mouth of the Rio Pongo, a short distance south of the
Rio Nunez ; this is in ten degrees north latitude ; and the animal is
found in greater or less abundance as many degrees south, while the
Gorilla, and the two other species of Chimpanzee (T. calvus and
the Kooloo-Kamba of Du Chaillu) appear to be much more Hmited in
their geographical range. This individual is very gentle and affec-
tionate, but a snappish impatience on being denied any gratification
already indicates a disposition which, as age advances, is likely to
become decidedly ill-tempered. She is now on exhibition in this city,
by Captain John Sears, for whom she was purchased in Africa, by

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX.

SEPTEMIIEU, 18G2.

114

Captain Skinner. The latter says that at the same town a pair of
nearly full-grown ones were domesticated, one of whom, on his ap-
proach, gravely advanced and offered his hand. He also brought two
large constrictor snakes, which are either Boas or Pythons ; the lat-
ter, if they have teeth in the intermaxillary bone, a question which
I could not safely decide.

I have nothing new to offer upon the general habits and manners
of the Chimpanzee, concerning which, and those of the Gorilla,
see Martin's Man and Monkeys ; Dr. Savage and Prof AVyman on
the Natural History and Anatomy of Gorilla, Boston Journal of Nat-
ural History, Vol. v. No. 4, 1847 ; Prof Owen on the Gorilla, in the
Classification and Geographical Distribution of Mammalia, and Du
Chaillu's Equatorial Africa. But I will say a few words on some
points in its anatomy connected with its habits.

First, as to the power of straightening the limbs, which differs in
the arms and legs ; the former may be made nearly or quite as straight
as the human, as is natural, since, in their natural mode of progres-
sion, the body is supported by the arms ; but the flexors predominate
over the extensors. The legs cannot be straightened to the same
extent, for the animal seldom hangs by them, and in progression upon
the earth the legs are always semi-flexed ; the weakness of the ex-
tensor muscles of the trunk and legs is another evidence of the ape's
inability to assume and maintain the erect position. The knee joint
admits of considerable rotation, in adaptation to the prehensile func-
tion of the foot, the hand-like appearance of which is due not only to
the separation of the great toe from the others as an opposable
thumb, but also to the elongation of the third or middle digit as in the
human hand. But I wish, in particular, to correct an erroneous infer-
ence given in my paper on the muscles of the Chimpanzee (Contribu-
tions to the Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee ; Boston Journal
of Natural History, Vol. vii., April 17, 1861). The specimen which
I dissected was of the same size as this, but had been preserved in
alcohol for several years. I observed that the hand and fingers could
not be straightened together ; but if the hand was extended in the
same line with the fore-arm, the fingers curled up tightly about mine ;
so that, in addition to the great strength of the flexor muscles of the
fingers, here was also a mechanical assistance in climbing, resulting
from the shortness of the tendons ; this seemed a very nice thing, and
was borne out by the fact that the digits of the anthropoids are
usually flexed, and that the knucUes of the anterior limb are applied
to the earth, instead of the palmar surface. But a moment's exam-
ination of this live individual showed that the inference had not the
slightest foundation in nature ; for her hands and fingers may be bent
back together quite as far as those of man. The error in the case of

115

the dead specimen undoubtedly arose from the unnatural contraction
of the flexor muscles, which, as we have seen, are very thick and
fleshy, by the spirit in which it had been preserved. My inference
was natural, but the facts were unnatural.

And it will be seen that while this structure, as it existed unnatu-
rally in the dead specimen, would be highly useful in climbing, it
would almost entirely prevent the use of the hand for any other
purpose.

This correction will be added to my paper before it is bound up.

YOUNG CHIMPANZEE — TROGLODYTES NIGER.

MEASUREMENTS (WITH TAPE).

S 5

•s -3 fl

;S 5 H

Level of top of head to nape of neck ------- 4

*' " ischiatic tuberosity to nape of neck ----- 11

« " " " " bottom of heel ----- 9

Height of whole body (standing erect as possible) - - - - 2

Greatest spread of upper extremities -------2 10 5

Length of arm (from elbow to distal end of clavicle) - - - 5

" " forearm " " wrist ------- 5

" " hand to tip of middle finger ------- 45

" " each upper extremity --------125

Breadth of shoulders between tips of clavicles ----- 55

Circumference of head (base of superciliary ridges and occiput) 13

From nape of neck to the crest of " " - - - - 7 5

" tip of chin » » » » " - . . - 4

Width of face across orbits - 35

" " inter-orbital space - 6

" " mouth --- __- 3

" " ear ----- 17

Length of ear --....----- 25

Circumference of trunk at arm-pits ------- 15

Lateral diameter «' " " " ------- 65

Antero-posterior " » « «< 5 2

u u u a u fullest part ------ 6

Lateral diameter ««'«""«* __-.-- 7

Circumference «' " " " -------- 1 6

" " " «' hips - 1 1

Lateral diameter " " «< " - - 5

Length of first metacarpal (of thumb) ------ 12

" " " digit (thumb) -------- 13

» " third " (middle finger) ------- 25

Width " " - - - - - - 17

Sole of foot from heel to tip of third digit ------ «>

" " width, including first digit standing at right angle with it 3 7

Length of first metatarsal (of great toe) ------ ^

" " " digit ---------- 15

" " leg, from trochanter to tip of middle toe - - - - 12

" " thigh _-.------ 55

leg (tibia)

5

116

Mr. S. H. Scudder presented a paper entitled "Materials
for a Monograph of the Orthoptera of North America, with
a list of the known New England Species."

The following papers were presented : —

Catalogue of American species of Tenthuedo, as ar-
ranged BY Hartig. By Edward Norton.

In a paper on the " Genus Allantus," in the Journal of the Boston
Society of Natural History, December, 1860, I adopted the divisions
indicated by Leach and followed by Stevens in his British Entomolo-
gy, viz. :

Allantus, third joint of antennse longer than fourth ; clypeus gene-
rally notched, &c.

Tenthredo, third joint of antennae scarcely longer than fourth ;
clypeus generally rounded, &c.

This division is not so satisfactory as that advocated more or less
by Klug, St. Fargeau, Curtis, Dahlbom, and more fully presented by
Dr. Hartig, which is here briefly sketched, and all the described
species known to me assigned to their respective places, together
with several species, supposed to be new, in the three last-named
sub-genera. I have given the references in full to the species not
noticed in the above-mentioned article.

Genus Tenthredo, Klug.
Antennae nine or ten jointed; wings with two radial and four
cubital cells, the two recurrent nervures entering the second and
third cubital cells.

Body short, oval, ( Antennae nine jointed, 1. Selandria.

small. ( " ten or eleven jointed, 2. Athalia.

Coxae lengthened, 4. Macropliya.

Body lengthened
large, antennae^
nine jointed.

Antennae short, toward ) ...
the end thickened, | 3. Allantus.

Antennae lengthened, I 5^ Tenthredo.
bnstle-snaped, )

bristle-shaped,

Selandria, Leach. See Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History, Vol. VIH., 219.

Athalia, Leach. Antennie ten or eleven jointed, somewhat
thickened toward end, third joint long ; lanceolate cell with oblique
cross line.

Allantus, Jurine. Antennae hardly longer than thorax, mostly
thickened toward the end ', body cylindrical ; coxjb reaching as far
as the edge of the third * abdominal segment ; lanceolate cell, with-
out exception, with straight cross line.

117

Macrophya, Dahlbom. Coxae large, reaching the edge of the
fourth * segment.

Section 1. Macrophya. Antennae hardly longer than base of
thorax, somewhat thickened in the middle.

Tribe 1. Lanceolate cell with oblique cross line ; under-wings two
middle cells.

Tribe 2. Lanceolate cell with straight cross line ; under-wings
two middle cells.

Tribe 3. Lanceolate cell closed in middle ; under-wings two mid-
dle cells.

Section 2. Pacliyproiasls. Antennae longer than base of thorax,
bristle-shaped.

Tribe 1. Lanceolate cell with straight cross line ; under-wings
two middle cells.

Tribe 2. Lanceolate cell closed in middle ; under-wings two mid-
dle cells.

Tenthredo, Klug. Coxae as usual ; antennae bristle-shaped, longer
than basal segments of abdomen; body generally flattened, some-
times lengthened, roimded; tibiaj, especially the hinder pair, with
obtuse skin-covered spurs.

Section 1. Taxonus, Miihl.

Tribe 1. Lanceolate cell with oblique cross line ; under-wings no
middle cells.

Tribe 2. Lanceolate cell with oblique cross line ; under-wings two
middle cells.

Section 2. Stronqylogofter, Dahlb.

Tribe 1. Lanceolate cell with oblique cross line ; under-wings two
middle cells.

Tribe 2. Lanceolate cell without cross line; under-wings two
middle cells.

Section 3. Pcecilostoma, Dahlb. Lanceolate cell with oblique
cross line ; under-wings one middle cell.

Section 4. Perineiira, Hartig. Lanceolate cell closed in middle ;
under-wings no middle cells.

Section 5. Tenthredo. Lanceolate cell with straight cross line ;
under-wings two middle cells.

Section 6. Synairema, Hartig. Lanceolate cell closed in middle ;
under-wings two middle cells.

Athalia, Leach.
Synonymy, Tenthredo (AUantus). Family I Klug.

Proxima, Klug, Berlin Mag. VU. 1813, p. 130.

* Many writers call these the second and third segrments, because the first is
often concealed by the basal plates of metathorax. See Wcstwood's Mod.
Classifi. Vol. II. 92.

118

Allantus, Jurine.

Synonymy, Tenthredo.

Basilaris, Say. Coronatus, H. Cat.

Dubius, Harris's Cat.

Excavatus, Norton. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. I. 143.

Macrophya, Dahlbom.
Synonymy, Tenth. (Allantus). Family III.-IV. King.
Section 1. Macrophya.
Tribe 2.
Epinotus, Say. Sambuci. H. Cat.
Intermedins, Norton.
Cestus, Say.
Bifasciatus, Say.
Medius, Harris's Cat.
Formosa, Klug. Berlin Mag. VHI. 1814, p. 115. Geo. Bicinctus,

Norton.
PulcheUa, Klug. BerHn Mag. VHI. 1814, p. 121. Geo. Flavo-

lineatus, Norton.
Trossulus, Say.
Dejectus, Norton.
^ Pluricinctus (n. sp.)

Section 1. Tribe 3.
Goniphorus, Say.
Varius, Norton.
Trisyllabus, Say.
Niger, Norton.
Albomaculatus, Norton.
Incertus, Norton.
Flavicoxae, Norton.
^Pannosus, Say.

1 Not seen, but supposed to belong in this section.

2 MacropJiy a pluricinctus (n. sp.) $ cf • (Leng-th 0.28, Ex. 0.60 in.)

$ . Black, with white bands ; antennae stout as in Allantus, third joint long ;
face black ; clypeus hardly emarginate ; palpi partly white ; wing scale, edge of
collar, spot on the front of scutellun, edge of basal membrane, and a band at tip
of each segment of abdomen, white ; tips of all the femora, the four anterior
tibiae nnd tarsi beneath, tips of cox£e and the upper side of posterior legs, white ;
tarsi partly black ; the middle of four posterior tibiae encircled with white, ex-
treme tips black ; wings hyaline, stigma white at base.

(f. The male differs only in having the bands interrupted on the middle of ter-
gum, and the posterior femora with a Avhite line above and beneath.

Two specimens. San Mat. California. Cambridge Museum.

The bodies are short and stout as in Selandria.

119

Tenthredo.
Synonymy, Tenth. (AUant.) Family VI. Klug.

Section 1. Taxonus.

Tribe 1.

^ Nigrisoma (n. sp.)
* Unicinctus (n. sp.)

^ Dubitatus (n. sp.)

'Tribe 2.

3 Taxonus nigrisoma (n. sp.) ? . (Length 0.30, Ex. O.fiO in.)

$. Color, blue-black, legs yellow-red; antennag slender, basal joint enlarged,
third longer than fourth, apical joint as long as preceding; clypeus emargiuate
angulate ; labrum and middle of mandibles pale-reddish ; legs rod or honey-
yellow ; base of coxae and tarsi black ; wings hyaline ; stigma and costa black,
costal space hardly visible.

Two specimens. Massachusetts. Harris's Coll. and F. G. Sanborn.

4 Taxomis unicinctus (n. sp.) 9 j«. (Length 0.30, Ex. 0.60 in.)

9. Black, a rufous baud on fourth and fifth segments of abdomen ; third joint
of antennae longer than fourth, flagellum rufous beneath ; a blunt spine between
antennae ; labrum, mandibles, and palpi pale luteous ; tegulas, coxae, and base of
femora white ; a spot at the tip of second and third segment of abdomen above,
the fourth and fifth, and also all of the third beneath, and the legs, honey-yellow ;
base of coxae, the anterior coxae above, and the posterior tarsi, black ; wings
hyaline ; marginal cross nervure straight, and received near third sub-margiual
nervure ; stigma and costa black.

c^. Flagellum beneath rufous toward tip; spine between antennae not promi-
nent ; clypeus deeply emarginate, enclosing labrum, both white ; the four basal
segments of abdomen honey-yellow ; the four anterior tarsi paler than those of
female ; tips of posterior tarsi black ; dividing marginal nervure curved ; stigma
at base and costa pale.

Hab. Farmington, Conn.

Four specimens. One of the males has red shoulders. I cannot be positive
that this is the male of T. icnicinctus.

5 This tribe has been added to that proposed by Hartig, because the species de-
scribed below seemed to render it necessary.

6 Taxonus dubitatus (n. sp.) ? cf . (Length 0.24-2G in., Ex. 0.48-52 in.)

$ . Honey-yellow, head and raetathorax black ; antennae slender, black, third
and fourth joints of equal length ; a basin beneath base of each of antenna;, and
above these, side by side, three others, springing from each of ocelli ; clypeus
slightly emarginate, labrum retracted, both white ; mandibles and palpi yellow-
ish ;' scutel, raetathorax, and basal plates blackish; posterior tibiae, except at
base and tips of all the tarsi above, blackish ; wings hyaline, edges of stigma
and the costa black.

cf. The male has the apex of flagellum pale beneath; upper half of pleura,
apical half of abdomen, and the sides of the basal half above, black ; coxai and
trochanters almost white ; posterior tibiaj like the others, with only the apical
joints of tarsi and the nails black.

Eleven specimens. Coun., Mass., F. G. Sanborn. Hoboken, N. J., C. F. Jung.

The thorax is narrow and body long and slender like Taxonus rufipes of
Europe.

120

Strongylogaster, Dahlb.
Section 1. Tribe 1.
Terminalis, Say. All. melisoma, H. Cat.
Mellosus, Norton.
^ Apicalis, Say.
^ Abdominalis, Norton.
^ Epicera, Say.
^ Kufocinctus, Norton.
^ Pinguis, Norton.

Pallipes, Say.
^ Multicolor (n. sp.)

Tribe 2.

Tacitus, Say.
^"Kufescens, Norton.
^'^ Unicus (n. sp.)

Multicinctus, Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. I. 143.

Section 5. Tenthredo.
"Tardus, Say.
Atroviolaceus, Harris.
Piceocinctus, Norton.

7 The males seldom have any middle under-wing- cells.

8 Some of the males have one cell, and some no under-wing- cells. A female
has two cells in one under-wing, and one in the other. Some females have no
middle under-wing cells.

9 Strongylogaster multicolor (n. sp.) ^f . (Length 0.24, Ex. 0.48 in.)

(f. Piceous, rufous, yellow and black; antennae flattened, especially the third
and fourth joints, third hardly longer than fourth, color piceous, two basal joints
black ; head yellow, with a large black vertical spot ; clypeus angulate emargi-
nate ; thorax black ; tegulae, collar, a stripe on pleura, coxae and base of femora
yellow ; abdomen and legs rufous or honey-yellow, a few black spots on basal
segments of tergum ; tarsi above blackish ; wings hyaline, basal half of stigma
bright yellow.

One specimen from Maryland ; taken May 28. Mr. Uhler.

This resembles Tenthredo semihiteus, but can readily be distinguished by its
short antennae. It has no middle under-wing cells.

10 Strongylogaster nnictts (n. sp.) $ . (Length, 0.28, Ex. 0.56 in.)

9 . Color luteous, head and legs black ; antenna? black, shorter than those of
tacitus, third and fourth joints equal ; clypeus rough with deep pits, not emargi-
nate ; mandibles rufous ; tegulae, edge of collar, basal plates, ovipositor sheath
and legs black ; anterior femora and tibiae rufous before ; wings blue-black, semi-
transparent.

One specimen. New York. J. Akhurst.

In this and in tacitus the third submarginal wing cell is longer than in Tribe 1.
The color of the body is paler than that of tacitus.

11 1 see no difference in T. tardus and T. atroviolaceus, except in the color of
the abdomen ; the first being red, and the second black. I have a specimen with
the basal segments only rufous, and have examined another with a rufous band
on the third and fourth segments of abdomen, and the remainder black. Both
sexes in both species have very long hinder tibiae.

12 Not seen since first described ; supposed to belong in this tribe.

121

Grandis, Norton.
^^Ventralis, Say.

riavomarginis, Norton.
^Externus, Sav.

LobatUvS, Norton.

Dissimilis, Norton.

Angulifer, Norton.

Signatus, Norton.

Verticalis, Say.

MelKnus, Harris.

Tricolor, Harris.
^ Leucostoma, Kirby.

Rufipes, Say.

Rufopectus, Norton.

Californicus, Norton. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., 2, May and June.
^*Punctatus, Norton. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1, 143.
" Semiluteus (n. sp.)

^^ Subcerulea, Eschscholtz Entomog. 1842. Unalaschka (Russ. Am.)
^^ Nigrofasciata, Eschscholtz Entomog. 1842. Unalaschka (Russ. Am.)

LIST OF SEVERAL SPECIES MISNAMED TENTHREDO.

Hylotoma clavicornis - - - - Tenthredo clavicornis. Fab.

" cordigera - - - - Tenthredo oordigera, F>eauv.

" rubiginosa - - - - Tenthredo rubiginosa, Beauv.

" tlioracina - - - - Tenthredo thoracina, Beau v.

Dineura obesus ------ Allantus obesus, Say.

" litura Tentlu-edo (All.) litura, Klug.

13 I have received a specimen of ventralis from Illinois, a male, which corres-
ponds with Say's description.

14 Tenthredo semiluteus (n. sp.). $ cf- (Length 0.24-30 in,, Ex. 0.50-f.5 in.)

$. Black, yellowish-white and rufous ; antennae two-thirds the length of body,
slender, luteous, the two basal joints, and a narrow line above, black ; head green-
ish white ; a large black spot on vertex, extending down between antennae ;
clypeus not emarginate, its color, with labrum and mandibles, white; apical
joints of palpi black ; tegulae, edges of collar, scutellum, pleura, and pectus pale-
yellow.or whitish; a large irregular black spot on pleura; abdomen and legs
honey-yellow ; a black spot in disc of basal membrane ; coxas and base of femora
white ; posterior femora nearly black above ; wings hyaline, apical half of stigma
and the costa luteous ; marginal dividing nervure curved and received in middle
of third submarginal cell.

J". The male has its antennae reddish-yellow ; a black spot on upper side of two
basal joints ; apical segments of abdomen darkest; legs without spots.

Three specimens. Conn, and Pa. Dr. Clemens.

The antennae and wings are very long, the body cylindrical, but shorter than
usual. One specimen has but one middle under-wing cell, and the others none.
Were the coxae longer I should place it in Pachyprotasis.

15 I have not seen the description of these species.

12:

Dos}*theus bicolor ----- Tenthredo bicolor, Beauv.

Dolerus unicolor ----- Tenthredo unicolor, Beauv.

Empliytus articulata - - - - Tenth. (Emph.) articulata, Klug.

Selandi-ia bardus Allantus bardus, Say.

" prgmaea Tentliredo pygm^ea, Say.

" labiata Tenthredo (All.) labiata, Klug.

" obtusa Tenthredo (All.) obtusa, Klug.

Catalogue of the Birds found ix the vices'ity of Calais,
Maine, and about the Islands at the mouth of the
Bay of Fltndy. By George A. Boardman.

The following list of birds was originally sent to me by ISlr. Board-
man, for my own use, and not intended for pubHcation ; but, finding
that it was very complete and valuable for determining the geograph-
ical distribution of species, I requested him to publish it. This he
could not attend to himself, and I have, with his consent, re-written
it in a systematic form, adding, in some cases, observations made by
myself at Grand Menan, in 1859, and now offer it for publication.

I have followed the classification adopted by Professor S. F. Baird,
in the General Report on Birds (Vol. ix., P. R. E,. Exp. and Sur-
veys), except in a few instances where necessary changes have been
made by others. In the Tringece 1 have adopted some judicious
changes introduced by Mr. EUiott Coues, in his excellent monograph
of that group (Proceedings of Phil. Academy, 1861, page 170), but
have also given as synonyms the names used in the General Report.

A. E. Yerrill.

Cathartes aura, lUig- Turkey Buzzard. Accidental. Only one in-
stance.

Falco anatiim, Bon. Duck Hawk. Resident. Breeds on cliffs at
Grand Menan.

Falco columharius, Linn. Pigeon Hawk. Resident. Not common.
Breeds in hollow trees.

Falco candicans, Gm. ? G}t Falcon. Only in winter. Very rare.

Falco sparverius, Linn. Sparrow Hawk. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Astur atricapillus, Bon. Goshawk. Resident. Common. Breeds.

Accipiter Cooperii, Bon. Cooper's Hawk. Summer visitant. Rare.

Accipiter fuscus, Bon. Sharp-shinned Hawk. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Generally called " Pigeon Hawk."

Buteo borealis, Yieill. Red-tailed Hawk. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Buteo pennsylvanicus, Bon. Broad-winged Hawk. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds.

123

Buteo Uneatus, Jard. Red-shouldered Hawk. Probably resident.

Common. Breeds.
ArcTiibuteo sancti-Johannis, Gray. Black Hawk. One last spring.

Rare.
ArcJiibuteo lagopus, Gray. Rough-legged Hawk. Not common.
Circus hudsonius, Vieill. Marsh Hawk. Smnmer visitant. Very

common. Breeds.
Aquila canadensis, Cassm. Golden Eagle. Probably resident. Rare.
Halicetus leucocephalus, Savig. Bald Eagle. Resident. Abundant.

Breeds. %
Pandion carolinensis, Bon. Fish Hawk. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives April 10th; leaves September 15th.
Bubo virginianus, Bon. Great-horned Owl. Resident. Common.

Breeds.
Scops asio, Bon. Mottled Owl. Resident. Not very common. Breeds.
Otus icilsonianus, Lesson. Long-eared Owl. Not very common.

Breeds.
Brachyotus Cassinii, Brewer. Short-eared Owl. Not very common.

Breeds.*
Syrnium cinereum, Aud. Great Gray Owl. Winter. Very rare.
Syrnium nebulosum, Gray. Barred Owl. Resident. Common.

Breeds.
Nyctale RicJiardsoni, Bon. Sparrow Owl. Probably resident. Not

common. This is " Tengmalm's Owl " of Audubon.
Nyctale acadica, Bon. Saw-whet Owl. Resident. Common. Breeds.
Nyctea nivea, Gray. Snow^- Owl. Winter. Not common. A pair

seen this spring, the last of May, probably had a nest.
Siirnia idula, Bon. Hawk Owl. Resident. Not very plenty. Breeds.
Coccygus americanus, Bon. Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Summer visitant.

Common. Breeds.
Coccygus erythropliihalmus, Bon. Black-billed Cuckoo. Summer

visitant. Common. Breeds.
Picus villosus, Linn. Hairy Woodpecker. Resident. Very com-
mon. Breeds.
Picus pubescens, Linn. Downy Woodpecker. Resident. Yerj-

common. Breeds.
Picoides arcticus, Gray. Three-toed Woodpecker. Resident. Not

very common. Probably breeds.
Sphyrapicus varius, Baird. Yellow-bellied Woodpecker. Summer

visitant. Conmion. Breeds.
Hylat07nus pileatus, Baird. Black Woodcock. Resident. Common.

Breeds.

* A nest of this bird was found at Grand Menan by Mr .Cabot. (Sec Proc.
Bos. Soc, Vol. VI., p. 115.)

124

Melanerpes er?jthrocep7ialus, Sw. Red-headed Woodpecker. Sum-
mer visitant. Rare.

Colaptes auratus, Sw. Golden-winged Woodpecker. Simimer vis-
itant. Common. Breeds. Leaves the last of October. Gen-
erally called " Yellow Hammer."

Trochilus coluhris, Linn. Humming Bird. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Seen from the last of April to last of Sept.

ChcBtura pelasgia, Steph. Chimney Swallow. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Antrostomus vociferus, Bon. Whip-poor-will. SunuJIr visitant. Not
very common.

Chordeiles popetue, Baird. Night Hawk. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives the last of May.

Ceryle alcyouy Boie. Belted Kingfisher. Summer visitant. Abun-
dant. Breeds. Seen from first of May to the middle of Sept.

Tyrannus carolmensis, Baird. Iving-Bird. Summer visitant. Abun-
dant. Breeds.

Myiarchus crinitus, Cab. Great-crested Flycatcher. Summer vis-
itant. Breeds.

Sayornis fuscus, Baird. Pewee. Summer visitant. Rare.

Contopus virens, Cab. Wood Pewee. Summer visitant. Not com-
mon.

Turdus Pallasii. Hermit Thrush. Summer visitant. Common.
Breeds. Arrives 15th of April. Nests on the ground ; eggs
blue.

Turdus Swahisonii, Cab. Olive-backed Thrush. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Nests on low trees ; eggs with blue ground
color, and spotted.

Turdus 7nigratorius, Linn. Robin. Summer visitant. Very com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives the first of April ; sometimes seen in
winter.

Sialia sialis, Baird. Blue Bird. Summer visitant. Very rare.
Breeds.

Regulus calendula, Licht. Ruby-crowned Wren. Summer visitant.
Rare.

Regulus satrapa, Licht. Golden-crested Wren. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds.

Anthus ludovicianus, Licht. Tit-Lark. Flocks seen occasionally in
September.

Mniotilta varia, Vieill. Black and White Creeper. Summer vis-
itant. Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of May ; abun-
dant about the 10th of May.

Geothlypis trichas, Cab. Maryland Yellow Throat. Summer vis-
itant. Abundant. Breeds.

125

HehninthopJiaga rii/icapilla, Balrd. Nashville Warbler. Very rare.

Seiurus aurocapillus, Sw. Golden-crowned TlinisL. Summer vis-
itant. Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Seiurus novehorace)isis, Nutt. Water Thrush. Summer visitant.
Not very common. Breeds.

Dendroica virens, Baird. Black-throated Green Warbler. Summer
visitant. Not very common. Breeds.

Dendroica canadensis, Baird. Black-throated Blue Warbler. Mid-
dle of May. Rare.

Dendroica coronata, Gray. Yellow-rumped Warbler. First of May.
Common. Breeds. Arrives 25th of April.

Dendroica blacJchurnice, Baird. Blackburnian Warbler. Summer
visitant. Not very common. Breeds. Ai-rives the middle of
May.

Dendroica castanea, Bau-d. Bay-breasted Warbler. Summer vis-
itant. Rather rare. Arrives the middle of May.

Dendroica pennsylvanica, Baird. Chestnut-sided Warbler. Summer
visitant. Common. Breeds. Arrives the middle of Llay.

Dendroica striata, Baird. Black-poll Warbler. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Dendroica cestiva, Baird. Yellow Warbler. Summer visitant. Very
common. Breeds. Arrives the second week in May.

Dendroica tigrina, Baird. Cape May Warbler. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the second week in May.

Dendroica palmariuii, Baird. Yellow Red-poll Warbler. Summer
visitant. Common. Breeds. Arrives from 20th to 25th April.

Alyiodioctes pusillus, Bon. Wilson's Black Cap. Summer visitant.
Not common. Arrives about the 10th of May.

Myiodioctes canadensis, Aud. Canada Flycatcher. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the middle of May.

SetopTiaga ruticilla, Sw. Redstart. Summer visitant. Abundant.
Breeds. An'ives the middle of May.

Pyranga rubra, Vieill. Scarlet Tanager. Uncertain. Common in
the spring of 1861.

Hirundo Tiorreorum, Barton. Barn Swallow. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Hirundo lunifrons. Say. Clifi* Swallow. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Hirundo bicolor, Vieill. White-bellied Swallow. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the middle of April.

Cotyle riparia, Boie. Bank Swallow. Summer visitant. Common.
Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Progne purpurea, Boie. Purple Martin. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives the first of May ; leaves the last of
Ausust.

126

Ampelis garruhis, Linn. Wax Wing. Accidental in winter.

Ampelis cedrorii7n, Ba,ird. Cedar Bird. Summer visitant. Abundant
from the first of June to the first of September.

Collyrio borealis, Baird. Shrike, Butcher Bird. Common in winter.

Vireo olivaceus, Vieill. Red-eyed Flycatcher. Summer visitant.
Abundant. Breeds. Arrives the middle of May.

Vireo solitarlus, Vieill. Solitary Flycatcher. Summer visitant. Not
common.

Mimus carolinensis^ Gray. Cat Bird. Summer visitant. Not very
common. Breeds.

Troglodytes hyemalis, Vieill. Winter Wren. Resident. Breeds.

Certhia americana, Bon. American Brown Creeper. Summer vis-
itant. Breeds. Arrives the first of May.

Sitta carolinensis, Gm. White-bellied Nuthatch. Resident. Breeds.

Siita canadensis, Linn. Red-bellied Nuthatch. Resident. Common.
Breeds.

Parus atricapillus, Linn. Chickadee. Resident. Abundant. Breeds.

Parus hudsonicus, Fors. Hudson Bay Titmouse. Resident. Not
common. Breeds.

Eremophila cornuta, Boie. Shore Lark. Winter. Rare.

Pinicola canadensis, Cab. Pine Grosbeak. Winter. Common.

Carpodacus purpureus, Gray. Purple Finch. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of April.

Chrysomitris tristis, Bon. Yellow-Bird. Summer visitant. Common.
Breeds.

Chrysomitris pinus, Bon. Pine Pinch. Resident. Breeds. Not
very common in summer.

Curvirostra americana, Wils. Red Crossbill. Resident. Said to
breed in winter.

Curvirostra leucoptera, Wils. White-winged Crossbill. Resident.
Breeds in the winter.

Aegiothus linaria, Cab. Red-poll Linnet. Common first of the
winter.

Plectrophanes nivalis, Mey. Snow Bunting. Seen at times in Sep-
tember.

Plectrophanes lapponicus, Selby. Lapland Longspur. Winter. Not
common.

Passerculus savanna, Bon. Savannah Sparrow. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives the first of April.

Pooecetes gramineus, Baird. Grass Sparrow. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Coturniculus passerinus, Bon. Yellow-winged Sparrow. Summer
visitant. Rare. Arrives the first of April.

Zonotrichia leucophrys, Sw. White-crowned Sparrow. Not com-

127

Zonotrichia alblcoUis, Bon. White-throated Sparrow. Summer vis-
itant. Common. Breeds.

Junco hyemalis, Selat. Blue Snow-Bird. Summer visitant. A^ery
common. Breeds. Generally called " Chip Bird."

Spizella monticola, Baird. Tree Sparrow. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Arrives from middle to last of March. Breeds very
early.

Spizella socialisj Bon. Chipping Sparrow. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives from middle to last of March.

Melospiza melodla^ Baird. Song Sparrow. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives early in March.

Melospiza palustris, Baird. Swamp Sparrow. Summer visitant.
Breeds. Arrives last of March. Common first of May.

Passerella iliaca, Sw. Fox-colored Sparrow. Spring and fall. Com-
mon. Have not found it breeding.

Guiraca ludoviciajia, Sw. Bose-breasted Grosbeak. Summer visitant.
Rare.

Guiraca ccerulea, Sw. Blue Grosbeak. A^ery uncertain, but common
in the spring of 1861.

Cyanospiza cyanea^ Baird. Indigo Bird. Summer visitant. Bare.

Dolichonyx oryzivorus, Sw. BoboHnk. Summer visitant. Common.
Breeds. Arrives first of June ; leaves first of September.

Molothrus pecoris, Sw. Cow Blackbird. Summer visitant. Not
common. Breeds.

Agelceus pkoeniceus, Vieill. Red-wing Blackbird. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds.

Siurnella magna, h w. Meadow Lark. Summer visitant. Very rare.
Only one specimen seen.

Icterus spurius, Bon. Orchard Oriole. Summer visitant. Rare.

Icterus baltlmore, Daud. Baltimore Oriole. Summer visitant. Very
rare.

Scolecophagus ferrugineus, Sw. Rusty Blackbird. Common. Ar-
rives in March.

Quiscalus versicolor, Vieill. Crow Blackbird. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds. Arrives first of April.

Corvus carnivorus, Bart. Raven. Resident. Not uncommon. Breeds
on cliffs at Grand Menan, etc.

Corvus americanus, Aud. Crow. Rt-sident. Abundant. Breeds.

Cyanura cristata, Sw. Blue Jay. Resident. Common. Breeds.

Perisoreus canadensis, Bon. Canada Jay. Resident. Common. Said
to breed in March.

Ectopistes mlgratoria, Sw. Wild Pigeon. Summer visitant. Very
uncertain.

Zencedura caroUnensis, Bon. Carolina Dove. Summer visitant. Rare.

128

Tetrao canadeims, Linn. Spruce Partridge. Resident. Common.
Breeds.

Bonasa umhellus, Steph. Partridge or Ruffed Grouse. Resident
Common. Breeds.

Ardea herodias, Linn. Great Blue Heron. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Botaurus. lentiginosus, Steph. Stake Driver or Bittern. Summer vis-
itant. Common. Breeds.

Butorides virescens, Bon. Green Heron. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Nyctiardea Gardeni, Baird. Night Heron. Summer visitant. Not
common.

Charadrius virginicus, Borck. Golden Plover. Autumn.

Aegialiiis vociferus^ Cas. Killdeer. Autumn.

Aegialitis melodus, Cab. Piping Plover. Summer visitant. Abun-
dant. Breeds on islands the middle of June.

Aegialiiis semipalmalus, Cab. Ring Plover. August and September.
Plenty.

Squatarola helvetica, Cuv. Black-bellied Plover. Autumn. Not com-
mon.

Strepsilas interpres, Illig. Turnstone. Autumn. Rare.

Recurvirostra americana, Gm. Avoset. Spring of 1862, one speci-
men.

Himantopus nigricollis, Vieill. Black-necked Stilt. Spring of 1862,
one specimen.

Phalaropus. A Phalarope is abundant in the Bay of Fundy, but the
species is not determined.

PJiilohela minor, Gray. American Woodcock. Summer visitant.
Common. Breeds. Arrives first of April ; lays first of May.

Gallinago Wilsonii, Bon. Wilson's Snipe. Summer visitant. Com-
mon. Breeds.

Macrorhamphus grisem, Leach. Red-breasted Snipe. Summer vis-
itant. Arrives first of April.

Tringa canutus, Linn. Ash-colored Sandpiper. August and Septem-
ber. Common.

Arquatella maridma, Baird. Purple Sandpiper. Winter. Abundant.

Ancylocheilus subarquata, Kaup. (Tringa subarquata, Temm.) Cur-
lew Sandpiper. Not very plenty.

Pelidna americana, Coues. (Tringa alpina, Cassin.) Red-backed
Sandpiper. August and September. Plenty.

Actodromas maculata, Cass. Jack Snipe or Pectoral Sandpiper.
Autumn. Not common.

Actodromas minutiUa, Coues. (Tringa Wilsonii, Nutt.) Least Sand-
piper. Plenty. August and September.

145

of nearly pure white. Though resembhng P. Townsendii somewhat
in its dark colors and thickly spotted breast, it differs greatly in manv
respects. The bill is much shorter and thicker, the wings longer and
the claws shorter. It is also considerably smaller than any specimen
of P. Toicnsendii that I have seen. The colors above are rufous
brown, with darker spots, instead of uniform dark, ohve brown. The
spots on the breast are also very different, these being very broad,
triangular and very dark brown, without any shade of red in T. Town-
seiidii. The under tail coverts are white, with only a tinge of brown,
instead of dark brown, edged with yellowish.

P. scJiistacea, Baird, differs from it in having the upper parts and
spots on the breast uniform slate, without any streaks on the back ;
in having longer claws and tail, and shorter wings. The spots on
the breast are also broad, triangular and well defined, instead of
being elongated and more or less linear, as in P. ohscura. It resem-
bles the latter, however, in having a stout, thick biU.

I at first supposed that the specimens described might be the
young of P. lliaca, or some other species, but this is hardly probable,
since one of the specimens was shot the first of July, when the young
of none of the small birds had been seen large enough to leave the
nest. But these specimens have every appearance of being fully
adult, and Audubon expressly states that the young attain the adult
plumage before leaving Labrador, the 1st of September, and he
does not mention any change in their colors previously. But there
are other differences that could not well be accounted for by age,
such as the stoutness of the bill and claws, and differences in the
proportions.

I am therefore led to believe that there are two species of Passerella
in the eastern part of North America, corresponding to the two in the
west. Then P. iliaca would be the eastern representative of P.
Townsetidii, and P. ohscura of P. schistacea. But there is yet much
to learn concerning the geographical range of all these species.

Of the other species referred to this genus by Bonaparte, P.
cinerea {Frinyilla cinerea, Aud.), P. rujina and P. unalaschenal^
appear to belong to the genus Melospiza of Baird. The two first are
considered sj-nom-mous by him. They all agree in having elongated
and acute bills, and the two first, at least, have the short, rounded
wings of Melospiza^ differing much, in this respect, from the species
of Passerella. In color, however, P. ohscura agrees nearer with
Melospiza rujina of Baird than with any other bird with which I am
acquainted, but the upper parts, and especially the rump and tail,
are much more rufous. The bill, feet and wings are entirely
different.

PROCEKDIXGS B. S. N. II.— VOL. IX. 10 nKCEMHER, 18G2.

146

The remaining species, P. Tiyperhorea, I have never seen, but the
description given by Bonaparte does not apply to P. obscura. All of
these doubtful species are from the north-west coast.

List of the Plants collected at Anticosti and the
MiNGAN Islands during the Summer of 1861. By A. E.
Verrill.

Owing to the numerous demands upon our time during the whole
summer, the collection of plants did not receive so much attention as
it deserved. Indeed, it often happened that collections that had
been made were left in the botanical boxes until spoiled, for want of
time to press them. The grasses, sedges, mosses and ferns were
almost entirely neglected. But since there are some very interesting
plants in the collection, and others which have not been previously
obtained in that region, I have been induced to prepare the following
list, incomplete as it is.

In the identification of many of the most difficult species, I have
received much assistance from Mr. J. T. Rothrock, a student with
Prof. Gray, while some of the most doubtful forms have been ex-
amined by Prof. Gray himself.

The collection, like those in other departments, was made jointly
by all the members of the party.

The only list of plants from Anticosti that has been published
before, of which I am aware, is that of the plants collected by J.
Richardson in 186.0 ; published by B. Billings, Jr., in the Annals of
the Botanical Society of Canada, Vol. i.. Part i., page 58. In that
list there are 37 species enumerated, nearly all of which are in our
collection. Kalmia latifolia is given, probably by some error, instead
of K. angustifolia, which is common there.

All of the species in the following list are common at Anticosti,
unless otherwise stated. The dates refer to the time when they
were first found by us in flower.
Anemone parviflora, Michx. July 23. S. W. Point.

A. permsylvanica, Jj. July 18.

Thalictrum Cornuti, L. July 18.

T. dioicum, L. June 26.

T. alpinwn, L. Not in flower. Rare.

Ranunculus cymhalaria, Pursh. July 5.

it. aborl'ums^ L. June 25.

it. acris^ L. July 15. Ellis Bay.

Caliha palustris, L. July 5. Mingan and Anticosti.

Coptis trifolia, Sal. July.

Actcea spicala, var. rubra, Mich. June 25.

147

A. spicata, var. alba, Mich. June 25.

Nupha advena, Ait. July 1 7. Near Ellis Bay.

Sarracenia purpurea, L.

Turritis striata, Gra. July 9. Anticosti.

CocUearia tridactylites, DC. July 6. Niapisca Island, Mingan.

This very rare and interesting plant was only found in one

locality. It was there quite abundant.
Erysimum lanceolatum, R. B. July 4. Mingan, also at Anticosti.
Draba arabisans, Mich. June 26. Abundant.
D. incana, L. June 2G. Abundant at Anticosti and Entry Island.
Sysymbrium sp. Specimens too imperfect for identification from

cliffs near Jupiter River.
CaTcile americana, Nutt. July 23.
Viola blanda, Willd. June 25. Heath Point.
V. cucullata. Ait. July 18. Nearly past flower. Not common.
V. palustris, L. July 23. S. W. Point.
Drosera rotundifolia, L.
Parnassia parvijiora, DC. July 23. Abundant at Anticosti on

damp banks.
P. caroliniana, Mich. Aug. 6. Common at Anticosti.
Silene injiata. Smith. Aug. 1. In woods at Anticosti, some distance

from the shore.
Honkenya peploides, Ehr. July 11.
Alsine groenlandica. Fen. July 25.
Moehringia lateriflora, L. June 26.
Stellaria longifolia, Muhl.
S. longipes. Gold. June 26. Abundant.
S. borealis. Big. July 18.
Cerastium vulgatum, L. Entry Island.
C. arvense, L. July 5. Mingan and Anticosti. Abundant.
Sagina nodosa, Henz. July 6. Mingan Islands.
Claytonia caroliniana, Mich. June 23. Entry Island.
Oxalis Acetosella, L.
Geranium Robertianum. July 9.
Impatiens fulva, Nutt. Aug. 1. Salt Lake.
Acer pennsylvanicum, L.
A. spicaiuni, Lam.

Trifolium pratense, S. July 1 7. Ellis Bay.
T. repens, L. Ellis Bay.
Vicia cracca, L.

LatJiyrus maritimus. Big. June 26.
L. palustris, It. July 11.
Sanguisorha canadensis, L. July 18. Anticosti. Abundant.

148

Dryas integrifolia, Vabl. July 4. Mingan and Anticosti. Abundant.
We did not meet with D. Dmmmondii, attributed to Anticosti
by Pursh.

Geum strictujji, Ait.

G. rivale, L. July 8.

Potentilla norvegica, L. Aug. 1.

P. anserina, L. June 25.

P.frulicosa, L. July 23.

P. tridentata, Ait. July 25. S. W. Pt., Ant.

Comarum palustris. Scop. Aug. 2. Near Salt Lake, Anticosti.
Abundant.

Fragaria virginiana, Ehr. June 25 ; fruit Aug. 1.

F. vesca, L. June 25.

Rubus Chamcemorus, L. June 25, nearly past ; fruit Aug. 2. Abun-
dant.

R. arcticus, L. June 25 ; fruit Aug. 6. Common.

R. trifloruSj Rich. June 25.

R. strigosus, Michx. June 25 ; fruit Aug. 14.

Rosa blanda, Ait. July 11. Junction Cliff", etc.

R. Carolina, L. Aug. 6. Salt Lake, Ant.

Pyrus americana, DC.

Amelanchier canadensis, T. and G.

Epilobium angustifolium, L. July 10.

E. palustj'e,!^. July 18.

E. alpinum, L. (var. majus, AVahl.)

(Enothera biennis, L. July 18.

Ribes hirtellum, Mich. June 25.

R. lacustre, Poir. June 25.

R. prostratum, L. Her. June 25.

R. Jioridum, L. June 29.

R. rubrum, L. June 25 ; fruit ripe Aug. 5.

Sedum Rhodiola. July 4.

Saxifraga groenlandica, L. Very abundant at Mingan Islands. A
very large number of specimens of this species, collected at
Mingan, proves, according to Prof. Gray, who has examined
them, that S. grcenlandica, S. ccBspitosa, L., and S. exarata,
Vill., are only forms of one species.

S. aizoides, L. (Large variety.) Aug. 5. Very abundant at Anti-
costi about limestone cliff's.

S. Aizoon, Jacq. July 5. Niapisca Island, Mingan.

Mitella nuda, L. June 29.

Sanicula marilandica, L. July 18.

Archangelica peregrina, Nutt. July 18.

149

Heracleum lanatum^ Mich. July 15.

Conioselinum canadense, T. and G.

Ligusticum scoticum, L. Aug. 1.

Cicuta maculatay L.

Osmorrhiza hrevistylls, DC. Aug. 1 in fruit. Anticosti. Not com-
mon.

Cornus canadensis, L. June 25.

C. stolonifera, Mich. June 26.

Li7incEa borealis, Gron. July 9.

Lonicera coerulea, L. June 25.

Viburnum paucijiorum. July 4. Mingan Islands.

Galium trijlorum, L.

Eupatorium purpurem, L.

Aster radula, Ait. Aug. 5.

A. carneus, Nees. Aug. 5.

A. Novi-Belgii, L. Aug. 6.

A. graminifoUus, Pursh. July 23.

A. acuminatus, Mich. (Narrow-leaved variety.) Aug. 6.

^4. nemoralis, Ait. Aug. 6.

Erigeron acre (E. alpinum, Hooker.) Narrow-leaved form. Aug.
10. Abundant on grassy banks near the mouth of Jupiter
River.

Solidago Virga-aurea, L. July 23.

S. thyrsoidea, E. Mey. Aug. 1.

S. bicolor, L. (var. concolor.') Aug. 5.

S. arguta, Ait. (var. j'uncea.) Aug. 6.

S. altissima, L.

Achillea millefolium, L. (Purple var.) July 23.

Artemesia borealis, Pal. Aug.

Senecio aureus, L. Aug. 6.

S. pseudo-arnica. Aug. 1.

S. vulgaris, L.

Cirsium muticum, Mich. Aug. 1.

Leontodon autumnale, L.

Nabalus altissimus. Hook. July 18.

N. nanus, DC. July 25. S. W. Point.

N. racemosus. Hook. Aug. 5. S. W. Point.

Taraxacum Dens-leonis, Desf.

Lobelia Kalmii, L. Aug. 5. On limestone cliffs, Anticosti.

Campanula roiundifolia, L. July 9. Very abundant, with unusually
large flowers.

Vaccinum Oxycoccus, L.

V. macrocarpon. Ait.

V. Vitis-Idea^ L.

150

V. uliginosum, L. Anticosti and Mingan. Fruit ripe Aug. 6.

V. pennsylvanicum, Lam. July 5.

V. penmylvanicum (var. angustifolium.) July 4. Mingan Islands.

V. corymbosum, L. July 6.

Chiogenes Jiispidula, T. and G. In fruit Aug. 15.

Arctoslaphylos Uva-ursi, Spreng. July 5.

Cassandra calyculata, Don.

Andromeda polifolia, L. June 25.

Kalmia angusiifoUa^ L. July 1 7.

iiT. glaiica, Ait. June 25.

RJiodora canadensis, L. July 4.

Ledum latifolium, Ait.

Loiseleuria procumbens, Desv. Not in flower.

Pyroia rotundifolia, L. (var. incarnata.^ July 9.

Moneses uniflora, Gray. July 11.

Monotropa unijiora, L. Aug. 1.

ikf. Hypopif.ys, L. Aug. 6.

Nemopantlies canadensis, DC.

Plantago major, S. July 10.

Primula farinosa, L. June 25. Abundant at Anticosti and Entry

Island.
P. Mistassinica, Mich. June 25. Anticosti. Not abundant.
Trientalis americana, Pursh.
Glaux maritima, L. July 11.

Utricular ia cornuta. Aug. 5. Anticosti.

Pinguicula vulgaris. July 5. Anticosti and Mingan Is. Abundant.
Euphrasia officinalis, L. July 9.
Rhinanthus crista-galli, L. July 23.
Mentha canadensis, L.

Mertensia maritima, Don. July 4. A form with glabrous leaves was
occasionally met with.

Calystegia sepium, R. B. (var. repens.) Aug. 9. Salt Lake, Anticosti.

Halenia dejiexa, Gris. Aug. 1. Abundant.

Gentiana detonsa. Fries. Aug. 10. Abundant on grassy banks near
the mouth of Jupiter River.

G. acuta, Mich. Aug. 10. With the last, and also at S. W. Point.
Abundant.

Pleurogyra rotata. Aug. 5. With the two preceding. Common.

Menyanihes trifoliata, L. Abundant.

Atriplex hastata, L. Aug. 1.

Polygonum viviparum, L. July 4. Abundant at Anticosti and
Mingan.

P. amphibium. Aug. 6. Salt Lake.

Rumex domesticus (R. longifolius, DC.) July 8. Mingan Islands.

151

ShepJierdia canadensis, Nutt. Common.
Comandra umhellala, Nutt. July 5.
C. lii-ida, Rich. July 5. Mingan Islands.
Empetrum nigrum, L. Very abundant.
Urtica gracilis, Ait.
Betula papyracea, Ait. Abundant.
B. excelsa, Ait.

B. nana, L. July 6. Abundant.
Alnus viridis, DC.

Salix repens, L. (5". arluscula. And.) July 4. Mingan and Anticosti.
S. reticulata, L. (var. veslita. And.)
^S. (species undetermined.) Mingan Islands.
Populus halsamifera, L. Anticosti. Common.
Abies halsamea, Mar.
A. nigra, Poir. Abundant.
A. alba, Mich. Abundant,
iaria; americana, Mich.
Juniperus communis, L.
Taxus canadensis, Willd.
A species of pine is mentioned by Richardson, but we did not

meet with it.
Triglochin mariiimum, L. July 9.

Gymnadenia tridentata, Lind. Aug. 6. Very abundant.
Platanthera rotundifolia, Lind. July 5. Common at the Mingan

Islands.
P. bracteata, Torr.
P. dilatata, Lind. July 17.
P. hyperborea, Lind. July 19.
P. psycodes, Gray. Aug. 2. Salt Lake.
Goodyera repens, R. B.
Spiranthes cernua. Rich. Aug. 1.
Listera cordata, R. B. Aug. 6. Abundant.
Calypso borealis, Sal. July 5. Mingan Islands. Common.
Microstylis monophyllos, Lind. Aug. 5. S. W. Point.
Liparis Loeselii, Rich.
Cypripedium parvijlorum, Sal. July 4. Anticosti and Mingan Islands.

Very common.
Iris versicolor, L. July 4. Mingan Islands and Ellis Bay.
Smilacina racemosa, Desf. July 16.
S. stellata, Desf. June 25.
S. trifolia, Desf.
S. bifolia, Ker.
Ciintonia borealis, Raf. June 25.

152

Allium. A species "with tall scape and rose-colored flowers. Speci-
mens too imperfect for identification.
Streptopus amplexifoUus, DC. July 9. Common.
S. roseus, Mich. June 25. Common.
Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt. July 23. Very common.
Tojieldia palustris, Hudson. July 1 7. Marsh near Ellis Bay.
T. glutinosa. Aug. 5. Grassy banks. Very common.
Carex limosa, L.
C. aurea, Nutt.

Eriophorum russeolum. July 1 7. Ellis Bay.
E. vagmatum, L. July 1 7. Ellis Bay.
E. j)olystachyon^ L.
E. alpinum, L.

Elymus mollis^ Trin. (Goose grass.) Abundant.
Hierochloa borealls, K. and S. June 25. Common.

Mr. F. H. Storer exhibited a specimen showing the pseudo-
metamorphism of cast-iron into plumbago, proving that iron
is not, as might be sujDposed, a homogeneous mass ; the
jDlumbago had first been difi'used through the mass, from
which the iron had been afterwards removed by immersion
for a long time in dilute acid. The casting came from Mr.
Homer, of the Pacific Mills, Lawrence.

The following letters were read, viz : —

From the Royal Institution, September 12th, 1861 ; the Liverpool
Literary and Philosophical Society, October 21st, 1861 ; the Natur-
historischer Yerein, Bonn, January 22d, 1862, and the Regents of
the University of New York, Albany, May 31st, 1862, acknowledging
the receipt of the Society's publications ; from the K. Preussiche
Akademie, Berhn, February 18th, 1862, presenting its Monthly Jour-
nal for 1861.

Mr. E. H. Eldredge was elected a Resident Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

April 16. A specimen of Pocillopora from the isthmus of Panama, by Mr.
Charles F. Watts.

May 7. A collection of plants from the Arctic regions, by Dr. 1. 1. Hayes.

May 21. A collection of upwards of one thousand species of the plants of
New England; a collection of plants of Minnesota; a large number of the nests
and eggs of the birds of New England ; a collection of Indian antiquities, con-
sisting of stone implements of art and warfare, mostly from Concord, Mass.,
by the bequest of Mr. H. D. Thoreau; specimens of CrioceHs asparagi from
Fall liivor, bv Mr. Norman Eastuu : two Exocidus and two L'chentis from New-

153

bern, N. C, by Dr. S. Kneeland ; a specimen of Gammarus, by Mr. T. J.
Whittemore.

June 4. Copper pjTites from California, by Mr. T. J. Whittemore ; a pair of
the horns of 5os cajfer from the Cape of Good Hope; a horn of the Sicilian
cow; an Elaps from Rio Janeiro; a Gecko from Java; a beak of XipJnus and of
Pristes, b}- Mrs. Kent; two specimens of an Orthopteron and an Asiliis from
Lima, Peru, by Dr. C. T. Winslow; two slabs of sandstone, from Middletown,
Conn., containing fossil foot-prints, by Mr. Brainard; a. Pityophis and a Scin-
cus, from Xewbem, N. C, by Dr. S. Kneeland.

June 18. Umhrina nebulosa from New Bedford, by Mr. William H. Taylor;
Ceratomia repentina from Boston, by Dr. J. C. White.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 30, 1862.

United States Coast Survey. Report for 1860. 4to. Washmgton. From
Prof. A. D. Bache.

Sixth Annual Report of the Secretary of the Maine Board of Agriculture.
Svo. 1861. From C. H. Bitchcock, Esq".

Annual Report of the School Committee of the City of Boston. 1861. Svo.
From J. D. Philbrick, Esq.

Annual of Scientific Discovery for 1862. 12mo. Boston. From D. A.
Wells, A. J/., Editor.

On the Rocks lying between the Carboniferous Limestone of the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan and the Limestones of the Hamilton Group. By Alex-
ander Winchell. Svo. Pamph. New Haven, 1862. From the Author.

Manual of Elementary Geology. By Sir Charles Lyell. Svo. London, 1851.
From Br. S. Burkee.

Otia Conchologica. By Augustus A. Gould, M. D. Svo. Boston, 1861.
From the Author.

Researches on the Molecular Dissymmetry of Natural Organic Products. By
W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D. Svo. Pamph. 1860. From the Author.

M^moire sur la Mode de formation des Cones Volcaniques et des Crat^res.
Par G. Poulet Scrope. Svo. Pamph. Paris, 1860. From the Author.

History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D. Humphrej-s Storer. 4to.
pp. 195-240. From the Author.

Description of Remains of a new Enaliosaurian from the Coal Formation of
Nova Scotia. By 0. C. Marsh, B. A. Svo. Pamph. 1862. From the Author.

Report on the Geological Surv^ey of the State of Wisconsin. By James Hall
and J. D. Whitney. Svo. Vol. I.' 1862.

Geological Survey of New York. Paleontology. By James Hall. 2 vols.
4to. Albany, 1859. From Prof. James Ball.

Check List of the Shells of North America. Unionidi3e. By Isaac Lea,
LL. D. Svo. Pamph.

Papers on the Unionidae, &c. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Extracted from Pro-
ceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Svo. Pamph. 1862.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to. Pamph.
Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author.

On the Tides of the Coast of Ireland. Svo. Pamph.
Laws of Polarized Light. Svo. Pamph.
Tides of Dublin Bay. Svo. Pamph.

154

Healthy Urine of Man. 8vo. Pamph.

The Azimuthal Motion, tSrc. All by Samuel Haughton. 8vo. Pamph. From
the Author.

Jahrbilcher der K, K. Central- Anstalt fur Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus.
Von Karl Kreil. yiii. Band. Jahrgang, 1866. 4to. Wien, 1861.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preussischen Eheinlande
und Westphalens. Achtzehnter Jahrgang. 8vo. Bonn, 1861.

Bericht liber die St. GaUischen Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft.
1858-61. 8vo. Pamph. St. GaUen.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Keichsanstalt, 1861-1862. xii. Band. Nro.
1. Jiinner bis Dec. 1861. 8vo. Pamph. Wien.

Mouatsbericht der Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin. 8vo. 1861.

Schriften der Koniglichen Physikalisch-okonomischen Gesellschaft zu Kon-
igsberg. Zweiter Jahrgang. 1861. Erste Abtheilung.

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der "Wissenschaften. Nos. 6, 7, 8. June,
July, Oct. 1861. 8vo. Wien.

Entomologische Zeitung. Zwei und Zwanzigster Jahrgang. Svo. Stettin,1861.

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat und der K. Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. 1861. 12mo.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Sieben und Zwanzigster Jahrgang. Viertes
Heft. Berlin, 1861.

Beitrage zur Anatomic und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Algengattung Le-
manea. Von B, Wartmann. 4to. Pamph. St. GaUen. 1854.

Der Zoologische Garten. Nos. 7-13. 8vo. Pamph. Frankfurt a. M. April
to Dec. 1861.

Bulletin de la Societe de Geographic. S'*""* Serie. Tome ii. Svo. Paris,
1861.

Bulletin de la Society des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome v. 8vo.
1861.

Memoirs of Geological Survey of India. Vol. iii. Part i. 8vo. Calcutta,
1861.

Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. ix. Part 1. Svo.
Pamph.

Notices of Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Part 11.
1860-61. Svo. Pamph. Also, List of Officers, &c. Svo. Pamph. London,
1861.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Vol. vi. No. 1. Svo. 1832.
Pamph. Vol. xi. Nos. 44, 46. Svo. 1861.

Report of Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the
West Riding of Yorkshire. 1860, Svo. Pamph.

Annual Report of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, for 1860-61.
Svo. Pamph.

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. Vol. i. pp. 696-724. Svo.
Pamph. London, 1861.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vi. No. 2. April, 1862. Montreal.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 38. March, 1862.

Annual Report of Montreal Horticultural Society. Svo. Pamph. 1861.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. xxxiii. No. 99.
May, 1862.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. viii. No. 66 to
end of vol. Svo. Philadelphia, 1862.

155

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. March and
April, 1862. 8vo. Pamph.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Xos. 1,
2, 3, 4. Jan. to April, 1862. 8vo. Pamph. By Exchange.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Nos. 67, 68, 69, 70, for Aug.
and Nov. 1861, and Feb. and May, 1862.

Bydragen tot de Dierkunde. Long 4to. 7 Aflevering. 1848-54.

Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America. By
Louis Agassiz. Vol. iv. 4to. Boston, 1862.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 50, 51, 52, 53, for February,
March, April, and May, 1862. From the Courtis Fund.

New England Historical and Genealogical Register. Vol. xvi. No. 2, for
April, 1862.

Life and Letters of Washington Irving. By his nephew, P. M. Lrv'ing. Vol. i.
8vo. New York, 1862. Deposited by the Republican Institution.

September 3, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Dr. Jackson offered some remarks upon a new method of
security against counterfeits in paper currency through the
introduction of determinate species of Diatomacea? into the
material of the paper, or into some of the ingredients used
in the preparation of the stamps ; the method is the inven-
tion of Mr. D. J. Browne.

Mr. E. D. Cope, of Philadelphia, was elected Correspond-
ing Member.

September 17, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Prof J. Wyman stated that through the kindness of Prof Agassiz,
he had had an opportunity of studying the larvos of Dactijlethra ca-
pensis from South Africa. These larvae are all considerably advanced
in development, are from three to four inches in lengtli, and have the
hinder limbs more or less formed. The rudimentary fore limbs were
protruded in all the specimens but one. In several respects they
differ greatly from the larvaj of other Batracliians. The head is
more flattened, the body is less rounded and longer, and the tail

156

longer and more pointed. The mouth has none of the characteristics
of Batrachian larvae ; it is wider, the lips are fleshy, have neither
papillae nor horny appendages on the lower lip, nor is there any
beak on the upper. One of the most remarkable peculiarities, and
which especially attracted the attention of Prof. Agassiz, is the ex-
istence at each angle of the mouth of a slender filament resembling
that of the Siluroid fishes, and which, when placed beside the body,
extends as far backwards as the legs. A series of hollow and in-
wardly corrugated teeth exist in the upper jaw as in the adult, but
none in the lower.

The skin, like that of other larvae, is mostly very thin, and of a
dark-blue color. The back is covered with a patch of integument
differing from that of the -rest of the surface, which is thick, of a
dark-brown color, and resembling that of the adult. In the older
specimens patches of similar skin are seen on the nose and on the
backs of the thighs and arms. These patches are the beginnings of
the metamorphosis by which the larval integument is changed for that
of the adult, and gradually extends over the whole body.

A series of linear groups of follicles begins at the hinder part of
the middle line of the back, extends in a curve downwards on either
side, ascends over the arms, and ends in a semicircle between each
eye and the middle line of the head. On the back the series is partly
double, and there are other groups of them over the shoulders.

The upper caudal fold of skin begins near the middle of the
upper edge of the tail, where it is quite narrow, and continues so to
the end. The lower fold is very much the broadest, and instead of
ending at the base of the tail, as in other Batrachians, extends as far
forward as the middle of the abdomen, having its greatest breadth be-
tween the legs. The end of the tail is sharply pointed ; the anus
perforates the caudal fold behind the abdomen as in other Batra-
chian larvae.

The cavity of the mouth is large, is quite smooth, has no papillae
or palatine folds. In common Batrachians the gill-arches are com-
posed of two distinct portions. First, an inner, consisting of a broad
plate, on the sides of which are developed parallel rows of closely-
attached fringes. Second, on the outer border of the arch and
nearest to the respiratory opening, a series of dendritic fringes
floating free, which are highly vascular, and which form the chief
part of the respiratory surface. In the larva of Dactylethra here
described, these last are entirely wanting. There are two outer
respiratory openings, one on each side, instead of one on the left
side, as is usually the case. These openings are in the form of fis-
sures instead of tubes.

157

Another remarkable feature in the development of Dactylethra is
that of the position of the fore limbs ; these in common Batrachians
are formed in the respiratory sacs just exteriorly to the gills ; the left
leg protruding outwards by the respiratory orifice, and the right by a
corresponding opening on the right side, formed by the absorption of
the skin for the purpose of freeing the limb. In Dactylethra the fore
limbs are formed in special sacs, which are situated some distance
behind the organs of respiration.

The urinary bladder is already somewhat developed, is formed
relatively much earlier than in ordinary Batrachians, and in this
respect more closely resembles a true allantois.

While in many respects the genus Dactylethra resembles Pipa, as
in the conformation of the limbs, the single Eustachian tube, the
absence of a tongue, and the broad transverse process of the coccyx,
it differs widely from it in its phases of development, especially in
the mode of the formation of the limbs and the position of them in
the embryo.

Prof. J. Wyman gave an account of some experiments
recently made by him on Planarine, showing their power of
repairing injuries.

One experiment consisted in cutting longitudinally the hinder half
of one side of a Planaria. The incision began on the side, extend-
ing to the middle line, and then lengthwise, backwards to near the
end of the body, so that the severed portion hung by a slender neck,
and trailed backwards. At the end of the first day the separated
portion was restored to its natural position, and by the third day was
wholly united with the rest, the only indication of the injury being a
small notch on the side.

In a second experiment the body was divided lengthwise from be-
hind forwards for about two-thirds of the length of the animal. The
divided portions completely cicatrized, but did not unite with each
other, so that the Planaria remained permanently bifid behind.

In a third experiment the Planaria was divided in the middle
transversely. The fore part continued to move as usual, but the
hinder remained stationary. In the course of a few days the fore part
reproduced what it had lost, and the hinder reproduced the head and
eye specks, and thus two perfect animals were formed, both moving
with perfect freedom.

Professor Carlo Matteucci, of Turin, was elected an Hono-
rary Member.

158

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

September 3. Copper pyrites and erubescite, from Acton Vale Mine, C. E.,
by Dr. C. T, Jackson ; two bottles, containing a number of fishes, reptiles, and
insects, from Newbern, N. C, by Dr. S. Kneeland; two specimens of Acro-
chordes from Hoogly Eiver, and a Scatoj[jhagus and Trichiurus from off Mada-
gascar, by Mr. R. Simonson,

September 17. Corydalis cornuta, from Milton, by Mr. J. Scbohfield.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPT. 30, 1862.

On the Primitive Formations in Norway and Canada. By Thomas McFar-
lane. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

Geological Survey of Canada. New species of Lower Silurian Fossils. By
E. Billings, F. G. S. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal, 1862. From the Author.

Cases in Surgery. Gun-shot Wounds. Plural Births. By J. Mason War-
ren. Pamph. Boston, 1862. From the Author.

Experiments and Observations upon the Circulation in the Snapping Turtle.
By Mitchell S. Weir, M. D. 4to. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862. From the
Author.

The mode of Development of the Marginal Tentacles of the free Medusse of
some Hydroids. By A. Agassiz. 8vo. Pamph. 1862. From the Author.

Remarks on certain species of N. A. HeHcidge, etc. By Thomas Bland, F.
G. S. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1862. From the Author.

Monograph of the Species of Sphoerium of North and South America. By
Temple Prime. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author.

On the Genus Colias in North America. By Samuel H. Scudder. 8vo.
Pamph. 1862. From the Author.

Defense des Colonies. Par J. Barrande. 2 Parts. 8vo. Pamph. 1861-2.
From the Author.

Observations on the terms " PtSn^en," "Permian," and "Dyas." By Jules
Marcou. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1862.

Letter to M. Joachim Barrande, on the Taconic Rocks of Vermont and Can-
ada. By Jules Marcou. 8vo. Pamph. Cambridge, 1862. From the Author.

Results of Meteorological Observations made by the United States Patent
Office and Smithsonian Institution. 1854 to 1859. 4to. Washington.

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols, i.-iv. 8vo. Washington, 1862.
From the Smithsonian Institution.

Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias de Madrid. Tomos 3, 4, 5. 4to.
1859-61.

Tijdschriftvoor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 18 Nos. 1857-60.
8vo. Pamph. Batavia.

Verhandelingen Van Het Bataviaasch Genootschaf van Kunsten en Weten-
schaffen. Deel 27, 28. 4to. Batavia, 1860.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 1862. Acht und Zwanzigster Jahrgang. Er-
stes Heft.

Nachtrage zu Maly's Enumeratio plantarum phanerogamicarum imperii
austriaci universi. Von August Neilrich. 8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1861.

159

Schriften der Koniglichen Physikaliscli-okonomischen Gesellschaft zu KiJn-
igsberg. Zweiter Jahrgang, 1861. Zweite Abtheiluiig. 4to. Pamph.

Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Koniglichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesells-
chaft in Wien. Jahrgang, 1861. xi Band. 8vo.

Denkschriften dei- Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Zwanzigster
Band. 4to. Wien, 1862. Sitzungsberichte. Band 44. Heft 4, 5. 1861. Band
44. Heft 4, 5. 1862. 8vo. Wien.

Journal of tlie Royal Geographical Society. Vol. xxxi. London, 1861.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. v. No. 5,

1861, and Vol. vi. No. 3, 1862.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. xviii. Part iii. Lon-
don, Aug. 1862.
Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society of London. Vol. ii. No. 1-3,

1862. Also, Nos. 6, 7, 8,' 9 to 31 of Vol. i.

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. Nos. 20-23. 1861.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. xi. No. 47. 8vo. Pamph. Lon-
don.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vii. No. 3, June. No. 4, August,
1862. Montreal.

Annals of the Botanical Society of Canada. Vol. i. Part iii. 4to. April,
1861 to Feb. 1862.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. ix. No. 67. 8vo.
Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 101, for Sept. 1862.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. vii. Nos.
10-12. June, 1861.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. No. 5,
April and May, No. 6, June, 1862.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. May, June, and
July, 1862. 8vo. Pamph. By exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. x. Nos. 54-57. June— Sept.
1862. London. From Courtis Fund.

Genealogical Dictionary of the First Settlers of New England. By James
Savage. Vols, iii, and iv. 8vo. Boston, 1862. Deposited by Republican Insti-
tution.

October 1, 1862.
Vice-President Jackson in the cliair.
Mr. A. Agassiz gave an account of a new species of Arachnactis
Sars, which is found swimming in large numbers near the surface of
the sea, at night, during the last part of September. It is of a pale
ochre color, and differs from the Norwegian species by its size, the
length of the marginal tentacles, the arrangement of the row of
tentacles round the mouth, and the manner in which it moves. On
account of its great resemblance to the larva of our common star-

160

fishes he called it Araclinactis hrachiolata. A full account of this
Actinia will soon be published in the publications of the Society.
Living specimens were brought to the Society for examination, and
also larvae of starfishes to compare with thenL

Prof. "William B. Rogers presented a paper by Dr. J. S.
Newberry, entitled "Descriptions of the Fossil Plants col-
lected by Mr. George Gibbs, Geologist to the United States
North West Boundary Commission under Mr. Archibald
Campbell, United States Commissioner. Referred to the
Publishing Committee.

The Secretary read the following communication from Dr.
James Lewis, of Mohawk, N". Y. : —

Since the autumn of 1853 I have devoted some attention to the
mollusks of this immediate vicinity. My explorations and search-
ings for species and varieties have been, from the first, quite thorough,
and have, I think, developed the fact that the number of aquatic spe-
cies is being increased by the introduction of species from other parts
of the State ; while our local land species, if undergoing any change,
must be diminishing, by reason of changes in the face of the country,
making their former habitats untenable.

I propose to offer some remarks upon some aquatic species detected
under such circumstances as to lead to the inference that they have
been introduced.

Up to 1855 and 1856 the following species had not been detected,
although as much and perhaps more attention had been devoted to
minute search than since.

Paludina rufa Haldeman. Observed 1856.

Melania virginica Gmel. " 1858.

Melania? isogona Say. " 1862.

"Sphaerium solidulum Prime (var. distortum) " 1860.

Paludina rufa Hald. was first detected in the Erie canal within
a somewhat restricted area, where it has been found since in consid-
erable numbers, and of such a size as indicates a growth of five or
six years (1860). This would date its introduction back at least to
1854 or 1855. Two years later, specimens which might have been
developed in two or three years were found, but not very plenty
(1856). Since that time (perhaps as early as 1857), a very few
specimens were found in the Mohawk River, small, and of a some-
what different form and color from those found in the canal. Later
(1862), they have been found there larger and more abundantly. The
soft parts of this species present constant characters which separate

^-^c^

161

them from the species I have regarded as decisa and iniegra, which are
abundant here. The shell of P. rufa may be called ovate conic, while
the shells of decisa (?) and Integra (?) are conic. This results from
the greater angular divergence of the apical whorls of rufa, and
the subsequent diminution of the angle of the body whorl. The angle
for decisa (?) and integra (?) is constant in each, for all the whorls.
The interior of rufa is colored pink, which in some specimens deepens
to a faint purple, and also by reflection through the epidermis imparts
a faint purple tinge to the exterior of the shell. The apical whorls
are pink (externally), and contrast with the olivaceous hue of the
larger whorls. In integra (?) and decisa (?) the apices are not col-
ored, and if any contrast is shown with the larger whorls, it is due to
a want of coloring matter in the apical whorls.

[There is some doubt about the identification of the shells of decisa
and integra, and they may not be, and probably are not, the shells de-
scribed by Mr. Say, though they are unquestionably the shells alluded
to by DeKay.]

Melaxia virginica Gmel. was also first observed in the same
portion of the canal where Pal. rufa was discovered. It has since
been detected in other portions of the canal in somewhat greater
numbers, but it yet remains a rare shell. This and Pal. rufa have,
no doubt, been introduced from other portions of the State, on the
bottoms of boats. Both species are found at the Eastern and West-
ern terminus of the canal.

Melaxia ? isogoxa Say, is a very recently-introduced species,
the first and only specimens yet found having been taken within the
last four weeks. They are probably introduced from Buffalo, at
which point they have been detected by Mr. C. T. Robinson, of that
city.

The few specimens I have been able to secure here enable me to
correct an error in the generic nomenclature of this species. ]\Ir.
Say first noticed it as a :Melania. It has since been catalogued by
the Smithsonian Institute as an Anculosa (Leptoxis Raf). The
form of the shell suggests, however, different relations, and the soft
parts confirm the suggestion that the animal belongs to the genus
Amxicola, Hald. and Gould.

[I enclose herewith an enlarged sketch of the foot of the animal,
as seen from below, through the side of a glass vessel, in which the
animal was crawling. Foot white and translucent, with a recurved
projecting angle on each side in front, widening a httle posteriorly,
and terminating in a slightly emarginate semicircle of a radius equal
to one-half the width of the foot. Tentacles white, filiform, nearly
straight, and of nearly equal diameter throughout ; length of tenta-

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. IX. 11 FEBRUARY, 1803.

162

cles (as seen from below) about equal to the width of the foot at Its
narrowest part. Foot = 1 J length of shell.]

The specimens to which these notes refer are young ; no adults
have yet been found.

Sphjerium solidulum Pr., found only in the Mohawk River.
The shells are almost precisely identical with specimens received
from Michigan. Until the present season very few have been seen,
and those only young specimens. The present season, however,
affords adults in considerable numbers, in isolated stations. It may
be well to remark that this species does not seem to associate largely
with Sph. striatinum Lk., which is an abundant species in the river.
Each species seems to prefer its own station, but I am not able to
state correctly the differences in their habits. This species has prob-
ably been introduced from the West. It bears a strong resemblance
to Sph. striatinum Lk. (similis Say), differing by being smaller, a lit-
tle more angular, and by the absence of striae or sulcations on the
umbo.

Among the shells of this region to which attention has been called
heretofore, are a few which seem to need further attention.

A species of Amnicola is found here, which is, in Thompson's Ver-
mont Shells (Adams), referred to Pal. lustrica Say. The shell in
question is pupoid in form, the apical whorls having a large angle,
and the subsequent whorls a diminished angle, almost cylindrical.
The soft parts near the apex, as seen through the shell, are of an
orange tint, resembling in that particular some of the Melanidaj. In
other respects the soft parts are those of the genus Amnicola. This
shell has been very widely distributed to my correspondents as
'■''Amnicola lustrica Say," but it is probably the same species as de-
scribed by Mr. Say as Pal. grana. (See Binney's edition of Say's
Works, pp. 110, 111.) I am led to infer from Mr. Say's note to the
description of Pal. grana, that his Pal. lustrica is similar to, if not
identical with, Valvata pupoidea Gould.

Among the shells observed this season, it may be well to notice
Lymncea gracilis Jay.* On the 18th and 19th of August, I obtained
over six hundred specimens of this species from the outlet of Schuy-
ler's Lake, in Otsego County. A few years ago, in company with

* L. f^racilis Jay has been found in the following locations : —
Lake Cliamplain, N. Y.
Schuyler's Lake, N. Y. (Lewis.)
Little Lakes, N. Y. (dead shells only). (Lewis.)

Niagar;a River, N. Y., in a small bay in an island about six miles below Buffalo.
(C. T. Robinson.)
Lakes near Grand Rapids, Michigan. (McNiel & Currier.)
Lakes in Grattan, Michigan. " "

163

Mr. T. J. Whittemore, of Boston, I obtained a smaller number of the
same species at the same locality, but under somewhat different cir-
cumstances. On the 5th of August (1859 ?) this species was found
on the bulrush, growing in water from three to four feet deep, in
considerable numbers, associated with Ancylus and Amnicola. The
present season not presenting as high a stage of water, flag occupied
the space previously covered by the buh-ush, and no specimens were
found there.

Those taken tliis summer were found about thirty rods lower down
the creek, on eel-grass, in water varying from twenty to eight inches
in depth. Most of the specimens were found near the roots of the
plants, which were pulled up by the roots, with the mud adhering.
Many of the shells were found almost imbedded in the mud, their
apices pointing upwards, and to the casual observer presenting the
appearance of an abortive leaflet. About nine out of ten were found
with the apex pointing up. I have a large number of specimens in
alcohol, which will enable me to supply specimens to any persons who
may desire to study the soft parts. Very few of the specimens taken
were of considerable size, and among them only one adult. The
adult is characterized by the separation of the labium from the col-
umella. The animals probably attain maturity late in autumn.

In the Erie Canal are found large numbers of Sp?icenum striatinum
Lk. associated with Spli. transversum Say. I have observed that in
early spring the former is nearly as abundant as at any other time
of the year, while scarcely a specimen of the latter can be found.
Later in the season Sph. transversum becomes more abundant and
larger ; and at the latter part of summer and beginning of autumn
its numbers exceed those of Sj)h. striatinum, as is the case at the pres-
ent time. The inference is that this species (transversum) is very
prolific and of rapid growth ; and judging also from the abundance
of dead shells, just at the present time, it is probably very short-
lived.

[Note. — In a communication to the Boston Society of Natural
History several months ago, relative to Say's Cyclostoma lapidaria,
that species was referred to Melania. Further researches will proba-
bly determine that, if it does not belong to the genus Melania, it may
require to be set apart under a separate genus intcnnediatc between
Melania and Truncatella.]

164

October Ibth, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Rev. Mr. Waterston announced the recent decease of Dr.
B. D. Greene, of Boston, the first President of the Society.
He spoke of the high personal character and scientific attain-
ments of the deceased, and of the deep interest he ever felt
in the welfare of the Society ; in consideration of which, he
moved that a committee of two be appointed to consider
the best plan of procedure in reference to this loss. The
President, Prof Agassiz and Dr. Pickering followed, with
remarks testifying to the great esteem in which Dr. Greene
was universally held, and of his connection with the scien-
tific world. Dr. Gould and Prof Rogers were appointed
as the committee, to which were afterwards added the
names of Prof Agassiz and Mr. Waterston.

The following paper was presented : —

Notice of a Species of Neosorex from Massachusetts,
AND OF SoREx TiiOMPSONi FROM Maine. By A. E. Ver-

RILL.

The genus Neosorex was instituted by Prof S. F. Baird in 1857,
in the General Report on Mammals (Vol. viii. Pacific R. R. Exp.
and Surveys), for the reception of a peculiar species of Shrew from
Washington Territory, named N. navigator. To the same genus
Sorex fimhripes of Bachman was also referred, with some doubt.

The diagnosis of the genus, according to Prof. Baird, is as fol-
lows : —

Neosorex, Baird.

" Ears rather short, partly furred on both surfaces ; valvular.

" Dental formula : anterior incisors, -| ; lateral incisors and premo-
lars, -|:f ; molars, f:|^= 32 ; upper anterior Incisor with a well defined
hook at the base ; lower one with two tubercles and a notch ; first two
upper teeth, or premolars, equal, and larger than the fourth, which
exceeds the third, and equals the basal hook of the anterior one ; the
fifth smallest ; the first and half the second lower lateral teeth placed
above the base of the incisor ; all the teeth colored at the tip. Lower
angular process of lower jaw very long and slender. Tail as long,
or longer than the body, with a terminal pencil ; hairs uniform in
length, except at tip. Feet well developed, with a fringe of stifi*
bristles.

165

" The genus bears a close resemblance to Crossopiis, but differs in the
more slender muzzle, in having one more molar, and two tubercles on
the anterior lower incisor instead of one. With the feet similarly-
constituted, the tail is destitute of the median line of longer hairs.
The very large and highly fringed feet distinguish it from Sorex."

In April of the present year, another species of this genus, which
was obtained at Franconia, N. H., was described by Mr. E. D. Cope
(Proc. Philadelphia Academy, 1862, p. 188), under the name of
Neosorex alhiharhis. Two individuals were seen by him swimming in
a lake, about forty feet from the bank, with an undulatory motion,
and were caught under stones on the shore, where they had taken
refuge. For this aquatic mode of life the species of this genus are
eminently adapted by their large, fringed feet, valvular ears, and
close fur.

The subject of the present notice was obtained by Mr. F. W. Put-
nam, at Warwick, Mass., last July, and was presented by him to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology. Nothing was learned concerning
its habits. The specimen is preserved in alcohol, and, although some-
what larger than that described by Mr. Cope, agrees very closely
with it in proportions and color, and must, unquestionably, be re-
ferred to the same species. But a careful comparison with the pub-
lished descriptions and figures of Sorex palustris of Richardson has
led me to consider it identical, also, with that species, notwithstand-
ing some differences, real or apparent.

That the latter species belongs to the genus Neosorex^ I infer from
the description of Richardson (Fauna Bor. Am. i., p. 5), where the
ear is said to be " shorter than the fur ; its inferior margin is folded
in; there is a heart-shaped lobe covering the auditory opening, and
a transverse fold above it." The tail is rounded, and covered with a
close coat of short hair, terminated by a small pencil of hair at the
tip. " Feet clothed with rather coarse, short, appressed hairs, those
on the sides of the toes being arranged somewhat in a parallel man-
ner, but not very distinctly. The fur resembles that of the mole
in softness, closeness, and lustre." The length of the tail was 2
inches and 7 lines; head 1 inch 2 lines; hind foot 9 Hues, — dimen-
sions not found in any other American genus. But, on the other
hand, the dental formula is given as | -]- |:|+-|-4- = 30 ; and the
length, from nose to tail, is 3 inches 6 lines. In my opinion, these
characters, which are different from those of N. alhiharhis, can be
attributed to the imperfections of the description of Richardson, for
it was, as he himself states, " drawn up from prepared skins," which,
of itself, is enough to explain the greater size of the body. The
principal difference is in the presence of /our upper premolars in-
stead of /ye; but in the specimen before me the fifth premolar is

166

very small, and destitute of the brown color at the tip, while it is so
placed between the fourth premolar and first molar, that it could not
be seen without cutting away the lip, and with a prepared skin, it is
not surprising that it should have been overlooked even by so accu-
rate an observer as the distinguished author of the Fauna Boreali-
Americana.

An additional confirmation of this view of its generic affinities may
be derived from the fact that Dr. J. E. Gray, having the original
specimen of Richardson for examination, referred it to the genus Am-
phisorex, which he characterized as having fringed feet. (See Pr.
Zool. Soc. Lond., v. 1837, p. 125.)

Admitting, then, that Sorex palustris of Richardson belongs to the
genus Neosorex, its identity with N. albibarbis, Cope, remains to be
shown.

The proportions, and even the absolute size of the former (except-
ing that of the body, which was, probably, overstuffed), agree very
closely with those given by Mr. Cope, as the following comparison
will show.

Length of head and body . , .

Length of head

Length of tail

Length of hind foot

From nose to eye

Nose to upper incisors, scarcely

Height of ear

Length of fore foot

Nature of specimen

N. albibarbis,

Sorex palus-
tris, Rich.

Cope.

Inches. Lines.

Inches. Lines.

2 . .84

3 . . 6

1 . .2i

1 . . 2

0* q

2 . . 7

8!

9

7

2

3

4|

In alcohol.

Prepared

skin.

It is very seldom that two specimens of the same species, among
mammals, agree more nearly, in proportions and size, than these.

The principal difference seems to be in color ; but both are remark-
able for their dark tints. According to Richardson, the back is
" black, with a slightly hoary appearance when turned to the light."
" On the ventral aspect it is ash-colored." " The outside of the
thighs and upper surface of the tail correspond in color with the
back, the under surface of the tail and inside of the thighs with the
belly." " The feet are paler than the back, and a little hoary." Ac-
cording to Cope, " The general color is black, with a tinge of brown ;
this tinge is more apparent on the abdomen, and most upon the

* In the original description the length of the tail is given as " 1 in. 9 lines,'*
but Mr. Cope has informed me, by letter, that this is an error, and should be 2
in. 9 lines.

167

posterior gular region ; anterior gular region and chin nearly white,
lightest anteriorly ; tail unicolor."

Bv a comparison of the two descriptions, it will be seen that the
principal difference in color is in the lighter hue of the lower surface
of the body and tail in Mr. Richardson's specimen ; but if his was, as
his remarks imply, taken in the winter, and Mr. Cope's in summer,
this difference would fall within the variation according to season
known among other species of shrews. The specimen from War-
wick, though ashy browm beneath, has the tips of the fur hoary, and
the under surface of the tail light ash, — much lighter than the upper
surface. In other respects the color agrees very well with Mr.
Cope's description. It was, also, taken at about the same season.

Admitting the correctness of my identification of this species, the
known representatives of the genus Neosorex, which is, as yet, known
only in North America, will be as follows : —

Neosorex navigator.
Sorex navigator, J. G. Cooper. MSS.

Neosorex navigator, S. F. Baird, General Report on Mammals,
Pacific R. R. Exp. and Sur., Vol. viii. p. 11, pi. xxvi. 1857.
Fort Vancouver, Washington Territory. — Dr. J. G. Cooper.

Neosorex (?) fimbripes.

Sorex Jimhripes, Bachman, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., vii., p. 391,
pi. XXIV., f 8. 1837. Audubon and Bachman, N. A. Quad.,
Vol. III., p. 312. (Copied from preceding.) 1854.

Neosorex (?) fimbripes, S. F. Baird, General Report on Mammals,
P. R. R. Exp. and Sur., viii., p. 11. 1857.

Sorex Jimhripes, S. F. Baird, 1. c, page 55. 1857.

Drury's Run, Lycoming Co., Pennsylvania. — W. R. Johnson.
Only one specimen is yet known.

Neosorex palustris.

Sorex palustris, J. Richardson, Zobl. Journal, iii., p. 516, Jan.- April,

1828. J. Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am. Vol. i., p. 5. 1829.

Audubon and Bach., N. A. Quad., Vol. iii., p. 108, pi. cxxv.

(Description copied from Richardson ; figure from his original

specimen, which is in the British Museum.) 1853. S. F.

Baird, 1. c. Vol. viii., p. 55. 1857.
Aviphisorex palustris, J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. of Lond., Vol. v.,

p. 125. 1837.
Crossopus palustris, Wagner, Suppl. Schreber, Vol. v., p. 542. 1855.
Neosorex albibarbis, E. D. Cope, Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sc, p. 188.

1862.

168

Hudson Bay region, inhabiting the borders of lakes. — J. Rich-
ardson. Franconia. N. H., smmming in a lake. — E. D. Cope. "War-
wick. Mass. — F. W. Putnam.

Description of a specimen of Xeosorex palustris (So. 1022 M. C. Z.)
from Warwick, Mass. This specimen is a female preserved in alcohol,
and is not much, if at all, contracted. Form rather full and stout,
similar in size and general appearance to the common house mouse
(J/f/5 jnusculus). Xose long and rather slender, with a small bilobed
tip ; nostrils lateral, and pretty well developed. Ears small, appear-
ing pointed, shorter than the fur. and concealed by it ; concha small
and rounded, its edge covered by rather long fur, its outer side by
shorter ; a narrow transverse fold extends across its lower portion,
which is likewise furred on the edges ; meatus covered by a large
valvular antitragus, which is rounded and hairy at its outer edge,
its anterior margin folding backwards to unite with the helix.
Eyes moderately developed. Feet large and stout, nearly des-
titute of hair, except along the sides, where there is a strong
fringe of close and stiff hairs ; a shorter fringe borders the sides of
all the toes. At the base of the 1st, 2d and 5th toes there is a round
tubercle, another between the bases of the 3d and 4th. and two, side
by side, about midway between the heel and base of middle toe ; the
tubercles on the fore feet are arranged in a similar way, but are much
more crowded. Fore foot contained one and two-thirds times in the
length of hind foot. Tail equal in length to head and body, rather
large, somewhat quadrangular near the base, covered by closely
appressed, short, stiff hairs, with a distinct pencil at the end. "Whis-
kers black, well developed, the longest reaching the occiput.

In this specimen the upper lip is not split to the end of the nose,
as is usual in species of Sorex. This will probably be found to be a
generic character.

Teeth strong and sharp, the tips of all, except the fifth upper pre-
molar, deep chestnut ; upper incisors with a strong basal hook, equal-
ling in size the third upper premolar, which is somewhat smaller than
the two first ; fourth premolar larger than the third ; fffth very small,
wedged in between fourth premolar and first molar, scarcely visible
from the outside ; lower incisors with three rounded serrations, their
bases extending back beyond the tips of the second lower premolars.

Color above nearly black ; the fur, at base, is dark plumbeous, near
the ends black, the extreme tips being light gray, giving a slight
hoariness to the fur ; under surface of the body dark lead gray, with
a distinct wash of brown; throat light gray; chin nearly white ; feet
and tail black, the tail somewhat lighter beneath. The colors of the
back and abdomen pass into one another, without any distinct Hne of
separation. The fur is very close and full, and of moderate length.

169

COMPARATIVE

MEASUREMENTS.

N. palustris (1022)

N. navigator (629)

Nose to tip of tail

Inches.

5.G0

2.80

.95

1.05

.45

3.80

2.80

2.fvS

.85

.4J

1.40

.71

.27

.75

.35

.3.30

Inches.

5.17

2.17

.92

" " root of tail ...

" " tip of ear

" " eye

" " extended hind foot

Length of tail to tip

3.00
2.83

" " tail to end of bone

" " fore leg from knee

" " fore foot

.38

" " hind leo" from knee

" " hind foot

.79

" " loni^est toe

" " whiskers

Between eyes

Between extended feet

The measurements of Neosorex navigator are taken from those
given hj Prof. Baird, the first five having been made from the alco-
holic specimen, and the others after skinning. From this species N.
palustris differs in having a shorter tail, although a larger species ; a
shorter hind foot and longer fore foot ; in its much darker colors, even
the specimen described by Richardson being much darker than that
of N. navigator, described by Baird, -while the two known specimens,
in summer pelage, are still darker.

From N. (?) Jimhripes it difi'ers still more -widely ; the latter being
but 3 1 inches in length to tip of tail, with the body IJ; head 1;
tail 1| ; while the hind feet are only .50 in. instead of .71 ; so that it
is not only a much smedler species, but has disproportionately shorter
hind feet and tail.

SoREX Thompsoxi, Baird.

Among the twelve Korth American species belonging to the
restricted genus Sorex, so fully described by Prof S. F. Baird. in the
General Report on Mammals, this species is remarkable for its small
size, it being, in fact, the smallest mammal known to inhabit North
America. The three specimens examined by Prof Baird came
respectively from Halifax, N. S., Bui'lington, Yt., and Zanesville,
Ohio;

In the Museum of Comparative Zoology* there are two specimens
preserved in alcohol ; one of which was collected by Prof Charles E.
Hamlin, at Waterville, Me., the other by mysell" at Norway, Me.
Since these specimens afford additional information concerning the
characters and variations of this rare and interesting species, 1 have
prepared descriptions and measurements of each.

Description of a specimen from ^'orwag. Me., in alcohol fAo. 684
M. C. Z.). This specimen seems to be a fully adult female, and is in a

170

good state of preservation, though it is probable that the body is
somewhat contracted and measures less than when fresh. Teeth f —
Ai — 1:|-=:30; premolars not imbricated, the first two about equal,
considerably larger than the third and fom*th, not exceeding the
basal hook of the upper incisors. Form rather more thick than usual
in this genus, but very small and delicate ; legs very slender ; feet very
small; the fore feet contained about 1^ times in the hind ones ; nose
short, conical, pointed, scarcely depressed, much less elongated than
that of S. Cooperi; ears large, but projecting only a little beyond
the fur; eyes larger than usual in the genus; tail slender, about
3^ times the length of the hind foot, pretty well furred, with a dis-
tinct pencil of hair at the tip ; whiskers well developed, numerous,
about ^ in. long.

Color of body, head and tail, above, dark olive brown with a slight
hoariness; under surface of body light plumbeous gray; lips, chin,
feet, and lower side of tail, yellowish white ; tips of the teeth dark
chestnut brown ; the lower incisors have two strong serrations ;
feet with a distinct fringe of fine, close hairs, as in S. Cooperi.

Description of a specimen in alcohol from Waterville, Me. (No.
1164 M. C. Z.). This specimen was taken July 14. It is a male, and
does not appear to be fully adult. The body is somewhat mutilated
and evidently stretched beyond its natural length.

Form very small and slender, agreeing in all respects with the
last, except that the body appears longer ; teeth agreeing in number
and relative size with those of the last, but shorter ; premolars less
pointed ; incisors shorter, the lower ones without serrations ; the tips
of most of the teeth are light chestnut, but this is scarcely apparent
on the premolars. Color, above, dark gray or plumbeous, with a dis-
tinct wash of brown along the middle of the back ; the tips of the
hairs on the sides tinged with the same ; body beneath grayish white ;
the lips, chin, feet, and tail, whitish, as in the former specimen ; pen-
cil of hair at tip of tail very small. Proportions as in the preceding.
Feet, as in several other species of this genus, furnished with a short
but distinct fringe of fine hairs ; upper surface pretty well furred.

This specimen agrees very closely with Sorex Hoyi, described by
Prof. Baird, from Racine, Wis., and renders it probable that the latter
species is only a variety of S. Thompsoni, depending upon age or sea-
son, as was suggested by Prof. Baird. The proportions are nearly the
same, and the colors similar, being much lighter than in the preceding
specunen.

171

COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS IX INCHES.

Nose to tip of tail

" occiput

" root of tail

" extended bind foot

" tip of ear

" eye . •

" posterior ang-le of mouth

Length of tail vertebrjE

" " tail to tip

" " ear

" " snout

" " whiskers

" " leg from knee

" " foot

" " arm from elbow

" " hand

Greatest distance between extended feet . .

aJO+5 x"dS oJchW

:^d 2^.

3.20

.75

2.00

2 60

.70

.30

.25

1.15

1.23

.25

.14

.50

.80

.38

.45

.23

2.05

3.75

.80

2.00

2.62

.87

.35

.23

1.50

1.75

.25

.15

.60

.90

.45

.57

.28

2.50

;o^ xO>i

3.80

.87

2.25

3.00

.90

.36

.31

1.50

1.55

.26

.17

.65

.96

.50

.§6

.26

2.63

3.15

.75

2.00

2.50

.85

.33

.25

1.10

1.15

.30

.13

.55

.80

.40

.50

.26

2.25

In color and general appearance, this species resembles S. Cooperi,
but is considerably smaller.* The latter has also 32 teeth instead of
30 ; its nose is longer and much more attenuated ; its tail is dispro-
portionately longer and larger, and its feet and ears are much larger,
though of about the same form.

In proportions, size and form, S. personatiis, of the South, resem-
bles it still more closely, but its color is a light chestnut brown. It
also has 32 teeth; a shorter tail, though a somewhat larger species in
other respects ; and the ears are much longer and less rounded, and
have much more hair on the inside of the concha. The specimen
measured belongs to the Essex Institute.

S. platyrhinus differs greatly from it, being much larger and stout-
er ; having a disproportionately longer tail and hind feet, the latter
being about twice the length of the fore feet; possessing 32 teeth,
with the five premolars imbricated ; and having a much broader and
depressed nose, which is not longer in proportion. The color, also, is
dilfei'ent, being in the latter species nearer chestnut-brown, with
scarcely any shade of olive-brown even on the back ; while the feet,
under surface of the tail, and a broad space around the mouth,
including the lips and chin, are nearly pure white ; the feet are nearly
destitute of hair in my specimens, and have no fringe along the sides.
The ears, also, are more distinctly rounded, whiter, and less hairy.

* The specimen of 5". Cooperi, from Danvers, ilass., of wliich tlie measure-
ments are given in the table, is the smallest one that I have ever seen, of this
species. It belongs to the collection of the Essex Institute.

IT.

The specimen measured, in the table, was presented to the Museum
of Comparative Zoology by F. W. Putnam.

S. Fosteri differs from it in nearly the same characters as does S.
platyrhinus, these two species being very closely allied.

List of the Species of the Family SoRiciDiE, known to
INHABIT New England.

The seven species belonging to this family, that are considered as
belonging to the fauna of New England, may be arranged as follows :

Neosorex, Baird.

Neosorex palustris, Verrill. {Sorex jjalustris, Rich.) Range from
Hudson's Bay to Franconia, N. H., and Warwick, Mass.

SoREX, Linn.
Section A, with Jive upper premolars, Teeth^ ^ — lif — ^:|^ = 32.

Sorex platyrhinus, Linsley. (^Otisorex platyrhinus, Dekay.) (^Sorex
Fosteri, Thompson, Nat. Hist. Vt.)
Known range, from Norway, Me., and Burlington, Vt., to
Cleveland, Ohio. In Massachusetts much more common than
any other species of this genus.

Sorex Fosteri, Rich.

Range from Hudson's Bay (Rich.) to New York (Bachman),
and Carlisle, Penn. (Baird). This species has been men-
tioned, by authors, from New England, but I have never met
with a specimen myself. It is possible that the species, as
described by Richardson, is not identical with that of Bach-
man from New York, or of Baird from Pennsylvania.

Sorex Cooperi, Bachman.

Range from Labrador to Nebraska, south to West Northfield,
111., and Western New York. The only specimen that I have
seen from New England is from Danvers, Mass., in the col-
lection of the Essex Institute.

Section B, with four upper premolars. Teeth, ^ — 1:|- — ■|:-|=30.

Sorex Thompsoni, Baird. (S. Thompsoni and (?) S. Hoyi, Baird.)
Range from Halifax, N. S., Norway, Me., Waterville, Me.,
and Burlington, Vt., to Zanesville, Ohio, and {S. Hoyi) Ra-
cine, Wis.

Blarina, Gray.

Blarina talpoides, Gray. (Sorex talpoides, Gapper. Sorex DeJcnyi,

Bach.)
Range from Nova Scotia, Upper Canada and Northern Maine

173

to Lake Superior, and south to Oliio, Pennsylvania and
mountains of Virginia and Georgia. This is more abundant
in New England than any other species of this family, fre-
quenting chiefly moist woods and meadows, and taking readily
to the water when disturbed. Blarina hrevicauda of Dekay,
Thompson, and several other authors (not of Say), is included
here as a synonym of this species.
Blarina angusticeps^ Baird.

Burlington, Vt. (Baird), near Sebago Lake, INIe. (Prof. Agas-
siz). This very rare but interesting species is as yet known
from only two specimens. It is quite peculiar in the form and
narrowness of the skull, but resembles, externally, the pre-
ceding species. Its color is uniform plumbeous, scarcely paler
beneath.

Mr. F. TV. Putnam exhibited specimens of the " Red-backed Sala-
mander," Pletlwdon erytlironotus, Baird, with the eggs and young in
different degrees of development, which he had found under the moss
and bark of decayed trees in the woods at Warwick, Mass., on the
26th, 27th and 29th of August last. The eggs were quite large,
measuring .15 inch in diameter, and were found in little packets of
from six to eleven each ; some five or six of these bunches were found
during the three days' search, also a number of young evidently just
hatched, as they still retained their gills ; those that he hatched from
the eggs lost their gills in less than three days from the time of their
casting the Qgg envelope. When just from the egg the young meas-
ured .6 inch in length, and had the marking and color of the adult,
with the exception of the dorsal vermilion band being lighter, and
extending to the tip of the tail. In three instances out of five in
which the young were found there was an adult specimen with them,
and apparently feeding them with small snails (Limax), as remains of
the sHmy substance of the snails were found, and, in one case, a par-
tially decomposed or eaten snail was seen in the midst of the little
family. When discovered by itself the adult animal quickly disap-
pears In the decayed wood and moss, but in every case when found
with the young, neither it nor the little ones attempted to escape until
touched. The only reference that he could find In regard to the
eggs of this species is In Prof. Baird's " Revision of the Tailed Ba-
trachians of North America" where It Is stated that they are " depos-
ited in packets under damp stones."

Mr. Putnam called attention to the few observations that had been
made upon the habits and development of our salamanders and
newts.

The President stated that he had found the eggs of the same spe-

174

cies at two widely different seasons ; early in June at Fitchburg, in
this State, and in the middle of August at the White Mountains.

Prof. Agassiz referred to the difference in the time of development
in liana temporaria, in the Alps and Lowlands, in the latter of which
the eggs are laid in March and April, and attain their development
the same season, while on the mountains they are laid in June, and
remain in the tadpole state during the winter.

The President alluded to a remarkable case of poisoning, which
had occurred, as was alleged, by the introduction of the anther of a
tiger lily (^Lilium tigrinum) into the nostril of a child, causing inflam-
mation, followed by vomiting, and finally by death.

Upon request, Prof. Agassiz gave an account of the conclusions at
which he had arrived by the study of tertiary fossils in reference to
the division of the strata in which they occur. He was satisfied that
the primary divisions given by Lyell were natural, although the sub-
divisions are much more numerous, and the basis upon which the
larger groups had been founded was erroneous ; the relations of
one group of beds to another being correctly based upon a percent-
age of species, representative of, rather than identical with, those
now living. He was further satisfied that the principles upon which
fossiliferous deposits of distant regions had been synchronized, namely,
by the similarity of their organic forms, was entirely erroneous, since
such fossils, even when unquestionably cotemporaneous, showed fre-
quently, when compared together, greater differences than the fossils
from successive horizons in the same country.

JVovember 5, 1862.
The President in the chair.

The committee appointed at the previous meeting to take
suitable action with reference to the decease of Dr. B. D.
Greene, being called upon, —

Dr. A. A. Gould offered some preliminary statements with
regard to Dr. Greene's connection with the early history of
the Society, and then gave place to the introduction of reso-
lutions by Professor W. B. Rogers.

Professor W. B. Rogers said that before submitting to the Society
the resolutions which he held in his hand, he was desirous of making
a few remarks on the important services and peculiar virtues of our

175

late valued friend and associate. lie felt, indeed, that it was espe-
cially incumbent on him to offer in person a tribute of honor and
gratitude to the memory of the deceased, as on a former occasion,
when called upon to address the Society in public, his imperfect
knowledge of its early history had led him to overlook the distin-
guished part which Dr. Greene had taken in the formation and in the
early nurture and guidance of the Society.

It will be gratefully remembered by us all, that our associate, feeble
as was his health at the time, united with us on that occasion in the
celebration of our thirtieth anniversary. "Who can doubt that a
nature less noble than his would have seen, in the omission here re-
ferred to, a just cause for displeasure as well as surprise. But the
large heart of our associate was too deeply interested in the riooii
results of the zeal and liberality in which he had so earnestly shared
to be much concerned about any apportionment of the honors so justly
due to himself and the other founders and early friends of the Society.
Soon after this occurrence, his usual kindly smile and cordial greeting
gave touching proof that the much-regretted omission was as fully and
freely forgiven as it had been unconsciously and innocently made.

Without attempting a review of the scientific attainments and ser-
vices of Dr. Greene, for which only the intimate and honored asso-
ciates of his labors would be qualified. Professor Rogers begged simply
to bring to the minds of the Society two points in the life and charac-
ter of their late friend and associate, from which, as he thought, the
wealthy and the learned here and everywhere might reap instruction.

It is not often that the possessor of a liberal fortune is found giving
his heart and time to the labor of scientific studies, which, however
ennobling and replete with the purest of enjoyments, have, as we
know, nothing in sympathy with the luxurious ease and brilliant ex-
citements of what is called society. It is true that in the higher
civilization to which the world is advancing, it may be confidently
expected that the cultivation and promotion of knowledge and the
nurture of all good enterprises will be recognized as the duty, and
will become the noble aspiration of all whose wealth offers them at
once the leisure and the facility for such tastes and labors. Indeed,
we already see among the most advanced communities bright augu-
ries of this lofty social development, and in our city and State we
may proudly point to many an example of affluence ennobled by
large and profound culture, as well as by unstinted liberality in sujv
port of education and whatever else conduces to the happiness and
progress of our race. Yet, it must be confessed that such tastes and
labors as marked the life of our late colleague are still the exception,
rather than the rule, and we are therefore especially called on to
honor the memory of him who has furnished so beautiful and ins])ir-
ing an example of them.

176

But qualities still more rare than that here alluded to character-
ized the pursuits and conversation of our late colleague. Xo one
could fail to remark his singular freedom from the ambitious impulses
which, -while they stimulate the labors of men of science, so often dim
the clear beauty of their aspirations for what is true and beneficent.
With him the love of knowledge, as gathered in the fields and in his
precious library and herbarium, was a sufiicing incentive and adequate
reward. Delighting to store his mind with the beautiful truths gath-
ered from the ample sources around him, and ever ready to help
others devoting themselves to kindred branches of inquiry, and indeed
to any scientific pursuits, his singular modesty shrunk from the least
public exhibition of his various knowledge, and, in the eyes of those
who knew his soKd and diversified culture, gave to his social character
its most peculiar and winning charm.

Such were some of the services and characteristics of our late col-
league, for which we owe him the tribute of our respect and rev-
erence ; and in testimony of which Professor Rogers concluded by
submitting the following resolutions : —

1. Resolved^ That while it is the duty of the Society to hold in grate-
ful recollection all who at any time may have participated in its
labors or helped to enlarge its means of scientific usefulness, it is
under especial obligations to honor the memory of the founders and
early patrons of the Society, whose earnest zeal gave the first strong
impulse to the pursuit of Natural History in this community, and
whose liberal contributions and fostering care laid the foundation for
those labors which have won for the Society an honorable place in
the history of scientific investigation.

2. Resolved, That the Society, while deeply regretting the loss which
it has sustained in the death of its late associate, Dr. Benjamin D.
Greene, has a sad pleasure in placing on record an expression of its
grateftil and enduring reverence for his memor}' as one of the most
zealous of its founders, as its first acting President, and as one of the
most liberal of the patrons and co-workers of the Society.

3. Resolved, That in expressing our sense of the great value of
the services of our late associate to this Society, and of his worth
as a cultivator and promoter of Natural Science, we would dwell
with affectionate interest on the gentle graces of character for
which he was remarkable, and especially on the shrinking modesty
and reserve which veiled so beautifiilly the knowledge and culture
they were unable to conceal.

4. Resolved, That the Secretary be directed to transmit a copy of
these resolutions to the family of the deceased.

The resolutions were unanimously adopted.

177

On motion of Dr. Gould, it was voted, —

That a Memorial of his Life would have an important influence on
the interests of Science ; and that Rev. R. C. Waterston be re-
quested to prepare such a Memorial, -with a view to its publication
under the auspices of the Society, if agreeable to his family.

Professor Rogers read a letter from Joshua Bates, Esq., of
London, presenting to the Society a cast of the Megatherium
in the British Museum. The thanks of the Society were
voted for this valuable donation.

Mr. W. G. Binney exhibited a map of Xorth America
north of the Rio Grande, illustrative of the distribution of
the Land Shells, and made the following remarks thereon : —

As regards the geographical distribution of the terrestrial MoUusks
of North America, judging from the very limited material at our dis-
posal, there appear to be three distinct Provinces, which are again
subdivided into Regions. These are shown in the following table : —

L The Pacific Province, comprising a narrow strip between the
Sierra Nevada and the Pacific Ocean, extending through all of our
Pacific States.

n. The Central Province, extending from the Sierra Nevada to the
most eastern range of the Rocky Mountains and thence to the Rio
Grande.

TTT. The Eastern Province, comprising the remaining portions of
the continent, and subdivided into, —

(a.) The NortJiern Region, bounded on the south by a very irregu-
lar line, apparently commencing at the Atlantic Ocean, running
along Chesapeake Bay and the Potomac River to the Alleghanies,
then along that chain north-easterly to Lake Champlain, thence
south-westerly through the chain of great lakes, then westeriy to
the mountains. Its western boundaries are unknown north of 50°.

(h.) The Interior Region, stretching from the last-named to the
allurial regions of the Atlantic and Gulf, and bounded westerly by
the Rocky Mountains. It includes also within its borders the distinct
subregion of the Cumberland tableland.

(c.) The Southern Region, comprising the whole alluvial region to
the Rio Grande, and including two very distinct subregions, the
Texan and Floridan.

The number of species found in these several Provinces and Re-
gions, the number of indiriduals in each, and many other interesting
questions, will form the subject of a future paper.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. X. H. — VOL. IX. 12 APRIL, 1863

1T8

Professor Agassiz alluded to a remarkable feature in the distribu-
tion of the fresh-water fishes of Europe : that the fishes of the head-
waters of the three great rivers, the Rhine, the Rhone, and the
Danube, were the same, while those the lower waters differed not
only from one another, but also from those of the sources.

Mr. F. W. Putnam remarked that the fresh-water fishes of North
America were generally more limited in their distribution than the
mollusks mentioned by Mr. Binney, although there were several spe-
cies that extended over the whole region from Texas north to the
Saskatchawan, and east to the Atlantic. Perca Jlavescens, Pomotis
vulgaris, and Boleosoma Olmstedii, are examples. The more limited
districts or faunae, within this region are, 1st, The waters of the
Upper Mississippi and Missouri; 2d, the Arkansas and its tributa-
ries ; 3d, the Lower Mississippi and south-west to the Rio Grande ;
4th, the waters of the Southern Atlantic States ; 5th, the Ohio and
its tributaries ; 6th, the Northern Atlantic States ; 7th, the Great
Lakes, including, in all probability, Lake Champlain and some of the
larger lakes in Maine.

Mr. Putnam was led to the supposition of there being a " Great-
Lake " fauna from the study of the Catostomi and Cyprlni, having
carefully compared specimens of several species from Lake Richard-
son and Lake Champlain with those of Lake Superior, and found
them identical.

Of the fishes of the Pacific slope of the Rocky Mountains he could
say but little, except that so far as he knew they were specifically
distinct from those of the Atlantic slope.

With the exception of a well-marked Arctic fauna, the fishes north
of the States are not sufficiently known to warrant any conclusions.

Mr. S. H. Scudder, in referring to Mr. Binney's remarks, said that
the study of the geographical distribution of insects in America did
not prove the boreal portions to be one indivisible province, but that
different species were found to inhabit the extremes and the centre
of the district. He alluded further to the European character of the
Lepidopteran fauna of California, where, in antagonism to the other
portions of America, there were found to be a great abundance of
Lycoenidce, and an almost total absence of Teriades.

Professor Agassiz observed, from the dissimilarity of results arrived
at in the different groups, that too much confidence should not be
placed in conclusions obtained from a study of a single group only.

Dn O. W. Holmes exhibited a microscope-stand for which
he claimed certain advantages, and which he employs in his
demonstrations : —

179

The base is of black walnut, supporting an upright flat portion of
the same wood, with two crotches in which the somewhat heavily-
loaded tube rests, inclined at an angle of thirty degrees from the
horizontal. The adjustment is by rotation of the large shade disc,
a pin projecting from which rests against the slightly-inclined
extremity of the upright support, and is according to the general
plan long employed by him. The stage is of iron, eight inches
long, and rests against the flat ends of a horse-shoe magnet. It
turns on an edge a little to the left (or right, if preferred) of the
middle, so that the up and down motion is a radial one, while the lat-
eral motion is sliding. An achromatic condenser and diaphragm of
the simplest construction are brought close to the stage. The direct
light of a kerosene lamp, which is brought as near as possible to the
achromatic condenser, is preferred for illumination. When daylight
is used the following is the arrangement : A plano-convex lens is
mounted in a deep, open frame, and may be thus used as a magnifier
or a bull's-eye. When a reflector is. wanted, two round pieces of plane
mirror, fastened back to back, are placed in the frame, so that one of
them shall lie against the plane side of the lens. This contrivance
gives us a plane mirror on one side, and a combination practically
equivalent to a concave mirror on the other. The instrument is so
arranged as to be very easily packed and handled. Dr. Holmes
claims that it is perfectly solid, simple in management, gives a bril-
liant and readily adjusted illumination, especially with artificial light,
has no machinery which can get out of order, and can be constructed
very cheaply. The idea of the magnetic stage is not original, but
the arrangement of it is new, embodying the radial movement first
used, he believes, by himself, in a microscopic stage. He has for
some years used instruments of his contrivance resembling this in
many points, with satisfaction, but presents this model as more simple
than and as efiective as those he has previously employed. It is
specially adapted for the higher magnifying powers.

JSFoveniberl^, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Mr. A. E. Yerrill presented a paper entitled, " Review of
the Polyps of the Eastern Coast of the United States, with
descriptions of new and imperfectly known species."

Dr. J. Wyman gave an account of recent observations on Penta-

180

stoma (Linguatula, Rudolphi) armillata, Wyman, which infests the
lungs of the Python Sebce, of Africa. This species of Entozoon was
first described in the Journal of the Boston Society of Natural Histo-
ry, Vol. v., p. 294. To the description there given, the following
particulars are added : —

The number of individuals found in the lungs of the specimen of
Python here noticed was six, all but one of which were females, and
the longest measuring six inches in length. The form of the females
is cylindrical, somewhat flattened on the under side, and gradually
diminishing from the middle backwards. The tegumentary rings are
large, prominent, and fleshy, widely separated, and placed a little ob-
liquely on the body ; eighteen of them are well defined ; four more
are contained in the head, and scarcely to be distinguished from each
other. The hooks, four in number, are arranged in a curved line
which is concave upwards, the mouth being in the middle of the line ;
and above it, on the foremost part of the head, are two prominent pa-
pillae, shghtly separated from each other. The muscular system con-
sists of bands of longitudinal fibres, separated by narrow intervals,
except on the middle line beneath, where there is a wide space with-
out such fibres, and through which the viscera are easily seen. The
genital orifice is in front of the anal.

The male was much smaller, only 1.84 inch in length, of an elon-
gated conical shape, regularly tapering to a point from the head
backwards. There are only fourteen distinct fleshy rings, and four
more in the head but imperfectly defined. Besides the two papillae
on the top of the head, as seen in the female, there are two others on
each side, one over each of the hooks.

Van Beneden, in his description* of P. proboscidea, describes the
testis as being beneath the intestine ; — in P. armillata both ovary and
testis are above, or on the dorsal side of, the intestine. In the female
the spermatheca is of a spherical shape, instead of being cylindrical,
and ending in an oval pouch as in P. proboscidea. Van Beneden
has given the embryology of this genus, and shown its affinities with
the Lerneans.

Mr. A, Agassiz exhibited jira wings of a new genus of PTiysopliorce.
It is closely allied to Halistemma Huxl. and Agalmopsis Sars. The
swimming bells are arranged in two rows; in the largest perfect
specimens found there were not more than four on each side ; they
resemble those of Agalmopsis. The tentacles are of three kinds —
clusters of long, slender threads, which they throw about in every
possible direction, having club-shaped appendages without filiform
terminations ; the second kind are clusters of short, corkscrew-shaped

* Mem. Acad. Roy. des Sc. Beiges, T. xv. p. 188.

181

a pavement of lasso-cells for their whole
length, as in the club of the long tentacles ; and the third kind of ten-
tacle, which is always found at the base of the Ilydrocysts, as Huxley
calls them, are perfectly simple, thread-like appendages, with an oc-
casional cluster of lasso-cells like small warts. From the observations
Mr. Agassiz had made about the development of this genus, he was
inclined to believe that the Hydrocysts became separated, — that a float
was formed at the extremity which was formerly attached. Below
this float, swimming bells, deckstUcke, tentacles, Hydras, soon made
their appearance, and thus young were formed, precisely in the
same way as those which were developed from the eggs. Although
he had never seen them separate, yet he had frequently found Hydro-
cysts still attached with strong constrictions at the base, in which an
oil bubble had become separated into a distinct cavity by the folding
of the walls. These Hydrocysts, thus attached, could in no way be dis-
tinguished from young specimens which were found floating about,
and which afterwards developed in confinement to adult specimens.
Hence strong probability that by the separation of these Hydrocysts
we have in Physophoridae a mode of development similar to the bud-
ding of some genera of Hydroids, in addition to the development by
sexual reproduction. In jars in which adult specimens had been
placed these Hydrocysts were frequently found after they had sepa-
rated. On account of their small size they may however have escaped
notice at first, and been introduced with the adults. This species is
quite small, never growing to more than two or three inches. Speci-
mens of that size had the reproductive organs quite well developed.
This species appears to be nocturnal, as not a single specimen was
ever taken during the daytime : scarcely a night passed while fishing
for them without finding several. He would,*propose for this species the
name of Nanomia cava. It is found at Nahant during the sunmier
and fall. This is the first free Hydroid found north of Cape Cod,
and, if we except the occasional washing ashore on the Cape of speci-
mens of Physalia arethusa Til, brought by the gulf stream, the only
species known to inhabit the coast of New England. A more detailed
account of this interesting Hydroid, with figures and its embryology,
will shortly be published.

On motion of Dr. A. A. Gould it was voted that the names
of all persons who have contributed toward the erection of
the new building the sum of one hundred dollars and up-
wards, be entered on the Records of the Society as Patrons.

Mr. Thomas MacFarlane, of Acton Vale, C. E., was elected
Corresponding Member.

182

Mr. George H. Powers, of Boston, and Messrs. J. A. Allen
and W. H. Niles, of Cambridge, were elected Resident Mem-
bers.

December 3, 1862.
The President in the chair.

Dr. Pickering referred to two Esquimaux now on exhibition in this
city. From their Iqw stature, florid complexion, broad, flat counte-
nance, with the profile very slightly projecting, one would be disposed
to reject the idea of affinity with the general aboriginal population of
this continent. But the sea-going tribes of Northwest America, of
which he had seen the Chinooks, are intermediate in aspect ; having
very generally a lighter complexion, and less prominence of profile,
than the interior or hunting tribes. He had remarked, that the
strange custom among the Chinooks of flattening the skull produced
" unusual breadth of face ; " and he now thought that the purpose
aimed at may have been the Esquimaux standard of personal beauty.
In addition to his published opinion that, with one minor exception,
America was originally peopled from the Northwest by the sea-going
tribes following the coast, personal inspection now satisfied him that
the Esquimaux are Mongolians, and that there is no distinct physical
race of man in the Arctic regions.

Mr. S. H. Scudder gave an account of the structure of
Pogonia ophioglossoides Nutt., and of the probable manner
in which its fertilizati(wi is effected : —

The plant is of special interest, since it belongs to the only group
of Orchids of which Darwin in his recent work has given no account.
The flower is thrust out at nearly right angles to the upright stem,
the column being a little raised from the horizontal ; the labellum is
spatulate, heavily crested and fringed, the distal half depending some-
what ; the shield-shaped, stigmatic surface is situated at the upper
front portion of the column, which is surmounted by a pretty deep
clinandrum, with an elevated, jagged border ; and to the hind part of
this, the curiously shaped, auriculated anther is attached as a hd by a
narrow, elastic hinge, which compels the anther-lid to remain deeply
seated in the clinandrum, whose thin, jagged edges border it on every
side. Upon the under surface of the anther-lid, as it thus lies, are sit-
uated the two bunches of pollen, confluent, forming a prominent oval
mass ; they are not pollinia, that is, they have no caudicle and disc,
but are only pollen-masses, completely sessile, which a slight touch

183

may remove. The thin edges of the elinandrum do not border the an-
ther-lid equally on every side, for if it were so the raising of the lid
would brush the prominent pollen-masses against the front edge, caus-
ing the pollen to fall useless into the bottom of the pit, and thus ren-
der the plant self-destructive ; to obviate this, the edge of the elinan-
drum in front is hollowed and thrust forward slightly, leaving sufficient
room for the passage of the pollen-masses at the raising of the lid ;
the resulting space is not, however, left completely open, but, as if to
prevent the accidental removal of the pollen-masses, the lower front
edge of the anther-lid is furnished with a row or fringe of elongated
papillse, quite eflfectually closing the opening. So by this means, al-
though the masses of pollen and the stigmatic surface are in close con-
tiguity, they are entirely prevented by the exact structure and
sculpture of the parts of the flower from ever coming in contact with
one another except through foreign aid ; for the pollen-masses are
seen to be completely packed away in a deep pit, pressed down by a
ponderous lid, whose elastic hinge will not allow its elevation without
considerable force : and should by any possibility a portion of the
pollen escape through the opening in front, really effectually closed
by the fringe, it would drop, not upon the stigmatic surface, but upon
the labellum, opposite to it.

By what means does an insect effect the fertilization of this plant ?
Its probable action may be readily and successfully imitated. Flying
to the flower intent upon its sweets, it would alight upon the label-
lum, and, creeping in, would strike its head and back first against the
protruding anther-lid, only pressing it down more tightly, effect-
ing nothing, and then against the stigmatic surface. The passage
into the flower is narrow, allowing no room for anything but a very
small insect to turn round in, so that no sooner does the insect with-
draw itself backward, than the top of the back and of the head strik-
ing, as it almost infallibly must, against the front of the anther-lid
(which at its upper portion projects forward somewhat, in order the
more readily to catch the passing head), raises it more and more with
its continued withdrawal, rolling the outer and under surface of the
lid against the upper and front portion of the head of the insect, till
it has passed, when the lid snaps back to its original position, leaving
the pollen-masses adhering to the upper portion of the front of the
insect's head ; — or if only a portion of the pollen be removed, the
lid, being closed again, is ready for the services of the next visitor.
The insect flies to another flower, and, striking with the top of the head
plump against the viscid stigmatic surface, leaves the pollen glued to
it, and thus fertilization is ensured.

There are several minor points of structure in the plant, all seem-
ing to aid in this special mode of fertilization through the agency of

184

insects. The prominence of the jfront of the anther-lid has already
been referred to ; besides this, the fringe upon the under edge of the
lid in front is directed slightly outward, and may assist by becoming
entangled or interlocked in the hairs of the retreating insect, and
more surely effect the raising of the lid ; the edges of the column on
either side of the stigmatic surface project outward a little, making
a shallow channel for the better guidance of the insect toward it ;
and it does not seem too fanciful to suppose that the heav}- beard upon
the labellum, through which the insect must pass with difficulty, may
cause it to walk through it as it were on tiptoe, in order to raise its
abdomen high above the obstacle, and therefore to strike more surely
the stigmatic surface on entering and the anther-Hd on retiring. There
is besides another curious fact : on raising the lid, it will be seen that
it does not open altogether as we should expect it, but is thrust for-
ward a little, apparently through some elasticity of the hinge, so that
the pollen-masses, when the lid is partially open, are found to reach a
position nearly as far forward as the projecting front of the lid did
when closed, although on the removal of the pressure it will revert to
its original position ; this again seems to lend its aid in the same di-
rection.

Out of nine flowers examined on the first of August at the White
Mountains, N. H., seven had both pollen-masses and stigmatic surface
intact ; the other two had each their stigmatic surface smeared with
pollen, and the pollen-masses, in one wholly, in the other partially, re-
moved. The plant very generally has but a single flower, so that, by
what has been stated, it will be seen that, with rare exceptions, no plant
is ever fertilized by its own pollen. It is stated by Prof Gray in his
Manual of Botany that the AretJiusice, to which group Pogonia belongs,
all have the fertile anther like a lid over the column, and that this lid
after a time is deciduous ; it may be questioned on this account wheth-
er it might not here prove to be directly capable of self-fertilization ;
but in one of the plants examined, in which the pollinia had been re-
moved, the stigmatic surface smeared with pollen, and the petals of
the flower quite withered, the lid still remained, and no loss of elasti-
city in the hinge was noticed, so that the anther probably does not fall
off till a period subsequent to the fertilization of the plant. In anoth-
er plant not yet showing any signs of decay, where the pollen had
been partially removed, that which remained was much discolored,
and even seemed to show signs of decay, as if but a temporary ex-
posure to the atmosphere were injurious to it.

This Orchid agrees more nearly with Dendrohium clirysanihuni than
with any other mentioned by Darwin, but differs peculiarly from that

185

in altogether wanting a rostellum,* a second of the characteristic
features shared by most Orchids which is wanting in this plant, the
pollinia being the first. By noticing the peculiar action of the anther-
lid in Dendrohium, resulting mainly from the remarkable elasticity of
the hinge of the lid (or filament of the anther), we may understand
better the structure of the same parts in Pofjonia^ and shall discover
in the shght projection of its opening anther-lid that which, attaining
its development in Dendi-obium, forms so remarkable and important a
feature in its economy.

Mr. Scudder also stated that he had noticed in the middle of the
previous month the operations of the minute Platygaster, which at-
tacks the eggs of the canker-worm moth, Anisopteryx vernata Harr.
After moving round a long while in search of a suitable place to lay its
eggs, using its ovipositor as a sort of feeler, the abdomen is plunged
down into the space between three contiguous eggs, and the ovipositor
perforates the side of one of them, out of view. The body of the in-
sect assumes a position perpendicular to their exposed surfaces, sup-
ported in the rear by the wings, which, folded over the back, are
placed against the surface behind, while the hind-legs, spread widely
apart, sustain the insect on either side, and the middle pair are placed
nearer together in the front ; with the fore-legs dangling it remains
motionless, with the exception of a slight movement of the antennae,
for some three or four minutes, after which it moves off, seldom flying,
in search of another place. They were very abundant, eight or ten
specimens being frequently seen upon a single bunch of eggs. This
parasite was first observed by the late iSlr. E. C. Herrick, of New
Haven.

Prof. J. W}Tnan described some of the phases of development in
the exterior of the human body, and pointed out some of the resem-
blances between the limbs of the human embryo and the permanent
condition of the limbs of the lower animals. In some human embryos
about an inch in length, recently examined by him, he found that the
great toe was shorter than the others, and, instead of being parallel to
them, projected at an angle from the side of the foot, thus corres-
ponding with the permanent condition of this part in the quadru-
mana.

Mr. George D. Smith was elected Resident Member.

* It would be interesting in this connection to know whether, as in Cppripedi-
um, the stigmatic surface is trifid, or, as in Cephalanthera graivliflora. it is bifid ;
the importance of the knowledge of this fact was not recognized when the ex-
amination of the fresh flowers was made.

186

December 17, 1862.

The President in the chair.

Mr. A. Agassiz gave an account of the changes in size of
the yolk in the eggs of starfishes before segmentation com-
mences.

Dr. J. Wyman stated that since the last meeting he had been able,
through the kindness of Prof. Agassiz, to examine another specimen
of Python Sebae, and had found a single individual each of the male
and female Pentastoma in the lungs.

He also stated that soon after a recent snow-storm, while the ground
was entirely covered, he had made some microscopic examinations of
the dust of the outer air, collected on plates of glass covered w:th
glycerine. In addition to particles of mineral dust, probably that of
coal ashes and of soot, he had detected spores of cryptogams, starch
granules and pollen. Fragments of coniferous and other woods were
also found. The objects most unexpected at this season of the year
were the grains of pollen. It was suggested whether these might not
have been derived from the trees, where they may have been lodged
in the crevices of the bark, or other irregularities of the surface, and
from time to time detached by the wind.

The Librarian called attention to the very valuable series
of works upon Fungi recently purchased from the Library of
Mr. C. J. Sprague.

The following persons were elected Resident Members: —
Messrs. T. B. Wales, N. C. Munson, N. A. Thompson, S. P.
Ruggles, Samuel Johnson, Jr., Joshua Stetson, John Simmons,
Kathaniel Cummings, C. Berkley Johnson, Charles C. Little,
Augustus Flagg, N. B. Gibbs, J. D. Ba^es, E. Dale, Benjamin
S. Rotch, J. C. Cooper, Amos A. Lawrence.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

Nov. 5. Cast of the Megatherium in the British Museum, by Joshua
Bates, Esq. A small box of Insects from Beaufort, N. C. ; nest of a Pdopceus ;
specimens of fossil coral; shell-conglomerate from Newbern, N. C. ; a shell of
Glyptemys insculpta from Littleton, Mass., by Dr. S. Kneeland; a specimen of
Aluterus from the coast of North Carolina, by Dr. J Curtis.

Dec. 3. Didelphis from South America, by Dr. C. F. Winslow; Anobium in
safflower from Brazil, by Mr. Chas. A. Andrews.

Dec. 17. Portions of the skeleton of a Porpoise from the coast of North Car-
olina, by Dr. S. Kneeland.

18T

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING DEC. 31, 18G2.

Der Typische Friihsommer-Katarrh oder das sogenannte Heufieber, Heu-
Asthma. Von Philipp Phoebus. 12mo. Giessen, 1862. From the Author.

On the extraction of Cobalt Oxide. By Thomas Macfarlane. 8vo. Pamph.
From the Author.

Der Schweizerischen Universitat Basel bringt zur feier Ihres Vlerhundert-
jahrigen Jubiliiums die J. M. Universitat zu Wiirtzburg ihre Besten. Gluck-
wunsche dar durch ihren vertreter A. Kulliker. 4to. Pamph. 1860. Leip-
zig. From the Author.

Bidrag til Kundskal om det aabne Havs Snyltekrebs eg Lemaeer samt om
nogle andre nye eller hidtil kun ufuldstaendigt kjendte Parasitiske Copepoder
af J. Jap. Sm. Steenstrnp og Chr. Fred. Lutken. 4to. Kjobenhavn, 1861.
Pamph. From C F. Lutken.

Materials for a Monograph of the North American Orthoptera. By Samuel
H. Scudder. 8vo. Pamph. Cambridge, 1862. From the Author.

On the Footprints of Limulus. By J. W. Dawson, LL. D. 8vo. Pamph.
From the Author.

Uber das Wanken der Locomotiven. Von Dr. G. Zeuner. 4to. Pamph.
Zurich, 1861. From the Author.

Descriptions of New Species of Fossils. By Prof. James Hall. 8vo. Pamph.
Albany, 1861-2. From the Author.

Description of a new Genus (Trypanostoma) of the Melanidae, and of forty-
five new Species. Description of ten new Species of Unionidae of the U S.
Description of two new Species of Exotic Uniones and one Monocondylaea.
Description of a new Genus (Goniobasis) of Melanidce, and eighty-two Species.
Description of eleven new Species of Melanidae of the U. S. By Isaac Lea,
LL.D. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author.

Treatise on Turpentine Farming. By G. W. Perry. 12mo. Newbern, N. C,
1859. From Dr. S. Kneeland.

On the Saliferous Rocks and Salt Springs of Michigan. By Alexander Win-
chell. 8vo. Pamph.

Descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups of Michigan. By
Alexander Winchell. 8vo. Pamph. 1862, From the Author.

Memorial Volume of the First Fifty Years of the American Board of Com-
missioners for Foreign Missions. 8vo. Boston, 1862.

Miscellaneous pamphlets relating to the Missions. From the Secretaries of
the A. B. C. F. M.

Der Zoologische Garten. Nos. 1-6. 8vo. Pamph. 1862. Frankfurt, A. M.

Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. Nos. 5, 6. 1861. No. 1. 1862.

Elfter Jahresbericht der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Hannover. 4to.
Pamph.

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenchaften. Band 45. Zweite
Abtheilung. Heft 1-4. Band 45. Erste Abtheilung. Heft 1, 2. 8vo. Wien, 1662.

Neunter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fUr Natur-und Heilkunde.
Svo. Pamph. Giessen, 1862.

Memoirs of Geological Survey of India. Palseontologia Indica. By Thomas
Oldham, LD. D. 4to. Calcutta, 1661.

Memoirs of Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester (England).
Vol.1. Svo. 1862. Vol. II., pp. 1-268. Also Rules of the Society. 6vo. Pamph.
1861.

188

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. vi., Nos. 2, 4.
8vo. Pamph. 1862.

Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Vol. iv.
Appendix. Vol. v., No. 1. 8vo. Pamph.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vii., No. 5. 8vo. Montreal, 1862.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. Nos. 41, 42, Sept. Nov., 1862.

Annual Report of Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for 1861.
Svo. Washington.

Forty-fourth Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library.
Svo. Pamph. Albany, 1862.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 102, for Nov., 1862.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. xii. Parts 1, 2.
4to. Philadelphia, 1862.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. v. 8vo.
Boston, 1862.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Vol. v. Part
2. 4to.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Nos. 7,
8, 9, July-Sept., 1862; also No. 9, Sept. 1862.

Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. ii., pp. 353 to end of vol. Salem, 1862.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia for Aug. and
Sept., 1862. By exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 58-60, for Oct.-Dec, 1862.
Svo. London.

Quarterly Journal of Geological Society. No. 72, for Nov., 1862. 8vo. Lon-
don. From Courtis Fund.

Among the Pines ; or. Life in Secession Time. By Edm. Kirke. 12mo. New
York, 1862.

America before Europe. By Count Agenor de Gasparin. 12mo. New York,
1862.

Life and Letters of Washington Irving. By Pierre W. Irving. Vol. ii. 12mo.
New York, 1862.

History of Friedi'ich the Second, called Frederick the Great. Vol. iii. By
Thomas Carlyle. 12mo. New York, 1862.

History of Greece. By Geo. Grote, Esq. 12 vols. 12mo. New York, 1861.
Deposited by the Republican Institution.

January 7, 1863.
The President in the chair.

Dr. Wm. Stimpson presented a paper entitled, " Monograph
of the Genus Callinectes, by Albert Ordway."

Prof. H. J. Clark read a paper under the title, " Prodro-
mus of the History, Structure and Physiology of the order
Lucernarise."

Mr. S. H. Scudder made a few remarks on the history of the para-
site (Ophion cecropice Harr.) which attacks the Hyalophora cecropia

189

Dune. Opening cocoons of this moth, whose larva had been at-
tacked by the Hymenopteron, the cocoon of the Ophion is seen with-
in the innermost cocoon of the moth, with the dried larva-skin of the
Saturnian shrivelled up and fitting closely to one end of the cocoon,
just as in uninjured specimens it lies against the extremity of the ab-
domen of the pupa. The larva of Hyalophora, with the parasite
within it, must then live until after it had made both of its cocoons,
and die before changing to a pupa ; the larva of the Ophion at this
time must be prepared for its transformation, and, making its cocoon
within the larva, transforms to a pupa ; the Saturnian larva dies, — a
mere pellicle A:panded over the enclosed cocoon of the Ichneumon ;
the skin dries, contracts, splits at the usual place, and shrinking, just
as it would have done in its normal condition, over the enclosed pupa,
is gathered into a cup-shaped parcel at the end of the cocoon.

Capt. N. E. Atwood, of Provincetown, Mass., gave an account of the
changes the fisheries of our coast had undergone, and of the variable
habits of many species of fish. Early accounts state that up to 1 764
blue-fish {Temnodon saltator Cuv.) were very common north of Cape
Cod, after which date they disappeared. Having had an experience
of forty years in connection with the fisheries, he could say that none
had been seen north of Cape Cod until twenty-five years ago, when
he saw his first blue-fish. Those found at that time were invariably
small, the largest weighing about two pounds. In 1839 they were
caught off Nantucket weighing eight to ten pounds ; in two or three
years more those coming north of Cape Cod were larger, and drove
away the mackerel and smaller fishes, and completely filled Province -
town harbor. They are found now in great abundance. They make
their appearance in June, coming into the harbors all at once, and
driving away the mackerel entirely. On one occasion they came on
the 22d of June ; the day previous 8,000 mackerel were caught in the
harbor ; on the 2 2d not one was to be found. They leave the coast
with the appearance of the first cold northeast storm, about the last of
September, though two or three individuals were taken in Province-
town last December. They have only recently come into the market,
for. seven years ago scarcely any were sold ; but during the past
season he alone had brought to the market 45,000 pounds weight.
Since their great increase, the lobsters (^Homarus americanus Dekay)
had multiplied four-fold, for the natural enemies of their young had
been driven away by the blue-fish. Formerly these fish appeared in
large shoals near the surface, constantly " flouncing out " of the wa-
ter, and they were caught in sweep seines and by the hook ; now,
though they come in large quantities, they seem to prefer the deeper
waters. This year he had not seen a dozen " flounce out " as former-
ly, nor can they be taken, as then, with the hook. Another mode of

190

catching them formerly was by the setting of weirs off the shore, for
they swam along the shore, and very many were thus captured ; but
that method had failed, for now they seem to pass just outside of
the weirs. The present mode of fishing is by " gilling " them, as fol-
lows : two boats, each with 450 yards of nets, after uniting their
ends, start from a common point away from one another, in opposing
semicircles, so as to enclose the fishes seen ; but, just before reaching
one another, they turn inwards, each towards the net they have laid,
turning round more and more in a helicoid curve till the end is reach-
ed ; a position being then taken at the open space, by the splashing
of oars the fishes are frightened away directly into till meshes of the
net.

Mackerel (^Scomber vernalis Mitch.) also had changed their habits
much. The former method used in catching them was by dragging
hooks on lines twenty fathoms long, and constantly raising and lower-
ing them ; now they are caught at the surface with bait, large quan-
tities of it being strewn alongside to attract them. The bait used is
generally the poorer mackerel, ground up. The former method of
obtaining them has now entirely failed.

The Cod (Morrhua americand) upon the Banks of Newfoundland
seem also to have changed their habits. Formerly, all the fish were
caught on board of the vessels while lying at anchor. The vessels
take a crew of eight men, each using two lines ; when the fish were
abundant, all the men would fish, but usually not more than half the
crew ; at times, when no fish could be taken, all the lines but one
would be drawn in, and then they would begin to be taken abundant-
ly ; but let two or more men begin to drop their lines, and not an
individual would be taken ; while, should all the lines but one be again
taken in, the captures would once more be frequent. This suggested
the idea of carrying small boats with them, so that each man could fish
apart from the others, and in this they met with perfect success ; and,
generally, when all the fishermen in the boats would catch them plen-
tifully, few or none could be taken from on board the vessel. Capt.
Atwood thought that the cause was the difierent motion of the small
boats from the vessel, as there is constantly an agitation of the waves
upon the Banks.

The following letters, recently received, were read by the
Secretary, viz. : —

From the American Philosophical Society, February 6th, October
3d, November 8th, 1862; and the Real Academia de Ciencias,
Madrid, Dec. 11, 1862, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's pub-
lications; from the Oberhessische Gesellschaft, Giessen, June 1st, 1862,
acknowledging the same, and presenting its own. From the Literary

191

and Philosophical Society of Manchester, presenting its Memoirs, 3d
Series, Vol. i., Proceedings, Vol. ii., and Rules of the Society. From
the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, St. John, October
22d, 1862, desiring an interchange of publications, and presenting a
copy of its Regulations and By-Laws ; the Entomological Society,
London, November 19th, 1862, offering its publications to the Society.
From Mrs. Margaret M. Q. Greene, Boston, November 22d, 1862, in
response to a letter communicating the resolutions adopted by the
Society on the occasion of the decease of the late Dr. B. D. Greene;
and from Edward D. Cope, Esq., Philadelphia, Dec. 19th, 1862, in
acknowledgment of his election as Corresponding Member.

Messrs. Geo. H. Richards, Francis Gorham, M. S. Scudder
and J. S. Blatchford, were elected Resident Members.

January 21, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Dr. J. C. VThite was chosen Secretary joro tempore.
A paper from Dr. Wm, Stimpson was presented, entitled,
« The Fossil Crab of Gay Head."

Prof Agassiz made a few remarks about the enigmatic fossil which
has been lately discovered at Solenhofen ; and, after passing in review
the opinions of Owen, of Meyer and of Wagner concerning the nature
of the animal, he inclined to the belief that this was but an additional
case of a synthetic type such as he had at first pointed out among
fishes, where there were fishes with reptilian characters. In this case
it was a synthetic type of a higher class — a reptile with bird charac-
ters.

Mr. A. Agassiz made a few remarks about the geographical distri-
bution of the Sea Urchin of Massachusetts Bay, the Echinus granula-
ns of Say. He said that he had carefully compared it with specimens
of the Toxopneustes drobachiensis Ag. of Norway, sent by Prof.
Sars to Prof. Agassiz, and had not been able to discover any specific
differences. Liitken had pointed out the identity of the Echinus
which inhabits the shores of Greenland and the Toxopneustes drobachi-
ensis. Mr. Agassiz had besides occasion to examine the collection of
Echini brought home by Mr. Stimpson from the North Pacific Ex. Ex.,
amono- which there were specimens of Toxopneustes drobaidiiensis from
Petropaulsky and Behring's Straits. Those he had carefully compared

192

with specimens of the Echinus chlorocentrotus Brandt, which Mr. Agas-
siz had collected himself at Vancouver's Island, in the Gulf of Georgia,
W. T., and was satisfied that the species described by Brandt could
not be distinguished from the Toxopneustes drobachiensis Ag. He had
also examined specimens of the same species from Hudson's Bay, col-
lected by Mr. Drexler, and from New Jersey, which belonged to the
collection of the Smithsonian Institute.

This species of Echinus is, then, without doubt, found on both sides
of the Old and New Worlds, and along the whole arctic coast of Asia
and North America, descending on the Asiatic side as far south as the
southern extremity of Kamtschatka ; on the Pacific side of North
America as far south as the Gulf of Georgia and the Straits of Fuca ;
while on the Atlantic side it extends as far south as the coast of New
Jersey in America, and the Shetland Islands and the southern extrem-
ity of Norway and Sweden in Europe.

But, while admitting this extraordinary range of distribution, Mr.
Agassiz remarked that, although he had not been able to perceive any
difference in the adults, yet he was not prepared to say that future
investigations would not point out permanent differences in the young
of specimens from these remote localities. In support of this he
brought up the case of the three species of Coryne, one found on the
west coast of North America, the other on the eastern coast, and the
species from England, the adult free Medusae of which it was almost im-
possible to distinguish, while the Hydras were so distinct that they would
not be confounded by the most casual observer. He also mentioned the
case of Sarsia and Syndiction, the free Medusae of which could hardly be
distinguished ; but yet in their Hydra state, and during the earlier pe-
riods of their Medusa state, they were as different as possible in their
appearance — in fact belonged to two very well-defined genera. He
also made allusion to a paper of Rev. Mr. Hincks in one of the last
numbers of the Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist., who had from simi-
lar facts drawn the conclusion that Hydrae belonging to different genera
could produce Medusas belonging to one species. He thought that
this conclusion was hardly logical, but simply implied our inability to
distinguish adult Medusae belonging to closely-allied genera in the pres-
ent state of our knowledge. Mr. Agassiz mentioned also the case of
many of the free Medusae of our Campanularians, which he had at
first mistaken for the same species, but which, upon raising from the
Hydra, and tracing in all their stages, he could now easily distinguish.

The following are the different localities from which there are spe-
cimens of Toxopneustes drobachiensis Ag. in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology at Cambridge : —

193

Toxopneustes drohachiensis, Ag. Drobak (Sars.) Oresund (Esch-
richt). Behring Straits (Stimpson).* Specimens in collection
of the Smithsonian Institution. Awatscha Bay (Stimpso7i).*
Specimens in collection of the Smithsonian Institution. Gulf of
Georgia, W.T. (.4.^4^05512).* Hudson's Bay (2)re.«:Zer). Speci-
mens in collection of the Smithsonian Institution. Greenland.
Labrador (Dr. J. Wyman). Nova Scotia (P. C. Hill). New-
foundland {Miss Dix). Grand Menan {Stimpson, Mills). \ Coast
of Maine (Verrill, Shaler, Hyatt). j Massachusetts Bay (Agas-
siz).^ Nantucket (Agassiz).^ New Jersey (Capt. Gedney, U.
S. N.) Specimens in Smithsonian collection.

Prof Agassiz announced to the Society that the cast of the Mega-
therium presented by Mr. Bates had been mounted at the Museum of
Comparative Zoology. After it was put up he had examined it care-
fully, and had come to the conclusion that the mode of mounting,
which is very nearly that of Owen, was not quite accurate ; and that
the Megatherium, instead of being set up erect, should have been
placed in a crouching attitude, with the hind legs bent, sufficiently so
that the tail should touch the ground, — with the head bent down be-
tween the front legs, the broad chest resting upon the ground, sup-
ported by the fore-legs, extended in such a way that they should rest
for nearly their whole length, and leave simply a free play for the ex-
tremities to reach out beyond the head. As he understood that the
Society were to have a similar cast, he made these suggestions for the
benefit of whomsoever should have the charge of mounting the speci-
men.

Prof Wyman exhibited drawings of two specimens of monstrosity
in serpents. One of these, presented to him by Prof Agassiz, was of
a young Uach snake (Coluber constrictor), which had two complete
heads united to a single trunk. The vertebral column was double
for a short distance behind the head, and over the same region the
transverse black bands, usually found in the young of this species,
were divided lengthwise.

The second drawing, as seen in the annexed figure, was of a speci-
men of the water adder (Tropidonotus sipedon), belonging to the
Massachusetts State Collection, and kindly loaned for description
by Mr. C. L. Flint, Secretary of the Board of Agriculture. As it is
a unique specimen, and a gift to the State collection, a complete dis-

* {Echinus chlorocentrotus Br.)
t (E. granulatus Stimp.)
X {E. granularis Say. )
$ (E. granulatus Gould.)

PBOCEEDING8 B. 8. N. H.— VOL. IX. 13 MAT, 1863.

I

194

section of it was not thought advisable. In
this the heads were more widely separated than
in the preceding one, each head being sup-
ported by a distinct neck. The tail was also
double for about an inch. The most remark-
able deviation was found near the middle of
the body. In this region the size is considera-
bly increased, and the transverse dark bands
of the skin are interrupted in the middle, the
lateral portions remaining. On the middle
line passing between these is a longitudinal
zig-zag line, which extends the whole length
of the enlarged portion. In this region the
vertebral column is double, and provided with
a double set of ribs, but is single before and
behind it. The doubling of the vertebral
column in its central portion in the manner
above described is of very rare occurrence,
and does not appear to have been noticed
in the various works treating of monstrosity.

Monstrosities of serpents in which the
head is double have been often noticed.
Aristotle mentions such. Redi found one
alive sunning himself on the banks of the
Arno, near Pisa, which was two palms in
length, and as large as the little finger. The
heads were of equal size, and each supported
by a neck of two fingers breadth in length.
Redi preserved it alive for several weeks, and
tried experiments with it ; he noticed that
the right head died seven hours before the
left. In this case the brain and spinal mar
row were double as far as the middle of the
back, beyond which the spinal cord was
single. The oesophagus and stomach were
double, but the stomachs connected with a
single intestine. There were two hearts and
two livers, but only one set of genital or-
gans.

References. — Dumeril and Bibron. Her-
pet. Gen. T. vi. p. 210.
Redi. Osservazioni intorno agli Animali Yiventi. Firenze, 1684, p. 1.
Lacepede. GEuvres. Paris, 1840. T. ii. p. 309.

195

Silliman's Journal. Vol. x. p. 48.

St. Hilaire, Isidore Geojfroy. Teratologie. T. iii. p. 185.
Hunterian Museum. Catalogue of Monstrosities. Specimens 32 and 33.
Boston Society for Medical Improvement. Catalogue of Museum.

Specimen 856.
Bancroft. Natural History of Guiana, with a plate representing a

double-headed snake taken near Lake Champlain.

Mr. C. F. Hartt, of Cambridge, was elected Resident
Member.

February 4, 1863.
Lemuel Shaw, Esq., in the chair.

The following paper was presented : —

Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachians found in the
Vicinity of Norway, Oxford Co., Me. By A. E. Verrill.

The following catalogue is intended to afford some additional
data concerning the geographical distribution of our animals;
and since we have in Maine, as I have in another place shown,* at
least in respect to the birds, two faunae, — the Canadian, in the
northern and eastern parts of the State, and the Alleghanian,
in the southern and central, — it is of great importance to ascertain
•with the utmost care the exact range of all the species, and also their
relative abundance at different places. In this list I have endeavored
to embody all the facts of this kind ascertained from personal obser-
vation, during a residence of several years, concerning the locality,
adding in a few instances observations made by others, which
are in each case acknowledged.

It is not probable that any additional species will be found, except
two or three Salamanders, and possibly another Hylodes; but
several other species occur in the south-western part of the State,
York and Cumberland Counties, such as the Black Snake (Basca-
nion constrictor B. & G.), Box Turtle (Cistudo virginea), and a few
more, which do not appear to extend so far northward as Norway.

REPTILIA.

Testudinata.
Chelydra serpentina Schw. Snapping Turtle. Common ; living
in ponds and muddy streams.

* Proceedings of the Essex Institute, Vol. in., p. 13 March, 1862.

196

CJirysemys picta Gray. Painted Turtle. Very common ; living
chiefly in muddy places, and seldom going far from the water.
This species is found in all parts of Maine.

Nanemys guttata Agassiz. Rare. I have found but one specimen at
Norway ; it is more common in the south-western part of the
State (York and Cumberland Counties).

Glyptemys insculpta Agassiz. Sculptured Turtle. Common; often
found at considerable distances from water. I have found it
feeding on the leaves and scapes of Dandelion (Taraxacum
densleonis). In the eastern part of the State, beyond the
Penobscot River, I have not been able to find it in numerous
excursions, so that it must, at least, be uncommon there.
Prof Agassiz, however, mentions a specimen from the Little
Madawaska River, in northern Maine.

Ophidia.

Chlorosonia vernale B. &. G. (Liopeltis vernalis Cope.) Green

Snake. Very common ; distributed over all parts of the State.

I have collected it also at Grand Menan, and Breton Island,

Nova Scotia.
Storeria Dekayi Baird & Girard.* Not common.
Storeria occipito-maculata Baird & Girard. " Little Brown Snake."

Very common. It lives chiefly under logs and stones, and is

somewhat nocturnal in its habits.
Some specimens of this species are reddish brown above, and others
slate-colored, — a difference which is, perhaps, sexual. Celuta amcena^
attributed to Maine by Dr. Fogg,t is unquestionably the red-colored
form of the present species, as I have ascertained by an examination
of the specimens in the collection of the Portland Natural History
Society, labelled by him. The genus Celuta may be readily distin-
guished from Storeria by its smooth, glossy scales, and head continuous
with the body, while in Storeria the scales are carinated, and the
head is distinct from the body, the neck being small. The colors of
Celuta amcena are, however, much like those of Storeria occipito-
maculata, and on this account they might be confounded; but I
believe the whitish spots found on the back of the head of the
latter are never found on the former. Therefore Celuta amcena
should be erased from nominal lists of the reptiles of Maine ; and

* The genus Iscluwgnathns was proposed for this species by Dum^ril and
Bibron, in the Memoires de I'lnstitut de France, xxiii. p. 399, 1853. But since
the work of Baird and Girard was published in January of the same year, I
have considered their name as having priority ; it has moreover the merit of
being more euphonic.

t List of the Keptiles and Amphibians of Maine, by B. F. Fogg. Proceedings
of the Portland Society of Natural History, Vol. I. p. 86, 1862.

197

it seems to me quite possible that the single imperfect specimen,
mentioned in Dr. Storer's Keport on the Keptiles of Massachusetts,
was also a Sloreria, since no other specimens have been found
in this State, to my knowledge. It is common from southern New
York to South Carolina.

Diadophis punctatus B. & G. King-necked Snake. Not very com-
mon ; less nocturnal in its habits than the last, but usually
associated with it.

Lampropeltis triangula Cope. (Ophibolus eximius B. & G.) JNIilk
Snake. Common, but less so than the next.

Tropidonotus Sirtalis Holb. (Eutaenia Sirtalis B. & G.) Common
Striped Snake. Very common, and found in all parts of the
State. The reddish variety (Eutaenia parietaUs (?) B. & G.) ia
found about the Umbagog Lakes, and on mountains farther
south, as well as in the eastern part of the State, near the
coast. For the synonymy of this species,* see a communica-
tion by JVIr. F; W. Putnam, these Proceedings, Vol. ix., p. 61.

Tropidonotus Saurita Putnam. Ribbon Snake. Common, but al-
most entirely confined to meadows and low, wet grounds. It
takes to the water readily when pursued, and swims rapidly.

Tropidonotus Sipedon Holb. (Nerodia Sipedon B. &. G.) Water
Snake. Common ; found chiefly about the shores of muddy
ponds, and often seen on floating logs, warming itself in the
sun.

Crotalus Durissus Linn. Rattle Snake. Rare. This species is
found at one locahty, in Albany, and also in Raymond, Me. ;
but I have never detected it east of the Androscoggin River,
It seems to be confined to mountains and rocky hiUs.

BATRACHIA.

Anura.

Bufo americanus LeC. Common Toad. Abundant, bjit less so
than in Massachusetts. It is also found in the extreme eastern
and northern parts of the State, and at Breton Is., N. S.,
where specimens occur of unusually large size, which agrees
with a fact communicated to me by Prof Agassiz in respect to
the European species, which he had observed of extraordi-
nary size in the elevated regions of Switzerland. lie has also

* Since ray remarks were made upon the " striped snake," I have been able to
consult the tenth edition of Linnceus's ^^Systema Natures," and find that he has
there described the Coluber Sirtalis ; therefore the specific name, Sirtalis, must
be retained instead of ordinatus, which does not appear until the twelfth edition,
published eight years afterwards. F. W. F.

198

made a similar observation concerning the batrachians of the
northern shore of Lake Superior.* I have likewise been in-
formed by Mr. A. S. Packard, that he obtained a very large
specimen of this species at Esquimaux River, near the Straits
of Belle Isle, Labrador.

Hyla versicolor LeC. Tree Toad. Not very common.

Hylodes Pickeringii Holb. Piping Tree Toad. Common. Its shrill
notes are almost always to be heard near damp woods in sum-
mer evenings ; later in the season I have often found it in
upland woods, among the fallen leaves. It deposits its eggs in
the water in April, and is then very abundant and musical,
singing earlier than any other species.

Rana Catesbiana Shaw. (Rana pipiens Latr,, not of Gmelin.) BuU
Frog. Very common, and found in aU parts of the State. At
the Umbagog Lakes, I have found it unusually large and
abundant.

Rana clamitans Bosc. (R. fontinalis LeC.) Green Frog. Very
common; generally distributed over the State. Prof. S. F.
Baird has united R. fontinalis of the Northern States with R.
clamitans of the South, under the latter name ; yet their iden-
tity may still be questioned by many.

Rana palustris LeC. Pickerel Frog. Common, but less abundant
than the next. It utters a prolonged grating note, usually
while floating at the surface of the water.

Rana Tialecina Kalm. Leopard Frog. Very common. This species
is found in aU parts of the State ; and I have also collected it
on Breton Island, N. S., and at Gaspe, C. E. It is often seen
in fields far from any water.

Rana sijlvatica LeC. Wood Frog. Common. Found chiefly in up-
land woods among damp fallen leaves. In early spring it fre-
quents the water near woods to deposit its eggs ; the loud dis-
cordant notes are sometimes heard as early as the first of
April.

Urodela.

Amhlystoma punctatum Baird. Yellow-spotted Salamander. Com-
mon ; .found as far north as the Umbagog Lakes.

Amhlystoma porphjriticum. (Salamandra porjDhyritica Green.) I re-
fer to this species an Amhlystoma found by Mr. S. I. Smith
under a log in damp woods at Norway.f It agrees well with
the descriptions of Green and Holbrook, and therefore shows

Lake Superior, pa»e 382.
\ There are also specimens of the same species in the Museum of Comparative
oology, collected at Milan, N. II., by Mr. J. B. Fulsome ; therefore it probably
has an extensive northern ranfje.

199

that the suggestion of Professor Baird in regard to its generic
affinities was correct. It seems very probable to me that A.
Jeffersonianum Baird, is identical with this species, the differ-
ences depending upon age, sex, or season ; but my specimens
agree best with the original description by Dr. Green of S. jwr-
phyritica ; the last name has, moreover, i)recedence in the same
work.

Diemictylus miniatus Raf. Sjonmetrical Salamander. Common ; sel-
dom seen abroad, except after showers.

Diemictylus viridescens Raf. " Water Newt," " Evet." Common ;
lives in muddy pools and streams.

Pletliodon cinereus Tsch. Not common ; lives under stones and logs,
generally with the next.

Pletliodon erythronotus Baird. Red-backed Salamander. Very com-
mon ; found under stones and logs in rocky woods much more
abundantly than the last, with which it is often associated.
This species is distributed over all parts of the State ; and I
have also found it on the islands in the Bay of Fundy, Breton
Island, N. S., and at Gaspe, C. E. P. glutinosus Bd. will
probably also occur here.

Desmognathus fusca Baird. Painted Salamander. Frequent. I
have found this species in Greenwood, Me., in cold rocky brooks.
]Mr. S. R. Carter has also collected it at Paris Hill. The young
become quite large before losing their gills. The square red
spots on the back are not often apparent except in young speci-
mens.

Pseudotriton salmoneus Baird. One specimen, found in a pool of
water, — S. I. Smith.

Spelerpes bilineata Baird. Striped-backed Salamander. The only
specimen of this species that I have seen from this region was
obtained by Mr. S. R. Carter, at Paris Hill, Me.

Mr. Samuel Wells, Jr., exhibited specimens of the wool of
the Alpaca, Llama, and Vicuna, recently imported into this
coijntry by Capt. S. B. Bissell of the Cyane ; and read the
following extracts from a letter of Capt. Bissell to Hon.
Gideon Welles, Secretary of the Navy, dated on board U
S. Ship Cyane, Chincha Islands, Sept. 16, 1862: —

" I have the honor to report that at Pisco I had the great good
fortune to purchase (through a friend long resident in Peru) two of
those invaluable animals, the Peruvian Vicuna. The exquisite fine-
ness of the fleece of this animal, and its hardy character and ad-
mirable adaptation to any of the cold climates of the Middle and

200

Northern States, the small quantity of food it requires, living as it
does in the frozen and mountainous regions of Peru and Bolivia, and
thriving equally well in temperate climates, peculiarly fit it for
breeding in California, where, from its capacity to go without water
for days and weeks, the occasional long droughts of that State will
produce no injury.

" I am fully persuaded that crossing the Yicuna with the Merino
and Saxon sheep wHl produce wool far superior to any now in our
country or Europe, both in fineness and texture, as the Vicuna's
fleece is short and light, the animal being \ery delicate in form. The
exceeding high price of this wool in England — nearly or quite, I am
informed, four dollars per pound — richly compensates for the
want of weight, four or five pounds being a large fleece.

" I have obtained through the same firiend a pair of Llamas, very
noble animals, and a pair of Alpacas, equally fine. I intend all these
for an experiment in California. They all belong to the same class
of animals, and are equally adapted for rearing in sunilar latitudes.

" The extreme difficulty of getting the Yicuna and Alpaca out of
the country, both being strictly prohibited from exportation under a
heavy penalty, has hitherto defeated all attempts of private individ-
uals for sending them abroad, except in the instance of ]Mr. Ledyard,
an Englishman, who spent three years in Bolivia in collecting
Alpacas, and after almost incredible hardships, dangers, and un-
paralleled difficulties, and at a very great expense, having them all
to transport across the desert of Attacama, a distance of 100 leagues,
on the backs of mules, he succeeded in getting three or four hundred
on board a ship he had hired upon the coast, and took the greater part
of them to Australia in 1857; and a recent report, which I will en-
deavor to obtain, says the experiment is proving a great success,
both in breeding the animals and improving the quality of the wool.
He found it impossible to obtain the Yicuna, even under the stimu-
lating influence of the heavy premiums offered by the English Co-
lonial Government. Ten thousand pounds was given him by Sydney,
twenty thousand pounds by Melbourne, in consideration of the
benefits conferred upon Australia by the introduction of the Alpaca.
The Yicuna has never been sent abroad, its wool being worth in
England 100 per cent, more than the Alpaca, so much superior is it in
quality, as you will perceive by the enclosed samples taken from the
animals now on board the ' Cyane.' "

Capt. Bissell then asks the Secretary of the Navy for permission
to try his experiment upon the Government lands on Mare Island, in
San Pablo Bay, California, where there is a U. S. Navy Yard. Mare
Island contains about five hundred acres of excellent pasture land.

201

where the horses, mules and oxen belonging to the Navy Yard are
pastured. " The companionship of all these animals forms an essen-
tial element in taming and domesticating the Llama, Vicuna, and
Alpaca."

This request has been complied with by the Secretary of the Xavy.

Mr. A. E. Yerrill exhibited specimens of Zircon and Corundum
from Greenwood, Me. The latter was a hexagonal crystal, one and
three quarter inches in length, and an inch in diameter. It occurred
with others of similar and larger size in a micaceous schist. The
Zircon is found in small crystals of a brownish red color and brilliant
lustre, imbedded in albite. It seems worthy of remark that tin ore
(Cassiterite) has now been found at three localities in Oxford Co.,
Maine, in similar situations ; in each case in a vein consisting in great
part of albite, passing through granite ; and, in two of the localities at
least, it is intimately associated with these small crystals of Zircon,
both often being seen in the same specimen. At the locality in
Greenwood that he had discovered a few years ago, the associated
minerals were Zircon, P}TOchlore and Magnetite, all in small crystals
like the tin ore itself. At Mt. Mica, in Paris, so well known for its
rare minerals, he had found the ore in 1854 in a mass weighing about
five pounds, and also in small crystals. Specimens from this locaUty
had already been exhibited to the Society. At this place the princi-
pal associated minerals are the red, green, blue and black Tourma-
lines, Lepidolite in large masses, iSIica, Beryl, Amblygonite, Yttrocer-
ite, Brookite and Zircon. Of these the last three have not been before
recorded. The Amblygonite was found during the past year by
Prof G. J. Brush, of Xew Haven. These all occur disseminated
thi'ough a wide vein of albite and feldspar, with some other more
common minerals.

In Hebron, about eight miles from this locality, there is another
vein containing nearly the same minerals, except perhaps the last
three, which have not yet been noticed ; and, in addition, iMispickel.*
Tin ore was found here by Prof Brush in small crystals. These locali-
ties will perhaps serve as an indication of the manner in which this
ore may occur at other places in New England.

Dr. Stephen Eeed, of Pittsfield, and Mr. B. D. Walsh,
of Rock Island, Illinois, were elected Corresponding
Members.

President Thomas Hill, of Harvard University, Messrs.

* The mineral mentioned in these Proceedings, Vol. vii. p. 42.3, as probably
Native Arsenic from Greenwood, Me., has recently been analyzed by Mr. G. H
Emerson, of Cambridge, and found to be a massive variety of Mispickel.

202

Robert Fletclier, Charles Carruth, Isaac Sweetzer and
Reuben S. Denny, were elected Resident Members.

February 18, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Prof. Wm. B. Rogers read a letter from Joshua Bates,
Esq., of London, announcing the shipment of the cast of the
Megatherium lately presented by him to the Society.

Mr. F. W. Putnam exhibited two species of sjDider which carry
their young on their back. Of one he had captured 185 young indi-
viduals with their parent, and a few others had made their escape ;
of the other there were but 10 or 12 of the young.

Dr. C. T. Jackson gave an outline sketch of the great copper-
bearing belt of Canada, and alluded to the importance of the geologi-
cal labors of Sir William Logan, who has described the various
anticlinal and synclinal axes of the strata, which serve as guides in
tracing the copper-bearing beds. Most, if not all, the copper ores of
Canada are found to be imbedded or interstratified with the rocks,
and are of the middle or lower Taconic series.

There are two great classes of mines: First, those in dolomitic
limestone ; second, those in the nacreous or talco-argillaceous slates.
The first consists of large bunches and reticulated veins of copper
ore, often giving to the limestone rock the appearance of a breccia of
the rock and copper ore. Acton Copper Mine presents the largest of
these deposits, and that mine has yielded an enormous amount of rich
copper ores, which have all been smelted in the furnaces of this
country.

Harvey Hill Mine, In Leeds, is the deepest mine in Canada, the
shafts being 180 feet deep. This mine' is a " Slate Mine," or presents
the copper ores interstratified with the nacreous slate rocks.

The ores at both the Acton and Harvey Hill Mines are of the same
kinds, namely, erubescite, mixed in variable proportions with copper
glance and yellow copper pyrites ; but the variegated copper ore is
the most abundant, and is the richest;

Sutton Copper Mines are exactly like those of Harvey Hill, and
are in nacreous talco-argillaceous slate rocks, and interlamlnated
with their strata.

Canada East is very rich in copper, and has also some important
gold mines, — those in the Seignieurie Vaudreuil, at the Falls of the

203

Chaudlere, being tlie most valuable. The discovery of alluvial gold
on the Chaudiere was made many years a^o, but the discovery
of veins of quartz in places bearing gold nuggets is a very recent dis-
covery, and is due to the French habitans, who have for a long time
obtained gold from the borders of the Chaudiere and La Famine
Rivers by washing the gravel and sand.

The following mines of copper ores have been examined: — 1,
Acton; 2, Halifax; 3, Wickham; 4, Durham; 5, Black River; 6,
Sutton; 7, Canada; 8, Chaudiere; 9, Prince of Wales; 10, St. Fran-
cis ; 11, Megautic ; 12, Harvey Hill. Some of these mines are suffi-
ciently well proved to warrant the belief that they will become
profitable to the owners ; others have got to be proved by mining
explorations.

These mines stretch along a belt from fifteen to twenty miles wide,
extending from near Memphremagog Lake to near Quebec.

Prof. Jeffries Wyman made the following
Observations on the Cranium of a young Gorilla.

Through the kindness of Mr. P. B. Du Chaillu, I have been able to
examine the cranium of a Gorilla, younger than any of which
a description has thus far been given, and in which only the decidu-
ous incisors and first milk molars were protruded. This has been
compared with the cranium of a young Chimpanzee, in which all the
milk teeth were developed, and with a second in which only the mid-
dle incisors had pierced the gums.

Between the crania of the young Chimpanzee and Gorilla, there is
only a trace of those great differences which exist in the adults, especial-
ly in the surfaces of the bones to which the muscles of the lower jaw
are attached, and on which the characters of the two species so largely
depend. Leaving out of view for the present the bones of the face,
the cranium of the young Gorilla, here noticed, is of about the same
size as that of a Chimpanzee, in which the first set of teeth is
complete. The crania of both are well rounded on the borders of
the different regions ; the sutures and the large cranial bones are of
about the same relative size in both. When viewed from above, the
zygomatic arches, which are of nearly the same size and strength in
both, are in each concealed by the projecting sides of the cranial walls ;
the slight ridge on the side of the cranium which marks the origin of
the temporal muscle has nearly the same relative extent in both as in
man, and is in strong contrast with the subsequent position of it in
adults, where it reaches nearly to the median line on tlie top of the
head in the Chknpanzee, and to the high parietal and occipital crests
in the Gorilla. The coronal region is more flattened in the Gorilla,

204

but the occiput slopes less suddenly backward than in the Chimpanzee.
There are no traces in either of the occipital and inter-parietal crests.
The superior curved hue of the occiput is already -well marked in both,
while in a child of a corresponding age this line is scarcely seen, show-
ing the feebler attachment of the trapezius in the latter.

In both species, the brain covers the roofs of the orbits, and ex-
tends as far forwards as in man, while in the adult apes nearly the
whole of the orbit is in front of the anterior margin of the cerebral
hemispheres. If the crania of the young Chimpanzee and Gorilla
are compared with that of man, they will be found, in their propor-
tions, to resemble that of an adult rather than that of a child. In the
head of the latter, during the first dentition, the face is less prominent
than the forehead, and the anterior lobes of the brain project beyond the
superciliary ridges, instead of barely reaching to them, as in the young
apes. In the latter, the forehead is somewhat retreating and the face
somewhat projecting. It is probable that in an earUer stage the cra-
nia of the Chimpanzee and Grorilla would resemble that of a child
much more closely.

The bones of the face of the GoriUa resemble most nearly those of a
Chimpanzee somewhat younger, and in which the middle incisors only
are protruded. When seen in profile, the outHne of the face in both
forms an uninterrupted slope from the supra-orbital ridge to the edge
of the incisive alveoli. This is well seen in Figs. 6 and 7, PI. v. of
M. Duvernoy's Memoir on the Gorilla.* In the Goiilla this slope
remains permanently, but in the Chimpanzee, by the time the first set
of teeth is completed, the jaws have become more prominent, so that
their outline forms an angle with the upper part of the face, the nasal
bones and the ascending portion of the maxillaries retaining their
original direction. Not only do the intermaxillaries become more
prominent, but the distance fi'om the lower border of the nostrils to the
alveolar margin is considerably lengthened, both in consequence of the
extension of this last downwards, and of the lower margin of the
nostrils upwards.

The anatomical points referred to above, relate to the general con-
figuration of the head. There remain some other details which it is
important to notice, because of the bearing of them upon the relative
position which these two species hold in the animal series.

1. Nasal bones. — These bones, which in man are so characteristic,
are, when taken together, a little broader below than above, somewhat
transversely contracted at the upper third, and strongly arched for-
wards. In the Gorilla the contraction just noticed is much greater, so

* Des Caract^res Anatomiques des Grands Singes Pseudo-anthropomorplies ;
Archives du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. viii., p. 1.

205

that the bones are divided into a lower portion which is trianorular,
and an upper which is lozenge-shaped, the two being connected only
by a narrow neck. In the Chimpanzee the sides of the bones are
nearly 'parallel ; they are no wider at the lower than at the upper por-
tion, and are relatively very narrow. In neither the Gorilla nor the
Chimpanzee are these bones arched above the level of the face, though
in the former there is a shght ridge on the median line. The nasal
bones, as has been obsers'ed by Owen, are, as regards their shape,
more nearly human in the Gorilla than in the Chimpanzee.

2. The orbits. — In the Chimpanzee the orbits are nearly circular,
while in the Gorilla they are somewhat quadrangular, in which respect
these are more human. But in the proportion in which the different
bones enter into the formation of them, the resemblance to man is the
most striking in the Chimpanzee. In the lower Quadrumana, the
lower and outer walls of the orbits are mostly formed by the extension
of the outer and inner orbital edges of the fi-ontal bones downwards,
so that the os planum of the ethmoid becomes quite narrow, and is
found near the floor of the orbit, and even forms a part of it, and
the great wing of the sphenoid is much lessened in size, and is confined
to the hindmost part of the orbital cavity. In these respects the
Gorilla most strongly resembles the other Quadi'umana, and the Chim-
panzee makes the nearest approach to man. The Gorilla agrees
with other Mammalia in having the sphenoidal fissure round, and
the Chimpanzee with man in having it triangular, though in a less
degree, and its apex directed upwards and outwards.

3. Inter maxillaries. — In man these bones cease to be distinct at so
early an embryonic period that their existence as separate pieces can-
not be easily demonstrated, and has in fact rarely been observed. In
the lower Quadrumana, as well as in Mammalia, generally the inter-
maxillaries remain distinct through life. In the cranium of the Gorilla
here described they are stiU entirely separate. Duvernoy found them
so in a skull in which the milk teeth were complete, and we have
found them still ununited with the maxillaries even in a nearly adult
specimen belonging to the Boston Society of Natural History. In a
young . Chimpanzee, with only the middle incisors protruded, the
intermaxillary sutures are almost entirely closed, only traces of them
being visible on the borders of the nostrils and in the hard palate ; and
when the first dentition is ended, as appears fi-om four crania in my col-
lection, their consohdation is completed. In the Gorilla the intermax-
illaries are prolonged much farther backwards than in the Chimpanzee,
so that the suture between them and the palatine process of the maxil-
laries, instead of being directed transversely to the incisive foramen, as
in man and the Chimpanzee, is bent strongly backwai'ds, as in the lower

206

Quadrumana. In the structure and development of these bones, the
Chimpanzee resembles man much more nearly than the Gorilla.

4. Palate hones. — The hard palate is more quadrangular and
narrowest in the Gorilla ; the palate bones are shorter from* before
backwards, and are emarginated in the middle line ; in the Chimpan-
zee, as in man, these bones have no notch in the middle of the hinder
edge, but in the place of it form a slight projection backwards.

5. Teeth. — The incisors of the Chimpanzee are relatively the largest,
but, being flatter and more chisel-shaped, have a closer likeness to those
of man. The canines were not protruded. The outer cusp of the first
upper molar is much longer than the inner, forms a nearly equilateral
triangle, and has a small conical projection just in front of, as well as be-
hind its base. In the Chimpanzee the outer cusp of the same tooth is
scarcely more prominent than the inner, and the whole tooth agrees
very nearly in shape with the corresponding one in a child. The first
molar below (dm, 1) is remarkable for its conical form, resembling in
its bluntness and general structure one of the premolars of a hygena.
It is a little compressed from side to side, has a slight ridge before and
behind, and a small tubercle at the base of it. There is an irregular
triangular indentation on the inner face of the crown.

In the Chimpanzee, the principal cusp is relatively smaller ; occupies
only two-thirds of the crown, and on the inner side of it is a second
cusp ; behind these cusps is a large fossa, and behind this another
small cusp.

In neither the Chimpanzee nor the Gorilla do the teeth just described
resemble in type those of a child ; but if complication of surface can
be considered as at all characteristic, the teeth of the former are more
human than those of the latter ; the principal cusp of the GoriUa
covering a much larger portion of the crown, in addition to being
relatively much longer.

The following letters were read, which had been recently
received, viz . : —

From the Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden, February 19th, 18G2 ;
the Smithsonian Institution, March 18th, 1862; the Cahfornia Acade-
my of Natural Sciences, November 1st, 1862; and from the Royal
Horticultural Society, London, Dec. 10th, 1862, acknowledging the
receipt of the Society's publications. From the K. K. Akademie der
Wissenschaften, Wien, August 1st, 1862, and the K. Preussische Aka-
demie, October 15th, 1862, presenting their publications.

Temple Prime, Esq., of New York, was elected Corres-
ponding Member.

207

Messrs. Eugene P. Robbins and Hiram S. Shurtleff, of
Boston, and Dr. Augustine Shurtleff, of Brookline, were
elected Resident Members.

3farch 4, 1863.
T. T. Bouve, Esq., in the chair.
Mr. Charles J. Sprague read the following j^aper : —

Is THE Heath indigenous to the United States?

In a paper laid before the Society in February last, I endeavored
to show that the evidence adduced to prove the Calluna vulgaris to be
a native of this country was neither direct nor conclusive. Since
then I have examined this evidence more closely, and have become
still stronger in my unbelief. The only testimony, which appears to
possess any real weight, is a mention of it said to be made by De la
Pylaie in an enumeration of the plants of Newfoundland. De la
Pylaie is the authority quoted by various botanists for its publication as
an American plant, and he seems to be the only authority. No other
evidence rests on a scientific basis, or emanates from an authentic
source.

Dr. Gray says that Dr. Don told him many years ago that a sur-
veyor once brought a specimen from the interior of Newfoundland.
Dr. Gray and Dr. Don are, of course, unimpeacliable authority ; but
the engineer might have been deceived, especially as to its being
native, if, indeed, he ever collected it.

This alone would scarce suffice to estabhsh the fact of its being
native here. I was told that Mr. Elias Durand had a specimen of
Calluna collected in Labrador. He answers my inquiries on the sub-
ject by saying that he is convinced, on further investigation, that the
speciiQcn in question did not come from Labrador.

Hooker pubhshes the plant in the Index to the "Flora Boreali-
Americana," p. 281. After the name in the list, " Calluna vulgaris,
Salisb.," is an asterisk, referring to the following foot-note : —

" This should have been inserted at p. 39, as an inhabitant of New-
foundland, on the authority of De la Pylaie."

Not being able to obtain a copy of De la Pylaie's paper, I wrote to a
literary friend in Paris, requesting him to refer to it, and to send me
a copy of everything written by JDe la Pylaie in reference to the Cal-
luna. In his answer, he says : —

208

" I obtained the * Flore de Terre Neuve et des lies St. Pierre et
Miclon, avec figures dessinees par V auteur sur la plante vivante.
Paris, 1829.' It is the copy presented by De la Pylaie himself to the
Library of the Garden of Plants. It seems this is the only livraison
which ever appeared. It has no figures. It treats entirely of marine
plants. As there is no table of contents or index, I examined it page
after page, and no mention is made of the Calluna vulgaris."

There is a reference made in the Flora Bor.-Amer., Yol. i, p. 31,
to a paper on Sarracenia purpurea by De la Pylaie, thus : " De la
Pylaie in Ann. de la Soc. Linn., v. 6, p. 388, t. 13." Thinking that
the mention of Calluna might have been made in this paper, I re-
quested my friend to examine this also. He says, in reply : —

" There is no such loork. There is the Annals of the Linngean So-
ciety, London, but the organ of the sister Society in Paris is ' Les
Memoires de la Societe Linneenne,* and of this publication there is no
sixth volume. In the fifth volume there is mention made of two me-
moirs by De la Pylaie ; one on les cristatelles (which is published in full
in the volume) and the other on the Sarracenia purpurea. An aster-
isk refers the reader to this note at the foot of the page : — ' Ce memoire
paraitra dans le vi^ volume de nos Actes.' But the ' Memoires ' ended
with the fifth volume, and ' actes ' is used synonymously with ' Me-
moires.' The catalogue of the Library of the Garden of Plants
contains this note : ' The work ended with the fifth volume.' "

These statements, which render Hooker's reference so inexplicable,
awaken some doubt whether De la Pylaie has anywhere mentioned
Calluna in his printed papers. He is the prime authority for its occm--
rence in Newfoundland, and yet his record of it cannot be found. Dr.
Gray tells me that Dr. Joseph Hooker found no clue to the Newfound-
land plant. Certainly the published evidence is neither direct nor
conclusive that Calluna was ever discovered in America. Dr. Gray,
in his note to Mr. Rand's paper in Silliman's Journal, Vol. xxxiii., p. 27,
says : — "If the claim for Calluna to be regarded as an American plant
rested wholly or mainly upon this Tewksbury locality, it would not
gain acceptance." It now appears that this is the only basis for
such a claim. De la Pylaie's record may be somewhere found. But
with all the evidence before us now, there would be reason to suppose
some misapprehension on his part, unless his statements bear the un-
doubted mark of certainty.

Prof Thomas McCulloch writes from Truro, Nova Scotia, to Dr.
Gray, who has kindly lent me the letter : —

" In Nova Scotia, heather is unknown, save as an exotic. Upon
the southern seaboard there exists a low, shrubby evergreen, exceed-
ingly like it, and which I have heard asserted by Scotchmen to be
heather. The plant in question I have never met with in bloom ; but

209

when in fruit, it bears a black berry about the size of a bird cherry.
Off the soacoast it is taller, probably a foot high, and much more
sparse. I have little doubt that it is the plant mentioned by Mr. Gis-
borne as occurring in Newfoundland, About ten years ago, when in
Montreal, I was informed by Sir George Simpson, that in crossing a
vast plain to the north-west, during his celebrated journey home
through the Russian territory, he met with a plant so like heather
that he felt perfectly confident that the existence of the latter in Amer-
ica was at last placed beyond question. A number of specimens were
selected, and carefully carried in the crown of his hat, but, when sub-
mitted to competent parties in London, were pronounced to belong to
a diiferent class of plants altogether. In a recent letter from Frazer's
River, I see it stated by a Scotch miner that heather is very abundant
among the mountains ; but it is very probable that he has erred in the
point in question, just as Sir G. Simpson. The latter ought to have
been pretty familiar with heather, as he was brought up in the high-
lands of Scotland."

Enclosed in Mr. McCulloch's letter was one from Mr. F. N. Gis-
borne, of London, who writes : —

" My belief, however, is, that no heather grows in the island (New-
foundland), or I should certainly have observed it when collecting
mosses, &c., for my grandfather's valuable hortus siccus. I have
walked across Newfoundland twice — from St. John's westward, via
Piper's Hole (Placentia Bay), and Bay Despair to Cape Ray, opposite
Cape Breton, and twice north and south fi-om Gander Bay and
Exploits Bay to Bay Despair. The foregoing surveys, independently
of my duties as engineer, during the construction of the line of tele-
graph from Cape Race to Cape Ray (by boat), around all the bays
and inlets eastward and northward to the Straits of Belle Isle.

" There are one or two small berry-growing plants that are very
similar in appearance to heather, and which might readily be mistaken
for that plant, but I have never met with it in bloom or otherwise."

Thus it seems to be pretty well ascertained that Calluna vulgaris
does not grow at the present time in Northern America, except at
Tewksbury. There can be scarce a doubt that its occurrence there is
adventitious. Those who are familiar with the plant, where it grows
naturally and abundantly in Europe, say that its growth is (piite dis-
similar there. Mr. Elias Durand, who is thoroughly familiar with the
heather of Brittany, writes me : —

" I must repeat that your Massachusetts Calluna is a very remarkable
form, which I never saw before ; and, not later than the summer before
the last, I was in Bretagne, where I saw plenty of heaths, old and
loved acquaintances, and did not see those large and globular flowers
which your Massachusetts Calluna shows."

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.— VOL. IX. 14 JUNE, 1863.

210

The Tewksbuiy plant has the eharacteristirs of a greenlionse growth,
differing from the common European forms of the wild plant in points
which are likely to be affected by cultivation.

The doubts thus awakened as to any mention of the plant by De la
Pylaie ; the absence of any single, authentic specimen of the plant ever
collected in America ; and the peculiar appearance of the Tewksbury
growth, added to the evidence adduced in my former article, all lead
to the conviction that the Calluna vulgaris is not indigenous to the
United States, nor to Northern America.

The Secretary read a paper by Mr. A. S. Packard, Jr., on
Synthetic Types in Insects.

Mr. S. H. Scndder made some remarks npon the structure
of the head in hexapod insects. He mentioned some of the
difficulties which beset the investigator, and showed that the
law of centrifugal development exhibited in the thorax of
insects, in their growth from larva to imago, was illustrated
during the development of the head, not in the sub-division
of the rings of which it is composed, but in the tri-partition
of the appendages borne upon the lower portion of the
rings.

The following letters were read, which had been recently
received, viz. : —

From the Secretary of the Trustees of the New York State Li-
brary, Albany, Feb. 17th, 1863, and the Buffalo Society of Natural
Sciences, February 18th, 1863, acknowledging the receipt of the pub-
lications of the Society ; the Botanical Society of Canada acknowledg-
ing the same, and asking for certain numbers in addition. From
Thomas Macfarlane, Esq., Acton Vale, Canada East, February 9th,
1863, and G. A. Boardman, Esq., Milltown, Maine, February 18th,
1863, acknowledging their election as Corresponding Members;
and from Benjamin D. Walsh, Esq., Rock Island, 111., acknowledging
'the same, and presenting some of his Entomological papers.

Mr. Samuel R. Carter, of Paris Hill, Maine, was elected
Corresponding Member.

211

3Iarch 18, 1863.
The President in the chair.

Prof. Jeffries Wynian exhibited drawings of a Cyclopean
Pig, accompanying them by the following remarks : —

This specimen was a male, about ten inches in length, and the
last of a litter of nine, all the others being well formed. The snout
was of a cylindrical shape, about one inch and a quarter in length,
and was said to have been originally longer, but was contracted by
alcohol. The end of it was enlarged, perforated by a single nostril,
papillated, and surrounded by scattered bristles. A section through
the nose showed the existence of a partial septum. The eye was un-
naturally large, the upper hd regularly arched, but the right and left
halves of the lower formed an acute angle with each other, the apex
of the angle extending downwards upon the face. Both the hds were
rudimentary, forming a simple border to the projecting globe. There
were two pupils to the eye, but the two irides were fused on the middle
line. Behind each pupil was a lens, but behind the lenses only a single
vitreous body. The ears were disproportionably large, and these, with
the trunk-like snout, gave to the whole head some resemblance to that
of an elephant.

The end of the upper jaw was covered with a discoidal enlargement,
or " button," but the lower jaw was entirely wanting. The lower Up
was very short, and far back, leaving a large part of the roof of the
mouth uncovered. The mouth ended backwards in a cul-de-sac. The
oesophagus had no opening externally, but above ended in the two
Eustachian tubes. There was no tongue.

The frontals, as usual in Cyclopean monsters, were prolonged into
the base of the snout, and included between them, beneath, a small
quadrangular bone, — probably a rudiment of the ethmoid. The nasals
were represented by a hollow cylindrical piece, twisted to the right
side, and fissured beneath. The sphenoidal fissures of the orbit were
connected with each other, on the middle line ; a single median
optic foramen existed, and behind this, in the cranial cavity, a single
clinoid process. One large and one small foramen above the optic,
gave passage to the nasal branch of the ophthalmic portion of the
fifth pair, this branch passing into the snout above the etlnnoidal plate
previously mentioned.

The two lachrymals were represented by a single bone, though this
was perforated by two foramina for the lachrymal ducts. The upper
maxillaries were bent strongly downwards, forming a conical-shaped
mass, supporting two canines at the end, and enclosing the germs of
four milk molars.

212

There were neither iiiter-maxillaries nor lower jaw, though there
was a well-formed glenoid fossa for the articulation of the latter with
the temporal bone. The two tympanic bones coalesced, but the Eus-
tachian tubes opened freely into the cavities of the tympana.

The cerebral hemispheres, as usual in the Cyclops, were represented
by a single and symmetrical cerebral lobe, without a middle division or
sulcus. The convolutions were few and symmetrical ; the cerebral walls
were very thin in the middle of the upjDer portion, and the cavity was
filled with fluid.

The olfactory and hypoglossal nerves were deficient, but all the
other pairs were traced.

This specimen belongs to the fourth species of Cyclopism described
by Vrolik, with which there coexists deficiency of the lower jaw. The
fusion of the tympanic bones with each other shows a tendency in the
sides of the base of the head to come together, which may be carried
so far, as shown by specimens described by Vrolik, that the alveolar
borders of the upper maxillary bones are drawn nearly to the median
line, and the eyes, instead of being on the upper lateral region, are actu-
ally found on the under surface of the head, and the ears meet in the
same region, on the middle line beneath the place of union of the head
and neck. In another stage, the maxillary bones, very much reduced,
approach each other still nearer ; the malar bones coalesce, as also the
palatines and intermaxillaries.

The last stage of this series of malformations of the head is found in
the Perocephalus, in which all the facial and the fi:-ontal bones have
disappeared, and the other cranial bones are imperfectly developed.
The only external parts of the head hi this case is a pair of ears.

Mr. S. H. Scudder exhibited a specimen of Sphinx cine-
rea Harris, which had died in confinement while passing
from the larval to the pupal state.

The hinder extremity of the body, from the third abdominal segment
backward, was entirely like the perfectly formed pupa, except that
the swelling at the base of the anal horn in the larva had not entirely
subsided, and that the excisions found on the anterior border of the
segments at the stigmatal line were not quite fully developed ; but the
form, the structure of the anal button and the adjacent parts, with the
general sculpture of the integument, were altogether pupal. The ante-
rior portion of the body, on the other hand, was almost altogether lar-
val ; the head and legs of the caterpillar were there ; the integument
seemed to be in a sort of transition state, the dorsum of the thorax
showing indistinctly the mapping out of the sutures of the pupal
thorax, and even partially the pitting of the surface, while the trans-

213

verse wrinkling' of the larva still remained; the second segment
behind the head showed a very considerable swelling upon the sides,
not extending upon any other segment, which was the rudiments of
future wings. The ventral surface of the two segments behind the
legs was much sunken, and the pelUcle thin, soft, and colorless, quite
in contrast with the adjacent more hardened pellicle — evidently to
give space for the anticipated intrusion of the wings, feet, and antennae
of the pupa ; but one continuous pellicle seemed to cover the whole
animal, in one part wholly pupal, in another larval, while in others it
retained in part the characters of each, which would seem to imply
that the change had been going on by a simultaneous process of ab-
sorption and building up of the particles of the same skin.

Prof. J. P. Cooke gave an account of a new spectroscope
recently made for him by Mr. Alvan Clark, of Cambridge.

The Secretary read the following letters received since the
last announcement, viz.: —

From the President of the University of Vermont, March 5th, 1863 ;
the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, April
10th, 1862, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publications;
the same, April 5th and 10th, and July 15th, 1862, presenting publi-
cations of the Survey.

Mr. G. H. Emerson, of Cambridge, was elected a Resident
Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

January 7. A collection of MoUusca, from Beaufort, N. C, by Dr. S. Knee-
land. Nest of a Carpenter Bee, Xylocopa, with its living inhabitants, 3cf, 1?
imagos, and a Fungus from the Rappahannock River, Va., by Lieut. Col.
Underwood. Helix suppressa, from Baltimore, by Mr^ W. C. Cleveland.

January 21. Jaws of a Shark, from Rockport, Mass., by Mr. Addison Gott.
Galena from Warwarsing, Ulster County, N. Y., by Mr. H. KeUy. Beluga^ or ^
White Whale, which died at the Aquarial Gardens, by Mr. P. T. Barnum.

February 4. Specimens of wool of Alpaca, Llama, and Vicuna, by Mr.
Samuel Wells, Jr.

February 18. Three specimens of Lagopus albm, and one of Cyanurus
cristatus, from Quebec, C. E. ; specimens of copper pyrites, talcose slate con-
taining copper, and variegated copper ore, from Leeds, C. E., by Dr. C. T.
Jackson.

March 4. Tracing of a part of two townships, twenty miles west of Mar-
quette, on Lake Superior, at the headwaters of the Carp and Escanaubia
Rivers, exhibiting the location of every beaver dam in the section represented,
the largest being 457 feet in length, by Mr. J. S. Fay. Specimens of Cyatho-
phyllum, from Glen Haven, N. Y., by Mr. N. R. Wadleigh. Specimens of dif-

214

ferent species of Hyla, Eana, Lacerta, Syngnaihus, Le2n(Iogaster, Scrioln, and
Echeneis, various crustaceans, and the embryo of a young bird, from the shores
and waters of the Gulf of Mexico, by Mr. H. A. Purdie.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING MARCH 31, 1863.

Saggio di Ditterologia Messicana di Luigi Bellardi, Parte 2. 4to. Pamph.
Torino 1862. Also, Appendice. 4to. Pamph. Torino, 1862. Fro7n the Author.

Eecensio Avium in Academici L. B. de Mueller Ornithologico Museo Stutt-
gardiano collectarum. Col. Dr. C. G. Calwer. 8vo. Pamph. Stuttgardia,
1854. From the Authoi\

On the Flora of the Devonian Period in N. Eastern America. By J. W.
Dawson, LL.D. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal, 1862. From the Author.

Transactions of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society for 1862. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston. From the Society.

Correspondenzblatt ftlr Sammler von Insecten insbesondere von Schmetterlin-
gen. Svo. Pamph. Jahrgang 1, 2. Nos. 1-24. Regensburg, 1860-61. From
S. H. Scudder.

Zur inneren Mechanik der Muskelzuckung. Von Prof. Dr. E. Harless. 4to.
Pamph. Manchen, 1862. Fro7n the Author.

Ueber einen neuen Respiration s-Apparat. Von Dr. Max Pettenkofer. 4to.
Pamph. MUnchen, 1861. From the Author.

Monographic der Fossilen Fische. Von Dr. A. Wagner. 4to. Pamph.
Munchen, 1861. From the Author.

Bibliographia librorum Entomologicorum in America Boreali editorum,
Auc.Guil. Sharswood. Supplementum. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

Description of a new Quadrumanous Mammal of the Genus Midas. By J.
H Slack, M. D. Svo. Pamph. Philadelphia. From the Author.

Bulletin of New York Academy of Medicine. Vol. 2. Nos. 1-4. 8vo. Pamph.
1863. From the Academy.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Vol. 9. 4to.
Pamph. Philadelphia. From the Author.

Monograph of the order Pholadacea, and other papers. By Geo. W. Tryon.
Svo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author.

Osteologie Compar^e des Articulations du Coude et du Genou chez les
Mammiferes, &c. Par Charles Martins. Pamph. Montpellier, 1862. From
the Author.

Burraah: Its People and Natural Productions. By Rev. F. Mason, D.D.,
&c. Svo. Rangoon, 1860. From the Author.

Fifteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New
York. Svo. Pamph. Albany, 1862.

Contributions to Palaeontology. By James Hall. Svo. Pamph. 1860. From
Prof. James Hall.

Qm the Genera of Aphid® found in the United States. Svo. Pamph. Phila-
delphia, 1862. By Benjamin D. Walsh.
Insects injurious to Vegetation in Illinois. Svo. Pamph. 1861. By the

List of Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois contained in the cabinet of the Avriter,
with descriptions of over forty new species, and notes on their structural affini-
ties. Svo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1862. By the same.

215

Fire- Blight: Two new Foes of the Apple and Pear. 8vo. Pamph. Chicago,
1862. By the same. From the Author.

Exploration of the Red River of Louisiana in 1852. By R. B. Marcy. 8vo.
Washington, 1853.

Reports upon the Agriculture of Massachusetts. By C. L. Flint. 2 vols.
8vo. 1859. 1861.

Transactions of the Wisconsin State Agricultural Society. 1851-53. 8vo.
Madison.

Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society. Vol. ii. 1856-7.
8vo. Springfield.

Geological Map of the United States, &;c. By Jules Marcou. 8vo. 1S53.
From C. J. Sjjrague.

Die Culturpflanzen Norwegens. Beobachtet von Dr. F. C. Schnbeler. 4to.
Paraph, Christiania, 1862.

Norges OfiScielle Statistik, Utgiven 1. Aaret 1861. 4to. Pamph. Christi-
ania.

Ethnographisk Kart over Finraarken. No. 4, af J, A. Friis, 1861.

Beskrivelse over Lophogaster typicus af Dr. Michael Sars. 4to. Christi-
ania, 1862.

Geologiske undersOgelser i Bergens omegn af Th. Hiortdahl og M. Irgens.
Med et Tillgeg om Fjeldstykket raellem lEerdal og urland samt om Profrlet
over Filefjeld af Dr. Th. Kjerulf. 4to. Pamph. Christiania, 1862.

HoidemaaUnger I. Rorge fra 1774-1860. Samledea A. Vibe. 8vo. Cliristi-
ania.

Sitzungsberichte der K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen,

1861. ir. Heft 1-3. 1862. I. Heft 1-4. H. Heft 1. 8 vo. Pamph.

Archiv ftir Naturgeschichte. 1861. Heft 6. 1862. Heft 3. 8vo. Berlin.

Physikalische Abhandlungen der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Ber-
lin. Aus dem Jahre 1861. 4to.

Mathematische Abhandlungen der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Ber-
lin. Aus dem Jahre 1S62. 4to.

Zeitschrift fUr die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Bd. xviii. Heft 7-12.
XIX. 1-6. 8vo. Berlin.

Wochenschrift des Vereines zur Befrtrderung des Gartenbaues in den K.
Preiiss. Staaten fUr Gartnerei und Ptianzenkunde. Nos. 17-49. 4to. Pamph.

1862. Berlin.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. Nos. 2, 3. 1861-2. 8vo.
Wien.

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 1-5. 1857-61. 8vo. Wien.

Jahrloacher des Vereins far Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau. Sechs-
zehntes Heft. Wiesbaden 1861.

Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissenschaftlichen Ge-
sellschaft. 1861-2. St. Gallen. 1862.

Dritter Bericht des Offenbacher Vei-eins ftir Naturkunde Ober seine Thatig-
keit. Vom 12 Mai, 1861, bis zum 11 Mai, 1862. 8vo. Pamph.

Wortembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. Nos. 1, 2. 1862.
8vo. Pamph. Stuttgart.

Der ZOologische Garten. Jahrg. iii. Nos. 7-12. July-December, 1862.
Frankfurt am M.

216

Ergebnisse der Witterungs-Beobachtungen zu Emden 1860-1. Von Dr.
M. A. F. Prestel. 4to. Paraph.

Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden. Von Dr. H.
Metger. 8vo. Pamph. 1861.

Sitzungs-Berichte der Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis zu
Dresden. Jahrgang, 1861. 8vo. Pamph.

Memoires de 1' Academic Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Tome
III., No. 12 . Tome iv., Nos. 1-9. 4to. 1861-2. Also Bulletin, Tome iv.,
Feuilles 11-25. 4to.

Comptes Kendus Hebdomadaires des Seances de 1' Academic des Sciences.
Tomes 46-53. 4to. Paris, 1858-61.

Journal de Conchyliologie. Tomes i, ii. 8vo. Paris, 1861-2.

Bulletin de la Societe de Geographic. Tomes iii., iv. 8vo. Paris, 1862.

Bulletin de la Society Geologique de France. 2« Serie. Tome xix. Feu-
illes, 1-20, 33-58. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1862.

Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d'Histoire NatureUe de Geneve. Tome
XVI. 2ePartie. 4to. 1862.

Actes de la Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux. Tome xxiii. Livraisons 1-&.
8vo. Pamph. 1860.

Actes de P Academic Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, de
Bordeaux. 3e Serie. 28^ Annee. 1«' 3^6 et 4"« Trimestre. 8vo. Paris, 1861.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. iv. Part 1. Svo. Cal-
cutta, 1862.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palseontologia Indica. Nos.
1, 2. 4to. Pamph. Calcutta, 1862.

Annual Eeport of the Geological Survey of India. Svo. Pamph. Calcutta,
1862.

Transactions of the Koyal Irish Academy. Vol. xxiv. Part 2. 4to. Pamph.
Dublin, 1862.

Journal of the Eoyal Dublin Society. Nos. 24, 25. 8vo. Pamph. 1862.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 48-51. Svo. Pamph. London,
1S62.

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. Vol. ii. Nos. 4-12. Svo.
Pamph. London, 1862.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. vi. No.
5. 1862. Vol. VII. No. 1. 1863. Svo.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. No. 16.
Svo. 1861-2.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. Nos. 43-44. February,
March, 1863. Toronto.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vii. No. 6. December, 1862.
Montreal.

Annual Report of the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. Svo. Wash-
ington, 1862.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Nos. 103, 104. Jan-
uary, March, 1868.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Nos. 10,
11, 12. Svo. Pamph. 1862.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. Svo. Pamph.
October, November, December, 1862.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. xii. Part 3. 4to.
Philadelphia, 1863.

217

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. ix. No. 68. June-
December, 1862. 8vo. Philadelphia.

Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History. Vol. i. Part 1. 8vo.
Pamph. 1862. By Exchange.

Anleitung zum Studium der Mycologie. Von A. C. J. Corda. Svo. Prag,
1842.

Epicrisis Systematis Mycologici, seu Synopsis Hymenomycetum. Scripsit
Ellas Fries. Svo. Upsalite, 1836-8. Also Index. 1 vol. MS.

Eliae Fries Summa Vegetabilium Scandinavia?, 8vo. Holmiae et Lipsi£e.
1846.

Mycologia Europaea. A. C. H. Persoon. Svo. Erlangge, 1822.

Deutschlands Kryptogamen-Flora oder Handbuch. Von Dr. L. Robenhorst.
Svo. Leipzig, 1844.

Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. By R. K. Greville. F. R. S., &c. 6 vols. Svo.
Edinburgh, 1823.

Botanique Cryptogamique. Par J. Payer. Svo. Paris, 1850.

Handbuch der Allgemeinen Mykologie. Von Dr. H. F. Bonorden. Svo.
Stuttgart, 1851.

The English Flora of Sir James Smith. Class xxiv. Cryptogamia. Vol. v.
or Vol. II. of Dr. Hooker's British Flora. Part 2d. Fungi.

A Treatise on the Esculent Funguses of England. By C. D. Badham, M. D.
Svo. London, 1847.

Eli£e Fries Nov^ Symbolse Mycologic^e. Fungi. 4to. Upsalije, 1851.

Synopsis Fungorum in America Boreali media degentium. Auct. L. D. de
Schweinitz. 4to. Philadelphia, 1831.

Icones Pictae Rariorum Fungorum. Auct. C. H. Persoon. 4to. Parisiis,
1803.

Flora Ulustree de Mucedinees d'Europe. Par A. C. J. Corda. Folio. Leip-
zig, 1840.

Deutschlands Kryptogamische Giftgenachse in Abbildungen und Beschrei-
bungen von Dr. P. Phoebus. 4to. Berlin, 1838.

Beata Ruris Otia Fungis Daniels impensa a Theodoro Holmskjold. Vol. i.
Long 4to. Havnise.

Naturgetreue Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der essbaren, schadlichen
und verdachtigen Schwiimme von J. V. Krombholz. Long 4to. Prag, 1831.

Icones Fungorum. Auctore A. C. I. Corda. Long 4to. Prag», 1837.

Carol! a Linne Species Plantarum. Svo. Tomus vi. Part i. Berolini,
1824.

Abhandlung tlber die ebbaren Schwiimme. Von C. H. Persoon, 16mo.
Heidelberg, 1822 .

System der Pilzeund Schwamme. Von Dr. Nees von Esenbeck. 4to. 1816.
2 vols.

Elenchus Fungorum. Conscripsit A. J. G. C. Batsch. 4to. Halse Magde-
burgicae, 1783.

Sturm. Deutschlands Flora. Fungi. Heft 1-34, (in 3 vols. 18mo.) 1812.

Systema Mycologicum. Descripsit Elias Fries. 3 vols. 8vo., and 1 vol.
Index. Lundse, 1821.

Elenchus Fungorum. Auctore P^lias Fries. Svo. 2 vols, in one. Giyphis-
waldiai, 1828.

Sylloge Generum Specierumque Cryptogamarum. J. F. Cam. Montagne,
D. M. Svo. Parisiis. 1856.

218

Monographia Ilvmcnomycctum Suecige. Scripsit Elias Fries. Upsalise,
1857.

Handbuch zur Evkennung der nutzbarsten und am haufigsten vorkommenden
Gewachse. Von D. H. F. Link. 12mo. Vol iii. Berlin,' 1833.

Conspectus Fungorum. Auct. T. B. de Albertini, L. D. de Schweinitz.
Lipsite. 8vo. 1805.

Plautae LichenosjB delineatoe et descriptje a G. F. Hoffman. Long 4to. Vols.
I., II., in 8 Fasciculi. Lipsire, 1790.

Fungi Javanici editi conjunctis studiis et Opera C. Bliimii, D. et T. F. L.
Nee>: ab Esenbeck, D. 4to. Pamph.

Notice sur le Genre Agaric. Par J. H. Leveille. Svo. Pamph. Paris,
1840.

Conspectus Hymenomycetum circa Holmiam crescentium quem scripsit N.
Lund. 12mo. Pamph. Cliristianiaj. 1846.

Beschreibung und Abbildung der Ebbaren und giftigen Schamme. Von F.
G. Cordier. 12mo. Pamph, Leipzig, 1838.

On some new Fungi. By Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F, L. S. 4to. Pamph. Lon-
don, 1857.

Centuries of the North American Fungi. By Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F. L. S.,
and Rev. M. A. Curtis, D.D 12mo. Pamph. London, 1853.

Osservations sur quelques Champignons de la Flore des Environs de Paris.
Par J. H. Leveille, I). M. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1843.

Considerations Generales sur la Tribu des Podaxinees, &c. Par C. Mon-
tagne, 1). M. 8vo. Pamph. 1843.

Commentary on the Synopsis Fungorum in America Boreali, &c.. By Rev.
M. J. Berkeley, F. L. S., and Rev. M. A. Curtis. 4to. Pamph. Mycoloyical
Library of C. J. Sprague, Esq., from Courtis Fund.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 61-63, January-Mai'ch,
1863. London.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. xix. Part i. February,
1863. Svo. London. From Courtis Fund.

The Works of Wm. Flogarth. 2 vols. 4to. London.

History of Harvard University. By Josiah Quincy, LL. D. 2 vols. Svo.
Cambridge, 1840.

Dictionary of Americanisms. By J. R. Bartlett. Svo. Boston, 1860.

Miscellaneous Works of Sir Philip Sidney. Svo. Boston, 1860.

Works of Benjamin Franklin, with Notes and Life of the Author. By Jared
Sparks. 10 vols. Svo. Boston, 1840.

History of Spanish Literature. By George Ticknor. 3 vols. Svo. New
York, 1854.

Life of the Duke of Wellington. By Col. J. M. Tucker. Svo. London.

Life and Writings of Rufus Choate, with a Memoir of his Life. By S. G.
Brown. 2 vols. Svo. Boston, 1862.

The Book-Hunter. By J. H. Burton. 12mo. New York, 1863.

The Results of Emancipation. By A. Cochin. 12mo. Boston, 1863.

The Slave Power. By J. E. Cairnes, M. A. Svo. New York, 1862.

CEuvres du Comte de Laccpede. 5 Tomes. Svo. Bruxelles, 1839.

New England Historical and Genealogical Register. Vol. xvii. No. 1. Svo.
Pamph. 1863. Bejwsited by the liepublican Institution.

219

A2yra 1, 18G3.
The President in tlie cliair.

The President read a letter fi-om Mr. G. A. Peabod}^,
dated Cotuit Port, Cape Cod, March liOth, 1863, from
which the following extract is taken : —

I send you a vial containing apparently mature spawn, pressed with-
out force from a speckled trout, taken yesterday from a pond near
here, without inlet or outlet. It is the third female noticed in this
condition ; another had very small immature spawn, such as one would
expect to see at this season of the year. One male, upon pressure,
gave out what looked like milt, but not very abundantly, and as one
would expect to see at the end of the breeding season. There is no
reason to suppose that the trout were bred in this pond, as many had
been put into it the last few years, under the impression that there
were none there. It seems to me a very extraordinary thing finding
spawn in trout at this time of the }ear in this condition, as October is
the proper month, and I have never heard of an}' such case as the
present.

Mr. A. Agassiz gave the following communication : —
The family of Berenicickc of Eschscholtz, as adopted by Prof Agassiz
in his Tabular View of the known Hydroids, in the fourth volume of
his Contributions, contains two very distinct families. Prof. Agassiz
had been induced, from the figures of Berenix and Cuvieria, to unite
with them the genera Willia and Prohoscidacfyla, which have ramifying
chymiferous tubes. During the summer of 1862, I found at Nahant,
quite commonly in August and September, a striking Jellyfish, which
had not been observed before, and which settles the relations of the
Berenicidce. They have nothing in connection with the Williadce
of Forbes, but belong nearer to the ^quorida> ; they have all the
characters of Medusae, coming from Campanularians, while the
Williadce belong to the Tubularians. The genus to which I al-
lude resembles Tiaropsis in having like it large compound eyes, from
three to six, between each two chymiferous tubes. There are in addi-
tion numerous club-shaped tentacular cirri, resembling those of Laodi-
cea, while the flatness of the disc, the general appearance of the
ch}Tniferous tubes, and of the digestive cavity, remind us of Stoma-
hrachium and yEquo7'ea. The digestive cavity sends ofi" four large
chymiferous tubes, from each of which radiate from three to four
chymiferous tubes which reach the circumference. Young speci-
mens have only four simple chymiferous tubes. In older specimens
there is one additional tube on each side of the primary one, and

220

afterwards the tubes are added irregularly ; sometimes we find speci-
mens which send off four, others five branches from the different pri-
mary tubes. This Medusa attains a size of several inches in diameter
— from three to four inches. Specimens measuring about one inch in
diameter have only the four principal tubes. I think there can be no
doubt from the figures of Berenix and Cuvieria, given in the illustrated
edition of Regne Animal of Cuvier, that this genus, which 1 would
call Halopsis, is closely allied to Berenix. The disc of this Medusa is
perfectly colorless ; the hps are short, generally carried in four simple
lobes, as in Oceania (Thaumantias Auct). The eyes of this species are
large, the tentacular cirri long, and the principal tentacles very much
thickened at base. The ovaries do not extend quite to the circular
tube from the base of the digestive cavity. For this species I would
propose the name of H. ocellata. I may also add here that Prof.
Agassiz has satisfied himself, after having examined this Medusa, that
the Berenicidce of Eschscholtz and the Williadce of Forbes are two dis-
tinct families, and should not be united, as they have been in his tabu-
lar view referred to above.

Prof. Jeffries Wyman made the following observations

On the Mechanism of the Tibio-tarsal Joint of the
Ostrich.

In the ordinary locomotion of the Ostrich, the tarsus as it passes
from a state of flexion to that of extension, or the opposite, com-
pletes its movement with a sudden jerk. The mechanism of this has
been studied by Sir Charles Bell.* According to his explanation, the
jerking motion depends upon the tension of one of the lateral liga-
ments, caused by its rising over a tuberosity on the inner side of the
condyle of the tibia. This tuberosity forms a double inclined plane ;
and as the tarsus moves backwards and forwards, the Kgament, as it
slides over the bone, becomes tense when it reaches the summit of the
tuberosity, which would be about midway between flexion and exten-
sion ; passing this point, it slips with a jerk into the groove before or
behind the tuberosity. In this account no notice is taken of the form
of the articulating surfaces.

From a recent dissection of an ostrich, we are satisfied that the tu-
berosity makes no essential difference in the tension of the ligament,
having but a very slight elevation, and that in the extreme positions
the ligament does not slip into the grooves as stated by Sir Charles
Bell.

According to our observations, the tension of the ligament depends

* The Hand. London, 1854. p. 94.

221

almost entirely upon the form of the articulating surfaces, which is
such that the tarsus is at the greatest distance from the centre of
motion (i. e., the upper attachment of the lateral ligament) when it is
midway between the two extreme positions, which is at an angle of 60°
with the position of the greatest extension, and of 40° with that of the
greatest flexion. Passing beyond the point of the greatest tension
forwards, it suddenly slips upon a curve of shorter radius, when it
meets with less resistance, and as the elasticity of the ligament now
comes into action, the tarsus is brought suddenly nearer to the centre
of motion, and thus moves forward with a jerk.

Moving backwards, after passing the position of the greatest ten-
sion, it comes upon a curve of larger radius, but at the same time
nearer to the attachment of the ligament ; and as here it meets with
less resistance again, it moves suddenly backwards, until it is nearly in
a straight line with the tibia. In this last position its further motion
is arrested, in consequence of the curve of the bone being of a large
radius, and thus carrying the tarsus further from the centre, and also
in consequence of striking against a projection of cartilage on the
lower end of the tibia.

The ligaments which become tense during these movements are the
long internal and external lateral ones. In front of the inner one,
and nearly parallel to it, is a short ligament, which becomes stretched
only when the tarsus reaches its greatest extension. On the outer
side, the long ligament is crossed by the shorter one, this last serving
too to resist extension beyond a straight line. The relative stretching
of the inner and outer long ligaments may be learned from the follow-
ing measurements : —

Inner. Outer.

When tarsus is extended . . . 8.60 in. 3.05 in.

half-flexed . . . 8.70 " 2.97 "

" " flexed . . . 7.95 " 2.75 "

Whole amount of stretching . . 0.75" 0.30"

From this it will be seen that the stretching is confined mostly to
the inner long ligament, which increases in length 0.75 of an inch,
while the outer is stretched only 0.30 of an inch.

The Hgaments above described are composed of white fibrous tissue,
but which seems to be endowed with a greater degree of elasticity than
is usually found in this substance. It is supposed by most anatomists
to be wholly destitute of this property, and is doubtless as inelastic
in most cases as it is possible for any animal tissue to be.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following letters re-
ceived since the last announcement, viz. : —

From Samuel R. Carter, Paris Hill, Maine, March 16, 1863, in

O'lO

acknowledgment of his election as Corresponding Member ; Henry
Davis, McGregor, Iowa, March 23d, 1«63, proposing exchange of
shells, &c. ; the Verein fiir Xaturkunde, Wiesbaden, November 1st,
1862; St. Gallische Xaturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, St. Gallen,
November 20th, 1862, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's pub-
lications ; Yerein fiir Xaturkunde, Wiesbaden, November 1st, 1862,
Otfenbaclier Verein, November 10th, 1862, presenting their publica-
tions.

Mr. Bouve announced the arrival of the boxes containing
the casts of the bones of the Megatherium in the British
Museum, presented by Joshua Bates, Esq., of London.

Prof. Charles E. Hamlin, of Waterville, Me., was elected
Corresponding Member.

Messrs. George L. Vose and John Wetherbee, Jr., of Bos-
ton, and Mr. L. Trouvelot, of Medford, were chosen Resident
Members.

A2jril 15, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented to the Society a series of speci-
mens of the magnesian limestone of the Lower Silurian series
of Prairie du Chien, containing crinoids and fossil shells char-
acteristic of that formation, namely, Orthis striatula, Stro-
phomena expansa, Pleurorhyncas, Rhynconella, and a species
of Xucula or of Lingula. These fossils and rocks form the
upper portions of the bluffs in Prairie du Chien, near the
Mississippi and Kickapoo Rivers, and overlie the white
sandstone strata, which bear the galena veins of Dubuque
and Galena, and the deposits of copper ore near Prairie du
Chien.

Dr. Jackson gave a description of the mode of occurrence of the
galena at Dubuque, and stated that it is found in crevices and
small caverns in the white sandstone, generally quite loose and free
from the rocks, and surrounded by ferruginous clay. No deep run-
ning veins of the ore have been discovered, and there are no deposits
of sufficient extent to warrant the erection of permanent works for
mining operations ; and hence the business of lead mining in that

223

region is very precarious, success being as it were almost accidental.
Thousands of •' Gopher holes," as the rude pits are called, exist in
the bluffs around Dubuque and Galena, and the lead ore, when found,
is raised by the windlass and tub, by hand labor, no horse or steam
whyms being erected at any of the '' diggings," as these shallow mines
are justly called.

Dr. Jackson then gave some theoretical views as to the origin and
deposition of galena in the crevices and caverns of these rocks, and
stated that since galena is readily volatilized at a temperature below
that required for its reduction, it could have been easily raised in the
form of vapors, which would arise either through crevices or even
through the very porous white sandstone and be deposited in vacant
spaces in the rocks, and even in the cavities of fossil shells. The
occurrence of galena in such fossils had been cited to prove the
ac^ueous origin of that mineral, but he thought the known facts
could be more easily and satisfactorily accounted for by the theory of
sublimation or of metalliferous vapor emanations from the interior of
the globe ; while it would be very difficult to prove galena to have
been derived from aqueous solution and deposition from water, since
it is wholly insoluble.

He thought the copper and iron ores might have been formed by
sublimation of the chloride of copper and of the sesqui-chloride of
iron, and these chlorides having been decomposed by emanations of
gaseous sulphide of hydrogen, would form the sulphides of copper
and of iron, which would unite in various proportions, producing the
well known sulphides of copper and iron, such as are found in most
copper mines. Water alone will convert the sesqui-chloride of iron
into peroxide of iron, the hydrogen of the water taking the chlorine
and forming chlorhydric acid, while its oxygen unites with the iron,
forming either specular or haematite iron ores.

In illustration of the porosity of the white sandstone rocks, Dr.
Jackson observed that a pit was sunk 184 feet deep at Dubu(|ue, to
serve as a " shot tower," and that no water stood in the bottom of
that pit. He also observed that no water was drawn up at the
numerous lead mines which he visited, and that wells were quite im-
practibable in these sandstones when above the river level.

Specimens of the haematite contained bunches of silky green car-
bonate of copper, a secondary product of the decomposition of the
copper pyrites ; sulph?<re< of copper being first converted into the
sulphrt/e, and then, by the action of carbonate of lime, decomposed
into sulphate of lime and carbonate of copper. This ore is found
like the lead ore in chasms in the white sandstone, associated Avith
ferruijinous clavs, and does not form regular deep seated veins, so
that no dependence can be placed upon it by miners. Indeed, both

224

at Mineral Point and at Prairie dii Chien, the copper ore was found
to give out at a very moderate distance from the surface.

In the course of the discussion which followed, Dr. Jackson alluded
to the lead ore of Shelburne, N. H., which bears unmistakable proofs
of partial fusion in place, since its deposition, and attributed this semi-
fusion to the hot vapors which brought up the materials of the copper
pyrites, which incrusts the crystals of the partially fused galena.

Rev. Mr. Denton made some statements confirmatory of Dr. Jack-
son's views as to the sublimation theory, and also as to the age of the
rocks presented ; he having travelled through the lead regions of the
AVestern States, and viewed the fossils in the rocks and the lead ores
in the mines. He stated that he had seen a cavern incrusted with
crystallized galena, having a deposit of iron pyrites on its surface,
so thick as to require it to be removed by the hammer, in prepara-
tion of the lead ore for reduction in the furnace.

Dr. B. J. Jeffries presented a specimen of the little brown
snake {Storeria Dekayii Baird and Girard), captured in
Xewport Harbor, at least four or five hundred feet from the
nearest wharf, although the species is strictly terrestrial in its
habits.

Mr. Putnam remarked that in the State Cabinet there is a
specimen of Grystes fasciatus Ag., which is said to have been
taken from Massachusetts Bay, but which he thought could
not have been the case, as the species has hitherto been
found only in fresh water, and no nearer than Lake Cham-
plain. He investigated the contents of the stomach of the
specimen, hoping to find there the remains of some animal,
an inhabitant either of salt or fresh water, but the only
things found were the scales and a ventral fin of a fish, which
proved to be the Alewife (Alosa tyramms Dek.) ; thus noth-
ing was gained, as this species, though an inhabitant of the
salt water, ascends rivers leading into ponds and lakes to
deposit its spawn.

Dr. J. B. S. Jackson presented, in the name of Mr. Francis
H. Jackson, a hair-ball from the stomach of an ox, and ex-
hibited a number of other specimens.

The general form of these bodies is round, though occasionally
oval, very compact, and with no admixture of foreign substances ;
they almost invariably have a thin, smooth coating of a dull brownish

225

color, occasionally lighter ; but one specimen exhibited was entirely
devoid of such a covering ; seldom more than one ball is found in
the stomach of a single animal, and no injury is known to result
from their presence ; one instance however was referred to, where no
less than sixteen were found ; their occurrence seems to be confined
to cattle, with the infrequent exception of pigs, one of the specimens
exhibited being from that animal, oval in form, with no coating, the
coarse bristles of the outer surface being very regularly arranged on
either side of a median line ; it was stated that it is no unconmion
occurrence to find them in the stomachs of pigs kept near slaughter-
houses, where sheep are prepared for the market, in which case
they are formed of wool.

Mr. A. E. Verrill presented a Supplementary Notice of
Neosorex palustris.

In a previous notice of this species (p. 164) we attempted to estab-
lish the identity of N. alhibarhis Cope, with Sorex palustris Eichard-
son. One of the chief differences was at that time shown to consist
in the lighter color of the lower surfaces of the tail and body in
Richardson's specimen, than in those described by Mr. Cope and my-
self; but the Museum of Comparative Zoology has quite recently
received an additional specimen, collected by my brother, G. W.
Verrill, at Norway, Me., July 4th, 1862, which confirms the opinion
previously expressed in regard to the identity of the two forms. In
this individual (No. 1154, M. C. Z.), which is also a female, the tail is
distinctly bicolored, with the lower surface light gray, and even nearly
white near the base, and the upper side very dark brown Hke the back,
resembling thus Richardson's specimen very closely, as it does, also, in
proportions. The back and whole upper surface of the body is very
dark brown or almost black ; the abdomen brownish gray ; throat
light gi-ay ; chin and upper lips white ; the feet smoky brown above,
and more thickly clothed with short appressed hairs than in the spec-
imen previously described, with which it agrees very closely in all
other characters. This specimen seems, however, to be more com-
pletely adult, the size being somewhat greater and the teeth more
strong!}' colored with dark chestnut, including even the fifth upper
premolar, which is, nevertheless, quite invisible from the outside ; in
relative size and fonn of the teeth, this does not differ from the speci-
men already described, except that the lobes and serrations are more
sharply defined. The tail is distinctly quadrangular.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. 15 JULY, 18G3.

226

MEASUREMENTS.

Nose to tip of tail 5.90 inches.

" root ot tail 3 00 "

" occiput 1.00 "

" tip ot ear 1.10 "

" eye 48 "

" extended hind foot 3.80 "

Length of tail to tip 2.00 "

" tail to end of bone 2.70 "

" fore leg from knee 88 "

" fore foot 42 "

" hind leg from knee 1.44 "

" hind foot 74 "

" longest toe 28 "

" whiskers 80 "

Between eyes 25 "

*' extended feet 3.40 "

Mr. Verrlll stated tliat during tlie present week seven Caribou
(Rangifer Caribou Aud. and Bach.) had been brought to the city by-
Mr. J. G. Eich, who had killed them near the northern boundary of
Maine, on the head-waters of the Kennebec. They formed part of a
herd numbering about twenty, which, as Mr. Rich supposes, have
come from some region farther north, owing to the severity of the
winter. These are the only specimens that have been killed in Maine,
to his knowledge, during the past five years, with the exception of
one, now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, which was killed
by the same person two years ago. Mr. Rich states that this species,
like the true reindeer, feeds entirely upon moss.

Mr. F. W. Putnam stated that he had found in two species
of a genus of Chromoids (fresh-water fishes of South America)
a mode of caring for the young similar to that discovered by
Prof. Wyman in several species oi Bagrus from Surinam, —
the parent taking and keeping the eggs in the mouth until
the young are fully formed. In the genus J5agrus Professor
"Wyman found that it was the male that took charge of the
eggs, while in the Chromoids it is the female. The specimens
in which this peculiar fact was noticed were presented to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology by Rev. J. C. Fletcher,
from the Rio Negro, and by Professor Wyman, from Suri-
nam. In these specimens the eggs and young were found in
all stages of development.

Prof. Jeffries Wyman gave an account of some peculiarities
in the structure of Beluga (see Jour. Vol. vii, No. 4).

Dr. F. W. Lewis of Philadelphia was elected Correspond-
ing Member.

227

Mr. Chas. K. Stevens of Boston, and Mr. Chas. A. Hewins
of West Roxbiuy, were elected Resident Members.

May 4, 1863.
ANNUAL MEETING.

The President in the chair.

The Treasurer presented his report, by which it appeared
that there had been paid into the treasury during the past
year especially for building purposes, 846,267, including the
bequest from our late associate and former President, Dr.
Benjamin D. Greene, of 89,000, now for the first time an-
nounced. This sum, added to that j^reviously received from
different quarters, and to sums subscribed but not yet col-
lected, amounts to 853,025.44 as the total sum presented to
the Society in aid of the new building.

The total receipts of the Society for the year amounted to
872,507.76, and the total expenditures 861,224.31, of which
158,685.75 were paid out for the new building, leaving a cash
balance in the hands of the Treasurer of 811,283.45. The
property of the Society, not including the land upon which
the new Hall is situated, the library or collection of the
Society, was estimated at 8139,007.11. The report was
accepted.

The Auditing Committee reported that they had examined
the accounts of the Treasurer, and found them correctly cast
and properly vouched ; and their report was accepted.

The Librarian in his report stated that there had been
added to the library during the past year 85 volumes and
416 pamphlets and parts of volumes, mainly through exchange
with kindred associations. An attempt had recently been
made to inei'ease the number of these exchanges, and it was
hoped that before the close of the year the number of socie-
ties in correspondence would amount to two hundred. From
the Courtis Fund there have been received 49 volumes and 34
parts of volumes, being the first time for many years that the

228

Library Committee had had at their disposal the share origi-
nally assigned to them from the income of this fund.

To all these should be added the munificent bequest of
the late Dr. Benjamin D. Greene, from which the Society has
come into possession of his valuable library, very rich in
illustrated botanical works, and probably more so than any
library in New England ; so that this dej^artment is now
more richly endowed than any other.

The Curator of Geology and Pahneontology stated that the
principal addition to his department during the past year
was in the casts of the bones of the Megatherium, from
Joshua Bates, Esq., of London.

The other curators reported the collections nnder their
charge as in a satisfactory condition, being safely housed and
awaiting removal to the new building. No additions of
much importance were announced.

The Nominating Committee reported a list of officers for
the ensuing year.

The following were then elected : —

PRESIDENT, '

JEFFRIES Vr:f]VIAN, M.D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS,

CHAS. T. JACKSON, M.D. A. A. GOULD, M.D.

CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,
SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,

SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

TREASURER,

THOIVIAS T. BOUV:fi.

LIBRARIAN,

CHARLES K. DILLAWAY.
CURATORS,

THOMAS T. B0UV6, Of Geology and Palaeontology,

CHARLES J. SPRAGUE, Botany.

THOMAS M. BREWER, M.D. Oology. •

HENRY BRYANT, M.D. Ornithology.

F. W. PUTNAM, Ichthyology.

THEODORE LYMAN, Radiata.

J. C. WHITE, M.D. Comparative Anatomy.

SAMUEL II. SCUDDER, Entomology.

B. JOY JEFFRIES, M.D. Microscopy.

229

FRANCIS H. BROWN, M.D. Herpetology.

CHARLES PICKERING, M.D. Ethnology.
WILLI^UI T. BRICillAM, Mineralogy. .

Crustacea.

CONCnOLOGY.
CABINET- KEEPER,

CHARLES STODDER.

Mr. F. W. Putnam made some statements concerning the
Frogs and Toads found about Cambridge, Mass.

He stated that he had for several years past been searching for the
eggs of the little Piping-frog, Hylodes Pickering'd Holbrook, but had
not met with success until the present season. On the 1 7th of April,
after watching the movements of these frogs, in the ditch on the
Museum grounds, he concluded that the eggs were laid among the
grass and floating water-plants, and upon carefully examining these
plants he discovered a number of eggs. These eggs were not in a
mass, or in a string, as is the case with the eggs of our other fi'ogs and
toads, but were isolated, being attached to the plants some distance
apart. The tadpoles were hatched in about twelve days and were
very long, coming from the eggs with a more marked tadpole form
than is the case with our other species of frogs and toads with which
he was acquainted.

The eggs of the Wood-frog, it07?a sylvatica Le Conte, were found,
for the first time, on the 18th of April. They were in a mass, about
three inches in diameter, and attached to a spear of grass. The tad-
poles were hatched in about six days.

The Toads, Bufo americanus Le Conte, were laying their eggs on
the 24th of April, and in about ten days the tadpoles were hatched.

The Scapliiopus solitarius Holbrook, appeared in their old place,
near the Botanical Gardens, in large numbers, on the 19th of April,
and commenced the same day to lay their eggs in bunches of about
one, two, and three inches in diameter ; these bunches were floating on
the water and were not attached to the grass, as was the case when
seen in previous years. On the 29th of April, another set of Scaphio-
pus visited the place, and laid eggs which were attached to the grass
as formerly. The tadpoles of this species are hatched in about sLx
days.

On the 29th of April, several peculiar strings, or bands of eggs were
found ; these strings consisted of three rows of eggs enclosed in one
envelope. The tadpoles were hatched in five days. These may prove
to be of some species of Tree-toad, Iluki.

Rnna Cateshkina, R. fontlnalis, R. palustris, and it. halccina, have
not laid their eggs up to the present time.

230

The following is the tune of appearance of om* species of Anura, as
observed about Cambridge during the present season : —

Hyla versicolor Le C, Tree-toad, about the middle of April.

Hylodes Pickeringii Holbr., Piping-frog. April 6.

Bufo americanus Le C, Toad. April 7.

ScapMopus solitarius Holbr. April 19.

Rana sylvatica Le C, Wood-frog. April 11.

Rana palustris Le C, Spotted-frog, Marsh-frog, or Pickerel-frog.
April 18.

Rana halecina Kalm., Spotted-frog or Marsh-fi'og. April 6.

Rana foniinalis Le C, Green-frog. April 11.

Plana CatesUana Shaw, (JR. pipiens of authors^) Bull-frog. About
the middle of April.

The following letters were read, which had been recently
received, namely : —

From the Smithsonian Institution, July 22d, and Aug. 19th, 1862;
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien, September 29th, 1862; K. K.
Central Anstalt, Wien, October 7th, 1862 ; K. Akademie der Wis-
senschaften, Wien, November 1st, 1862 ; Institut Imperial de France,
Paris, October 20th, 1862 ; K. U. Bibliothek zii Gottingen, December
16th, 1862; Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, December 3d,
1862 ; Verwaltungsrath der Zoologischen Gartens, Frankfurt, Janu-
ary 8th, 1863 ; acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publica-
tions. From the K. Hof-und-Staats-Bibliothek, Miinchen, November
6th, 1862, acknowledging the same, and asking that missing numbers
may be supplied. From the K. Bayerische Akademie der Wissen-
schaften, Miinchen, November 6th, 1862, acknowledging the same,
and presenting various publications.

May 20, 1863.
The President in the chair.

Prof. Wyman, in exhibiting the stomach and heart of the
" white whale," oifered some additional remarks to his for-
mer communication on the same subject.

Mr. S. H. Scudder gave an account of the distinct zones
of life on high mountains, as illustrated in the entomology of
the White Mountains of New Hampshire.

He recognized, as had been done in the Alps of Europe, three re-

231

gions, — tlie first a mountain region, corresponding with tlie Canadian
fauna, wliich includes the Avhole of the White Mountain district below
the limit of forest growth ; and above this a subalpine region, cor-
responding generally with the range of the dwarf spruce; while the
extreme summits of Mts. Adams and Jefferson, and a considerable
portion of Mt. Washington, including the northern part of the plateau
lying south of the highest peak, nearly down to the level of the Lake
of the Clouds, belongs to an alpine region, the insects of which
show a remarkable correspondence with those of the extreme
north of our continent. Pecuhar to the alpine region, and not tres-
passing at all upon the subalpine, is found a species of Chionohas, a
genus peculiar to the very highest latitudes of the continent. Within
the subalpine region, and not found outside of it, he discovered a
new species o^ Argynnis (^A. montanus Scudd.) belonging to a section
of the genus which is peculiar to the subarctic regions, being found
neither north nor south of it, and also a new species of grasshopper
belonging to the genus Pezotettix (P. glacialis Scudd.), Hkewise a
subarctic genus, though not so strictly limited in its range. As neither
of these species of the subalpine region had been discovered to the
north, but were represented there by other species of the same
genera, he was inclined to think that the facts militated against the
theories which had been put forth by others to explain the corre-
spondence of the plants of these alpine summits with those of Green-
land and Labrador.

Prof Wyman inquired whether all the facts might not be ac-
counted for on the theory of migration northward after a glacial
epoch.

Mr. Scudder thought they could not, if the species found upon the
barren summits of the mountain were, as he believed them to be, dis-
tinct from those of the same genus found to the northward. He
believed also that we were sufficiently acquainted already with the
insects from the north to hazard such a statement ; there was, for
instance, a species of Argynnis found from Eastern Labrador to Great
Slave Lake, so closely resembling the one found upon the White
Mountains as to be readily mistaken for it at first sight, and yet occu-
pying the area where, if anywhere to the northward, this White
Mountain species would be found ; he believed that we could not ex-
pect to find these so closely allied species occupying the same area.

Prof W. B. Rogers suggested that the facts might be accounted for
on the migration theory, if we added thereto the supposition of sub-
sequent variation induced by isolation.

Mr. A. Agassiz remarked that such an explanation would not
satisfy us in parallel cases of resemblance, as where, for instance, upon
the coast of Washington Territory, at the seashore, we had recalled

232

to us so strongly the entomology of the mountain region of the Alps of
Europe. The genus Parnassius, otherwise quite peculiar to the moun-
tain region of Europe, was found here, and no less than twenty-four
species, representing at least twelve genera and ten families of Euro-
pean butterflies, had their representatives in closely allied species
found upon our west coast.

'Mr. C. J. Sprague asked whether this distinction of faunae held
equally well upon our continent from east to west as from north to
south.

Mr. Scudder replied that it did, as he had already pointed out in a
paper read to the Society upon the genus CoHas some months pre-
viously, and remarked that in the comparisons referred to between
Western America and Europe it was not simply the intimate connec-
tion of one and another species taken at random that we had to
account for, but also the much more significant fact of the close rela-
tionship of the faunae of the two distant countries as a whole, often-
times in direct antagonism to the character of the faunce of the
intervening areas. He alluded to the case just me-ntioned by Mr.
Agassiz, of the association of Parnassius with large numbers of Ly-
cenidee, and no Teriades, which characterizes Western America
and Europe alike, quite the opposite of which is seen in Eastern
America.

Prof. Kogers thought we ought not to lose sight of the fact that
there was a similar coincidence in the physical characteristics of the
countries.

Mr. A. E. Verrill mentioned that the similarity between the ani-
mals of the two regions referred to was not confined to the land animals
only, but was exhibited also in their Polyps. He also stated that an
undescribed species of frog, found by himself on the Mingan Islands,
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, had been found by Mr. Scudder in Her-
mit Lake, at the upper portion of the mountain region of the White
Mountains, and had not as yet been discovered elsewhere. The
Rocky Mountain Swallow {Hirundo lunifrons Say), which had been
instanced as a case of recent migration, being now found in consider-
able abundance on the Atlantic coast, had been found in Maine, as
he had recently learned, so long ago as 1810.

Prof. Rogers suggested that by a subsidence of a portion of the
western continent, and an elevation of the land now lying submerged
between America and Europe, we might have once had a physical
continuity of coast, with all these species, or their common progeni-
tors, extending alike along its whole area, and that with the elevation
and subsidence of the land to its present condition the contrasted or
similar physical conditions gradually developed would cause the de-

233

struction or propagation of the different species, so that thoy should
at last assume their present character and limits.

Mr. F. W. Putnam alluded to the distiibution of some of our fresh-
water fishes in Lake Superior, Lake Champlain, and the lakes of
Maine, where, out of many that were common to all, some few, found
in the others, were wanting in one. If we were to account for the
presence of those found in all of them by the supposition of a pre-
viously existing great inland sea including all these lakes in one, why
are a few forms absent in some, and present in others ? It could not
be through their destruction by the others, for the two largest and
most fierce, Lepidosteus and Amia, were wanting in the lakes of
Maine, though present in Lakes Superior and Champlain.

Prof Wyman referred to the occurrence of certain forms, generally
considered specific, within areas of exceedingly narrow limits, such as
that of the Bufo, found hitherto only in the town of Danvers, Mass.,
and indeed, so far as known, confined to the hmits of a single gar-
den ; and of Scaphiojjus, for which there are only a few localities.
The theory of local creation would seem to be carried to excess in
supposing this species to have always remained the same in character
and localization. He further suggested, in view of the fact that these
animals inhabit very limited localities, whether it was not quite
possible that those species detected on Mount Washington might yet
be discovered to the northward, when a more complete survey of the
arctic regions should be made. Our knowledge of these is not yet
sufiiciently complete to enable us to say that the species in question
are entirely absent from them.

Mr. Verrill presented a paper entitled

Additions to the Catalogue of the Birds found in the
Vicinity of Calais, Me., and about the Bay of Fundy.
By a. E. Verrill.

Since the publication of the list of birds presented to the Society
last June,* which was compiled mainly from manuscript notes fur-
nished to me by Mr. G. A. Boardman, some additional species of con-
siderable interest have been found by him, which I take this oppor-
tunity briefly to notice.
Picoides hirsutus Gray. Banded Three-toed Woodpecker. Several

specimens of this species have been obtained during the past

severe winter by Mr. Boardman, yet they must be considered

as rare winter visitors.
Contopus horealis Baii'd. Olive-sided Flycatcher. Summer visitant.

Not common. Only one specimen yet obtained.

* These rroceedings, page 122.

234

Empidonax minimus Baird. Least Flycatcher. Summer visitant.

Empidonax flaviventris Baird. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. This
species, already indicated from Grand Menan, has since been
found by Mr. Boardman.

Parula americana Bon. Blue Yellow-backed Warbler. Summer
visitant. Two specimens obtained.

Protonotaria citrea Baird. Prothonotary Warbler. Of this species,
hitherto probably unknown in New England, Mr. Boardman
obtained a single male specimen the last day of October. It
was shot near his house on a tree in the edge of a swamp.

Dendrceca maculosa Baird. Magnolia Warbler. Specimens of this
species, collected by myself at Grand Menan, August 1859,
are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Mr. Boardman
also informs me that he found it breeding last season, and that
it is not uncommon.

Vireo gilvus Bon. Warbling Yireo. Summer visitant. Not un-
common.

Phalaropus hyperhoreus Temm. Northern Phalarope. This species,
before mentioned without specific name, is very abundant in
flocks in the Bay of Fundy, as early, at least, as August, and
possibly breeds about some of the islands.

Plialaropus falicarius Bon. Red Phalarope. One specimen obtained.

Thalassidroma pelagica Bon. Least Petrel. One specimen.

Larus glaucus Briinn. Burgomaster Gull. Specimens of this species
were obtained by Mr. Boardman during the past winter.
The Golden-Crested Wren (Regulus satrapa Licht.) was resident

during the whole of the past winter at Calais, as well as in other

parts of Maine.

A specimen of native antimony was presented by Dr.
A. A. Hayes, with the following communication in regard
to it : ■ —

Some months since I described the sulphuret of antimony as oc-
curring near Fredericton, New Brunswick, in a regular vein, promis-
ing to become of economical value. On the 6th of May I identified
the present rare mineral in specimens sent to me from Quebec,
Canada. It occurs in a talcose slate with gray quartz, near Quebec ;
the exact location will be given in a future communication. The
metal is connected with oxides of antimony ; no sulphur is present,
and I hope to find the whole series of oxidized compounds of anti-
mony in the same locality. The last accounts from the mine are fa-
vorable to the conclusion that a regular vein will be found ; many
masses of the native metal have already been obtained.

235

Prof. Rogers announced that the sections of the act of the
Legislature granting hmds on the Back Bay to tlie Society,
in common with the Institute of Technology, which necessi-
tated a payment of money to the State upon certain condi-
tions relative to the sale of the surrounding land, had been
rej^ealed by the present Legislature. Prof. Rogers was ap-
pointed a committee to act in behalf of the Society in any
formalities which might be necessary for the ratification of
the act repealing said conditions.

The following gentlemen were elected Corresponding
Members : —

Dr. Wm. O. Ayres, of San Francisco, Cal. ; Capt. N. E.
Atwood, of Provincetown, Mass. ; Prof Edward Tuckerman,
of Amherst, Mass. ; Prof. Daniel Wilson, LL. D., of To-
ronto, C. W.

June 3, 1863.

The President in the chair.

The following paper was presented : —

The Penoeje Mineral Range, Wisconsin. By Charles
Whittlesy, of Cleveland, Ohio.

The copper-bearing strata of Pt. Kewenaw (Lake Superior) extend
south-westerly across the boundary of the State of Michigan into Wis-
consin. These strata constitute a long, narrow and bold mountain
range from Copper Harbor to Long Lake, a distance of one hundred
and sixty miles. There are no stratigraphical breaks along this line,
the order of the rock being everywhere the same. The dip of the
beds is always northerly or northwest, and the strike to the northeast
or east, the general Hue of outcrop being northeast by east. On Point
Kewenaw, and as far southwest as the Akogebe Lake, on the west
fork of the Ontonagon River, the copper veins have been found
valuable.

Beyond the waters of the Ontonagon, in the same direction, veins
have been discovered, but after hmited workings have been aban-
doned. The Montreal River forms the boundary between Michigan
and Wisconsin ; and as early as the year 1845 mining locations were
made on its waters where they pass the range. Locations were also

236

made upon the waters of the Bad or Mauvaise Elver, a stream with
numerous branches, draining the country from the Montreal to the
headwaters of the Chippeway and St. Croix Kivers.

Historically considered, the exploration of this region commenced
in the year 1840, when Dr. Houghton, as a commissioner of the State
of Michigan, accompanied Capt. Cram of the United States Topo-
graphical Engineers, who was then surveying the Menominee and
Montreal Rivers.

In 1840 and 1841 Dr. Houghton examined the rocks on both these
streams, and the country between their sources. I am in possession
of a transcript of his field notes during these explorations. In 1845-6
I made examinations along the range across the Montreal to the
westward, as far as the main branch of Bad River.

Up to this time the public lands in this part of Wisconsin had not
been surveyed. The fourth principal meridian was extended north-
ward through Wisconsin to Lake Superior in 1848. Dr. A. Randall,
one of the assistants of Dr. Owen upon the survey of the Chippeway
Land District, in reference to mines and minerals, accompanied the
linear surveyors along this line. In Town 44 north Dr. R. discovered
an outcrop of magnetic iron ore, and brought in a specimen. The
next season, as a member of Dr. Owen's corps, I made an exploration
on the western branches of Bad River, crossing southerly to the head
waters of the Chippeway. Near Lac des Anglais, and thence easterly
across the middle or main fork of the Bad River, I found cliffs and
bluffs of silicious magnetite. The results of this examination may be
seen in the final Report of Dr. Owen, published at Washington in the
year 1850.

In the Chippeway language the name for iron is pewahik ; and I
thought it proper to designate the mountains, where this metal exists
in quantities that surprise all observers, as the "Pewabik Range."
The compositor, however, transformed it to Penokie, a word which be-
longs to no language, but which is now too well fastened upon the
range by usage to be changed.

Soon after the publication of Dr. Owen's Report, the excitement of
1845-6 in reference to copper was repeated in reference to iron. The
government was at last induced to make surveys of the region. Pre-
emptors followed the surveyors, erecting their rude cabins on each
quarter section between the meridian and Lac des Anglais, a distance
of eighteen or twenty miles. The iron belt is generally less than one-
fourth of a mile in width, regularly stratified, dipping to the north-
west conformable to the formations, and having its outcrop along the
summit of the second or southerly range. Viewing this mountain re-
gion from La Pointe, or from the open lake, it has the appearance of
a single crest. Its outline against the sky in a clear day is very dis-

237

tinct and regular. Along the range, this crest line is nearly level, its
elevation above the lake being one thousand to eleven hundred feet.
But there are two ranges, known in the country as the first and the
second, or the " Copper " and the " Iron " range. There is not much
difference in their elevation. The copper range being nearest the
coast, covers the iron range, which, at the distance of tliirty miles, is
only visible through gaps and notches, the whole forming one blended
line in the horizon. To the south, beyond the iron range, the coun-
try is lower and swampy.

Two roads were soon constructed to the mineral deposits through
the dense evergreen forests of this latitude. One of them commenced
at the lake, near the mouth of the Montreal River, and near the ter-
mination of the fourth principal meridian, extending thence south
and not far from the meridian line. The other began on Chegoimegon
Bay, at Ashland, pursuing also a southerly course, and, after reaching
the second range, connected along it to the eastward with the first
road, passing the cabins of the pre-emptors. In 1859, Mr. Daniels,
of the "Wisconsin Geological Survey, and IMr. Lapham, of Milwaukie,
examined the iron range in behalf of a company which had made
extensive purchases there, and had caused a survey for a railway to
be made with a view to the manufacture of iron.

Mr. Lapham's report was published in pamphlet form, but as yet
no iron works have been erected there. The region was again ex-
amined by me in 1860, on the part of the State of Wisconsin. As
my reports upon the Bad River Country, and those of 1858, " Upon
the rocks of the Menominee River, associated with iron ores," have
not been published, I propose to offer in this paper a brief notice of
the analyses of specimens from the " Penokie " range, etc.

By referring to the "Proceedings of the American Association,
for 1859," a short article will be found relating to the azoic
slates of the Menominee, in which iron is a constant and large in-
gredient. So many discussions have taken place during the last fif-
teen years upon the origin of the azoic rocks in Canada and in
Michigan that it becomes important to have all the results of chemical
examinations before the public. I propose to do nothing more than
present these results, with such a general description of the forma-
tions west of the Montreal River, on the south shore of Lake Superior,
as will enable geologists to use them.

The profile accompanying my map for the Wisconsin Report of
1860 is made across the stratification, from the village of Hough-
ton, on Chegoimegon Bay, in a southeasterly direction, through the
Dalles of Tyler's Fork, in Town 45, North Range, 2 West. The
formations are lettered A, B, C, D and E, reckoning downward
from the Potsdam sandstone, A, to the sienite and granite, E. But

238

fbr present use the profile will be taken along an ancient Indian
trail, that leads from the mouth of Montreal River to Lac Flambeau,
and the formations will be numbered 1, 2, 3, etc.

The provisional arrangement, which it is always necessary to make
in the early stages of the examination of a new region, must of course
be based upon the external characters of the rocks. In this case it is
not only convenient, but proves to be a correct arrangement.

The following is a general view of the structure of the formations
in the descending order : —

Formation No. 1. — Potsdam Sandstone.
On the Montreal River, strike northeast by east, in places N. 60°
E. ; dip northwest by north, 75° to 90°. It embraces four members,
a, &, c, and d.

a. Sandstone Proper, corrected for bevel, thickness, 8,500 feet.

b. Alternations of sandstone and black-slate, thickness, 750 "

c. Conglomerate, thickness, 1,800 "

d. Alternations of trap and sandstone, thickness, 800 "

Total 11,850 "

This is not the entire thickness of the Potsdam at the mouth of the
Montreal. The synclinal line lies an unknown distance out in the
lake, perhaps one-fourth of a mile, and whatever this distance may
be should be added to the above statement. At the Apostle Islands
and in Chegoimegon Bay the dip is reversed, having a direction to-
wards the southeast ; but the line along which the change occurs is
covered either by the waters of Lake Superior or by drift. On the
northerly side of the synclinal the plunge of strata is much less in
amount. It presents the case of nearly horizontal beds on one side,
and of nearly vertical ones on the other. Following the outcrop
along the southerly shore to the west end of the lake, and thence
along its northwesterly coast, the dip is everywhere conformable, and
to the southeast. By estimates and measurements on that shore, com-
bined with those at the Montreal, I regard its total thickness to be
not less that fifteen thousand feet. No fossils have yet been found in
the sandstone of the west end of Lake Superior. Its color is gen-
erally red, owing to the presence of oxide of iron. Where this is
wanting, it is gray or a dull white, and in places mottled gray and red.

Formation, No. 2. — Trappose, in two members.
a. Brown amygdaloid ; dip and strike conformable to

formation 1 ; thickness along Lac Flambeau trail, 3^ miles.

h. Compact red and blue 2^ "

Total 6 "

239

Formation No. 3. — HornUendic.
Compact, sub-crystalline and slaty ; black or dark colored ;

strike N. 60^ E. ; thickness on trail . . . . 2^ miles.

Formation Xo. 4. — Sillcious, two members.

a. Quartz, slaty and in layers ; dark colored, but less
than F. 3 ; thickness variable ; separated from & by a
bed of magnetic iron and iron slate.

b. Quartz, slaty, in layers and beds ; more compact and
lighter color (gray and straw color) than a ; novaculite ;
strike N. 60° to Qb° E. ; dip variable, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°

to the northwest ; breadth across the edges on trail, 3^ miles.

Formation No. 5.

Granites and sienites of Central Wisconsin.

Fifteen miles to the westward of the trail, on a parallel line from
the mouth of Tyler's Fork to the Dalles, the total thickness of forma-
tions 2, 3 and 4, is reduced nearly one-half. The diminution, how-
ever, comes principally from the uppgr member, «, of formation 2,
which tapers out in that direction very rapidly. Formation 3 is also
somewhat diminished ; yet formation 5 is not materially changed in
thickness.

Further westward, beyond the middle or main fork of Bad River,
the rocks undergo such changes in external characters, that until the
test of analysis was applied, the separate formations could not be dis-
entangled. In the midst of black slates that appeared to be trachytic,
were large patches of red and blue crystalline rocks, having clearly
the aspect of sienites. I will notice them hereafter.

Formation 1 is nearly pure silex, and is evidently of sedimentary
origin. Some foreign geologists have essayed to place it nearly at the
summit of the geological system, not only without evidence, but against
the most conclusive proof. Dr. Houghton, Dr. Jackson and Dr. Owen
at first lent color to such a classification, but on examination both the
first and the last named gentlemen placed it in its true position, at
the base of the paleozoic rocks. It has been traced stratigraphically
beneath the Trenton and calciferous strata of the New York Survey ;
on the St. Mary's River at the Pictured Rocks ; on the Escanawba,
the Menominee, Oconto, Wolf, Wisconsin and St. Croix Rivers.

At the falls of the St. Croix abundance of fossils are found in it,
such as characterize the Potsdam in New York. To persist in deny-
ing the effect of such observations is to rob all proof of its value,
when it comes in contact with theory and assumption.

The black slate intercalated with the sandstone differs little exter-
nally from the slaty portions of formation 3. This member is very

o *< ^ - «

•BrsauSBH

•qsBjoj

•oraii

•untraniY

JO apixQ

•xanS

T» CO iO

•SSOJ pUB

aanjsiojt

1-1 1-1 o M

ci i-H o\ tA

oyioodg

•japAvod
JO aoioo

•padsv

•aoqinnvs[

00 o o

CJ Oi C-i

o o s M

^ ^ Q

2 5 « fl i2
X3 -^ fc. o "^

1^3

J 5 J "5 -2
S 5 M

es'o

*; ;i^*^ ..Sti

O O O

8

i«

g

o

g

J^

g

?

-<

o

w

CJ

^

<M

'^

CJ

o

o

8

§

s

8

S

S

^

8

o

^

o

--^

o

'^

o

o

o

8 s

8 8

LO

45

o

§8

? 8 8

o

o

o

<M

O !-( O

8

8

8

8 gJ 8'

C5

CO

tl

o o r>.

o

f5 §

-J

CO -^

s

8

8

8

g

8

s

8

s

s

S

g

00

8

o

s

8

88

8

1:5

00

o

s

8

^

o

8

^

-^

c^

^

^

^

-^

-^

--

o

1

1

i

i

1

1

1

I>J

oj

•M

(M

OJ

C^J

CI

C>i

!M

d _, -g

Q o P t- ? a; . j: =i
e^ P^ 2 O t£rH fcicq X2

"S J be "^ .

?q3 <1

r-l fi* ^ bc^ S P -M H

o

CS - -/!

t- p 1=1

S oi O

.= - a .;: ^

sr=rii

CO W

a J-
fc^ •? 3

CO

o

>, JO'S

•-J ..CO

241

persistent along the copper range to the eastward in Michigan. It is
visible in about the same relation to the conglomerate, at the Black,
Iron and Ontonagon Rivers. At Black and Presque Isle Rivers I have
noticed specks of carbonate of copper, disseminated, as in the !Mans-
felt slate. But one analysis has been made of this rock (formation 1 ,
6), which is as follows : —

Specific gravity, 2,690. Color of powder, bluish gray.

Silex 7.5.60

Protoxide of Iron , 14.00

Manganese 0..S.5

Alumina 7.30

Lime 0.95

Magnesia 0.9.5

Carbonaceous matter, moisture and loss 1 05

100.00

In the belts of sandstone that alternate with trap, it is common to
find native copper, out of the veins, disseminated in fine particles,
crystals and spangles, in some places sufficient to pay for stamping
and working the rock.

The analyses here given were made for the Wisconsin Survey by
Professor J. L. Cassells, of the Cleveland Medical College.

Of formation 4, with the exception of specimens containing a large
per cent, of iron and regarded as ores, only two were analyzed.
This is a black fine-grained slate, with a silicious aspect, and dark
gray powder. It was taken from near the iron belt above it, at a
locality 3 miles southwest of the trail, and about 1 2 miles from Lake
Superior.

1. Specific gravity, 3,049.

Carbonaceous matter and moisture 1.55

Silex 80.00

Protoxide of Iron 1 7.60

Oxide of Manganese 0 35

Alumina - 0.25

Magnesia 0.25

10000

2. Compact, tough blue slate. T. 45, N. R. 1 East. Specific
gravity, 2,740.

Moisture and loss 1.25

Silex 89.60

Protoxide of Iron 3.60

Oxide of Manganese 0.22

Alumina 2.40

PROCEEDINGS B. S. X. II. —VOL. IT.. 16 DECEMBER, 18C3

242

Lime 0.25

Mauncsia 1 .63

Potash 1.05

TooToo

No specimen of the above lists Is without the oxide of iron. In the
protoxides, fourteen In number, the percentage ranges from 3.60 to
17.60. Of the peroxides, five in number, the per cent, varies from
2.16 to 14.40. With one exception, lime pervades the entire list, the
proportion in no case attaining to one per cent. Magnesia is present
in all but two specimens, the largest amount being 2.80.

A large portion of formation 3, west of Bad River, is coarsely crys-
talline, with a decided sienitic aspect. Around the west end of
Bladder Lake it is of a light blue color; in other places flesh red.
Specimens 8 and 9 of formation 3 represent this deceptive rock.

In composition, however, they range themselves with the other
specimens of the formation, as substantially silex and Iron. Five
specimens show potash ranging from 1.45 to 2.66 per cent.

The absence of potash or soda In two of the trap rocks of formation
2, may be accounted for by the fact that in both cases the specimens
were porous and exposed to the atmosphere.

The proportion of caustic alkalies Is here much less than In the trap
rocks of the same formation on Point Kewenaw, and the traps of
other countries. The presence of both potash and soda Is a charac-
teristic of these rocks elsewhere, and also a much larger per cent, of
alumina. In truth, the difference In mechanical condition, as well
as chemical constitution, between these beds and those which contain
valuable veins, is so great as to discourage us as to their practical
value.

In No. 1 of formation 4, there Is found carbonaceous matter like
the black slate of the Potsdam sandstone, formation 1. Among the
slates of this series there are no Instances of the dark green color that
characterizes chlorltic and magneslan rocks, or whieh might indicate
the presence of silicates of iron. The silex Is evidently in excess
over all substances that might act as bases, and thus the quartz and
iron oxides are proven to be mechanical mixtures.

There are so many differences between these rocks and those oppo-
site them on the southerly side of the granitic core of the State, that
we should hesitate before we class them together. In the azoic slates
of the Menominee River, I was unable to determine the stratification,
if any exists. The Bad River system is everywhere stratified, and
is also conformable throughout.

On the Menominee there are no Intercalations of Potsdam sand-
stone, and no beds of trap. On the Bad and Montreal Rivers there
are no masses of crystalline limestone. The quartz beds of the Me-
nominee are portions of the Potsdam in a compact form. They rest

24S

upon the edges of the lamina? of the green azoie slates. The quartz:
beds of the Montreal and Bad Rivers are far below the Potsdam, ancf
are schistose. Iron enters into the composition of the silicious forma-
tion No. 4, while the quartzite of the liiule is pure silex.

For the purpose of more fully exhibiting the difference between the
azoic slates on the waters of the Menominee and the systems repre-
sented above, I insert some analyses made in 1858.

In both systems the oxide of iron is an univcisal constituent, but
with one exception in the azoic rocks it is in the form of protoxide.
T.'iis exception is in a surface specimen, and may be the result of
higher oxidation by exposure. Silex is the principal substance in the
slates of both systems as well as in the compact portions. On the-
Menominee, it ranges from 52| to 92 per cent. ; on the Montreal,
56 to 93. As the silex decreases, the iron increases, these being the
principal ingredients. The azoic slates are much more aluminous
than those of the Bad River region. Both carry the elements of
hornblende in limited quantities, and might for that reason be called
hornblende rocks, but this term conveys no hint of their origin or
chronology, and is, therefore, wichout any other than a mineralogical
significance.

The Menominee system is both laminated and lamellar, with occa-
sionally a silky lustre, and a magnesian feel and aspect. The slates of
the Montreal are laminated, but rough to the touch, and have a silicious
aspect. In this region the laminae conform to the uplift in strike, and
in their dip conform to the stratification. It is different on the waters
of the Menominee. There the ridges or local uplifts and the bearing
of the slates are at various angles, and the dip of the laminated por-
tions is various and irregular. The uplifts have the character of cor-
rugations, resulting from lateral pressure, and if, as it seems is now
pretty well established, lateral pressure gives rise to lamellae and flat-
tened spangles, it is fair to presume such to have been the origin
of the uplii'ts. On the shore of Lake Superior the whole country has
been moved together and with great regularity. The entire series
has either been lifted in mass by one movement or by successive up-
lifts that were parallel in direction, and about eijual in amount. This
applies lo the Ontonagon, Portage Lake and Point Keweenaw por-
tion as well as that of the Montreal and Bad Rivers. If the Potsdam
should hereafter be discovered in the swamp region south of the
Penokie Mountains, it would throw light upon the age of these rocks.
Formation 2 of the above section in its upper portion, is contempora-
neous with the Potsdam. The azoic slates of the southerly water-
shed are more ancient. Are the black slates of foimations 3 and 4
contemporaneous with the green slates of the Menominee ? Are
either or both of them metamorphic ? Can we assign them a positiou.
in the Canadian system ?

-f O o

O -< C-J

odd

g ^ s

d d

ITS 8jnjsioiv[

s?

CO O O 00 tft O :

O d^ -O OJ ,^ -X cJ^ rj ^ O c:g :

•asauBguBjc

CO

d

d

d

d

d

d

Vj

d

•BisaoSBK

1

r-l d

d

c^j d

d r-;

-(2

«

^ §8

d i-J

•auin

d

s

d

ft

•H d

CO

g 8

d d

1

^

8 S

•no.ii JO
apixoiojcl

s si

O -M — I

;;: 8

•ununniY

'^

o

g

S

8

^

S

8

2

g

8

8

g

s

§

o

CO

o

«?

»*<

o

CO

o

CJ

;::

CJ

o

o

(N

CO

8

8

8

o

S

8

8

^

^

w

^

^

^

^

S

8 S

oypads

0T3

bD

0 >

01 pO

„ S T i- OJ :i O

s ■» 3 > '5- s ^

5 -C!

= W c!c^ .

a ^ ..S

r if «- s

=2 O

(U o

^ «

k CO "^ 02

»J ffi^ ^

S B?

S **
te ..

9, :?

2 2

ii

^2

o «

(4

U u •
O o ai

°ii

;r.= be

5 M oj

73 i^

=*a

■5 ^

o ss '3 —

oJbtS

^ bccj
bE-~

2 2"

o~ O a; s

?;

bfl

iSC

^

^

>»

S

S

^

-o

■«

0)

^ 3
o fl

o-is
bn ^-^i

r- -u I— '

5 o

So

- q;

.^D

i- c

•^ ?•-: c o^ o

■ s

5&

3 bcoi bc«
'5 o W) o bi

^ 5 >. r-

o r:3 ^ -k^ i>

^35 O X o

35-4= 0) .„

02 P

r- C OJ 3

> bo

o §3 = «

§s-2 ::i:'s

Jl

!* "S £ ^ -

■ S C ^ b£ ^^IS

c O ci i'ii-aJ

.i^'-C'

be

sc

p-^t |."S^^

•3^ bi o •■" o

05 O Q

•dnojS
3U* JO ox

O rl W

245

The President exhibited a document submitted to him by
Dr. H. C. Perkins, of Nevvburyport, giving a drawing and an
early account of the Sea Serpent, of the hitter of which the
following is a transcription : —

" The above is a figure of a Sea Serpent, seen on a passage
from Newburyport to St. Petersburg (Russia), on board the brig
Washington, Joseph Brown, Master, August 1811, in lat. 60° 30' N.
and long. 7° 45' W. He was in sight three hours or more, and came
up within forty feet abreast of us, and remained several minutes, as
described above, his head eight or nine feet above water ; judged him
to be sixteen or eighteen inches diameter, and seventy or eighty feet
in length. Pie appeared to be very smooth, and in color like a
porpoise — back black and belly white. He did not appear at all
startled at the sight of the vessel, but turned his head toward us till
we passed him, about twice the length of the vessel astern of us. He
sank gradually under water for several minutes, and then rose again
gradually, and so continued to rise and sink as long as I could see
him with a good glass. When we first discovered him, supposed it to
be a vessel's mast, at about three miles distance, two points on the
weather bow, and hauled up for him, and did not discover that he
was alive till within a mile of us. He appeared to move along about
two or two and a half miles an hour, and his course about N. N. E.
and very steady. He never altered his course from the time we first
saw him, nor as long as we could see him with a good glass, and his
motion of alternately rising and sinking at short intervals of time was
the same during the whole time.

(Signed) Joseph Brown^.

The President gave an account of the early discussions relative to
the Sea Serpent by the Linnean Society of New England, and stated
that the original animal, concerning which a committee was ap-
pointed and gave their lengthy report, had since been rediscovered,
and proved to be a black snake {^Coluber constrictor) with a diseased
spine.

Dr. Pickering said that it should be stated to the credit of the late
Prof Peck, who was upon the committee referred to, that he was in
a minority of one in support of the same opinion. He also stated that
an explanation had been given of the various appearances by which
the stories of the Sea Serpent had arisen, by an old whaler, namely,
that it was a hump-backed whale scooping fish, the upper jaw being
elevated, forming the supposed erected head and neck, and the hump
representing the imagined vertical curvature of the serpentine body.

Prof Asa Gray read the following paper : —

246

The Morphology of the Andr(ecium of the Fumariacej^,
By J. T. RoTHRocK.

My observations were made upon Dicentra spectabilis, a good
representative of the natural order Fumariacece, and well adapted
for the present purpose. The flower in this order is dimerous.
There are two small and scale-like sepals, and four petals in two
distinct sets. Before each of the two exterior and larger petals
stands a phalanx made up of three dimorphous stamens, i. e. the mid-
dle anther of each phalanx is two-celled, or complete ; the lateral
ones are one-celled or, as it were, dimidiate. Now, the question is,
Are the stamens morphologically two, but each divided by chorisis or
deduplication into three ? Or are they normally four, one before each
petal, but those belonging before the inner petals divided in some
way each into two half-stamens, and these half-stamens so separated
as to be associated, one on each side, with the stamen before each
outer petal, and united with it diadelphously, so as to make two pha-
langes, each of a complete stamen in its proper position, and of a
half stamen on each side out of position ? -^

The latter view was suggested by De Candolle, and afterwards more
fully developed by Lindley. If this be the correct view, we should ex-
pect (going back to an early stage in the development of the flower)
to find the one-celled stamens originating before the inner petals,
•where they belong ; and also, as they answer to a single leaf, we
should look for a connection between their fibro-vascular bundles, and
for no connection with those which supply the middle stamen. The
-theory of this view, moreover, supposes a deduplication or chorisis,
i. €. a fission of each of one set of stamens into two, and then a
cohesion, more or less complete, of the severed parts with the un-
altered stamens. The opposing and first-named view supposes only
a chorisis, without displacement, but into three instead of two mem-
bers. Tliose botanists, therefore, who reject the idea of chorisis, can-
not very consistently adopt the Candollean explanation; for that, in
fact, assumes a chorisis no less than the other view.

The view of a simple chorisis, dividing the stamens of a diandrous
.andrcEcium each into three, has been adopted by Gray, on general
morphological considerations, and afterwards by the late M. Payer, on
organogenic observations.

Upon this view, we should expect to find all three members of a
phalanx originating in connection, and in the position which they oc-
cupy in the developed flower, viz., before the outer petals, leaving
.the space before the inner petals vacant. And as each phalanx
morphologically represents a single trifoliolate leaf, its fibro-vascular
bundles should originate in connection, or in proximity, and should be
fiuch as belong to one leaf. It is the object of this communication to

247
$

record the opinion, founded on repeated observations upon the early
bud, that this, the simpler view, is sustained by the facts.

Taking a raceme of Dicentra spectabilis, in which the lowest
flowers had fairly opened, while the upper were s+ill minute buds, I
traced all gradations from the perfectly-developed stamens down
through earlier stages until the filaments were no longer visible.
The smaller flower-buds of a still younger raceme showed only
three small united excrescences before each of the outer petals:
these were the only indications of the future stamens. I then placed
a flower-bud, about one-hundredth of an inch in diameter, on a glass
slide, and, after removing the sepals, subjected it to a magnify-
ing power of fifty diameters. The petals were too small to meet at
the top and cover in a central portion where the organs of genera-
tion were to be developed. Hence I was able to see the nascent
organs exactly in situ. The three excrescences on each side had
dwindled to a single, slight protuberance; and very close examination
was required to discover the lines at which the division into three sta-
mens was ultimately to begin.

The relative size of the slight lobes of the protuberance was in
proportion to the future anthers, t. e. the middle lobe, which repre-
sented the two-celled anther, was fully twice as large as those on
either side of it which were to have but one cell each. Before the
inner petals there was no sign of any nascent stamen. Evidently,
the one-celled stamens do not originate there. Here, then, we have
the case obviously resolved into one of chorisis. The three stamens
occupy the place of one. The relative position of the stamens in
the full-grown flower is the one with which they start, and in which
they continue during the entire period of their growth.

In the distribution of the fibro-vascular bundles going to the sta-
mens, everything points to the same conclusion.

Divide the flower in halves at right angles to its flat surface, and
continue the division straight on through the middle of the pedicel ;
then, through the base of, and in the same plane, with the stamineal
phalanx, make a section thin enough to be transparent ; continue
this section until it runs out into the split surface of the pedicel.
Two primary fibro-vascular bundles will be seen going up through the
pedicel. After giving off* branches for the ovary, sepals and petals,
two large trunks run on into the middle stamen. The trunk on the
right sends off a branch to the half-stamen on that side, and the half-
stamen on the other side receives a branch from the corresponding
main trunk. Stating the facts with direct reference to the mor-
phology of the stamens, we see no more primary divisions of fibro-
vascular bundles going to the phalanx than would go to one stamen.
The lateral stamens are supplied from the trunk which supplies the

248

middle stamen : -whereas, if these were respectively halves of one
stamen, we should expect to be able to trace their fibro-vasciilar bun-
dles into a common trunk, or at least into an intimate relation. Xo
such relation was detected.

Therefore, from the distribution of the fibro-vascular bundles, as well
as from the development of the androecium, I conclude that the sta-
mens are not four, of which two are bisected and separated, but, mor-
phologically, two, alternate with the inner petals, and each divided
into three by chorisis.

Dr. B. G. Wilder presented a paper entitled "Concern-
ing Morphology and Physiology, especially in the limbs of
Mammalia," which was referred to the Publishing Commit-
tee.

Mr. F. W. Putnam remarked, in reference to a notice of
the appearance of Grystes fasciatus Ag. in salt water, to
which he had referred at a recent meeting, that he had since
learned that it had been introduced into the ponds on Cape
Cod in great quantities, and therefore its appearance in
Boston Harbor did not seem so unaccountable.

In response to an inquiry of Prof. Wyman, Mr. Putnam
said that he had repeatedly found the nest of the robin built
upon the ground, but only in Xew Hampshire; and in one
case he had found a nest, in which the young were reared to
maturity, built upon the beam connected with the moving
machinery of a saw-mill which was in daily use throughout
the summer.

Mr. Bouve stated that the red-headed woodpecker {Sphy-
ropicus varius) had done remarkable injury to his house at
Hingham while unoccupied. These birds had made a number
of large round holes through the closed blinds of an upper
story window, and going into the room to see what damage
had been done, he found the glass broken in a number of
places, some being evidently broken by blows from without
and some from within. Ko stones or any missiles were
found in the room, and the only possible explanation was in
the supposition that a woodpecker, having bored through the
blinds and broken a pane of glass from without, sufficient
for ingress, had attempted to escape, and not finding the

249

opening by which its entrance was effected, had moved along
the sash, and by repeated tappings had broken numerous
holes, till one was made sufficiently large for its passage out ;
for there were two holes found of sufficient size, one broken
from within and one from without.

Baron Osten Sacken, Russian Consul at New York, and
Dr. John J. Craven, U. S. A., were elected Corresponding
Members.

Messrs. John Quincy Thaxter and Charles Bartlett, of
Boston, and Dr. John E. Tyler, of Somerville, were elected
Resident Members.

Jime 17, 1S63.

The President in the chair.

The following paper was presented : —

Malacozoological Notices, No. 1. By Dr. "William Stimp-

sox.

In some recent investigations among the Mollusca of the District of
Columbia, a few facts have been observed which may be worthy of
being placed on record.*

I. Ox THE Gexus Guxdlachia.

This name was proposed by Dr. Pfeiffer (Zeitschrift fiir ^lalak.
1849, p. 97, and 1853, p. 180) for a remarkable shell discovered by
Dr. Guudlach in the fresh-water lakes of Cuba. The specimens first
described were not adult, and had the appearance of an Ancylus with
the posterior two-thirds of its aperture closed by a horizontal septum,
and it was not until several years afterwards that the aduk was discov-
ered, when it was found that the shell first described was merely the
apicial portion of a much larger and somewhat crepiduliform shell,
the form figured by H. & A. Adams, in their *' Genera of Recent
Mollusca," plate lxxxiv., fig. 8. From the tenuity, and other general
chziracters of the shell, as well as the want of an operculum, the ge-
nus was rightly presumed to belong near the Limnacidee, and to be
nearly allied to Ancylus,

* For the cuts which form the illustrations of these "Notices," I am indebted
to the hberality of the Smithsonian Institution.

250

The Cuban shell was named Gundalachki AncyU/ormis, and is the
subject of interesting articles by Bourguignat in the Revue et Maga-
sin de Zoologie, 1855, p. 23, and 1862, p. 13. A second species G.
Fig. 1. HJalmansonii, from Honduras, has since been described by Dr.
Pfeiifer. (Zeitsch. fiir Malak., 1852, pp. 179-84 ; and Malak.
Blatter, V. 196.) M. Bourguignat, in the latter of the two ar-
ticles above (quoted, has described two additional species from
Cuba, G. Poeyi and G. aderosia, and in the Proceedings of the
California Academy of Natural Sciences, for April of the present
year, Mr. Rowell has described and figured a fifth species, G.
Californica, from the waters of the Feather River, of which a
cut is here offered (fig. 1), copied from Mr. Row ell's figure.

In the spring of the present year, I have discovered a sixth
species in the vicinity of Washington, D. C. The genus is thus,
as far as known, peculiar to North America and confined to
the tropical and warm-temperate regions.

I have taken the opportunity afforded by the occurrence of
the last-mentioned species, to study the lingual dentition of the
animal and the mode of growth of the shell in this curious ge-
nus. The species may be called

GUXDLACHIA MeEKIANA.

^ig2. The full-grown shell, in general

form, is ovate. It is much broader
than in G. Ancyliformis, and has a
,,,, less ovate aperture than in G. Cali-
.■JJ fornica^ as may be seen by compar-
ison of the figures.
The shell consists of two distinct parts, and from above looks very
much like a small and thick, black Ancylus, sticking obliquely and to
the right upon the posterior end of the back of a larger thin and
whitish one. These two parts we will call, for convenience, respective-
ly the smaller shell and the larger shell. The two parts nearly
resemble each other in outhne, each being oblong, roundedly truncate
before, and narrowed and somewhat obliquely truncated behind, the
right posterior angle being prominent.

The dorsal part, or smaller shell, as before stated, is black opaque,
and comparatively thick. It is about one-third as long as the larger
shell, and has the usual form of a young Ancylus, the very obtuse apex
being at the posterior third of its length and inclined to the right. An-
teriorly it is continuous with the dorsum of the larger shell, but poste-
riorly it projects freely over and beyond the margin of that shell at its
posterior dexter angle, to a distance equaUing rather less than a fourth

251

of Its own length. Inferiorly, the entrance of this projecting portion
of the smaller shell is closed by a flat septum, extending from margin
to margin, and continuous anteriorly with the dorsum and internal
shelf of the larger shell presently to be described

Tlie larger shell is thin, translucent, presenting signs of rapid growth,
and usually of a whitish or very pale horn color. It is more expand-
ed to the left than to the right, the dorsum and left sloi)e being strong-
ly convex, while the right slope is nearly straight. It is marked with
prominent stride of growth, and indistinct radiating lines. Within,
at the naiTower posterior end, there is a rather strong white shelf,
formed by the soldering of the dorsum of the larger to the septum of
the smaller shell, which extends forward and upward, nearly to the
bottom of the concavity, leaving, however, an aperture which leads
into the cavity of the smaller shell, in which the liver of the animal is
seated. This aperture is exactly semi-lunar in shape, its longer diam-
eter being of course coincident with the Avidth of the smaller shell, and
equalling about one-thiixi that of the larger shell. In younger speci-
mens the shelf is a little less extensive, and the apicial aperture some-
what larger.

The soft parts of the animal, except in the form of the visceral sack,
agree so closely with those of true A ncyli that I have not succeeded in
finding any differences of importance. I add here a figure of its lin-
gual dentition. This resem- Fig. 3.
bles very nearly that of a spe-
cies of Ancylus common in ^.^^ ___- r-

the District (which appears lSr\r\f^^^yl

to be the^. ricalaris of Say

and Haldeman), differing from it only in having two or three teeth less

in number, and in the more numerous denticles with which its lateral

teeth are armed.

After a close examination of the above characters, I have ventured
to suggest that the GundJachia commences its life as an Ancylm ; the
smaller shell, in which the earlier period of its life is spent, being undis-
tinguishable in form fi-om the shells of that genus. It is probable that
it passes the first summer and autumn of its existence in this smaller
shell and that the septum which afterwards partially closes its aperture
is formed during the period of inaction, which ensues during the winter.*

* It has now reached the state in which G. ancyliformis was originally de-
scribed bv Pfeiffer, in 1849, and which was then thought to be the adult form.

In making the above remarks, I am well aware that Bourguignat, in the Reime
et Magasin de Zoologie for 18()2, p. 19, asserts that this septum, or " inferior la-
mella" exists in the voung Gundlachia ancyliformis from the date when it leaves
the egg, and savs that he has even been able to verify this as a fact. >Vithout
wishing to throw doubt upon so positive a statement, I may be permitted to sug-

252

This septum would in some degree serve as a protection to the
MoUusk during this period, in the same way as the epephragm of the
Helices.

In the following spring, — the period of greatest activity in growth
with all the fresh-water Pulmonates, — the animal throws forth its new-
er and larger shell, retaining the older one on its back for the protec-
tion of its more tender viscera. It therefore will be a matter of great
interest and importance to observe these animals in the latter part of
winter, when the formation of the newer shell is about to commence.
At that period, they will be found to present the primary form, namely,
that of an Anci/lus with two-thirds of its aperture closed by a septum,
leaving but a small opening for the egress of the foot of the animal.

This remarkable little Mollusk, of a genus new to our Fauna, has
occurred to me in one locality only, — a small pond of clear water, in a
marshy bank of the Potomac, on the northern side, between George-
town and the Little Falls in one direction, and between the canal and
the river in the other. The pond is about one mile below the so-called
" Chain Bridge." Five specimens only were found, after repeated
search.

I have dedicated this species to my friend, Mr. F. B. Meek, the most
accurate of American investigators in Fossil Conchology, the pleasure
of whose company I enjoyed during several excursions for the purpose
of procuring specimens of it.

The Secretary read a communication by Dr. James Lewis,
of Mohawk, N. Y., on the identity of Paludina subglobosa
Say with Melania isogona Say.

Dr. Wyman stated that he had recently observed the

gest a careful repetition of the observation. For if the young animal when hatched
has a septiferous shell, of the same form as at the period when the newer shell is
about to be thrown off, it is difficult to conceive how its enlargement by growth in the
first season is effected. Shells increase in size by additions to the margin of their ap-
erture, but such additions to the lips of the little semi-circular aperture of the young
Gundlachia would simply close it up entirely. The alternative — that the shell when
hatched lias already reached the size (one-eighth of an inch in length) seen in the
immature septiferous individuals, and that they increase no more until the larger
shell is thrown off— would seem to be contrary to all that we know of the earlier
condition and growth of other genera of the "family, such as Ancylus. I should
mention, however, as an argument in favor of Bourguignat's view, that I have
been unable to detect distinct lines of growth upon the superior portion of the
shell; but, on the other hand, there are very distinct lines of growth upon the sep-
tum, which would indicate that that portion of the shell at least was formed after
the birth of the animal, for such lines of increase are not seen in shells formed in
the egg. The specimens first found in Cuba, which, as before-stated, were imma-
ture and septiferous, occurred in a dried-up pond, the dry season in that climate
corresponding in its effects upon MoUusks, as well as in time, to our winter.

253

mode of impregnation of the ova of the common Bream
{Pomotis cmritus Raf) upon the shores of Fresh Pond. The
females are seen swimming in a circle around a hollowing in
the sand, from which they move only to dart upon some in-
truder, and when joined by the male they swim together in
a similar manner side by side, the male occasionally turning
half way over so as to move with the flat side of the body
in a horizontal position, having the abdomen turned toward
the female ; the female at the same time executes a similar
movement, though not assuming quite so horizontal a posi-
tion, and in this attitude, with their abdomens toward one
another, the impregnation is effected.

Mr. A. E.Verrill, presented, on behalf of Mr. Geo. H. Emer-
son, a paper entitled " Observations on Crystals and Precip-
itates in Blowpipe Beads ; " and two by himself, namely ;
" Synopsis of the Halcyonoid Polyps collected during the
years 1853-6, by Wm. Stimpson, Naturalist to the North
Pacific Exploring Expedition, commanded by Captains King-
gold and Rodgers," and the following : —

Notice of the Eggs and Young of a Salamander,
Desmognathus fusca Baird, from Maine. By A. E.
Verrill.

The eggs of our Salamanders, except those of Pleiliodon erijthro-
no'cus, which were observed last year by Mr. Putnam,* are as yet
very Httle known, as well as their habits during the breeding season
and the development of the young. While on a short excursion to
!Maine during the present season, I was fortunate enough to find the
eggs of Desmognathus fusca Baird (Salamandra quadrimaculata
Holb.) near the town of Norway, and after communicating the fact
to Mr. S. R. Carter of Paris Hill, he also found more of the eggs
under precisely the same circumstances, and at the same time caught
a large number of the young of previous years, which are of inter-
est for illustrating its mode of growth. This salamander occurs
(juite commonly in Maine in cold, rapid, rocky brooks and springs,
or under stones close to their margins, where it is very damp and
cool. The eggs were first found on the 20th of May, in a little brook
near Norway village, and appeared then to be freshly laid. They
were attached in a cluster to the lower surface of a flat stone cov-

* These Proceedings, p. 173.

254

ered by the water. There were forty egg? of rather large size, each
one adhering quite strongly to the rock, but only in contact with
the other eggs, and without any mucus investing the whole cluster
like that of most frogs and toads.

The volk of the egg is white, like ivory in lustre, and about one-
tenth of an inch in diameter; the surrounding substance is perfectly
colorless and transparent and about one-quarter inch in diameter. In
these eggs the embryos were distinctly formed by the first of June ;
but those collected by Mr. Carter on the 29th of May were newly
laid. With the latter were found young ones in two well-marked
stages of growth, all of them with external gills. These will rep-
resent those of the two preceding years, unless this species breeds
twice during the season, which is not probable. The smaller ones
vary from nine-tenths to one and one-tenth of an inch in length,
and have a broad, flat tail, scarcely tapering, truncate at the end ;
the feet are well formed. The larger ones are from one and seven-
tenths to one and nine-tenths of an inch in length, and have a flat-
tened, tapering tail, well-developed external gills, and all the mark-
ings commonly found on the adults, which are three or four inches
loEg, and have tails much longer, in proportion, tapering to a
slender point. With a large number of these two sizes, there is
a single one intermediate between them. This is one and three-
tenths of an inch in length, and is very likely only a somewhat
smaller individual than usual of the larger sized form, but this can
be definitely determined only by a greater number of specimens.

From what has already been ascertained, however, there can be
but little doubt that the external gills remain two years and that the
adult size is not attained before the third year.

This species differs, therefore, very remarkably from Pletliodon
erythrouotus, both in the manner of laying the eggs and in the de-
velopment of the young ; for in the latter the young, as observed by
!Mr. Putnam, lost their external gills in less than three days from the
time they were hatched, and probably attain their adult size during
the first year.

The only previous notice of the eggs of this species that I have
been able to find, is a remark by Prof Baird, that the eggs are
" wrapped around the body of the female, who remains in a damp
si)0t until they are hatched." This habit is entirely different from
what I have observed, and, in connection with the great differences
in the color and other characters of specimens from different locali-
ties, referred to this species, would indicate that two or more species
have been confounded under one name. It is possible that the ob-
servation of Prof. Baird applies to the form recently described by

255

Mr. E. D. Cope, as a distinct species, under the name of Desmogna-
thus ochrophcea.*

Amhlystoma punctatum Baird. This species was found in a pool of
water, at Norway, by Mr. S. I. Smith, on the 3d of May. It is
probable, therefore, that it deposits its eggs in water about that
time.

The following letters were read, which bad recently been
received, namely : —

From the Naturhistorischer Verein, Bonn, January 17th, acknowl-
edging the receipt of the Society's publications ; the K. Akadcmie der
Wissenschaften, Wien, January 24th, 1863, presenting its pubUca-
tions ; Mr. Temple Prime, April 13th, and Dr. Eugene P. Robbins,
April 20th, acknowledging their election as Con-esponding Members.

Mr. C. C. Frost, of Brattleboro', Yt., was elected Corre-
hponding Member.

Mr. C. B. Porter, of Boston, and Mr. Thcs. P. Pitcliie, of
Brookline, were elected Pesident Memberi:.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

April 1. Liihodes arciica, from Rockport, Mass.. by Mr. Addison Gott. A
pair of Nyctea nivea, from McGregor, Iowa, by Mr. H. Davis.

April 15 A hair-ball from the stomach of an ox, by Mr. Francis H. Jack-
son. Stm-eria Dekayi, from Newport Harbor, by Dr. B. Joy Jeffries.

May 6. A bottle of snakes and salamander.*, by Miss E. Richardson. Two
Japanese Dogs, by Dr. Ruschenberger, U. S. N. A box of Mollu.sca, from
North Carolina, by Dr. B. S. Shaw.

May 20. Specimens of calcareous tufo, from Wisconsin, by Mr. J. White.

June 3. Live specimens of Pituojjhig mtlanoltucug, from Manchester, N. J.,
bv Mr. T. J. Whittemore.

June 17. An electrical eel {Gymnotus), from the Amazon, by Mr. Thomas
HaU.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 30, 1863.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. 8vo. I'amph. 1863.

From A. A. Society.

Annual Report of the Mercantile Library Association. Svo. I'amph. New

York, 1862-3. From M. L. Asguciation.

Constitution and By-Laws of the Natural History Society of Montreal.
Pamph. Montreal, 1859. From Major L. A. Iluijutt-Lniour.

Field and Garden Vegetables of America. By tearing Burr, Jr. Svo.
ton. From lion. Albert Fearing.

* Proceedings Thil. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 18;5'.\ p. 124.

Svo.
Bos-

Report of Commissioner of Patents for 1861. 8vo. "Washington. From the
Commissioner.

Notice of New Species of Fossils in Indiana. By Prof. James Hall. 8vo.
Pamph. Albany, 1862. From the Author.

Description of Specimens of Fossil Reptilia. By Dr. J. W. Dawson, F. G. S.
Sro. Pamph. London, 1862. From the Author.

Catalogue of Birds found at Norway, Oxford County, !Maiue. By A. E.
Verrill. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

Salt Manufacturers of the Saginaw Valley, ^lichigan. 8vo. Pamph. From
the Author.

Ueber das Ende der Wirbelsaule der Ganoiden und einiger Teleostier. Von
A. KoUiker. 4to. Pamph. Liepzig, 1860. From the Bailey bequest.

De la Connaissance des Fruits et des Graines. Par M. Charles des Moulins.
8vo. Pamph. Bordeaux, 1862.

Quatre Memoires. (Botaniques.) Par M. Ch. des Moulins. 8vo. Pamph.
Bordeaux. Frotn the Author.

Note sur le Sisymbrium Bursifolium. Par M. Ch. des Moulins. 8vo. Pamph.
Bordeaux, 1845.

Catalogue raisonne des Phanerogames de la Dordogne. Par M. Ch. des
Moulins. 8vo. Pamph. Bordeaux, 1859.

Etudes Organiques sur les Cuscutes. Par M. Ch. des Moulins. 8vo.
Pamph. Toulouse, 1853. From C. J. Sprayue.

List of the Butterflies of New England. By Samuel H. Scudder. Svo.
Pamph. 1863.

Black River Copper Mining Company: Geological Survey and Report. By
Dr. C. T. Jackson. Svo. Pamph. 1862.

Wickham Copper Mining Company: Geological Survey and Report. By Dr.
C. T. Jackson. Svo. Pamph. 1862. From S. H. Scudder.

On the Different Types in the Microscopic Structure of the Skeleton of
Osseous Fishes. By k. Kolliker. Svo. Pamph.

Ueber Kopfkiemer mit Augen an den Kiemen. Von A. KuUiker. Svo.
Pamph.

Ueber den Bau der Sage des Sagefisches. Von A. Kolliker. Svo. Pamph.

Ueber die Beziehungen der Chorda dorsalis zur Bildung der Wirbel der Se-
lachier und einiger andern Fische. Von A. KuUiker. Svo. Pamph. 1860.

Ueber den Antheil der Chordascheide an der Bildung des Schadelgrundes
der Squalidoe. Von A. KiJliker. Svo. Pamph.

Ueber die Entwicklung des Geruchsorganes beim Menschen und beim Hohn-
chen. Von A. Kolliker. Svo. Pamph.

Der embryonale Schneckenkanal, etc. Von A. Kolliker. Svo. Pamph.

Ueber die grosse Verbreitung der " perforating fibre " von Sharpey. Von A.
Kolliker. Svo. Pamph. From the Author.

Beretning om Fifteri-Udstillingeni. Amsterdam, 1861. 12mo. Pamph.
Christiania, 1862.

Die Culturplanzen Norwegens beobachtet. Von Dr. F. C. Schubeler. 4to.
Pamph. Christiania.

Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band vi. Svo. "Wien, 1862.

257

Die Noctninen Enropa's. Von Julius Lederer. 8vo. Wien, 1857.

Entomologische Zeitung; herausgegeben von dem entomologischen Vereine
zu Stettin. Dreiundzwanzigster Jahrgang. 8vo. Stettin, 1862.

Beilage zu No. 1-3 des 24 Jahrgangs der Stettiner entomologischen Zeitung.
8vo. Pamph. Stettin, 1862.

Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande
und Westphalens; herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. C. 0. Weber. 14 Jahr-
gang. 8vo. Bonn, 1862.

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Erste Abtheilung:
Band 45, Heft 3-5 ; Band 46, Heft 1, 2. Zweite AbtheUung: Band 45, Heft 5 ;
Band 46, Heft 1-3. 8vo. Wien, 1862.

Jahi-esbericht des Mannheimer Vereins ftlr Naturkunde. 8vo. Pamph.
1862.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Yiertes Heft. 28 Jahrgang. 1862. 8vo.
Pamph. Berlin.

Nachrichten von der Georg-Universitat, und der K. Gesellschaft d. Wissen-
schaften zu Gottiugen. Vom Jahre 1862. Xr. 1-27. Nebst Register. 8vo.
Gottingen.

Bulletin de la Societe Geologique de France. Tome 19. Feuilles 59-68.
Tome 20. Feuilles 1-12. Svo. Pamph. Paris, 1859.

Journal of the Roval Dublin Society. Nos. 26-28. 8vo. Pamph. Dub-
lin, 1863.

Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 52-54. 8vo. Pamph. London.

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. Vol. iii. Xos. 1-4. 8vo.
Pamph. London, 1863.

Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members of the Royal
Institution of Great Britain. Part xii. Svo. Pamph. 1861-2. London.

Annual Reports (34th and 35th) of the Natural History Society of Montreal,
for 1861, 1862. Also, Report of the Council of the same. Svo. 3 Pamphs.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 45. For May, 1863.

Silliman's American Joui-nal of Science and Arts. Vol. xxxv. No. 105.
May, 1863.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge, Mass. No. 1.
Svo. Pamph.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. rx. No. 69.
January, 1863. Svo. Pamph. Philadelphia.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. vui. Part
2. 4to. Boston, 1863.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. vi., pp.
1-96. Svo.

Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. ii. No. 1.
Svo. Painph. 1863.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series.
Vol. V. Part 3. 4to. 1863.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Nos.
1, 2. January-March, 1863. Svo. Pamph.

Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences. Vol. ii., sigs.
1,2. 185S-62. Svo. Pamph. San Francisco, 1863.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. No. 10. Janu-
ary and February, 1863.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. IX. 17 JANUARY, ISGi.

258

Proceedings of the Massachusetts Historical Society. 4 vols. 1855-63,
8vo. Boston. Bij Exchange.

Bibliotheca Entomologica. Von Dr. H. A. Hagen. Erster Band. A.-M.
Leipzig, 1862.

On the Origin of Species, by means of Natural Selection. By Charles Dar-
win, M. A. 12mo. New York, 1861.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 64, 65. For April and May,
1863. London.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. xix. Part 2. May, 1863.
8vo. London. From the Courtis Fund.

New England Historical and Genealogical Register. Vol. xvii. Nos. 2, 3,
April, July, 1863. 8vo. Boston. Deposited by the Rej^Mican Institution.

BEQUEST 0F BENJAMIN D. GREEN, M. D.

Account of the Institution and Progress of the Society of the Antiquaries
of Scotland. Part 2d. Edinburgh, 1784.

Acerbi, J. Travels through Sweden, Finland, and Lapland, to the North
Cape. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1802.

Acharius, Erik. Methodus quo omnes detectos Lichenes secundum organa
carpomorpha ad genera, species, ert varietates redigere atque observationibus
illustrare tentavit. 8vo. Stockholmiee, 1803.

Adanson, M. Families des Plantes. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1763.

Agardh, C A. Systema Algarum. 16mo. Lundse, 1824.

Icones Algarum ineditee. Fasc. 1. 4to. Pamph. Lundae, 1820.

Agassiz, L. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. 4

vols. 4to. Boston, 1857-62.

Notice sur la Geographies des Animaux. 8vo. Pamph. Neufchat-

el, 1845.

Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Prospectus. 8vo. Pamph.

and A. A. Gould. Principles of Zoology. 12mo. Boston. 1848.

Alton, W. Hortus Kewensis. Second edition, enlarged by W. T. Alton.

5 vols. 8vo. 1810-1813.

Allionius, Carolus. Floi'a Pedemontana, sive enumeratio methodica stir-
pium indigenarum pedemontii. Fol. Augustus Taurinorum, 1785.

Alpinus, P. ^gypti Historite Naturalis. 2 vols. 4to. Lugd. Bat., 1735.

Annals of Natural History. 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1838-9.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vols. 1-3 ; also,
vol. 3, parts 1-4. 8vo. New York, 1824-38.

Arago, J. E. V. .^jarrative of a Voyage round the World in the Uranie and
Physicienne during the years 1817-20. 4to. London, 1823.

Archseologia Americana. Transactions and Collections of the American An-
tiquarian Society. Vol. i. Svo. Worcester, 1820.

Arnott, G. A. W. Tour to the South of France and the Pyrenees in 1825.
8vo. Pamph. 9 Nos.

Article on Botany. From Encyclopaedia Britannica. 4to.

259

Audubon, J. J. The Birds of America. 7 vols. Rov. 8vo. New York,
1840-4.

Bailey, J. W. American Bacillaria. Parts 1-3. Svo. Paraph.

Barclaius, J. Argenis. 12mo. Title page wanting.

Bartling, Fr. Th. Ordines naturales Plantarum eorumque characteres et
affinitates, adjecta generum enumeratione. Svo. Gottinga?, 1830.

Bauhinus, C. Pin^e Theatri Botanici. 4to. Basilete, 1671.

Bautier, A. Tableau analvtique de la Flore Parisienne. 24mo. Paris,
1832.

Beauvois, Palisot de. Flore d'Oware et de Benim, en Afrique. Fol. Paris,
1804.

Essai d'une nouvelle Agrostographie. 4to. Paris, 1812.

Prodrome des cinqui^me et sixieme families de I'Aetheogamie.

8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1805.

Bentham, George, Esq., F. L. S. Labiatarum Genera et Species. 8vo.
London, 1832-6. Also, parts 1-4, and 6. London, 1832-4.

Catalogue des Plantes Lidigenes des Pyrenees et du bas Langue-

doc. 8vo. Pamph, Paris, 1826. 2 copies.

Berkhey, J. F. van. Expositio characteristica structurte floi'um qui dicun-
tur Compositi. 4to. Lugd. Bat. 1761.

Bewick, T. History of British Birds. 2 vols. 8vo. Newcastle, 1797. Sup-
plement to same. 1821.

Biasoletto, Dr. B. Di alcune Alghe Microscopiche. Svo. Pamph. Trieste,
1832.

Bigelow, H. J. An Address delivered before the Boylston Medical Society
of Harvard University. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1846.

Bigelow, J., M. D. American Medical Botany. 3 vols. Svo. Boston,
1817-20.

Florula Bostoniensis. A Collection of Plants of Boston and its

Vicinity. Svo. Boston, 1824. Two copies.

Birch, I., D. D. The History of the Royal Society of London. 4 vols. 4to.
London, 1756-7.

Blanco, Manuel. Flora de Filipinas. Svo. Manila, 1837.

Boerhaave, H. Index alter Plantarum. Pars secunda. 4to. Lugd. Bat.
1727.

Bonafous, M. Memoire sur une education de Vers a Sole. Svo. Pamph.
Paris, 1826.

De r education des Vers a Soie. 16mo. Pamph. Paris, 1827.

Bonaparte, C. L. American Ornithology. 4 vols. 4to. Philadelphia,

1825-33.
Boott, F.' De Caricibus. Svo. Pamph. London, 1846.

Descriptions of six new North American Carices. Svo. Pamph.

1845.

Bosc, L. A. G. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces. 2 vols. 24mo. Paris,
1830.

Boston Journal of Natural Historj^. Vol. i., Nos. 1-3; vols, ii.-iv.; vol. v.,
Nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. VI.; vol. vii.. No. 1^ Svo. Boston, 1834-59.

Boston Memorial on the Cotton Manufacture. 8vo. Pamph.

Boutard, M. Dictiomiaire des Arts du Dessin. SV-o. Paris, 1826.

Bradford, T. G. A Comprehensive Atlas, Geographical, Historical, and
Commercial. 4to. Boston, New York, and Philadelphia.

260

Brandt, J. F., and Ratzeburg. J. T. C. Abbildung und Beschreibung der in
Deutscbland wildwachsenden in Garten und im Freien ausdauemden Giftge-
wiichse. 5 parts. 4to. Pamph. Berlin, 1S28-9.

Brereton, J. A. Floroe Columbianw Prodromus. 16mo. Washington, 1830.

Brewster and Jameson's Edinburgh Philosophical Joximal. Vols, i.-ix. Svo.
Edinburgh. 1819-23.

Bromdeld, W. A. Flora Yectensis. Svo. London, 1856.

Letters from Egypt and Syria. Svo. London, 1856.

Brongniart, M. A. Prodrome d' une Histoire des Vegetaux Fossiles. Svo.

Paris, 1828.

Brown, J. B. Reports of Cases in the Boston Orthopedic Institution. Svo.
Pamph. Boston. 1845.

Brown, R. Prodromus Florae Xov£b Hollandi« et insulce Van Diemen. Editio
secunda. Curavit Xees ab Esenbeck. Vol. i. Svo. Xorimbergae. 1827.

Observations on the Organs and mode of Fecundation in Orchi-

deae and Asclepiaden?. Svo. Pamph. London, 1831.

Additional observations on the sexual organs and mode of impreg-
nation in Orchideie and Asclepiadese. Svo. Pamph.

Browne, D. J. Sylva Americana. Svo. Bostou, 1832.

The Trees of America, Native and Foreign. Svo. Xew York, 1846.

Buchoz, iL Herbier colorie de 1' Amerique. Paris, 1783.

Buckley, S. B. Descriptions of some Xew Species of Plants. Svo. Pamph.
BuUiard. Dictionnaire elementaire de Botanique. Folio. Paris, 1812.

Histoire des Plantes veneneuses et suspectes de la France. Folio.

Paris, 17S4.

Histoire des Plantes medicinales. Folio. Paris, 1809.

Dictionnaire elementaire de Botanique. Svo. Paris. 1S02.

et Ventenat. Histoire des champignons de la France. 4 vols.

Folio. Paris, 1809-12.

Burmannus, J., M. D. Plantarum Americananxm fasciculi decimi, conti-
nens Plantas quas olim Carolus Plnmierius detexit, etc. FoUo. Lugd. Batav.,
1755-60.

Burr. D. H. American Atlas. Fol.

Campbell, J. Political Survey of Britain. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1774.

Treatise of Modem Faulconry. Svo. Edinburgh, 1773. Cavallo,

Tiberius. On the history and practice of aerostation. Svo. London, 1785.
In one volume.

Carey, J. The Carices of the Xorthem United States. 12mo. Pamph.
Cambridge, 1847.

Cassini, H. Opuscules Phytologiques. 2 vols. Svo. Pai'is, 1826.

Catalogues of the Animals and Plants of Massachusetts. Svo. Amherst,
1835. 2 copies.

Catalogue of the Phenogamous Plants and the Ferns growing within five
mile-s of Yale College. Svo. Pamph. Xew Haven, 1S31.

Cavanilles, A. J. Dissertatio Botanica. 3 vols. 4to. Parisiis, 1785-9. Al-
so, vol. 3 of the same.

Chapman, A. W. List of Plants growing in the Ticroity of Quincy. Svo.
Pamph. 1845.

Charletoni. G. Exercitationes de difierentiis et nominibus animalium,
quibus accedunt mantissa anatomica. Small folio. Oxonia, 1677.

Charter, Constitution, &c., of the Lyceum of Xatural History in Xew York.
Svo. Pamph. New York, 1826.

261

Chavannes, E. Monogi-aphie des AntirrhiiK'^es. 4to. Paris, 1833.

Choisy, J. D. Prodromus d'une monographie de la famille des Hyp^ricin^es.
8vo. Pamph. Geneve ct Pari?, 1821.

Commelin, C. Prreludia Botanica ad publicas Plantarum exoticanirn de-
monstrationes. 4to. Lugduni Batavorum, 1703.

Comte, J. A, Regne Animal de le Baron Cuvier dispose en Tableaux
Methodiques. 52 Livr. Imp. Folio. Paris.

Constitution and By-Laws of the Boston Society of Natural Historj-. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1832.

Cooper, T. Connection between Geology and the Pentateuch. 8vo.
Pamph. Columbia, 1833.

Cornutus, J. Canadensium plantarum aliarumque nondum editarum His-
toria. 4to. Parisiis, 1635.

Groom, H. B. Catalogue of Plants near Newbern, N. C. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1837.

Curtis, W. Flora Londinensis. 2 vols. Folio. London, 1777-98.

Flora Londinensis. Enlarged by G. Graves. 5 vols. Folio. Lon-
don, 1817-1819.

and Sims, J. Botanical Magazine. 32 vols, in 16. 8vo. London,

1787-1812.

Cuvier, G. Rapport Historique sur les progr^s des sciences naturelles. 8vo.
Paris, 1828.

Dandolo, le Comte. L'art d' elever les vers a sole. Traduit de 1' Italien
par F. P. Foutaneilles. 8vo. Lyon, 1830.

Daniel, W. B. Rural Sports. ' 3 vols. Folio. London, 1805.

Darlington, W. Memorials of John Bartram and Humphrey Marshall. 8vo.
Philadelphia, 1849.

A Plea for a National Museum and Botanic Garden, &c. 12mo.

Pamph. West Chester, Pa., 1841.

Flora Cestrica: an attempt to enumerate and describe the flower-
ing and filicoid plants of Chester County, in the State of Pennsylvania. 12mo.
West Chester Pa., 1837.

Reliquiag Baldwiniange : Selections from the correspondence of the

late WiUiam Baldwin. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1843.

Discourse on the Character, Properties, and Importance to Man of

the Natural Family of Plants called Graminese, or true Grasses. 12mo.
Pamph. West Chester, 1839.

Essay on the Development and Modifications of the Extenial Or-
gans of Plants. 12mo. Pamph. West Chester, 1839.

De CandoUe, A. P. Memoires sur la Famille des Melastomacees. 4to. Paris,
1828. Two copies.

Essai sur les proprietes medicales des Plantes comparees avec

leurs formes exterieures et leur classification naturelle . 8vo. Paris, 1816.

Memoires sur la famille des Legumineuses. 4to. Paris, 1825.

Physiologic Vegetale, ou exposition des forces et des fonctions vitales

des v^getaux pour servir de suite a P organographie vdg^tales, et d' introduc-
tion a la botanique geographique et agricole. 3 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1832.

Prodromus Systematis Naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive enumeratio

contracta ordinum, generum, specierumque plantarum hue usque cognitarum,
juxta methoda naturalis normas digesta. 15 vols. 8vo. Parisiis, 1824-49.

262

De Candolle, A. P. Th^orie el^mentaire de la Botanique. 8vo. Paris,
1819.

Genres nouveaux appartenant a la famille des Compos^es ou

Synantherees. 8vo. Pamph. 1833.

Collection de M^moires pour senar a 1' histoire du regne v^g^tal

Memoires un a dix. 4to. Paris, 1828-38.

Kevue de la famille des Portulac^es. 4to. Pamph. 1827.

Delessert, B. Icones selectse plantarum. 5 vols. Folio. Parisiis, 1820-46.
Descriptive Catalogue of the Chinese Collection in Philadelphia. 8vo.

Pamph. Philadelphia.
Desfontaines, R. Flora Atlantica. 4 vols. 4to. Parisiis. 1800.

Catalogus Plantarum horti regii parisiensis. 8vo. Parisiis, 1829.

Deslongchamps, J. L. A. L. Flora Gallica. 2 vols. 8vo. Parisiis, 1828.
Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. 60 vols, text, and 11 vols, of plates.

Also, lOeme cahicr. 8vo. Strasbourg, et Paris, 1816-30.
Dillenius, J. J. Historia Muscorum. 4to. Oxonii, 1741.

Historia Muscorum. 4to. London, 1768.

Hortus Elthamensis, seu Plantarum Rariorum quas in horto suo

Eltharai in Cantio coluit Jacobus Sherard. 2 vols. Folio. Londini, 1732.

Don, G. General System of Gardening and Botany. 4 vols. 4to. London,
1831-7.

Duby, J. E. Aug. P. De Candolle. Botanicum Gallicum, seu Synopsis
Plantarum in flora Gallica descriptarum. Editio secunda. 2 vols. 8vo.
Paris, 1828.

DuHamel du Monceau. Traits des Arbres Fruitiers. 2 vols. 4to. Paris,
1768.

Traits des Arbres Fruitiers. 3 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1782.

La physique des arbres ; ou il est Traits de 1' anatomie des plantes et

de r economic vegdtale : Pour servir d' Litroduction au Traite complet des
Bois et des Forets. 4to. Paris, 1758.

Eaton, Amos. Manual of Botany for North America. 12mo. Albany, 1829.

Manual of Botany for the Northern and Middle States of America.

12mo. Albany, 1822.

Edinburgh Gazetteer, or Geographical Dictionary. 6 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh,
1817-22.

Edwards, B. The History of the British Colonies in the West Indies. 3 vols.
4to. London, 1794-1801.

Ehrenberg, C. J. Ueber das Pollen der Asclepiadeen. 4to. Pamph. Ber-
lin, 1831.

Elliot, Capt. Robert. Views in the East: comprising India, Canton, and the
shores of the Red Sea. 2 vols. Folio. London, 1833.

Elliott, Stephen. A Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia.
2 vols. 8vo. Charleston, S. C, 1821.

Emerson, George B. Report On the Trees and Shrubs in the Forests of Mas-
sachusetts. 8vo. Boston, 1846.

Endlicher, S. Genera Plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita. 4to.
Vindobonae, 1836-40.

Mantissa Botanica sistens Generum Plantarum Supplementum

secundum et tertium. Roy. 8vo. Pamph. Vindobonee, 1842-3.

et Martius, C. F. P. de. Flora Brasiliensis. 32 fasc. Folio. Vin-

dobon» et Lipsias, 1840-63.

263

EngelmauD, Dr. G. Sketch of the Botany of Dr. A. Wislizenius's Expedi-
tion. 8vo. Pamph. Washinp^ton, 1848.

Two new Dioecious Grasses of the I 'nited States. 8vo. Pamph. 1859.

Synopsis of the Cactaceje of the United States and adjacent regions .

8vo. Paiaph. Cambridge, 1856.

■ Systematic Arrangement of the Species of the Genus Cuscuta.

8vo. Pamph. St. Louis, 1859.

Corrections and Additions to the Monography of Cuscutineae. 8vo.

Pamph. 1843. 2 copies.

A Monography of the North American Cuscutineag. 8vo. Pamph.

and Gray, A. Plant^e Lindheimeriana?. 2 parts. 8vo. Pamph.

Boston, 1845-50.

Enumeration and Account of some Eemarkable Natural Objects of the Cab-
inet of Prof. Rafinesque. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1831.

Evelyn, J. Sylva and Terra. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1825.

Fletcher, Andrew. An Historical Account of the Parliament of Scotland,
to which is prefixed a short introduction upon Government in general. 8vo.
Aberdeen, 1823.

Forbes, R. B. China and the China Trade. Svo. Pamph. Boston, 1844.

Forster, J. R. Travels through that part of North America formerly called
Louisiana by Mr. Bossu; translated from the French. To which is added by
the translator a Flora Americse Septentrionalis. 2 vols. Svo. London, 1771.

History of Voyages and Discoveries in the North. 4to. London,

1786.

Forster, J. R. et G. Characteres Generum Plautarum. 4to. Londini, 1776.

Fraissinet, C. Le Guide du Magnanier et du cultivateur de Muriers, Svo.
Pamph. Valence, 1836.

Franklin, J. Journey to the Polar Sea. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1823-28.

Fries, E. Systema Mycologlcum. 3 vols. 16mo. Gryphiswaldias, 1821-9.

Fritzsche, J. Beitrage zur Kentniss Des Pollen. Erztes Heft. 4to. Pamph.
Berlin, Stettin, und Elbing, 1832.

Fuchsius, L. De historia stirpium commentarii insignes. Folio. Basileae,
1542.

Gaertner, J. De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum. 3 vols. 4to. Stut-
gardiae. 1788-1805.

Giseke, i^. D. Index Linnaeanus in Leonhardi Plukenetii Opera Botanica.
Index Linnaianus in Joaunis Jacobi Dillenii historiam Muscorum. 4to.
Pamph. Hamburgi, 1779.

Glossary of Say's Entomology. Svo. Philadelphia, 1825.

GmeKn^ S. G. Historia Fucorum. 4to. Petropoli, 1768.

Gmelin, J. G. Flora Sibirica. Text 3 vols. ; plates 1 vol. 4to. Petropoli,
1747-69.

Godman, J. D. American Natural History. 3 vols. Svo. Philadelphia,
1826-8.

Goldfuss, A. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Petrefacten des Museum
der KOnigl. Preusischen Rheinischen Universitat zu Bonn und des Hoening-
hausischen zu Crefeld. Folio. Diisseldorf, 1826.

Gray, Asa. A Manual of the Botany of the United States, from New Eng-
land to Wisconsin, and South to Ohio and Pennsylvania. 12mo. Boston and
Cambridge, 1848.

264

Gray, Asa. The Botanical Text-Book. 12mo. New York, 1842.

Genera FlorjE Americse Boreali-Orientalis illustrata. 2 vols. 8vo.

1848-9.

Selections from the Scientific Correspondence of C. Golden with

Gronovius, Linnteus, &c. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1843. 2 copies.

Note upon Carex loliacea Linn., and C. gracilis Ehr. 8vo. Pamph.

Notices of European Herbaria. 8vo. Pamph.

Notice of a New Genus of Plants, of the Order Santalacea?. 8vo.

Pamph.

1846.

Chloris Boreali- Americana. Decade 1. 4to. Pamph, Cambridge,

Plants Fendleriance Novi-MexicanjB. 4to. Pamph.

Notes of a Botanical Excursion to the Mountains of North Caro-
lina, &c. 8vo. Pamph.

Plantar Wrightiange Texano — Neo-Mexicanse. Parts land 2. 4to.

Pamph.

Note on the Affinities of the Genus Vavea, Benth. Also, of Ehy-

tidandra. Gray. 4to. Pamph. Cambridge, 1854.

Melanthacearum Americjs Septentrionalis Revisio. 8vo. Pamph.

Novi Eboraci, 1837.

Characters of some New Genera and Species of Plants of the

Natural Order Composit:^ from the Eocky Mountains and Upper California.
8vo. Pamph. 1845.

— ■ Remarks on the Structure and Affinities of the Order Ceratophyl-

lacese. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1837.

Plant te Nova Thurberianaj. 4to. Pamph. Cambridge, 1854. ,

> Review of Sullivant's Musci Alleghanienses. 8vo. Pamph.

— Review of the Introductory EsJ^ay in Dr. Hooker's Flora of New

Zealand. Vol. i. 8vo. Pamph.

Gregg, William. Essays on Domestic Industry. 8vo. Pamph. Charleston,
1845.

Greville, R. K. Monograph of the Genus Erineum. 8vo. Pamph. 2
copies.

Description of several New Scottish Fungi. 8vo. Pamph.

Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. 6 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1823-8.

and Hooker, W. J. Enumeratio Filicum. Part 1. 8vo. Pamph.

Also, Additions and Corrections to the same.

and Arnott, G. A. W. New Arrangement of the Genera of Mosses.

8vo. Pamph.

Grew, N. Anatomy of Plants. 4to. London, 1682.

Guillemin, A. Icones lithographic ee plantarum Australasise rariorum. Folio.
Pamph. Parisiis, 1827.

Archives de Botanique. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1833.

Perrotet, S., et Richard, A. Flora Senegambiee Tentamen. Vol. i.

4to. Parisiis, 1830-33.

Hales, S. Vegetable Staticks ; or. An Account of some Statical Experiments
on the Sap in Vegetables. 16mo. London, 1727.

Haller, A. von. Bibliotheca Botanica. 2 vols. 4to. Tiguri, 1771-2.

Hampe, E. Icones Muscorum novorum vel minus cognitorum. Decas se-
cunda et tertia. 8vo. Pamph. Bonna% 1844.

Harper, Hon. W. Memoir of the late Hon. H. W. de Saussure. 8vo.
Pamph. Charleston, 1841.

265

Harvey, W. H. Genera of Soiath African Plants. 8vo. Cape Town, 1838.

^Manual of the British Algae. 8vo. London, 1841.

Phycologia Britannica. 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1846-51.

Phycologia Australica. Parts 23-30, 32, 35-50. 8vo. Pamph.

London, 1859-62.

Hedwig, J. Descriptio et Adurabratio microscopico-analitica Muscorum
frondosorum. 4 vols. Folio. Lipsia?, 1787-97.

Species ]\Iuscorum Frondosorum. Opns Posthnmum edit. Frid.

SchwEegrichen. 4to. Lipsia?, 1801.

Species Muscorum Frondosorum. Sect. 1. 4to. Lipsia^, 1811.

Hitchcock, E. Final Keport on the Geology of Massachusetts. 4to. North-
ampton, 1841.

Hofifmann, G. F. Genera XJmbelliferarura. YoL i. 8vo. ]\Iosqua% 1816.
Holbrook, J. E. North American Herpetology; or, A Description of the
Reptiles inhabiting the United States. 5 vols. 4to. Philadelphia, 1842.
Homann, G. G. J. Flora von Pommern. 2 vols. 8vo. Coslin, 1828-30.
Hooker, J. D. The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya. Folio. Lond., 1849.

Himalayan Journals. 2 vols. 12mo. London, 1855.

The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage. 6 vols. 4to. London, 1844-60.

and Thomson, T. Introductory Essay to the Flora ludica. 8vo.

London, 1855.

Hooker, W. D. Liaugural Dissertion upon the Cinchonas. 8vo. Pamph.
Glasgow, 1839.

Hooker, W. J. London Journal of Botany. 7 vols ; also, Nos. 45, 53-8,
61-81, 83-4. 8vo. 1842-8.

Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany. 4 vols ; also, Nos.

48-60, 65. 8vo. London, 1849-54.

Botanical Miscellany. 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1830-33.

Icones Plantarum. Vols, i.-viii. Parts 17-26. 8vo. London,

1837-51.

Journal of Botany. Vol. i., 2 copies ; also, Nos. 13-32. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1834-42.

Report to Parliament on the Royal Botanic Gardens, and the pro-
posed new Palm House at Kew. Folio. Pamph. 1845.

Report to Parliament on the Royal Botanic Gardens and New Palm

House at Kew. Folio. Pamph. 1846. 2 copies.

Exotic Flora. 3 vols. 8vo. 1823-7.

Compendium of the English Flora. 12mo. London, 1836.

Companion to the Botanical Magazine. 2 vols. 8vo. London,

1835-6.

A Century of Orchidaceous Plants, selected from Curtis's Botanical

Magaziile. 4to. London, 1849.

British .Jungermannia?. 4to. London, 1816.

Flora Scotica; or, A Description of Scottish Plants. 8vo. London,

1821.

Species Filicum. Parts 1-6. 8vo. Pamph. London, 1844-54.

Genera Filicum. 12 parts. 8vo. Pamph. London, 1838-42.

Flora Boreali- Americana. 2 vols. 4to. London, 1833-40.

The British Flora. 8vo. London, 1830.

The British Flora: comprising the Pha^nogamous or Flowering

Plants, and the Ferns. 8vo. London, 1842.

and Arnott, G. A. W. Botany of Capt. Beechey's Voyage. 4to.

London, 1841.

266

Hooker, W. J. et Greville, K. K. Icones Filicum. 2 vols. Folio. Londini,
1831.

and Taylor, Thomas. Muscologia Britannica ; containing the Mosses

of Great Britain and Ireland. 8vo. London, 1818.

Hooper, Robert. A new Medical Dictionary. 8vo. London, 1811.

Hove3', C. M. Fruits of America. 2 vols. 4to. Boston and New York,
1852-6.

The Magazine of Horticulture. No. 98. 8vo. Pamph. Boston,

1843.

Huet, J. B. Collection de Mammiferes du Museum d'histoire naturelle. 4to.
Paris, 1808.

Humboldt, A. de. Essai politique sur le royaume de la Nouvelle Espagne.
2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1811.

Recueil d' observations Astronoraiques, d' operations Trigonom^-

triques et de mesures Barometriques, faites pendant le cours d'un voyage aux
regions ^quinoxiales du noiiveau continent, depuis 17U9 jusqu'en 1803. Redi-
g^es et calcul^es par J. Oltmanns. 2 vols. 4to. Paris, 1810.

Atlas gpographique et physique du royaume de la Nouvelle Espagne,

fond6 sur des observations astronomiques des mesures trigonometriques et des
nivellemens barometriques. Folio. Paris, 1811.

et Bonpland, A. Monographic des Melastomac^es, comprenant toutes

les plantes de cet ordre recueillies jusqu'a ce jour, et notamment au Mexique,
dans 1' ile de Cuba, dans les provinces de Caracas, de Cumana et de Barcelona
aux Andes, de la Mouvelle-Grenade, de Quito et du P^rou, et sur les bords du
Rio-Negro, de 1' Orenoque et de la riviere des Amazones. Folio. Paris, 1823.
2 copies.

Plantes equinoxiales, recueillies au Mexique, dans Pile de

Cuba, dans les provinces de Caracas, de Cumana et de Barcelone aux
Andes de la Nouvelk-Grenade, de Quito et du Perou, et sur les bords du Rio-
Negro, de r Orenoque, et de la riviere des Amazones, 2 vols. Folio. Paris,
1808-9.

Nova Genera et Species Plantarum. 7 vols., text and plates.

4to. Paris, 1815-25.

Voyage de. Premiere partie; relation historique. Atlas pit-

toresque : Vue des Cordillieres et monumens des peuples indigenes de 1' Amd-
rique. Folio. Paris, 1810.

Hunt, W. The Cabinet of Nature and Philosophy. Book First; the Cabinet
of Shells. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1833.

Hurd's Moral and Political Dialogues; being the substance of several conver-
sations between divei-s eminent persons of the past and present age. 8vo.
London, 1769.

Inalveazione de' Fiumi del Bolognese e della Romagna, in Risposta alia iv
Memoria Idrometrica del M. R. P. Leonardo Ximenes. 4to. Roma, 1766.

Ittiolitologia Veronese del Museo Bozziano. Folio. Verona, 1796.

Jacquin fr^res. Essai sur la culture, la nomenclature et la classification des
Dahlia. 2^°'^ Edition. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1830.

Jacquin, N. J. Selectarum stirpium Americanarum historia. Folio-
Vindobonas, 1763.

267

Jacquin, N. J. Miscellanea austriaca ad Botanicam, Chemiam et Histori-
an! naturalem spectantia, cum figuris partim coloratis. 4to. Yindobona?, 1778.

Jaeger, B.. assisted by H. C. Preston. The Life of North American Insects.
8vo. Providence, 1854.'

Jameson, R. An outline of the Mineralogy of the Shetland Islands, and of
the Island of Arran. Svo. Edinburgh, 1798.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Vols. i.-v.
Svo. Philadelphia, 1817-25.

Jungius J. Opuscula Botanico-Physica. Small 4to. Coburgi, 1747.

Jussieu, A. de De Euphorbiacearum generibus medicisque earumdem viri-
bus Tentamen. 8vo. Parisiis, 1824.

Epistolse C. A. Linnd ad Bernardum de Jussieu ineditaj et mutuae

Bernardi ad Linnreum. 4to. Pamph. Cantabrigiffi, 1854.

Principes de la Methode Naturelle des Vegetaux. 8vo. Pamph.

Paris, 1824.

Observations sur Quelques Plantes du Chili. 8vo. Pamph. Paris

1831.

Genera Plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita. 8vo.

Paris, 1789.

Keating, W. H. Narrative of an Expedition to the source of St. Peters
River, Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the Woods, &c. 2 vols. Svo. Philadelphia,
1824.

Keith, Rev. P. Physiological Botany. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1816.

Kienei', L. C. General Species and Iconography of Recent Shells. Trans-
lated from the French by D. H. Storer, M. D. No. 1. Svo. Pamph. Boston,
1837. 2 copies.

Klaproth, M. H. et Wolff, F. Dictionuaire de Chimie. Traduit de 1' AUe-
mand, avec des notes, par E. J. B. Bouillon-LaGrange, et par H. A. Vogel. 4
vols. Svo. Paris, 1810-11.

Knowles G. B. and WestcottF. The Floral Cabinet. 3 vols. 4to. London,
1837-40.

Kouig, C. and Sims, J. Annals of Botany. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1805-6.

Kunth, C. S. Enumeratio Xyridearum, Mayacearum, Commelynearum, Pon-
tederiacearum, Melanthacearum, Uvulariearum, Liliacearum, et Asphodele-
arum omnium hucusque cognitarum, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et
synonymis. Svo. Stutgardia? et Tubingte, 1843.

Cyperographia synoptica, sive Enumeratio Cyperacearum omnium

hucusque cognitarum, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et synonymis. Svo.
Stutgardia? et Tubings, 1837.

Agrostographia Synoptica, sive Enumeratio Graminearum omnium

hucu-sque cognitarum, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et synon}-mis. 2
vols. Svo. Stutgardise et Tubingaj, 1833-5.

Lamarck. Tableau Encyclop(^dique et M^thodique des trois rfegnes de la
Nature. 11 vols. 4to. Paris, 1791-1823.

et De Candolle. Flore Francaise. 5 vols. Svo. Paris, 1815.

Lambert, A. B. Illustration of the Genus Cinchona; comprising descrip-
tions of all the officinal Peruvian barks. London, 1S21. Description of the
Genus Cinchona, comprehending the various species of vegetables from which
the Peruvian and other barks of a similar quality are taken; to which is pre-
fixed Prof. Vahl's dissertation on this Genus. In 1 vol. 4to. London, 1797.

268

Lambert, A. B. Illustration of the Genus Cinchona. 4to. London, 1821.
Lamouroux. Dissertations sur plusieurs esp^ces de Fucus. 1" fasc. 4to.
Paris, 1805.

Histoire des Polypiers coralligenes flexibles. 8vo. Ciien, 1816.

La Piatt, le ]Marquis de. Exposition du Systeme du Monde. 2 vols. 8vo.
Paris, 1836.

Lasegue, A. Notice sur la vie et les travaux de A. Guillemin, M. D. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1842.

Latham, J. General Plistory of Birds. 10 vols. Royal Svo. Winchester,
1821-4.

Lecoq, H., et Juillet, J. Dictionnaire raisonnc* des termes de Botanique et
des families naturelles. Svo. Paris, 1831.

Ledebour, C. F. a. Flora Altaica. 4 vols. Svo. Berolini, 1829-33.

Leslie, J. Description of Instruments designed for extending and improving
meteorological observations. Svo. Pamph. Edinburgh, 1820.

Lessing, C. F. Synopsis Generum Compositarum. Svo. Berolini, 1832.

Lestiboudois, Tlidm. Essai sur le famille de Cyp6-ac(^es. Svo. Pamph.
Paris, 1819.

Letters of Lowndes, addressed to Hon. J. C. Calhoun. Svo. Pamph. New
York, 1843.

Lewis, Meriweather. The Travels of Captains Lewis and Clarke, from St.
Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia Rivers, to the Pacific Ocean.
Svo. London, 1809.

L'Heritier, C. L. Cornus. Folio. Parisiis, 1788.

Geraniologia seu Erodii, Pelargonii, Geranii, Monsonise et Grieli

historia iconibus illustrata. Folio. Parisiis, 1787-8. 2 copies.

Sertum Anglicum, seu PlantaB Rariores. Folio. Paris, 1788.

Lindley, J. Introduction to the Natural System of Botany. 8vo. London,

1S30.

An Introduction to Botany. Svo. London, 1S32.

Introduction to the Natural System of Botany, with an Appendix

by J. Torrey. Svo. New York, 1831.

Genera and Species of Orchidaceous Plants. Parts 2, 4, and 5. Svo.

London, 1831-9.

Observations on the structure of Fruits and Seeds. Translated

from the Analyse du Fruit of M. Louis Claude Richard. Svo. London, 1819.

Rosai-um Monographia; or a botanical history of Roses. Svo.

London, 1820. (imperfect.)

Link, H. F. Elementa Philosophife Botanical, Svo. Berolini, 1824.

Linnreus, Car. Hortus Cliffortianus. Plantas exhibens quas in hortis tam
vivis quam siccis Hartec.ampi in Hollandia coluit vir nobilissimus et genei'osis-
simus Georgius Clifford. Folio. Amsteleedami, 1737.

Amoenitates academic® seu dissertationes varige, 5 vols. Svo.

Lugduni Batavorum, 1749-60.

Flora Zeylanica. Svo. Holmia3, 1747.

— ^ Flora Suecica, exhibens plantas per regnum Suecise crescentes, sys-

tematice. Svo. StockholmiK, 1755. 2 copies.

Philosophia Botanica. Svo. Berolini, 1790.

Species Plantarum. Editio quarta curante C. L. Willdenow. 5 vols.

in 10. Svo. Berolini, 1797-1810.

269

Linnajus, Car. Species Plautarum. 2 vols. Ed. tertia 8vo. Vindoboiia^ 1764.
Lombard, H. C. De 1' Influence des Professions sur la dur^^e de la Vie. 4to.
Pamph. Geneve, 1835.

Letter sur la Vaccine et les secondes vaccinations. 8vo. Pamph.

Geneve, 1839.

Loudon, J. C. Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum. 8 vols. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1838.

Gardeners ^Magazine. 9 vols. 8vo. London, 1835-43.

Loureiro, J. de. Flora Cochinchiuensis. Vol. ii. 4to. Ulyssipone, 1790.
Lowe, R. T. Primitia3 Fauna? et Florae Maderse et Portus Sancti. Svo.

Pamph. Cambridge, 1831.

Luya, J. Amusemens Arithm^tiques et Alg^briques de la campagne. 2
vols. 4to. Geneve, 1779.

Maps to accompany Fremont's Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains
in 1824; to Oregon and North California in 1843-4. Also, Chart of Lieut. Mau-
ry, to accompany Th. Butler King's Report to House of Representatives on the
subject of steam communication with China.

Masson, F. Stapeliffi novte. Folio. London, 1796.

Martins, C. F. P. von. Historia Naturalis Palma,rum. 3 vols. Folio. 1823-50.

Conspectus Regni Vegetabilis.. Svo. Pamph. Nurnburg, 1835.

Notice of the Life and Labors of De Candolle. Svo. Pamph.

Medical Communications of the Massachusetts Medical Society. Vol. vii.

Part 3. 8vo. Boston, 1844.

Meisner, C. F. Monographite Generis Polygoni Prodromus. 4to. Genevae,
1S27.

M^moires du Museum d' Histoire Naturelle. Vols, i.-vm. 4to. Paris,
1815-22.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vols, i.-iv.: New
Series, vols. i. and iii. 4to. Bosto^and Cambridge, 1785-1848.

jM«^moires de 1' Institut National des Sciences et Arts. Sciences Morales et
Politiques. Vols, i., ii., iv., v. 1798-1804. Sciences Mathematiques et Phys-
iques, Vols. i.-v. 1798-1804. Litterature et Beaux Arts. Vol. iii. 1801.
4to. Paris.

Meyer, E. De Plantis Labradoricis. 16mo. Lipsise, 1830.

Synopsis .luncorum rite cognitorum. 16mo. Gottingte, 1822.

Meyer, G. F. W. Primitia? Florae Essequeboensis. 4to. Gottinga;, 1818.
Michaux, A. Histoire des Chenes de 1' Amerique. Folio. Paris, 1801.
Michaux, F. A. Histoire des arbres foi'estiers de V Amerique septentrionale.

3 vols. Svo. Paris, 1810-13.

' — Flora Boreali-Amei'icana. 2 vols. 4to. Parisiis et Argentorati,

1803-5.

Travels to the Westward of the Alleghany Mountains, in the States

of the Ohio, Kentucky, and Tennessee, and return to Charleston through the
Upper Carolinas. Svo. London, 1805.

Michelio, P. A. Nova Plantarum genera. Folio. Flqrentiaj, 1729.

Miltitz, F. von. Handbuch der botanischen Literatur. Svo. Berlin, 1829.

Mirbel, C. F. Brisseau. Traite d' Anatomic et de Physiologic Vegt^tales. 2
vols. 16mo. Paris, 1802.

-— El^mens de Physiologic Vcgetale et de Botanique. 3 vols. Svo.

Paris, 1815.

270

Mitchill, S. L. Catalogue of the Organic Remains, &c., presented to the
New York Lyceum of Natural History. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1826.

Jlohs, F. Treatise on Mineralogy. Translated by W. Haidinger. 3 vols.
16mo. Edinburgh, 1825.

Monge, G. Traits Elementaire de Statique. 8vo. Paris, 1826.

jNIonnier, A. Essai monographique sur les Hieracium et quelques Genres
voisins. 8vo. Pamph. Nancy, 1829. 3 copies.

Montfaucon, B. de. L' Antiquite expliqu^e. 12 vols. Folio. Paris, 1719-
24.

Morton, S. G. Memoir of William IMaclure, Esq. 8vo. Pamph. Philadel-
phia, 1841.

Mougeot, J. B., et Nestler, C. Stirpes cryptogamce vogesorhenanse. 9 fasci-
culi. 4to. Bruyerii, 1810-26.

Moultrie, .J. Description of the Skull of the Guadaloupe Fossil Human
Skeleton, &c. 8vo. Pamph.

Muhlenberg, H. Descriptio uberior Graminum et plantarum Calamariarum
Americse Septentrionalis indigenarum et cicurum. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1817.
2 copies.

Catalogus Plantarum Americse septentrionalis. 8vo. Pamph.

Philadelphia, 1818.

Nees von Esenbeck. Beschreibung officineller Pflanzen. 18 Liefer. Folio.
Diisseldorf, 1828-9.
Genera et species Asterearum. 8vo. Norimbergse, 1833.

Genera Plantarum floras Germanic®, iconibus et descriptionibus

illustrata. 8vo. Bounce, 1835.

Genera Plantarum floras Germanicse. Fasciculi, 2, 4-9, 11-15

17-26. 8vo. Bonnffi.

Nestler, C. G. Commentatio botanico-medica de Potentilla. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1816. |^

Nicholson, John. The Operative Mechanic and British Machinist. 2 vols.
8vo. Philadelphia, 1826.

Note sur un microscope simple perfectionn^. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1833.

Notice of the late Mr. Barclay, by W. J. H. 8vo. Pamph. 2 copies.

Nouveau Recueil de Voyages au Nord de 1' Europe et de 1' Asie. 3 vols. 4to.
Geneve et Paris, 1785-6.'

Nuttall, Th. North American Sylva. 2 parts in 1 vol. 4to. Philadelphia,
1842.

An Introduction to Systematic and Physiological Botany. 12mo.

Cambridge, 1827.

The Genera of North American Plants, and a Catalogue of the spe-
cies, to the year 1817. 2 vols in 1. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1818. 2 copies.

^; A ]\Ianual of the Ornithology of the United States and of Canada.

12mo. Cambridge, 1832.

Oakes,W. On the advance of Spring in Eastern Massachusetts. 8vo. Pamph.
1841.

Notice of some Rare Plants of New England. 8vo. Pamph.

Objects and Constitution of the Botanical Society of Montreal. 16mo.
Pamph. 1856.

271

Oeder, G. C. Elementa Botanic^, Pars prior. 8vo. HafnijB, 1764,

et :Miller, 0. F. Flora Danica. 5 vols. Folio. Hafnise, 1766-82.

Olnev T. S. Catalogue of Plants collected by the Botanical Department of
the Providence Franklin Society. Svo. Pamph. Providence, 1845.

Orfila, P. Traits des Poisons tirds des r^gnes mineral, v^g^tal et animal, ou
Toxicologie G^n^rale. 2 vols. Svo. Paris, 1814.

Pallas, P. S. Voyages en Russie, dans 1' Asie septentrionale. Trad, par
Gauthier de la Peyronie, text 5 vols; plates 1 vol. 4to. Paris, 1788-93.

Flora Rossica. Folio. Petropoli, 1784.

Pambour, F. M. G. de. Theorie de la machine a vapeur. Svo. Bruxelles,
1839.

Parkinson, J. Organic Remains of a former World. Vol. i. 4to. London,
1804.

Parry, Capt. W. E. Journal of a Second Voyage of Discovery of a North-
West Passage. 4to. London, 1824.

Appendix to the same. 4to. London, 1825.

Supplement to the Appendix of Fii-st Voj^age. 4to. London, 1824.

Paulet. Traite des Champignons. 2 vols. 4to. And 25 livraisons of plates.
Folio. Paris, 1793.

Penfold, .Jane W. Madeira Flowers, Fruits, and Ferns. 4to. London, 1845.

Pennant, T. A Tour in Scotland and Voyage to the Hebrides. 2 vols. 4to.
Chester, 1774; London, 1776.

Perring, J. E. The Pvramids of Gizeh. 2 parts in 1 vol. Folio. London,
1839.

Persoon, Dr. C. H. Synopsis Plantanim, seu Enchiridium Botanicum.
16mo. Parisiis et Tubinga?, 1805-7.

Peters, .J. R. Jr. Guide to the Chinese Museum in Marlboro' Chapel. Svo.
Pamph. Boston, 1845.

Petit Thouars, A. A. Essais sur la V^g^tation consideree dans le d^vel-
opement des Bourgeons. Svo. Paris, 1809.

Pictet, F. J. Histoire Naturelle general et particuli^re des Insectes Nevrop-
t^res. Prospectus. Svo. Pamph. Paris, 1841.

Piper, R. U. Trees of America. Nos. 1-4. 4to. Boston, 1855.

Plukenetius, L. Photographia, sive Stirpium illustriorum et minus cogni-
tarum Icones. 4 vols. 4to. Londini, 1769.

Plumier, C. Traite des Foug6res de 1' Amerique. Folio. Paris, 1705.

Portraits of Naturalists. 1 vol. Svo.

Presl, Carolus B. Tentamen pteridographioe, seu Genera filicacearum prae-
sertim juxta venarum decursum et distributionem exposita. Svo. Pragae,
1836.

Preston, W. C. Eulogy on Hugh Swinton Legare. Svo. Pamph. Charles-
ton, 1843.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Ai-ts and Sciences. Vol. i., pp.
49-346 ; vol. ii., pp. 1-160. Svo.

Proceedings of the American Association for the advancement of Science.
1849, 1851, 1853-7, 1859. Svo.

Proceedings of the National Convention of Fruit Growers in 1848. Svo.
Pamph. New York, 1848.

Proceedings of the Providence Franklin Society. Vol. i. Nos. 1 and 2. Svo.
Pamph. 1S46, 7.

272

Pursh, Frederick. Flora Americas Septentrionalis, 2 vols. 8vo. London,
1814. 2 copies.

Raffles, Sii- Thomas Stamford. The History of Java. 2 vols. 8vo.
Plates, 1 vol. 4to. London, 1830.

Memoir of the Life and Public Services of. 2 vols. 8vo. London,

1835.

Rafinesque. C. S. Atlantic Journal and Friend of KnoAvledge. Nos. 1-4.
8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1832.

Reaumur, M. de. Memoires pour servir a I'Histoire des Insectes. 6 vols.
4to. Paris, 1734-42.

Redoute, P. J. Les Liliacees. 8 vols. Folio. Paris, 1802-16.

et De Candolle. Plantes Grasses. Folio.

Reichenbach, Lud. Flora Geimanica. 4 vols. 24mo. Lipsia?, 1830.

Remarks made at the Annual Meeting of the Boston Society of Natural His-
tory by the President. 8vo. Pamph. Boston. 1845.

Reports from the Secretary of the Treasury, of Scientific Investigations in
relation to Sugar and Hydrometers, made by Professor R. L McCulloch. 8vo.
Pamph. Washington, 1848.

Reports on the Herbaceous Plants and on the Quadrupeds of Massachusetts.
8vo. Cambridge, 1840.

Report of the Third Meeting of the British Association for the advancement
of Science, held at Cambridge, in 1833 8vo. London, 1834.

Report of the Committee on Agriculture, in the Hcruse of Representatives of
the United States, on the memorial of Dr. Henry Perrine, in regard to the cul-
tivation of Tropical Plants. 8vo. Pamph. Washington.

Report of the Committee on Agriculture in the Senate of the United States,
on the Memorial of Dr. Henry Perrine, in regard to the Cultivation of Tropical
Plants. 8vo. Pamph. Washington.

Report (Third Annual) of the Natural History Society of Montreal. 24mo.
Pamph. Montreal, 1830.

Reports (Annual) of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution.
4 vols. 8vo. Washington, 1855-8. .

Reports (Annual) of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, 1849-51. 8vo.
Sketches for 1851. 4to. 1852-8. 4to. Washington.

Richard, A. Nouveaux Elemens de Botanique et de Physiologic V^g^tale
8vo. Paris, 1828.

Elements of Botany and Vegetable Physiology. Translated by W.

Macgillivray. 8vo. Edinburgh, and London, 1831.

Richardson, J. Fauna Boreali-Americana. Quadrupeds. 4to. London,
1829.

Richerand, A. Nouveaux ^l(5mens de Physiologic. Vol. i. 8vo. Paris,
1814.

Rockwell, J. A. Comparison between the Internal and Foreign Commerce
of the United States. 8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1846.

Roget, P. M. Animal and Vegetable Physiology considered with reference
to Natural Theology. 2 vols. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1839.

Roth, A. G. Manuale Botanicum peregrinationibus botanicis accommoda-
tum. 3 vols. 32mo. Lipsia^, 1830.

Rozier, 1' Abbe. Nouvelle table des Articles contenus dans les volumes de
L' Academic Royale des Sciences de Paris, depuis 1666, jusqu'en 1770. 4
vols. 8vo. Paris, 1775.

273

Ruiz, H. Florae Peruvianae et Chilensis Prodromus, sive novorum generum
plantarum Peruvianarum, et Chilensium descriptiones et icones. Folio.
Madrid, 1794.

et Pavon, J. Flora Peruviana et Chilensis. 4 vols. Folio. Mad-
rid, 1798.

Russell, J. L. Musci of Eastern Massachusetts. 8vo. Pamph.

Saint-Hilaire, A. Plantes de la France. 3 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1809.

Lepons de Botanique, comprenant principalement la Morphologie

V^g^tale. Svo. Paris, 1840.

Aper^u d'un voyage dans I'interieur du Br^sil, la province cispla-

tine et les missions dites du Paraguay. Svo. Pamph. Paris, 1823.

et Alfred ]\loquin-Tandon. Deuxi^me m^moire sur la famille des

Polygal^es. 8vo. Paraph.

Schkuhr, C. Beschreibung der Riedgraser. 2 vols in 1. 8o. Leipzig, 1812.

Schoolcraft, H. R. A View of the Lead Mines of Missouri; including some
observations on the mineralogy, geology, geography, antiquities, soil, climate,
population, and productions of Missouri and Arkansas, and other sections of
the western country. 8vo. New York, 1819.

Schrader, H. A. Analecta ad Floram Capensem. i. Cyperacese. Svo.
Pamph. Gottingge, 1832.

Scott, J. Dissertatio inauguralis de Plantis Medicinalibus. Svo. Pamph.

Sebastiani, Antonius, et Mauri, Ernest. FlorEe Romance Prodromus. Svo.
Romse, 1818.

Selby, P. J. History of British Forest-Trees. Svo. London, 1842.

Short, C. W. Observations on the Botany of Illinois. Svo. Pamph. 1845.

Sibthorp, J. Flora Gra^ca. 10 vols. Folio. Londini, 1806-40.

Silliman, B. American Journal of Science. Vols, i.-xxix. Nos. 61-100;
vols. XLV.-XLix. 2d series, Nos. 1-69, 71-102. 8vo. New Haven, 1819-62.

History of Davenport's Invention of the Application of Electro-
Magnetism to Machinery, and Information on Electricity, Galvanism, &c., by
Mrs. Somerville. Svo. Pamph. New York, 1837.

Smith, Sir J. E. A Grammar of Botany, illustrative of Artificial, as well as
Natural Classification. Svo. New York, 1822.

Plantarum icones hactenus ineditee, plerumque ad plantas in herba-

rio Linnaeano conservatas delineatas. 3 vols. Folio. Londini, 1789-91.

Caroli Linnaei Flora Lapponica. Svo. Londini, 1792.

Flora Britannica. 3 vols. Svo. Londini, 1800-1804. Continuation

of Smith's English Flora, by W. J. Hooker. 2 vols. Svo. 1830-33.

Smith, P. Memoir and CoiTespondeuce of the late Sir James E. Smith. 2
vols. Svo. London, 1832.

Soyer-Willemet, H. F. Observations sur quelques Plantes de France. Svo.
Pamph. Nancy, 1828.

Sprengel, Curtius. Caroli Linnaei Genera Plantarum. Tom. 1. Svo. Gottin-
gae, 1830.

Sprengel, H. An Introduction to the Study of Cryptogamous Plants. 16mo.
London, 1807.

Spurzheim, J. G. Examination of the Objections made in Britain against
the Doctrines of Gall and Spurzheim. 12mo. Boston, 1833.

Stackhouse, J. Nereis Botanica. 4to. Pamph. Oxonii, 1816.

Stanhope, J. S. Olympia; or. Topography illustrative of the actual state ot
the Plain of Olympia and ruins of the city of Elis. Folio. London, 1824.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. 18 FEBRUARY, 1864

274

Stephani, R. Thesaurus linguge Latinae. 4 vols. Folio. Londini, 1734-5.

Steudel, E. Nomenclator Botanicus. 2 vols. 8vo. Stuttgardtiee et Tubin-
gae, 1821. 2 copies.

Nomenclatoi' Botanicus; enumevans nomina atque synonyma turn

generica turn specilica plaiitis cryptogumis imposita. Svo. Stuttgardiae et Tu-
bingJB, 1824.

Storer, D. H. Synopsis of the Fi>^hes of North America. 4to. Cambridge,
1846.

Sullivant, "\V. S. Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad route from the
Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. Report on the Botany of the Expedi-
tion. 4to. Pamph. Washington, D. C, 1856.

Musci Alleghanienses. 12mo. Pamph. Columbus, 1845.

Musci Alleghanienses. 8vo. Columbus, 0., 1846. 3 copies.

Notices of some new Species of Mosses from the Pacific Islands, in

the Collection of the United States Exploring Expedition. 8vo. Pamph.
Cambridge, 1854.

Contributions to the Mycology and Hepaticology of North America.

Parts 1 and 2. 4to. Pamph. Cambridge, 1846-9.

Musci and Hepatic£e of the United States. 8vo. New York, 1856.

and Wormley, T. J. On the Measurement of the striae of Diatoms.

Svo. Pamph. 1859.

Swammerdamm, J. Biblia Naturas; sive Historia Insectorum. Vers. Latin6
scripsit H. D. Gaubius. Vitam auctoris descripsit Boerhaave. 2 vols. Folio.
Leydffi, 1737-8.

Swartz, 0. Observationes Botanicse. Svo. Erlang^e, 1791.

Sweet, R. Cistinese: the natural order of Cistus, or Rock Rose. Svo. Lon-
don, 1825-30.

Teschemacher, J. E. Address before the Massachusetts Horticultural Soci-
ety, at their fourteenth anniversary. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1842.

Thacher, T. The American Orchardist. 12mo. Plymouth, 1825.

Thomson, J. General Atlas of the Globe. Folio. Edinburgh, 1821.

Annals of Philosophy. 16 vols. 8vo London, 1813-20.

Thunberg, C. P. Flora Capensis. Vol. i. 16mo. Upsaliaj, 1807.

Torrey, John. Catalogue of North American Genera of Plants. Svo.
Pamph. New York, 1831.

A Flora of the Northern and Middle sections of the United States.

Svo. New York, 1824.

and Gray, Asa. A Flora of North America. Vol. i. Svo. New York,

1838-40.

Tournefort, J. P. Listitutiones Rei Herbarias. 3 vols. 4to. Parisiis, 1719.

Tozzetti, Targioni. Analisi chimica delle acque minerali di chianciano ese-
guitanel 1833. Svo. Firenze, 1833.

Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London. 7 vols. 4to. London,
1815-30.

Treviranus, L. C. Symbolarum Phytologicarum quibus res herbaria illustra-
tur. Fasc. 1. Svo. Pamph. Gottingae, 1831.

Tuckerman, E. An Enumeration of North American Lichenes. 12mo.
Cambridge, 1845.

Enumeratio Methodica Caricum quarundam. 12mo. Pamph.

Schenectadiae, 1843.

275

Tuckennan, E. Observations on some interesting Plants of New England.
8vo. Pamph.

A further Enumeration of some New England Lichenes. 8vo.

Pamph

Lichenes Americae Septentrionalis exsiccati. Fascic. 1 et 2. Small

4to. Cantabrigias, 1847.

A Synopsis of the Lichenes of New England, the other Northern

States and British America. 8vo. Cambridge, 1848.

Turner, Dawson. A Synopsis of the British Fuci. 2 vols. 16mo. London,
1802.

Turpia, P. J. F. Organographie V^g^tale. Observations sur quelques v^g6-
taux microscopiques, etc. 4to. Paris, 1827.

M^moire sur 1' inflorescence des Gramin^es, et des Cyp^r^es, com-

parde avec celle des autres vdg^taux sexif^res. 4to. Pamph. Paris, 1819.

Organographie v^g^tale. Observations sur 1' origine commune et la

formation de tous les corps propagateurs v^gdtaux, etc. 4to. Pamph. Paris,
1828.

Memoire sur I'organization int^rieure et ext^rieure des tubercules

du Solanum tuberosum et de THelianthus tuberosus. 4to. Pamph. Paris,
1828.

Observations sur quelques productions marines, etc. 4to. Pamph.

Paris.

Aper^u organographique sur le nombre deux. 4to. Pamph. Paris.

Observations sur le nouveaux genre Surirella. 4to. Pamph. Paris.

Organographie microscopique ^l^mentaire et compar^e des v^g^taux.

4to. Pamph. Paris.

Vandermaelen, Ph. Ouvrages publics par I'Etablissement Geographique de
Bruxelles. 16mo. Pamph. 1830.

Lettre sur 1' Etablissement Geographique. 16mo. Pamph. Brux-
elles, 1836.

Van Rensselaer, Hon. Stephen. A Geological Survey of the District adjoin-
Lig the Erie Canal. Part 1. 8vo. Albany, 1824.
Vaucher, J. P. Histoire des Conferves d' eau douce. 4to. Geneve, 1803.

Monographic des Preles. 8vo. Pamph. Geneve et Paris, 1822.

Ventenat, E. P. Tableau du Regne Vdgetale. 4 vols. 16mo. Paris, 1799.

Description des plantes nouvelles et peu connues, cultivees dans le

jardin de J. M. Cels. Folio. Paris, 1800.

Vitalis, J. B. Cours ^l^mentaire de Teinture. 8vo. Rouen, 1827.

Walter, Thomas. Flora Caroliniana. 8vo. Londini, 1788.

Webb, P. B. Iter Hispaniense; or a synopsis of plants collected in Spain and
Portugal. 8vo. Pamph. Paris and London, 1838.

Webster's Vindication of the Treaty of Washington of 1842. 8vo. Pamph.
Washington, 1846.

Wells, D. A., and Bliss, George. Annual of Scientific Discovery. 2 vols.
12mo. Boston, 1850-51.

Wells, W. C. Two Essays, — one upon single vision with two eyes; the other
on Dew. 8vo. London, 1818.

Weihe, A., und Nees v. Esenbeck. Beschreibung der Deutschen Brombeer-
strauche. Folio. Elberfeld. 1822-27.

276

Wikstrom J. E. Conspectus Litteraturse Botanicse in Suecia ab antiquissimis
temporibus usque ad finem anni 1831. 16mo. Holmias, 1831.

Willdenow, C. L. Historia Amaranthorum. Folio. Turici, 1790.

Wilson, A. American Ornithology. 9 vols. 4to. Philadelphia, 1808-14.

White, Gilbert. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. 8vo.
London, 1837.

Whitlaw, C. New Medical Discoveries, with a defence of the Linnaean doc-
trine, and translation of Vegetable Materia Medica. 2 vols, in one. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1829.

Wright, C. Plantae Wrightianae Texano-Neo-Mexicanse. 4to. Pamph.

Wright, R. Contributions to the Botany of Lidia. 8vo. Pamph. London,
1884.

Catalogue of Plants in the Prodromus Florse Peninsulse Indise Orien-

talis. 8vo. 1833.

and Arnott, G. A. W. Prodromus Florae Peninsulas Indiae Orien-

tahs. Vol. I. 8vo. London, 1834.

Yarrell, W. History of British Fishes. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1836.

July 1, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Mr. A. E. Verrill made the following observations on the
supposed eastward migration of the Cliff Swallow {Hirundo
lunifro7is Say).

The interesting history of this swallow, and the peculiar circum-
stances connected with its first discovery in the west and subsequent
appearance in the Atlantic States, are so well known that it is perhaps
unnecessary to present at this time more than a brief summary of the
recorded observations of its earliest appearance on the eastern side
of the continent.

In 1815, they were observed at Henderson, Ky., on the Ohio River,
by Mr. Audubon ; in 1817, a colony, then two years old, was seen by
him opposite Cincinnati. In 1817, they are said by De Witt Clinton
to have appeared at Whitehall, N. Y., — the first year in a single pair,
which in 1822 had increased to seventy. In 1820, it was discovered
among the Rocky Mountains by Major Long's Expedition, and also by
Sir John Franklin's party between Cumberland House and Fort En-
terprise.

Sir John Franklin states that in 1825 they made their first appear-
ance at Fort Chippewyan, building their nests under the eaves of a
building. Dr. J. W. Steel mentions them as breeding at Greenfield,

277

N. Y., in 1825, and near Lake George in 1829. In 1830, they were
mentioned by Mr. S. Woodruff as breeding in numbers at Windsor,
Ct,and also, according to Dr. T. M. Brewer, at Winthrop, Me., by Gen-
eral Dearborn. Dr. Brewer * speaks of them as breeding at Coventry,
Vt., in 1837, and at Jaffrey, N. H., in 1839. Prof. S. F. Baird first
notices them aip Carlisle, Pa., in 1841. At about this period, they
seem to have become common in Massachusetts, but are well known
to have been common some years earlier in Maine, New Hampshire,
Vermont, and Northern New York.

My attention having been drawn to this subject by the discovery, in
1861, of a large colony of these birds breeding on the high limestone
cliffs of Anticosti, apparently in their original condition, and entirely
removed from the abodes and influence of man, it became an interest-
ing subject of inquiry to ascertain whether any information could be
obtained of their early occupation of the northeastern part of Amer-
ca. In this way I hoped to be able to judge, to a certain extent,
whether this species was originally indigenous in that part of the
country, breeding in such localities as would furnish suitable lime-
stone cliffs for the support and preservation of its nests, or whether, in
its assumed eastward migrations, it had first forsaken its native haunts
on the cliffs of the West for the safer and more congenial sites found
upon the buildings of man, and, advancing still further east, across a
country abounding in buildings suited to its wants, it had afterwards
forsaken its acquired habits and gone back to breed upon the remote
and lonely cliffs of Anticosti.

In pursuing this investigation, I have been surprised by the amount
of evidence that has constantly accumulated to prove that this swal-
low was well known in the interior and northern parts of Maine, as
early as or earlier than its first discovery anywhere in the West. A very
large proportion of the aged farmers who have been to any extent
observant of such facts, when questioned concerning this species
(which is well known to them as the " Eaves Swallow," no other spe-
cies having the habit of building its nests in the same way), mention
its singular habits as one of the early recollections of their boyhood.
Many of .them, though not able to fix upon any precise date when
they first saw it, feel sure that it was not later than 1812 or 1815, and
some have given much earlier dates.

The reliable testimony of two or three trustworthy persons ought,
however, to be sufficient to estabUsh so obvious a fact as this must ne-
cessarily have been. To this end I have selected the following state-
ments : —

Aaron Shackley, Esq., of Norway, Me., an aged gentleman, remark-

* North American Oology, page 96. {Smithsonian Contributions, Vol. xi.)

278

able for the clearness and accuracy of his memory, as well as for his
habits of close observation, states that the Eaves Swallow commenced
to breed on his father's barn at Wells, Me. (now Kennebunk), in
1804, two years before his removal from that town, which was in
1806.

Dr. J. W. Steel* states that ''In 1800, I first noticed a colony of
these birds at Union, in Maine ; their nests were constructed of mud
and occupied the entire front of a long barn, filling the space under
the eaves."

Mr. G. A. Boardmau. well known as an observing ornithologist, in-
forms me that when he removed from Massachusetts to St. Stephens,
X. B., in 1828, his attention was at once attracted by these swallows,
which he had never seen before, breeding in abundance, and was told
that they were nothing new there.

From these facts it seems that since this bird was not discovered
anywhere in the West before 1815, we have no reason whatever to
suppose that its migration proceeded from west to east, or that it did not
originally belong as much to the eastern as to the western part of the
continent. That it has, within a comparatively recent time, extend-
ed its range to southern Kew England and as far south as Pennsylva-
nia along the Atlantic coast, is undeniable ; but it seems to me equally
probable that it advanced from the north, or northeast, southward, as
from the west eastward. The opinion to wliich I am most inclined,
after considering all the facts hitherto collected bearing upon the sub-
ject, is that when this continent was first settled by Europeans, the
Cliff Swallow inhabited the whole of its breadth wherever there
were extensive limestone cHffs suitable for the building of its nests ;
and that as civilization advanced toward its native haunts, and suita-
ble buildings became accessible to it, it gradually abandoned the chffs,
and, increasing in numbers to a greater extent than before, on ac-
count of the protection invariably furnished it by man, it gradually
spread over New England and the other northern States, where hith-
erto there had been no cliffs suited to its wants. In thus extending
its range, it probably advanced both from the western and from the
northeastern parts of the country, both these regions abounding in
high limestone cliffs, which are entirely wanting in New England.

This view also seems more in accordance with the known changes
in the habits and range of our other species of swallows.

The following paper was presented : —

* American Journal of Science, Vol. xix., 1831, p. .356.

279
Description of two Birds from the Bahama Islands,

HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED. By HeNRY BrYANT, M. D.
PiTANGUS BAHAMENSIS.

Syn. Tyrannus caudifasciatus, Bry. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. VII., p. 108.

Dimensions. (Adult cf .) Length, .203.* Length of wing, from
flexum, .107; tail, .081; first primary .014 shorter than the third,
which is the longest ; second and fourth equal, and .002 short-
er than third. Tail nearly square, the outer feathers .004 shorter
than the central ones.

Color. Bill, dark horn, nearly black on the upper, and slightly
lighter on the lower mandible. Upper part and sides of head,
including the eyelids and ear-coverts, and extending on to the nape,
dark-brown with a very faint tinge of olive ; the forehead and lores
ashy and a concealed spot of bright orange-yellow on the vertex.
Hind neck, scapulars, back rump, and upper tail-coverts, ashy, with
an olive tinge, scarcely to be seen on the the neck, and with the mar-
gins of the tail-coverts dull ferruginous. Tail above, dark, slightly
purplish-brown, with the tips of all the feathers lighter. Those of the
central ones nearly white, and the outer web of the outer feathers
pale olive-brown. Wings wood-brown, with the margins of the outer
webs of all the quills, and of the greater and middle coverts lighter ;
very slightly so on the first primary and narrow portions of the outer
one, and very conspicuously so on the greater coverts, secondaries,
and tertiaries, where they are quite white. Throat soiled white*
Fore neck and breast, pale ashy. Abdomen, flanks, crissum, and
tibise, pale yellow, shaded superiorly into the ashy of the breast.
Tail beneath, wood-brown, with the tips of the feathers lighter, and
the outer web of the outer feathers pale olive-brown. There is a con-
cealed white bar at the base, formed by a spot on the inner webs of
all the feathers, largest on the outer one, of which it occupies nearly
two-fifths of the length. Under surface of wing, light wood-brown,
with the outer webs of all the quills broadly margined with whitish,
extending about half the length from the base of the first, and farther
on the dther, so as on this to occupy nearly the whole length. Ax-
illaries and under-wing coverts, pale yellow, with the centre of
some of the coverts, principally those of the greater ones, brown.
Tarsi, toes, and claws, black.

It is readily distinguished from P. caudifasciatus by the yellow of
the crissum and abdomen.

* The measurements are in parts of a metre.

280

Saurothera bahamensis.

Syn. Saurothera vetula, Bry. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
VII., p. 106.

Dimensions. (Adult d".) Length, .490. Length of wing, from
flexum, .162. Length of tail, .258 ; Bill, along ridge, .048, from gape
to tip of lower mandible, .055. Depth at base, .013 ; breadth at base,
.009. Sixth and seventh quills equal and longest. Oute: tail feath-
ers .105 shorter than central ones.

Color. Bill, pale brown, with the base and culmen dark. Head
above, hind neck, back, scapulars, and rump, ashy, with a slight vina-
ceous tinge, and a faint bronzy lustre on the scapulars, and with the
shafts and terminal bristles of the feathers of the forehead, black.
Wings, bronzed ash, with slight metallic reflections, and with the
base of the primaries, dull rufous, gradually shaded into the ashy of
the rest. Upper tail coverts, and tail above, bronzed ash, like the
wing, with a narrow terminal white and broader subterminal black bar
on all the tail feathers. Throat, fore neck, and breast, pale, slightly
vinaceous ash, darkest toward the abdomen, and on the sides, where
it is gradually shaded into the darker color of the upper parts. Ab-
domen, flanks, crissum, and tibiae dull rufous, gradually shaded into
ashy from the crissum to the breast. Under surface of tail pale wood-
brown, with the white and black bars as above. Under surface of
wings pale, slightly bronzed brown, with the centre rufous, rather
abruptly shaded into brown toward the tip, and sides, and anteriorly
very gradually into the pale fawn of the inner coverts, which is light-
est toward the bend of the wing. Tarsi, toe, and claws, dark bluish
horn, the edges of the scales, whitish, and the soles of the feet dirty
flesh-color.

Since writing the article on the Bahama birds, in which this was
given as S. vetula, I have had an opportunity of examining all the
described species, and find that the present species is very distinct.

The following letters were read, which had been recently
received, namely : —

From Edward Tuckerman, Amherst, Mass., May 8; Charles E.
Hamblin, Waterville, Me., June 20 ; and Baron Osten Sacken, New
York, June 24, in acknowledgment of their election as Corresponding
Members; the Royal Dublin Society, April 2; and the K. Gesell-
schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, May 7, acknowledging the
receipt of the Proceedings of the Society.

Mr. Charles H. Hitchcock, of Amherst, was chosen a Cor-
responding Member, and Lieut. Samuel W. Powell, of the
Marine Corps, U. S. A., a Resident Member.

281

September 2, 1863.

The President in the chair.

In answer to a question from Mr. Sheafe, a statement was
made by Dr. B. J. Jeffries, of the Building Committee, rela
tive to tlie condition of the new Building. Dr. Jeffries thought
it would be ready in October.

September 16, 1863.

The President in the chair.

A communication from Elliott Coues, of Mount Pleasant
Hospital, Washington, on the Osteology and Myology of Co-
lyrabus, was received and referred to the Publishing Com-
mittee.

Dr. J. Wyman gave an account of some observations which
he had recently made on an Amoeba.

The species referred to appeared in some fibrine, which had been
confined between two plates of glass, for the purpose of watching the
progress of its decomposition in water. The Amoebse were first no-
ticed as minute points, and gradually grew to full size, without any
obvious change of form or structure. As seen under the microscope,
they appeared to be made up of a spherical sarcodic mass, which was
structureless, and in which were imbedded numerous granules, from
which last, however, a portion of the circumference of the organism
was wholly free. Solid bodies, lodged in the interior, were seen to
be discharged at various points in the circumference, seeming to meCt
with little or no obstruction, and yet no opening vfdi?, discovered at any
point. When the body to be discharged came near the surface, the
sarcode was pushed out before it, becoming more and more prominent
outwards, and at length broke like a bubble, leaving the contained
body free.

The Amoeba, in one instance, underwent complete spontaneous di-
vision in five minutes ; first taking on the shape of a dumb-bell, then the
two principal masses receded from each other, the band which united
them became thinner, and finally broke, just as does the thread which
unites two viscid bodies when drawn apart, and two complete Amoe-
bas were formed. In another instance, the division had become nearly

282

complete, as just described, but the two masses, instead of separating
wholly, again approached each other, and nearly recovered their
original shape.

From the manner in which solid particles pass through these struc-
tures, and the rapidity with which the whole organism becomes sub-
divided, it is reasonable to infer that they have no proper integument,
especially as the microscope fails to reveal such a structure.

Professor Henry James Clark said that Actinophrys was particular-
ly interesting, as manifesting a step higher than the simple homomor-
phous organization of Amceba, as described by Prof Wyman. Prof.
Clark referred to Kolliker's observations in 1849, as recorded in the
Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zodlogie, and showed that, even sup-
posing Kolliker to be correct, the division of the mass of the body into
an exterior and interior portion, the former containing much larger
vacuoles than the latter, indicated a heteromorphous organization, and
tending toward specialization of parts. He also added that he could
not agree with Kolliker, that Actinophrys is a homomorphous mass
with vacuoles, but that he was convinced that the so-called vacuoles
of the outer and inner layers, are true cells, with a distinct wall
about them ; a wall that could be easily recognized with the help
of the better sort of microscope objectives of the present day. Owing
to the exceeding transparency of the organism, no ordinary objective
will show the walls; but, with a one-quarter inch lens, of one
hundred and fifty degrees angular aperture, made for him, last June,
by Tolles, of Canastota, N. Y., he had no difficulty in working, with
the proper adjustment and corrections, through a sufficient depth of
water to completely cover the Actinophrys (A. Eichornii), and could
readily detect the walls, not only of the superficial cells, but also of
the innermost ones.*

* The unprecedented working distance, which accompanies the great angle of
aperture in the above-mentioned lens, prompts me to speak more fully of its
excellence. It has been the chief desideratum of naturalists to obtain a large in-
crease in the working distance of those lenses which have a great angle of aperture;
but, hitherto, the latter condition has seemed to involve necessarily an excessively
short working distance, and consequently great inconvenience in the investigation
of all bodies which are not correspondingly thin. Tiie idea of studying marine ani-
mals in their native element, with such lenses, could never be indulged in, for fear
of ruining the objectives, by contact with salt water. At last, we are relieved from
this restraint, for within the last four or five years a great improvement has been
made in this respect by opticians, at least by Jlr. Tolles. The most recently con-
structed lens which I have received from that gentleman was made last .Tune ; it is
a one-quarter inch objective, with an angular aperture of one hundred and fifty de-
grees, and a most unexpected working distance of one-fiftieth of an inch for un-
covered bodies. By experiment, I also find that it works through a glass covering,
fully one-fortieth of an inch thick, and with some room to spare above that. The
working distance through water I have not measured accurately; but that can be
inferred from the difference between its refraction and that of glass. The defijiiiig
power of this lens is certainly unsurpassed, if not unequalled.

283

What is remarkable, too, the pseudopodia, as frequent and careful
observations have led him to determine, invariably alternate with the
cells of the exterior layer ; that is, they are prolongations of the in-
tercellular amorphous substance of the body. This fact would seem
to add to the proof that the so-called vacuoles are really cells ; other-
wise it would be hardly credible that simple vacuoles, which come and
go in an amorphous substance, should always alternate with the pseu-
dopodia.

Sometimes, a pseudopod moves very rapidly, especially when it has
seized upon some victim, for then it retracts with a sudden jerk, and
draws the prey close to the body, which finally engulfs it, in the same
manner as does Amoeba. The pseudopodia exhibit an adhesive power,
which is remarkable when we consider the size of the animals which
are sometimes drawn in by them, and, in this respect, remind one of
the " adhesive vesicles" in the anchors of Lucernariae, which hold fast
to bodies with the greatest tenacity, and, to all appearances, by simple
contact, just as glue and mucus adhere to anything which touches
them. (See my paper on " Lucernaria, the Coenotype of Acalephae."
Proc. Bost. Soc. Xat. Hist., Vol. ix., 1862, p. 52 ; and also, reprinted,
"with additions and notes," in Silliman's American Jounml of Science,
for May, 1863, p. 352.) In a Difflugia (very near D. proteiforniis),
Prof Clark had observed that whenever the pseudopodia contract,
they invariably become strongly wrinkled transversely ; and, as he
could not detect the least trace of an envelope, or wall-like layer, on
this part of the body, he believed that the wrinkling is peculiar to the
substance of the pseudopodia.*

* In this connection, I will take the opportunity to assert, that, from a number
of observations on various animals, I have been led to the conclusion that all vihra-
tile cilia originate in the amorphous intercellular substance. In no instance liave I
ever seen vibratile cilia forming direct prolongations of cells; but invariably I find
their bases imbedded in the intercellular cytoblastema. They may seem to be pro-
longed from the underlying cells, but, on the contrary, as I have particularly satis-
fied myself, in regard to the branchia; of the oyster, Ostrea Virginlana, tliey are
based in the cytoblastema, which extends in a thin stratum over the outer ends of
the cells. In other instances, they alternate with the cells, jtrojecting in rows
between them, and forming, as it were, a bristling' corona to each cell, as I
have seen in the epithelium of the intestine of the young snapping-turtle,
Chelydra serpentina. In the latter instance, when the cells are loosed from
the intestine, they carry the overlying cytoblastema with them, and conse-
quently, also, the vibratile cilia, which then falsely appear like appendages
of the cells themselves. The nettling cells, cnidcc, of Polypi and Acalepha? origin-
ate in the same substance, the intercellular cytoblastema, as do vibratile cilia.
They have been supposed to develop within the cells of the layer in which they are
situated ; but this is not true. Oftentimes, when cnidae are removed from their ba-
sis by pressure, they drag along with them a portion of the cytoblastema, which
encloses them like a transparent envelope, and has the appearance of a cell. Some-
times three or four cnidae are pressed out together, and, being covered by the accom-
panying cytoblastema, they present the deceptive appearance of several cnida-, in
one cell.
There ar^ four periods in the history of Cnida?. Wa^er ( Wi'igm: ArrJiiv, 18ft.S)

284

Mr. F. W. Putnam gave an account of some peculiarities
he had noticed in humble-bees.

was the first to detect the existence of these bodies ; but he mistook them for pecu-
liar forms of spermatozoa of Actinia cereus. Immediately after this, if not at the
same date, Ehrenberg {Ahlmndl. Berlin AkacL, 18."35. Jahrg. [1837.] p. 147) recognizes
their true office, and describes them as tlie prehensile organs, " Fang Angeln," of Hy-
dra. Yet, in 18-12 ( Wiegm. Jrchiv), we find him inclined to deny that they liave the
stinging pro-perties, such as Wagner attributes to those which he found in Pelagia noc-
tiluca. In I841 ( Wiegm. ArcJiiv, p. 38), Wagner describes the nettling organs, " Nes-
selorgane,'* of Pelagia noctiluca, and, although he detects the spirally- rolled thread
in the capsule, and says of the thread, " sometimes it appears as if it had a canal,"
and figures it so in his Ic.ones Zootomicce, 1841, PI. 33, fig. ix., B,yet it was reserved
for Doyere, in the latter part of the next year {Compte Rendu, Aout., 1842, p. 429.
"Note sur quelques points de V anatomie des Hydres d' eau douce"), to describe
the mechanism of the Cnidae, and the mode of evolution of the thread, with such
completeness as to anticipate everything, in this regard, that has been published
since, up to the year 18(50, when I figured and briefly pointed out (in Agassiz\s Contri-
butions, Vol. III., PI. xi.^, fig. 16*, Aurelia flavidula, and description of plate p. 17;
and PI. xi.e, fig. 5, Coryne mirabilis) an as yet undescribed relation of the thread
to the cell in which it is coiled up. As the brilliant discovery of Doyere has been
kept in comparative obscurity, at least in this country, I will quote from his paper
such passages as will make it clear that he deserves the credit which has been as-
sumed by those who have merely rejjeated his observations. On page 4:^0, Compte
Bendu, he says, " Ainsi le spicule ou dard, figure dans P interieur du sac-par M.
Corda {calcarea sagitta, Corda), et represente saillant au dehors par M. Ehrenberg,
dans sa planche, II., fig. 7 b, n'est autre que 1' ospece de calice basiiaire a trois
point en etoile, des pretendus hame9ons. I-e long filament grele qui part de ce ca-
lice etoile etait, avant 1' evolution, invagine en dedans de lui-meme et du calice ou
spicule par un retournement en doigt de gant, et formait au fond du sac cette appa-
rence de coussin que M. Corda a nomme vesica patelliformis ; un examen atteutif
et d' excellents instruments font meme reconnaitre dans ce coussin sa composition
par un fil enroule en spirale." On page 431, he speaks of the evolution of the
thread of this, and another smaller nettling-cell, by ensheathing itself, " des corpus-
cules plus petits et surtout beaucoup plus etroits que les precedents, ovo'ides, a par-
ois epaisse contenant a leur interieur un fil enroule en spirale, qui sort comme le
long filament des hamegons, en s'engainant en dedans de lui-meine." All that I
have been able to add to this, although the subject h is been pursued with the ut-
most rigor, and with the best lenses to be had, is the description of the relation of
the coiled thread to that part of its base which projects straight into the cavity of
the cell. Perhaps the greatest importance that can be attached to this is that it is
the most difficult to make out. However, the discovery of this feature solves the
whole mechanism of the organ. Although I had, in 1860, figured and briefly indi-
cated {Agassiz's Contrib. ut supra) this part of its structure, yet it was not until
the fourth volume of the Contributions appeared, in 18'^2,that I described it in full,
as I had seen it in various animals, viz., in the ephyra of "Aurelia flavidula," p.
44; the hydraform of "Coryne mirabilis," p. 209; " Actinia marginata,' p. 210;
and " Hydractinia polyclina," p. 237. At first sight, I might seem to be anticipated
in this by Gosse, in his Evenings loith the microscope, London, 1859, or in his
Actinologia Britanmca, London, 1860, p. xxix. introduction, and PI. XT., fig. 6;
but, upon examination of his illustration, I find nothing to justify it; and, from his
description in connection with the figure, I would judge that the Cnidse had been
injured and distorted by pressure. However, I leave it to others to judge whether
Gosse's description is sufficient to clear up the subject in this regard.

Among the Ctenophor^, the cnidse are so numerous, and so closely packed to-
gether, as to form a uniform layer all over the surface of the tentacle totally outside
of the exterior wall.

285

Prof. J. R. Willis, of Halifax, N. S., was elected a Corre-
sponding Member.

Dr. George B. Wiudship was elected a Kesident Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

July 1. Conocepalltes, from Braiutree, by Dr. W. E. Rice. Collection of
mosses from Sandwich Islands, by Dr. Ruschenberger.

September 2. Eggs of pigeon-woodpecker, king-bird, and barn-swallow,
from Cohasset; invertebrates in alcohol, and eggs of Tmchemys serraia Ag. from
Newbern, N. C, by Dr. S. Kneeland. Shell conglomerate from Ascension Is-
land, by Rev. C. F. Barnard.

September 16. Specimens of a Lygceiis, which feeds upon insects, by Dr. J.
C. White. Hydroid Polyps from ]\lartha's Vineyard, by Mr. Merriman. Lisects
from the Bermudas, by Mr. S. N. Chamberlain.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPT. 30, 1863.

Letter to J. Ban-ande, on the Rocks of the Quebec Group, by Point Levis.
By Sir W. E. Logan. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal, 1863. From the Authoi\

Flora Australasica. By Robert Sweet, F. L. S. Svo. Pamph. From Br.
E. Jarvis.

Second Annual Report of the Natural History and Geology of the State of
Maine. Svo. 1863. From C H. Hitchcock.

Report of Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey for 1861. 4to.
Washington. From Prof. A. D. Bache.

Scientific Men. (Portraits.) Folio. From Theodore Lyman.

System der Thierischen Morphologic. Von Dr. J. Victor Carus. Svo. Leip-
zig, 1853.

Jahrbuch der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. 12 Band; No. 4. 13 Band;
No. 1. Svo. 1862-3. Wien. General Register. Svo. Pamph. Wien.

Correspondenz-BIatt des zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regensberg.
No. 12. 16 Jahrgang, 1862.

Zwolfter Jahresbericht der naturhistorischen GeseUschaft zu Hannover von
Michaelis 1861 bis dahir 1862. Svo. Pamph.

Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome vi. 1862.
Svo.

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 29. April, 1863. Svo.

Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Dublin, 1859-62. Vol. m.
Parts 1 and 2. Svo.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. vii.
No. 2.

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. Vol. in. No. 5. May, 1863.
Svo.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. viii. Nos. 1-3. Svo. Montreal.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 46. July, 1863.

British American. No. 1. Svo. Pamph. Toronto, 1S63.

286

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 100, for 1862; 106-7,
for July and Sept. 1863.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. No 3.
April and May, 1863.

New York State Libraiy Catalogue. First Supplement. Svo. Also, Cata-
logue of Maps, Medals, &c. Svo. Albany.

Proceedings of Commissioners of Indian Affairs. 4to. Albany, 1861.

Results of Metereological Observations. By Franklin B. Hough, A. M. &c.
4to. Albany, 1855.

Tenth to fourteenth annual Reports of the Regents of the University of New
York, on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History. 7 Pamphs. 8vo.
1837-63. By exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 66-9, for June to Sept., 1863.
London.

Journal de Conchyliologie. Tome 1, Nos. 3-4; Tome 2, Nos. 1-4. Svo.
Paris, 1861-2.

Malakozoologische Blatter. Band 8; Bogen 6-12. Band 9; Bog. 1-11. Svo
Pamphs. Hannover.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. 1861, 1862. 2 vols. Svo.

Monographic du Genre Conus par le Chevalier A. Bernardi. Svo. Pamph .
Paris.

Thesaurus Conchyliorum. By G. B. Sowerby. Part 21. Svo. Pamph.
London, 1862.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. xix. No. 75, for August.
1863. London. From the Courtis Fund.

Life and Letters of Washington Irving. Vol. iii. 12mo. New York, 1863.
Deposited by the Republican Institution.

October 7, 1863.
Mr. C. K. Dillaway in the chair.

The following paper was presented : —

On Certain Remarkable or Exceptional Larv^, Coleop-
terous, Lepidopterous and Dipterous, with Descrip-
tions OF Several New Genera and Species, and of
Several Species Injurious to Vegetation, which have
been already published in Agricultural Journals. By
Benj. D. Walsh, M. A.

COLEOPTERA.

CiciNDELA SEX-GUTTATA, Fabr. On eight or ten occasions, from

the beginning to the end of May, 1861, I noticed bright and perfect

specimens of the imago of this insect under the bark of oak logs in

the woods. The species, as is well known, occurs exclusively in tim-

28T

ber-land, and usually on foot-paths leading through the woods. Does
its larva burrow in decayed wood and prey upon timber-borers ? All
known Cicindelidous larvje burrow in the earth, but the imagos of
certain foreign species, found in tropical America, are said by West-
wood to haunt the leaves of trees, instead of the ground. (Westw.
Intr. Classif T. p. 49.)

CoTALPA (arp:oda) lanigkra, Linn. On five separate occasions
I have known the imago of this insect to be dug up in garden ground
early in May, whence I infer that its larva feeds upon living roots, like
that of the well-known May-beetle, {Lachnostenm quercina) and the Eu-
ropean cockchafer (Melolontha vulgaris.) The closely-alHed Pelidnota
punctata Linn., on the contrary, lives in the larva state in rotten
wood, whence I have myself bred it, and where it is recorded to
breed by Dr. Harris. (Inj. Ins. p. 26.) Similarly the great majority
of Elateridae breed in rotten wood ; but the larvae of certain Euro-
pean species, and, as I believe from having bred the imago from gar-
den-soil, that of the American Cratonychus incertus Lee, feed on the
roots of living plants. An elateride larva (species unknown) has
been observed by me to be very destructive to young corn plants
in the West on newly-broken prairie, devouring the portion of the
stem which lies under ground.

Xyloryctes Satyrus, Fabr. The larva of this species does not
feed on decayed wood, as the generic name (Anglice timber-digger)
would lead us to suppose, and as do the allied genera Dynastes and
Phileurus, but on the roots of living grass. It is very large, white,
and remarkable for the head being coal-black and coarsely punctate,
and in its general appearance it closely resembles the larva of Lach-
nosterna. In the spring of 18G1 I bred the imago from a larva found
late in the preceding autumn under a flat stone in a grassy place in the
woods. In the latter part of September, 1861, having found another lar-
va similarly situated, I carefully replaced the stone, and, on revisiting it
some weeks afterwards, found, a few inches under the surface, the
track by which the larva had travelled off, consuming the roots of the
grass as it went. I am informed by my ornithological friend, Dr.
Velie, of Rock Island, that he has found larva3, which from his de-
scriptioti must be those of this insect, two or three feet below the sur-
face, in the spring of the year, on digging out the nests of bank-
swallows in a grassy spot several hundred feet from the nearest
timber. Hence we may conclude that it burrows deeply into the
earth to pass the winter.

288

LEPIDOPTERA.

N. B. — In estimating the alar expanse of my Lepidoptera, it should'
be observed that I set my specimens with the wings well drawn for-
ward, which of course slightly diminishes the expanse. The more
accurate method is to give the length of the fore-wing ; but as Lepi-
dopterists generally have not yet adopted this rule, I have, for the
sake of uniformity, followed the usual practice.

Halesidota (lophocampa) Antiphola, n. sp. The imago of
this species is utterly undistinguishable from that of H. tessellaris, Sm^
Abb. & Harr. though the larva is very diiferent, and occurs on oak,
basswood, etc., but never on hickory ; while that of H. tessellaris i»
peculiar to the buttonwood or sycamore. I have now before me four
specimens of tessellaris (3 cJ , 1 ? ) and two of Antiphola (1$ , 19), both
species carefully bred by myself in separate cages in 1862-3, for
the express purpose of testing their identity. The former came out
June 22 and 28 and July 8 and 21, and the latter, July 6 and 10. I
have also before me six specimens of ^n^i/?7io/a (33,3?) bred by
myself from the oak in 1858-61, when I had never attempted to
breed tessellaris. There is some considerable variation, especially in
the shape of the wing-bands, in individuals of both species ; but on the
closest scrutiny I can detect no variation in one which does not also
occur in the other species. For example, in the front wing, — 1st.
The terminal wing-band is confluent in its middle, in a single point,
with the subterminal wing-band, (1 tessellaris and one wing only of
another specimen, and 2 AntipJiola.) 2d. The subterminal wing-band
is widely interrupted in its middle, with or without an isolated round-
ish spot of the same color as the wing-band in the interruption, (1
tessellaris, 4 Antiphola.) 3d. The short band, or semifascia, on the
middle of the costa, which is normally composed of one roundish or
squarish costal spot, and two long and narrow sub-costal spots, all
three contiguous, has all these three spots separated by a distinct
interval, (1 tessellaris, 1 Antiphola) or has only two of these spots
separated by a distinct interval, (1 tessellaris, 2 Antiphola.) 4th.
The fourth band, counting from the tip of the wing, instead of hav-
ing its sides sub-parallel, is resolved into a costal roundish or squarish
spot, which touches at a single point the remaining part of the band,
(3 tessellaris, 1 Antiphola.) 5th. The fifth or basal band, which is
normally composed of two roundish or squarish costal spots, separated
from each other by a wide interval, and touching at a single point,
or widely confluent with, a much larger postcostal or anal spot, has
one or both of the costal spots separated distinctly from the large
postcostal spot, (1 tessellaris, 4 Antiphola.) 6th. The shortest space
between the fourth and fifth bands varies in tessellaris from .07 to .12
inch, and in Antiphola from .02 in a very small $ to .12 inch.

A^H/j

t

289

In the body there is scarcely any variation, except that the hind
edge of the collar, which is bluish-green in tessellaris, either for its
whole width or only in the middle, is immaculate in all my Antiplwla
but two, and even in those two less obviously bluish-green. In both
species the inner edges of the shoulder-covers are bluish-green, and
there is in addition a narrow bluish-green vitta between the- shoulder-
covers which has been overlooked by Dr. Harris. As regards the legs,
there is a small black or fuscous spot on the inside tip of the anterior
femora in three tesseUaris, and three or iouv Antiphola. The head,
palpi, and antennse are exactly alike. In describing tessellarit, Dr.
Harris omitted to say that each of the five wing-bands bordered by
minute dusky spots is either pale ochrey-brown, or several shades
darker than the ground-color of the four wings, which, as he correctly
states, is a faint tinge of ochre-yellow. The omission has not been
supplied in Dr. Morris's Synopsis. (See p. 348.)

The larva oi H. Antiplwla may be described as follows, from the
living specimens : — Body covered with dense hairs, varying in color
in different specimens from dirty-whitish to fuscous-cinereous, and from
ochre-yellowish to pale yellowish-brown. On the first segment behind
the head a lateral black pencil of hairs, beneath which are two white
pencils, all directed obliquely forward- ; on the second segment a
lateral black pencil, beneath which is one white pencil, both directed
obliquely forwards ; on the eleventh segment, the same as on the
second, except that the pencils are directed obliquely backwards, and
that the white pencil is less obvious. When disturbed, this larva rolls
itself up like an Arctian. Food-plants, oak, basswood, &c. Very
common near Rock Island, Illinois.

The larva of tessellaris has its pencils located on the second and
third segments instead of the first and second, and they are yellow or
oranore-colored instead of beinor some of them black and some of them
white. The larva of Caryce Harris, which I do not know, is said to
have a pair of black pencils on the fourth and on the tenth segment,
and the imago is quite different from Antiplwla. The larva men-
tioned by Dr. Harris {Inj. Ins. p. 3(J2) as occurring on various trees,
but with the imago of which he was unacquainted, is described by
him as having no pencils on the first segment, and cannot, therefore,
unless the Harrisian description is faulty, be identical with Antiplwla.
The larva of maculata Harris has a pair of black pencils on the fourth
and on the tenth segments, instead of the first, second and eleventh,
and besides, the imago is said to resemble carya^ not tessellaris. It is
observable that Dr. Harris says that the caterpillar of tessellaris " is
not correctly represented in Smith & Abbott's Insects of Georgia."
Possibly the caterpillar of Anliphola may be there represented.

PROCEEDINGS B. S X. H. — VOL. IX. 19 FEBRUARY, 1864.

290

The difference between describing the individual and describing
the species, and the consequent importance of describing, whenever
practicable, from numerous specimens, is well exemplified in the case
of these two insects. A writer who had only one or two specimens
of each imago before him, might have been easily led to suppose that
any one of the six or eight variations which I have enumerated as com-
mon to both species was a good and valid specific character, whereas,
as I have shown, they are all individual aberrations. Length of body
of H. Andphola 6 .57-65 inch, 9 .57-. 72 inch. Expanse $ 1.65-
1.97 inch, 9 1.73-2.00 inch. Four (5 , four 9. Those who recollect
Shakspeare's Comedy of Errors will understand the allusion conveyed
by the trivial name.

Sphixgicampa, n. g.

Differs from Dryocampa, to which it is otherwise very closely allied,
only as follows : — The larva is sphingiform and always assumes in
repose the true sphingide attitude. In the imago the 9 antennae, as
well as those of 5 , are bipectinate for their basal two -thirds, and
minutely serrate for the remaining one-third. The 9 pectinations,
however, are only three-fifths as long as in 3 , and do not merge into
the serrations so abruptly as in S . As in Dryocampa, the hind wings
are much curved forwards on the basal half of their costal edge, so as
to project far beyond the front wings in repose.*

Sphingicampa distigma, n. sp. 6 Body pale ochre-yellow,
sides of the abdomen paler ; venter tinged with brown. Legs fuscous-
gray, tarsal claws and tips of tarsi beneath, fuscous. Wings, above,
ochre-yellow, sometimes tinged with ochrey-brown. Front wings irreg-
ularly and thickly sprinkled with dusky dots ; two-fifths of the dis-
tance from the base, along the costa, are placed two roundish white
dots, equi-distant from each other, from the central point of the disk,

* Ceratocampadae was first established as a distinct and exclusively American
family by Dr Harris, but has been somewhat unnaturally united with Saturniadae
by succeeding authors, (Harris Inj. Ins., p. 39S; Morris Synopsis, pp. xxiv and
219.) Dr. Clemens has beautifully shown that it difiiers from Saturniadae, not only
in the characters laid down by Dr. Harris, but also in having " the subcosto-inferior
nervule of the front wing simple and not furcate," {Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., i., p.
177.) In other words, in Ceratocampadas the subcostal vein sends off towards its
tip three branches or sectors which are all simple ; in Saturniadas the middle one of
these three sectors, instead of rising directly from the subcostal vein, rises from
the basal sector or branch, thus making that basal sector appear " furcate." (Com-
pare Harris Inj. Ins., figs. 18? and 194.) Sphingicampa, it may be added, follows
strictly the Ceratocampade type in this respect, and it agrees Avith Dryocampa and
differs from Ceratocampa in the palpi being very small and indistinct. The Harris-
iau family character, '• 9 antenna? thread-like, and neither feathered nor toothed,"
must be modified so as to include Sphingicampa. It is remarkable that the typical
forms in Ceratocampadae all, so far as known, feed on the oak, and the aberrant
forms upon other forest trees.

291

and from the costal edge, a line connecting them being at right
angles to the costal edge, or sloping slightly towards the basal hind
edge of the wing. These two dots are sometimes of equal size, some-
times the one nearest the costa has twice the diameter of the other,
and occasionally vice versa : and in two or three specimens, there is
a dusky cloud on their terminal side. At about one-seventh of the dis-
tance from the apex to the base commBnces a narrow and obscurely-
defined fuscous band, slowly and gradually diverging from the ter-
minal margin for three-fourths its length, when it suddenly converges
with the terminal margin for the remaining one-fourth of its length,
forming an angle of about 140° with its former course, and attains the
interior margin. On the terminal side of this band, the ground-color
of the wing is of a paler yellow, and generally with a faint, purplish
tinge. Hind wings lake-red, except the sub-costa and the terminal one-
third or one-fourth, or occasionally the terminal one-fifth. BeneatJi. the
front wings have the same sub-terminal narrow band as above, but less
distinctly angulated, and except towards its costal extremity, not fus-
cous, but dull lake-red. On the basal side of this band the sub-costa is
bright ochre-yellow, with a few dusky dots, and the other part lake-
red, shading ofi" gradually to a pale, dull yellow with a tint of pur-
ple as the band is approached, which last color is continued beyond
the band, where there are also a few scattering dusky dots. In a
single $ the lake-red color extends nearly to the terminal edge. The
hind wings are ochrey-whitish, sprinkled with dusky dots, especially
along the costa : two-thu'ds of the way along their costa from the base
there is a very obscure, narrow band, dusky towards the costa, else-
where brown, gradually and slowly diverging from the terminal edge
for three-fourths its length, and then angulated as in the front wing
till it attains the interior or anal edge.

The 9 differs only as follows : — In one specimen, the front wing
above is almost ochrey-brown. In two, the white dots of the front
wing are entirely absent ; and in another, only the one next the costa
is present, and is smaller than usual. The ground-color of the front
wing is always the same on both sides the band. In one specimen,
the lake-red color of the hind wing extends to its terminal margin.
Beneath, the band on the hind wings is always very distinct, and wider
than in $ .

Length $ .91-1.00 inch, 9 1.00-1.15 inch. Expanse $ 2.12-
2.44 inch, 9 2.50-2.93 inch. Six $ , seven 9, all bred from the larva.
That there may be no possible doubt as to the 9 antennae being bi-
pectinate, it may be as well to state that on June 22 a $ and 9 copu-
lated in the cage, and remained in copulation for half an hour after
they had been pinned. The first imago, a 9 , appeared June 13, and
the last, also a 9 , July 21^. all without exception coming out about
dusk.

292

The larva, which is described from the living specimens, is one of
the most beautiful natural objects known to me. It is about 1.80 inch
long and .45 inch in diameter, of a bright grass-green color, with
scattered whitish tubercles, or short, robust thorns, very thickly set
towards the anus, and a regular row of them at the anterior dorsal
edge of the three or four first segments. Laterally, immediately be-
neath the line of spiracles, which are normal, from the third thoracic
to the penultimate abdominal segment inclusive, there is a narrow,
whitish vitta, bordered above by purple. On each side of the dorsum of
thoracic segments 2 and 3 are two slender transversely arranged re-
curved horns, one-fourth inch long, tubercled, and either bluish or
purplish at tip. On each side of joints 5, 7 and 9, or occasionally only
on 7 and 9, and in three specimens on 5, 7, 9 and 10, are a pair of
slightly recurved, highly-polished, silvery or nacreous thorns, the
outer one short and robust, the inner one slenderish and .15 inch long.
In one of the three specimens having a lateral pair of nacreous thorns
both on 5, 7, 9 and 10, there are, in addition, single rudimental nacre-
ous thorns on 6 and 8, in range with the longer nacreous thorns on 5,
7, 9 and 10 ; and in another one of the three there are such rudimental
thorns both on 4, 6 and 8. In still another specimen, which has the
normal pair of thorns on 5, 7 and 9, there is only a single lateral
thorn on 10. On the dorsum of 11 is a horn similar to those on 2
and 3. Anus horizontal. Body, beneath, green, with smaller and
denser tubercles. Legs rufous, tipped with brown-black ; prolegs
brown-black beneath as well as their hooks. Head rufous, rugose,
with a longitudinal stria divaricating at an angle of 45° two-thirds of
the way to the mouth, which is obfuscated. In two out of three alco-
holic specimens, there is, on the middle of segments 2-11 or 4-10, just
below the lateral white vitta, a short, robust black thorn, which I did
not notice in the living insect, and several of the ventral tubercles
are also brown-black. Described from twelve to twenty specimens.
Food-plant, honey-locust. The first larva met with, which was full-
grown and shortly after went under ground, occurred July 10. Most
of my larvae buried themselves three or four inches in the earth, but
one of them only buried one-half of its body under the earth, the re-
maining part being covered by some dry leaves.

The pupa, which is not contained in any cocoon, is of the usual
dark chestnut color, with deep, coarse punctures towards the anus,
and has its anterior end armed with fifteen to twenty short, robust,
hooked thorns, pointing in various directions. The piece covering
the antennaj distinctly exliibits their bipectinations. The pronotum
is obsemicircidar, placed immediately behind the origin of the anten.
nae, and bears on its hinder suture, near the lateral apex of the semi-
circle a spiracle, in the form of a semi-circular opening .02 inch long.

293

The mesonotum is three times as lon.u as the pronotum, and bears
the front wing-cases, but no spiracle. Then follow two short pieces,
each half as long as the pronotum, and neither of them bearing any
spiracle, the anterior one bearing the hind wing-cases.* Then eight
abdominal segments, all but the last of which boar a conspicuous lat-
eral spiracle. At each end of abdominal joints 4 and 5, and at the
anterior end of 6, is a close-set row of robust thorns, and a sub-obsolete
row on the hind end of 3, 6 and 7 ; and the three grooves between
3-6 are very deep and wide. On the eighth or anal joint are about a
dozen irregular thorns, and i he anal thorn is .19 inch long, rugose
beneath, tubercled above, and acutely bifid at its terminal one-fifth.
Total length, 1.34 inch; greatest diameter, .39 inch. One specimen.

Dryocampa bicolor (?) Harris. $ Three specimens, one of
which I bred in 1861-2, and two on June 30 and July 30, 1863, from
a normal D,^yo:.'ampa'le larva feeding on oak-leaves in 1862, are
utterly undistinguishable from Sphingicampa distigma cT Walsh, except
by the front wings being slightly more tinged with brown. In one
specimen the two white dots of the front wing are of equal size ; in
the other two the dot next the costa has twice the diameter of the
other one. They scarcely diifer from Harris's description of hicolot
except as follows : — Firsts There are tioo obvious white dots on the
front wing above, but, as we saw, a variety of ? 5. rlisfigma occurs with
only one dot, as Harris describes bicolor. Second, The hind wings are
lake-red above only on their basal two-thirds or three-fourths ; but, as we
have seen, a variety of 9 S. distigma occurs with the hind wings en-
tirely lake-red, as Harris describes bicolor. — Length cf .90-1.10 inch.
Expanse i* 2.17-2.30 inch. Three d, 9 unknown. As only the cT of
bicolor was known to Dr. Harris, and as (f bicolor and cf distigma are
undistinguishable, though the larvae are entirely different, it is possible
that bicolor Harris is identical with distigma Walsh, and distinct from
bicolor Harris Walsh. Since, however, Dr. Harris's species has been
currently referted to Dryocampa,! have thought it best to leave it in
the genus where I found it.

What I suppose to have been the larva of bicolor resembled pretty
closely ^that o? Dryocampa pellucida, as described by Dr. Fitch (N. Y.
Kep. il. §324), so that imagining it to belong to that species, I failed
to note the points of difi'erence. As, however, I bred in the same
cage specimens of D. stigma, and as Dr. Harris describes the larva
both of sfigma and pellucida very differently from Dr. Fitch, it may
possibly have been the case that what I took for the larva of stigma
was in reality the larva of bicolor. Both S. distigma Walsh and D.
bicolor Harris Walsh diflier from D. sanatoria, stigma and rubicunda,

* I consider both these two pieces to be metanotal.

294

but scarcely from pelliicida, in the angle formed by the costal with the
terminal edge of the front wing being much less acute, or, in other
words, by the interior margin being proportionally longer and the
terminal margin proportionally shorter.

It is quite impossible that I should have bred both distigma and bi-
color from the mine larva, thus manufacturing two species out of one^
because not only were the two species bred in distinct cages in 1862-3,
but I bred, as already stated, a hicolor in 1861-2, wliich was a year
before I became acquainted with the very remarkable larva of di-
stigma.* I am familiar with the larva of D. senatoria, and never saw
any of them assume the peculiar sphingide attitude, which the larva
of .S. di.stigma invariably assumes in repose, clasping at the same time
the under surface of the main rib of the honey-locust leaf with its
prolegs, so as to be overshadowed and concealed by the leaflets. The
young larva of the allied Ceratocampa regalis is said by Dr. Harris
'' when at rest to bend the fore part of the body sideways, so that the
head nearly touches the middle of the side." (Inj. Ins. p. 400.)
Spliingicampa seems to be a beautiful connecting link between Cerato-
campa and the sphingide genus Ceratomia, the larva of which last has,
like the two former genera, horns on the meso- and meta-thorax. In-
deed, until I noticed the antenna? of the pupa of Spliingicampa, I was
fully persuaded that I had got hold of a new species of Ceratomia.
The generic distinction between the imagos of Spliingicampa and Dry-
ocampa is precisely similar to that between the imagos of Attacus
and Satitrnia.

It being thus shown that in Halesidota, Walker (= Lophocampa,
Harris), two species which are quite distinct in the larva, are undis-
tinguishable in the -f 9 imago, and that in Dryocampadae two species,
belonging to distinct genera, and the larvae of which are totally

* 'There is one possible source of error as to the distinctness of Dryocampa hi-
color and Sphingicampa distigma which had escaped my attention. These two
supposed species were, it is true, bred in separate cages and kept separate when
buried for the winter, but in the spring the separate cages into which they were put
were filled with fresh earth taken from my door-yard. In this door-yard stand two
honey-locusts, from wliich I had obtained most of my larvae of distigma in 18G2. It
is barely possible, therefore, that some of the fresh earth placed in the cage in the
spring might have contained, unobserved by myself, a pupa of distigma ; but on the
supposition that my three specimens of hicolor were bred from such pupae, it is
necessary that this improbable thing should have happened, not only once in the
spring of 1862, but twice in the spring of 1863. I am the less inclined to believe that
this could have been the case, because Dr. Fitch has remarked that D. stigma (im-
ago) " can sometimes scarcely be distinguished " from D. senatoria imago, and so
far as regards the coloration I can confirm this fact from my own experience. Yet
the larvae of these two species are very different. (See Fitch, X. Y. Rep., Vol. ii.,
$ 323.) Mr. Edwards writes me word that " he thinks in D. pellncida and D.
stigma there is a great resemblance between either the rf cT or the ? $ , he is not
certain which."

295

unlike each other, are also undistinguishable in cf imago, the
importance of carefully studying the larva state of every insect
becomes at once apparent. Have these two pairs of species
been apparently identical in the imago, either cf $ or :? onlyj
and actually distinct in the larva, for all time since their supposed
original creation ? or were they identical both in larva and imago,
perhaps some millions of years ago, and did an individual Halesidota
then acquire a taste for buttonwood leaves instead of oak and bass-
wood leaves, and an individual Dryocampa acquire a taste for honey-
locust leaves instead of oak leaves, and propagate the same taste in
its descendants through all time '? Is it possible that in the course of
millions of years a permanent change in food should have then pro-
duced external structural differences in the larva such as those we see
between the larvaB of H. tessellaria and Antiphola, and between the
larvse of S. distigma and D. hicolor. and internal structural differences
in the imago such as would prevent the sexual intermixture of the
two races ? I am acquainted with some cases where change of food
produces a constant and very remarkable change in coloration in the
larva, though none of any consequence in the imago. One of these
cases, which is fortified by the authority of Abbott, {Datatia rninistra)
I have recorded in the Proc. Ent Soc. of Philadelphia (Vol. i. p.
296) ; and Dr. Fitch has recorded the very instructive fact that the
mere shifting of their c^uarters, from the leaf to the ear of one and
the same plant, produces in the descendants of Aphis avencE (the
grain plant-louse) a constant change of color from green to yellow or
reddish-yellow. Again, that even structural differences may be prop-
agated by hereditary descent in MoUusca to a whole local race, we
learn on the authority of Dr. P. P. Carpenter. " It is a curious fact,"
says that author, •'■ that whatever be the form of the operculum in the
different tribes of predaceous mollusks, whenever it has been broken,
and has to be repaired by the animal, it always takes a simple oval
shape, with concentric layers, the nucleus being in the middle. In
one place on the English coast there is found a race of Bucciniim un-
datum (the common whelk of the English and American coasts), which
perpetuates a very abnormal condition. They have two small oper-
cula of more or less irregular shapes, but each of concentric elements.
Probably their remote ancestor met with an accident, and has trans-
mitted her mode of repairing the fracture to her descendants." {Lec-
tures on MoUusca. Smithson. Rep. 1860, p. 176.) The phenomena of
what are known as "self-tailed dogs" are familiar to many Englishmen.
In the sreat grazing counties in the north of England a peculiar
breed of dogs,"known as the '• Cur-dog," has been used for ages for
driving cattle, as the CoUey-dog is used for driving sheep, and so com-
mon has been the practice of cropping their tails that Bewick actually

296

figures the animal with a short tail. " Many of these cur-dogs," says
that writer, " are whelped with short tails, which seem as if they had
been cut ; and these are called self-tailed dogs." (Hist. Quadrupeds,
5th ed. p. 329.) More than thirty years ago, the gardener of one of
my relatives at Thetford, in England, had, by continually cropping
the tails of the kittens, originated, as I was credibly informed, a breed
of self-failed or short-tailed cats. It is singular that although Darwin
mentions a race of stags " with an antler only on one side," which can
only be supposed to have originated from accidental mutilation pro-
pagated by hereditary descent, yet that he should assert that " there is
not sufficient evidence to iaduce us to believe that mutilations are ever
inherited." (Origin of Species, pp. 123 and 130, Am. ed.) The very
frequent and sometimes almost universal absence of the anterior tarsi
in certain species of dung-feeding beetles can scarcely be explained, as
he proposes, by the effects of disuse ; for on that hypothesis we should
surely find the anterior tarsi, when present in these species, abnormally
short, as in the Lepidopterous Nymphahdse ; whereas, of more than
twenty recent Chceridium capistratum examined by myself in 1860,
only one had any anterior tarsi, but that one had them fully developed.
I suspect that he is mistaken in saying (p. 123) that " in some genera
[of dung-feeding beetles] the [anterior] tarsi are present, but in a rudi-
mentary condition." Dr. LeConte, indeed, says that " in one genus,
Dendropoemon, from Brazil, the tarsi have only two joints, " (Introd.
Class. Coleopt., p. 125), but this is a very different thing from a true
rudimentary tarsus, such as is found in the anterior legs of Nympha-
lidse, where all the joints are present, but greatly reduced in length
and functionally impotent (Argynnis ?), or soldered together with
no appearance of any sutures, (other Nymphalidae.) Latreille says of
the European genus Onitis, " antici pedes, in fceminis saltem, tarsis
nullis." (Gen. Crust, et Ins., II. p. 80.)

Nearly a hundred years ago, the borer that infests the locust (Clytus
pictus Drury) was known by Forster " to inhabit the locust in the
province of New York." (Quoted by Fitch, N. Y. Rep., II., § 329.)
Twenty-five and probably up to fifteen years ago, it was unknown in
Illinois on the locust, although, according to our best Illinois botanists,
the locust is indigenous in the southern part of the State. For many
years back, it has been gradually working its way into the State
westward and southward, destroying the locust-trees as it advances,
and has now reached two points (Geneseo and Coal- Valley) within
twenty and twelve miles respectively of the Mississippi River at Rock
Island. In northeastern and central Illinois, the locust-trees were
pretty much destroyed several years ago, e. g. near Cnicago, La-
Salle, Bloomington, and Jacksonville. In Rock Island they are as
yet untouched. Yet as much as six years ago I apKt a o' imago of

297

Clytus pictus, which I still preserve, out of a stick of hickory wood in
Rock Island, and in the course of ihe next two or three years I took
two specimens in the same neighborhood, Avhich proves that the
species has been all the time in existence there, feeding in all proba-
bility on our hickories and walnuts. * Is this hickory-feeding insect a
distinct species, ditfering in the larva state, but apparently identical
in the imago, or was there a brood of Clytu.<i pictu.^ one hundred years
ago in the Eastern States, which accjuired a taste for locust wood, and,
by the laws of hereditary descent, handed over the taste to their
descendants, which have gradually, in the course of a century, spread
westward to the Mississippi River ? We are bound, I think, to ac-
cept the latter hypothesis until the former one can be proved to be
true. Will this locust-feeding race of Ch/tus pictus, in the course of an
indefinitely long period of time ever acquire structural diiferences in
the larva, similar to those which distinguish the larva of the oak and
basswood-feeding Halesidota AntiphoJa from that of the buttonwood-
feeding //. fessellaris ? and is it probable that in the course of a still
longer period of time the imagos may become distinct either in color-
ation, or in structure, or in both ? To believe in the present exist-
ence of distinct species is one thing — nobody doubts that ; to believe
that they have always been distinct, and will always remain dlstinct»
throughout all time from their supposed original creation, is another
and a very different thing.

* After tbe above was placed in the hands of the Society (Sep. 2), a numerous
swarm of the imagos of Cli/ius pictus has burst fortli from the locusts in Kock
Island. The locusts in our Court-House Square, which were planted twenty to
twenty-two years ago, are now (Sep. H, lsiG:5) full of the borings of tliis insect, and
two or three imagos may be found on the trunk of almost every one of tliem.
Three years ago I carefully examined these same trees, and could not discover a
single hole. Yet there are plenty of hickory trees growing within a mile of the
Court House. I may add here that Prof. Sheldon, of Davenport, Iowa, has in-
formed me that he has repeatedly, for many years back, split Clytus pictus out of
hickory wood, and that, so far as he is aware, the locusts in Davenport are not yet
attacked by this insect.

It is well known that the locust-feeding type of this insect occurs in the imago
state exclusively in the autumn. The hickory-feeding type, on the contrary, is said
by Mr. Bland to be abundant on that tree in ihe spring, {I'roc. Eiitom. Soc. Phila.,
I. p. 95.) Again, Dr. Harris describes the young larva; of the locust-feeding type
as " borihg in the spring through the s^apwood more or less deeply into the trunk,
the general course of their winding and irregular passages being in an upward di-
rection." (/«;. Ins., p. lOi.) Speaking of the hickory-feeding type, Dr. Horn de-
scribes the excavations of the larva as being " immediately subcortical not in a
line, but in every direction," and says that it is not till " it is about to become pupa
that it bores for a slight depth into the wood and for a distance of about three
inches." {Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad.,l., p. -30, and compare p. U2.) Hence it would
appear that the habits of tlie two types of this insect difler, espttpially as to the
time of their assuming the imago state. The larva of tlie hickory-leeding type is
fully described and figured by Baron Osten Sacken. {Pruc. Ent. Soc. Philad., l.
pp. 105 and 121.) I am not aware that there is any full description extant of the
larva of the locust-feeding type.

298

The following gradations in a regular series are, I think, established
from the above-mentioned facts : — First, Races exist having distinct
food-plants peculiar to each of them, but not, so far as known,
differing either in the larva or imago, {Clytus pictusS) Second, Ra-
ces exist having distinct food-plants, the larvse of which differ most
remarkably in coloration, but not in structure, and the imagos are
almost and perhaps quite identical, (Datcma minlstra.) Third, There
exist what, according to the accepted laws of classification, we must
consider as distinct species, the larvae of which are structurally distinct,
and the cf imagos, to all appearance, identical, though there is every
reason to beHeve that the ? imagos, one of which is unknown, are
structurally distinct in the form of their antennae, (SpJiingicampa dis-
tigma, n. sp. and Dryocampa hicolor Harris Walsh.) Fourth, There
exist what, according to the accepted laws of classification, we must
consider as distinct species, the larvae of which are structurally dis-
tinct, and the imagos, (5' ?, to all appearance, identical, (Halesidota
tessellaris and Antiphola, n. sp.) Fifth, The great bulk of what we
call distinct species are distinct either in coloration, or in structure, or
in both, in both the <^ ? imago and the larva states. — It is impossible,
in my mind, to avoid arriving at the conclusion that these are but dif-
ferent stages in one and the same process, viz., the formation of a new
species.

It is not necessary that those who believe in the origin of species by
hereditary descent should believe in any one exclusive method by
which those species are originated. Some, perhaps the great ma-
jority of species, may have been formed upon the Darwinian theory
of Natural Selection, some by changes in the conditions of life, and
especially by change of food, as in the above-recited cases, some by
what Prof. Owen rather obscurely terms " the ordained potentiality of
second causes, from single-celled organisms, with innate capacities
of variation and development," (quoted in Silliman's Journal, Vol.
XXXVI., p. 298), and some by other yet unexplained processes. No
one cause appears to be sufficient to account for all the phenomena.
Natural Selection does not explain the origin of many structures,
both in the animal and vegetable kingdoms, which cannot be con-
ceived to subserve any utilitarian purpose, and " innate capacities of
variation " does not satisfactorily account for the many wonderful
coadaptations of structure met with in almost every organized being.

LiMACODES SCAPHA Harris. Imago undescribed. ? Body ro-
bust, very pale chestnut-brown. Antennae more than attaining the
middle of the costa. Legs but moderately hairy, and of a very pale
chestnut-brown color. Wings very pale chestnut-brown, above and
beneath, the entire length of the costa of the front wing with a large,
velvety, chestnut-brown patch, beautifully regular in its shape, and

299

edged behind with silvery- white, which shades off gradually into the
ground color. The shape of this patch may be thus defined : — With
one leg of the compass on the middle of the costa, and with a radius
equal to one-fourth of the costa, commence next the base of the wing,
and proceed to describe a semi-circle ; as soon as three-fourths of the
semi-circular arc is described, draw from that point to the apex of the
wing a circular arc of 45°, with its convexity towards the terminal
margin, and connect the sub-costal vein, at the point of commence-
ment, with the base of the wing by a line diverging from the costal
edge, so as to double its distance by the time it attains the base of the
wing. The whole spot thus constructed has somewhat the shape of
the half of a very sharp-pointed acorn, the narrow stripe next the
base representing the stalk, the three-fourths of the semi-circular arc
the cup, and the arc of 45° the acorn itself Length 9 .43 inch. Ex-
panse ? 1.19 inch. Length of cocoon .42 inch; breadth, .31 inch. One
? ; c? unknown. The larva fed on hickory leaves, but I have met
with two specimens on the buttonwood or sycamore. The imago did
not appear till the following summer. It is possible, but extremely
improbable, that I may be mistaken in referring the above imago and
cocoon to scapha Harris, as I had some other larvae in the same jar
with that of scapka.

LiMACODES ? HYALiNUS, n. sp. cf Body robust, covered with long,
shining, brown-black hairs. Antennae reaching one-third of the way
along the costa, pale-brown, widely pectinate at base, the pectinations
at base as long as the diameter of the eye, and gradually tapering to
nothing at the tip ; palpi concealed by yellowish hairs. Tip of abdo-
men with a brush of rufous hairs. Ler/s dull rufous, mostly covered
by long, black hairs, hind femora covered with long, yellowish hairs,
and the hind tarsi with rufous ones. Front wirif^s narrow, three times
as long as wide ; hind wings triangular, the costal edge convex, the
anal edge straight, the terminal edge very slightly concave, and the
apex of the apical and anal angles acute and not rounded off. Disk
of all four wings hyaline to the naked eye, but under the lens sparse-
ly covered with fine, appressed, short, dusky hairs. Front wings with
the veins, a narrow costal and terminal margin, a much wider itte-
rior margin, and a small spot at the tip of the discoidal cellule, all
opaquely mottled with brown-black and ochre-yellow hair. Hind
wings with the veins, a wide costal and interior margin, and a very
narrow but definite terminal margin, all opaquely covered with brown-
black hair. Length .36 inch. Expanse .70 inch. One cf, which
hybernated in the cocoon ; ? unknown.

The larva is flattish, elongate-oval, of a palish brown color, with
about nine pairs of laterally-projecting, flattened appendages, covered
with short, dense, velvety hair, arranged along the entire length of

300

its dorsum. Of these appendages, the third, fifth and seventh pairs
project jjreatly beyond the others, the third and fifth nearly straight,
but with tlie tips hooked backwards, the seventh regularly curved for-
wards. Each appendage has the hair parted down the middle of its
upper, and so far as visible, of its lower surface, so as to point in contrary
directions, and they are very slightly attached to the body, and are shak-
en off by the insect before proceeding to spin its cocoon. Beneath, above
each spiracle, is a divergent bunch of pale-brown hair. Length (not
quite full grown) .38 inch. Width, including appendages, .38 inch ;
without appendages .20 inch. Length of cocoon .35 inch; breadth
.25 inch. Food-plant, wild cherry. One specimen. Comes very near
to the larva of L. pilhecium Sm. Abb. in the structure of its appen-
dages, and seems to differ chiefly in the seventh appendage curving
forwards and not backwards, and in the insect being much sma'ler.
And yet the imago differs from Limacodes in the antennse being pec-
tinate, and in the remarkable shape of the hind wings, and Avill, prob-
ably, when the ? is known, form a new genus. Two larvae, which
occurred on the oak in the autumn of 1862, apparently belong to
another species allied to plthecium, though I failed to breed them, one
having died after spinning, and the other having produced from its
cocoon, August 4th of the following year, a common species of
Conops (Diptera) with the middle third of its abdomen sanguineous,
perhaps C. analis Fabr. These latter larvae were much larger than
that of Jiyalinus, measuring, when recent, .70 inch; they agreed with
it in having apparently nine pairs of appendages, the last pair very
short, but they had only the third and sixth pairs projecting beyond
the others, and both these pairs were curved backwards, with the ex-
treme tips of each slightly hooked forwards. We may call this larva
Limacodes ? tetradaciylus.

HiPPARCHiscus, n. gen.

(Belongs to the family Geometridse.) Palpi long, projecting
beyond the head about one diameter of the eye, the basal joints hairy,
moderately long, and gently curved upwards, the terminal joint not
hairy, short and porrect. Antennce long, extending nearly two-thirds
of the way to the apex of the expanded front wing, bipectinate three-
fourths of the way to the tip in d and subserrate on the other one-
fourth, simple or scarcely subserrate in ?. Maxillce nearly as long
as the antennae. Abdomen d with a terminal brush. Legs with the
hind tibiae d furnished with a large fan-like brush of hairs ; front
tibise cf with a small brush of hairs; tibial spurs normal, but minute
on the anterior legs ; first tarsal joints fully as long as the four follow-
ing put together. Wings simple ; front wings subtrigonate, the inte-
rior margin perfectly straight, and the costal, interior and terminal

301

margins about in the proportion of twenty-seven, nineteen and six-
teen to each other, the apex of the apical and anal anoles but sli<zhtly
rounded off. Hind wings nearly as large and as wide as the Iront
wings, and nearly in the form of half a quadrant, the costal and inte-
rior mai-gins straight, and equal to each other, the terminal margin
strongly curved in its middle, so as to foreshadow a tail, and more
gently elsewhere ; the apex of the apical angle much rounded off,
that of the anal angle scarcely rounded off. Fringes unicolored.
Larva ten-footed, its dorsum with curved lateral appendages covered
with short, velvety hair, and similar to those of Limacodes f hyalinus
Walsh, except that they are much shorter and none of them abruptly
longer than the other;.

HiPPARCHiscus ^EXUSTUS, n. sp. cf ? Milk-white. Head with
a large, squarish, ferruginous spot extending from eye to eye before the
base of the antennse ; occiput grass-green ; antennae of cf, with a pair
of the longest bipectinations, which lie about one-fourth of the way
from the base, expanding two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Thorax
grass-green above. Abdomen, with the dorsum of segments 1-3
grass-green, segment 1 with a milk-white, squarish dorsal spot cover-
ing its whole length, and 3 with a similar spot, generally confluent
with the white surface of 4, but occasionally, when 4 and 5 are also
marked with green above, as distinct as the other spot. Wings grass-
green, white on the basal three-fourths of their costal edge, their
fringe white, and each wing with two narrow, linear whitish fasciae,
the locus of which may be thus defined : — Let the interior margin of
the front wing and the costal margin of the hind wing touch as near
as may be ; then trisect the interior margin of the front wing, and,
with one leg of the compasses on the extreme base of either wing and
the other leg on the point of trisection nearest to the base, describe a
circular arc on either wing. From the other point of trisection draw
upon either wing a line parallel with the terminal margin ; and let
each one of these four lines be slightly sinuate, and let that next the
base of the front wing be almost serrate. Length d .40 inch, 9 .35-39
inch. Expanse, cf 1.06 inch, ? 1.00-1.18 inch. One d", two 9, one of
which was bred May 11th from the larva, which hybernated, without
spinning any cocoon, at the bottom of a glass jar. Food-plant, oak.
The grass-green color in this insect is nearly the same shade found in
Atlacus luna, but scarcely so yellow. The lai'va was a true "looper,"
of the usual cylindrical shape, and of a dingy-brown color, and in-
cluding the appendages measured about one-fourth of an inch across.
The pupa is of a pale ochrey-brown color, varied with reddish-brown,
with many fuscous dots, especially along the nervures of the wing-
cases, and with the caudal thorn simple. It measures .43 inch, includ-
ing the thorn ; (from the pupal integument.)

302

This species cannot be referred with propriety to any one of the
eighty-five British genera of Geometridse. Hipparchus Leach, Hemi-
thea Duponchel, and Chlorissa Stephens, all agree with it in the wings
being green, but it diiffers from the first in the hind wings not being
denticulate, from the second in the palpi not being short, and from
the third in the cf antennse being distinctly bipectinate. I am not
aware, either, that any described genus of Geometridse has the larva fur-
nished with the remarkable lateral appendages met with in this insect,
or the hind tibije of the cf imago furnished, as in this insect, with
large fan-like brushes. Such brushes, indeed, occur in the front
tibiae of many Pyralide genera, e. g. Macrochila, Pechipogon, and
Paracolax, commonly called " fan-footed moths," and I notice them in
five or six U. States Pyralide species in my collection. In another
green Geometride species in my collection, which manifestly belongs
to a distinct genus, there is no such fan-like brush on the cf hind
tibiae, though, as in several other genera in this family, there is a small
one on the d front tibiae.

DIPTERA.

The only known Tabanide larva, as I am informed by Baron Osten
Sacken, has been described by De Geer, and was terrestrial. (See
Westw. Intr., 11., p. 541 and fig. 128, 9.) The following is aquatic, and
the imago obtained from it belongs to the genus Tabanus, but is in
too bad condition to be specifically determined, having remained
many weeks unattended to in the breeding-jar. I have, on many differ-
ent occasions, found this larva amongst floating rejectamenta. On
one occasion I found six or seven specimens in the interior of a float-
ing log, so soft and rotten that it could be cut like cheese. Once I
discovered a single specimen under a flat, submerged stone, in a little,
running brook. And finally, I once met with one alive, under a log, on
a piece of dry land which had been submerged two or three weeks before,
whence it appears that it can exist a long time out of the water. I
had, on several previous occasions, failed to breed this larva to matu-
rity, and the only imago I have was obtained in 1861, from larvae,
which, suspecting them to be carnivorous from the very varied stations
in which they had occurred, I had supplied with a number of fresh-
water mollusks, but the habits of which, in consequence of having been
away from home, I was unable to watch. On Sept. 2d, 1863, 1 found a
nearly full-grown larva amongst floating rejectamenta, and between
that date and Sept 23d, he has devoured the mollusks of eleven uni-
valves (Ge7i. Planorbis) from one-half to three-fourths of an inch in
diameter ; and on three separate occasions I have seen him work his
way into the mouth of the shell. In this operation his pseudopods
were energetically employed, and I found, on cracking the shells

808

after he had withdrawn, that a small portion of the tail end of the
animal was left untouched — no doubt in consecjuence of his being
unable to penetrate to the small end of the whorl of the shell — and
also the skin of the remaining part and the horny tongue-membrane.

Several species of Tabanus are so prodigiously abundant in Illinois,
in districts remote from any large streams or ponds, that they must
evidently breed in the earth, like DeGeer's species, not in the water,
like mine. There are prairies in Central Illinois, as I am credibly
informed by numerous witnesses, across which it is impossible to ride
or drive a horse in the heat of a summer's day on account of the
Tabanus. The most troublesome species is rather larger than T.
lineola Fabr., and when alive, its eyes are of a brilliant emerald-green,
whence it is popularly known as the " greenhead." This species is
pretty common every year in the adjoining county of Henry, yet I
have never met with it in Rock Island County, 111., which lies imme-
diately north-west of Henry, though we have eight other species of
Tabanus, all rare but lineola : and I believe it does not generally
occur in Northern Illinois. Baron Osten Sacken has commented to
me on the singular fact, that, although Tabanid« are so numerous in
individuals, we scarcely ever meet with their larvse. But this will
not appear so remarkable when we reflect, that of the only two species
known in the larva state, one hides itself in the earth and the other
in the water.

If, therefore, as appears from the above considerations, the larvas of
many, perhaps most, of our Tabanidae live in the ground, and if, as
there is every reason to suppose, the larvae of the terrestrial species
are as carnivorous as I have shown those of the aquatic species to be,
there can be little doubt, considering how numerous in individuals
many of the species are, that they must destroy, during their larva
life, innumerable noxious subterranean larvae, Melolonthadre, Lyftadce,
Tipuladce, etc. They certainly cannot, at least in IlHuois, feed habit-
ually upon land-snails, for land-snails are quite scarce in that State.
The scheme of the Creation is perfect, and Nature is never at fault.
It is only when Nature's system is but half understood that we heed-
lessly complain of its imperfections. We blame the house-flies for
annojing us, and fail to see that in the larva state they have cleared
away impurities around our dwellings, which might otherwise have
bred cholera and typhus fever. We execrate the blood-thirsty mos-
quito, and forget that in the larva state she has purified the water,
which would otherwise, by its malarial effluvia, have generated agues
and fevers. In all probabiUty, when we rail at the Tabani, that tor-
ment our horses in the summer, we are railing at insects which, in the
larva state, have added millions of dollars to the national wealth, by

304

preying upon those most insidious and unmanageable of all the insect-
foes of the farmer — subterraneous root- feeding larvae.

Tabaxus ? Imago cf. Blackish. Legs blackish; wings

brownish-fuscous. Length .70 inch. Expanse 1.30 inch. One de-
cayed specimen came out between June 14 and July 14, 1861, from
a larva found early in June.

Larva (from two living specimens, obtained August 14th, 1860, and
September 2d, 1863). Length 2.25 inch when extended, 1.75 inch
when contracted ; diameter .25-.30 inch. The specimen found in
1863, .25 inch shorter. Body cylindrical, twelve-jointed, the three or
four terminal joints much tapered at each end of the body, but more
so anteriorly than posteriorly, and joints one and eleven, each with
a retractile membranous prolongation at tip. Joints one to ten are
subequal ; eleven is about two-thirds as long as ten, and twelve about
one-fourth as long, and .05 inch in diameter. Color a transparent
greenish-white, paler beneath ; an irregular dark-green or greenish-
black annulus, paler beneath, on the anterior and posterior margins
of joints two to eleven, the anterior annulus laterally connected with
the posterior by two to four dark-green lines. On the dorsum of four
to nine, and more obscurely on ten, a dark-green basal triangle, ex.
tending half-way to the tip ; joint one with paler markings, and with
no dark annulus behind ; joint twelve entirely fuscous. Head small,
apparently fleshy, pale, truncate-conical, .03 inch wide, and about .04
inch long in repose, inserted in joint one without any shoulder
The trophi occupy two-thirds of its length, but it If^s a long cylin
drical internal prolongation, extending to the middle of joint two,
which is sometimes partially exserted, so that the head becomes twice
as long as before. All the troplii are pale and apparently fleshy, ex-
cept the mandibles, which are dark-colored and evidently horny, and
they have no perceptible motion in the living insect. The labrum is
slender, a little tapered, and three times as long as wide, on each side
of and beneath which is a slender, thorn-like, decurved, brown-black
mandible. The labium resembles the labrum, but is shorter, and on
each side of it is a slender palpiform, but exarticulate maxilla, extend-
ing beyond the rest of the mouth in an oblique direction. No palpi.
On the vertex are a pair of short, fleshy, exarticulate, filiform antennae,
and there are no distinct eyes or ocelli. In the cast larval integument
the entire head, .25 inch long, is exserted, and is dark-colored and
evidently horny, all the parts retaining their shape except the anten-
nae, labrum and labium. The whole head has here the appearance of
the basal part of the leaf of a grass-plant, clasping the origin of the
maxillae on its posterior half, and bifurcating into the somewhat
tapered cylindrical mandibles on its anterior half. The maxillae are
traceable to two-thirds of the distance from the tip to the base of the

305

head, scarcely tapering, bent obliquely downwards at two-thirds of the
way to their tip, and obliquely truncate at tip. On the anteriof margin
of ventral segments four to ten, in the living insect, is a row of six
large, fleshy, roundish, tubercular, retractile pseudopods, the outside
ones projecting laterally, and each at tip transversely striate and armed
with short, bristly pubescence ; on the anterior half of ventral joint
eleven is a very large, transversely-oval, fleshy, whitish, retractile proleg,
with a deeply-impressed, longitudinal stria. On the anterior margin of
dorsal joints four to ten, is a pair of smaller, transversely-elongate, re-
tractile, fleshy tubercles, covering nearly their entire width, armed like
the pseudopods, but not so much elevated as they are. No appearance of
any spiracles. Anus terminal, vertically slit, with a slender, retractile
thorn .05 inch long, visible in 1860, but not in 1863. Head, and first
segment or two, retractile.

When handled, this larva is very vigorous and restless, and burrows
with great strength between the fingers, and even on a smooth table
walks as fast as any ordinary caterpillar, either backwards or for-
wards ; when placed on its back it progresses with difficulty by the
aid of the dorsal tubercles. The external integument is very trans-
parent, and as the insect progresses, slides backwards and forwards
over its internal organs, like the finger of a glove. When placed in
a vessel of simple water it swims vigorously, twice the length of its
own body at every stroke, by curving its tail round laterally, some-
times to the right, sometimes to the left, so as to touch the side of the
fourth or fifth joint, and then suddenly lashing out with it. In such
a vessel it keeps all the time close to the surface, and at the end of
every stroke, and also when in repose, elevates the anal slit out of
the water, on which occasion I once saw a bubble of air attached to it.
In the breeding-jar it scarcely ever comes to the surface, but burrows
among the decayed wood, aquatic plants, &c.

This larva differs remarkably from the one described by DeGeer,
in having ventral pseudopods as well as dorsal ones. It might be sup-
posed that the dorsal tubercles were branchiae, but for the fact that they
are found in the earth-inhabiting species described by DeGeer, and that
their structure resembles that of the pseudopods. I conjecture that,
like the' aquatic larva of Prionocyplwn discoideus Say (Coleoptera),
of whose habits I have given an account in Baron Osten Sacken's
Paper on Coleopterous larvsB (Trans. Ent. Soc.Philad., I, p.ll7), it has
a branchial apparatus issuing from its anus, and that the short,
retractile anal thorn, which I saw in 1860, was the form assumed by
this apparatus when out of the water. But for a lucky accident, I
should have been ignorant of the true form of the expanded anal
branchise, in Prionocyplton. Occurs from the beginning of June to

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. 20 MARCH, 1864.

306

the beginning of September, at which last time I have also met with
a specimen only half the length of the full-grown specimen.

The pupa (from the pupal integument) is cylindrical, suddenly
rounded at the head, and tapering a little in the two last abdominal
joints ; the color is a very pale, semi-transparent, yellowish brown.
The mouth is represented by six tubercles, hexagonally arranged,
above which, upon each side, is a trigonate, three or four-jointed an-
tenna, pointing outwards. The pronotum commences immediately
behind the antennae, and bears on its anterior dorsal submargin a pair
of reniform, tubercular spiracles. The mesonotum, to which the wing-
cases are attached, is twice as long as the pronotum, and bears on its
anterior dorsal margin a pair of obliquely-placed, reniform, tuber-
cular spiracles, three times as long as the prothoracic ones. Then fol-
lows a very short metanotal piece, about one-seventh as long as the pro-
notum, bearing no spiracle, which is succeeded by eight subequal seg-
ments, all but the last bearing on their lateral dorsal surface a sub-
basal, round, tubercular spiracle. The first of these eight segments is
simple, and extends to the tip of the wing-cases ; * the others are all
furnished two-thirds of the way to their tips with an annulus of ap-
pressed bristles directed backwards. The anal thorn is very robust,
having a diameter of one-half the last abdominal segment, and is
squarely truncate as soon as its length is half its width, and terminates
in six small, robust thorns, arranged in a regular hexagon. Length .97
inch; greatest diameter .21 inch. One specimen.

Midas fulvipes, n. sp. ? cf Black. Epistoma (rhomboidal piece
beneath the origin of the antennae), dark rufous with dense fulvous
hairs; antennae dark rufous. Thorax opaque, a little rugose, with
scattering erect hairs. Abdomen and venter polished, glabrous, with
fine short appressed hairs. Legs with the knees, tibise and tarsi ful-
vous. Wino-s black on the costa, shading into palish fuscous on the
terminal and interior margin ; no metallic or colored reflections. Length
cf .89 inch. Expanse d 1.70 inch. One d' ; ? unknown. Easily
distinguishable from clavafus Drury, of which I took numerous speci-
mens in South Illinois, but which does not occur near Rock Island in
North Illinois, by the particolored legs and the immaculate abdomen.
Baron Osten Sacken informed me that this insect " seems to be new,
and is certainly new to him."

The larva of what I suppose to be the ? of the above is, when nearly
full grown, from 1.50-1.75 inch long, and .31 inch in its greatest diam-
eter. The head is of a polished mahogany-brown color, pointed and
thorn-like, being about .10 or .11 inch long, and .03 or .04 inch in

* I believe this first spiracle-bearing segment to be metanotal, as also the cor-
responding piece in the pupa of Midas fulvipes, u. v.

307

diameter at its base. It has a few hairs on its surface, and is almost
entirely retractile. The body is cylindrical, somewhat depressed, or
rather laterally expanded, whey-colored, with the appearance, even to
the naked eye, of irregular patches of small, round, white eggs over
nearly one-half its surface, except on the first, second, and partially on
the third, segment. The external integument, between most of the
middle segments, is retractile, and furnished below with tubercles (pseu-
dopods), Avhich entirely disappear at the will of the animal. Segments
three to one are tapered gradually, so as to leave no shoulder at the
head, and segment twelve is tapered suddenly to an obtuse point when
viewed from above, but when viewed in profile there is a larf^e,
triangular prominence on its entire inferior edge. On each side of
segment eleven above there is a large brown spiracle — on the other
segments none. The larva of the d was much smaller, and varied
only in entirely wanting the appearance of masses of eggs on its sur-
face. Described from the living specimens. One d ; one (sup-
posed) 9.

The pupa of the supposed $ (described from the pupal integument)
is cylindrical, a little stouter on the thorax, suddenly rounded off" before,
and gradually and slightly tapered on the last two or three segments. The
general color is a dark chestnut-brown. On each side of the head and
above the mouth, which is inferior, is a very large, obliquely-elongate
tubercle, sloping towards the occiput, and representing, perhaps, the
antennae. On the extreme occipital end of this tubercle, and also
near the other end, is a long, slenderish, acute thorn tipped with black.
The pronotum, which bears a dorsal pair of flattish, round, and not very
obvious spiracles a little behind the anterior margin, is armed on the
middle of its lateral dorsum with a still longer slenderish, acute thorn,
about .08 inch long, directed outwards and upwards, curved slightly
backwards, and tipped with black. The mesonotum is two and one-
half times as long as the pronotum, has a small, robust thorn on the
middle of the . origin of the wing-case^ and on its humerus, close to the
suture, bears a spiracle in the form of a round tubercle, termi-
nating in a nipple-like, obliquely-arranged double tubercle. Behind
the mesonotum is a short metanotal piece, scarcely half as wide as the
pronotimi, which is succeeded by eight subequal segments, all but the
last bearing a lateral dorsal spiracle, similar to that of the mesonotum,
except that the crowning double tubercle is transversely arranged.
The first of these segments* is armed on the anterior edge of the whole

* I believe this first spiracle-bearing segment to be metanotal, and to be homol-
ogous with the non-spiracle-bearing piece, which follows the piece bearing the hind
wings and precedes the spiracli-bearing abdominal joints, iu the pupa of 6phingi-
cainpa and all other Lepidopterous pupae known to me In the Lepidoptorous pupa ,
as in the larva, neither meso - nor meta-thorax bears any spiracle ; in these tw
dipterou?: pupae both of them, as I believe, bear spiracles.

808

of its dorsal surface with a close-set row of long, slender, flattisli thorns,
like teeth cut out of a saw-plate, curving upwards, but directed
obliquely forwards, and about .05 inch long ; on its sternal surface the
hind edge, except where it is covered by the wing-cases, which ex-
tend sliglitly be}'ond it, is armed with a close-set row of similar straight
thorns, directed obhquely backwards; and the entire hind edge of two
to eight is armed in a similar manner, except that the thorns are some-
Avhat shorter, the suture between one and two being simple on the
dorsum. The anal thorn is composed of two thorns, each .15 inch
long, laterally divaricate at an angle of about 60°, but confluent at
base, their basal half robust and wrinkled, their terminal half slender-
ish, glabrous, black, and terminating in a very slender claw curved
obliquely downwards ; and the basal part of this double anal thorn is
almost as long and as wide as the eighth segment, but somewhat tapered
at tip. The pupa of the cf differs only in being a little shorter, very
much slenderer, and of a pale yellowish-brown color. (From the pu-
pal integument.) Total length cf 1.18 inch; ? 1.30 inch. Total abd.
diameter cf .23 inch; 9 .37 inch. One c? ; one (supposed) ?.

On March 28th, 1860, I found the above-described two larvse near
Rock Island, Illinois, in some fibrous debris contained in a hollow syca-
more. I placed them in a vessel containing about a gallon of the debris^
intermixed with which I noticed several common larvae, elateridous,
&c. ; and in the following July, what I have little doubt, from the com-
parative largeness and robustness of the pupal integument, was the ?
imago, came out, but by some means or other made its escape. No other
species of Midas exists near Hock Island, so far as I am aware, to which
it might be referred. The smaller larva, which proved to be cf , lived
from the summer of 1860 till the following spring, healthy, but without
perceptibly growing, when I supplied him with twelve to twenty large,
vigorous, lepidopterous pupa3, all of which were either killed by him or
else died a natural death, and between the middle of June and the
middle of July, 1861, the c? imago made its appearance. From these
facts I conclude that the larva of Midas is insectivorous, and I suspect
that all dipterous larvaB with pointed beaks are so, e. g. that of Xylo-
phagus, which occurs sparingly near Rock Island, Illinois, under de-
ca>'ing bark. The beaked larva of Tabanus I have already referred to.
If I am right in supposing the large larva to have been ?, and if, as I
believe, those were the eggs of the insect itself that exhibited themselves
on its surface, but of which no traces were visible in the cf larva, we
have here the only example known to me of sexual characters being
discoverable, without dissection, in the larva state of an insect belonging
to an Order where the Pupa is quiescent and the metamorphosis com-
plete.

309

Keferexces to such Articles, furnished by the Writer
TO VARIOUS Agricultural Journals, as contain new
Facts in Economic Entomology.

COLEOPTERA.
Ips quadrisignata Say, attacks the growin": ears of sweet corn.
(Illinois Prairie Farmer, about Sept. 1, 1860.)

Chrysobothris femorata Fabr., and saperda vittata Say,

the two apple-tree borers. (Journal of the Illinois State Agric. Soc,
June, 1862, pp. 21-3.)

Amphicerus (bostrichus) bicaudatus Say, bores apple-tree
twigs. (Prairie Farmer, about May 10, 1860, pp. 308-9, with fig-
ures.)

Brachytarsus variegatus Say, parasitic ( V ) on a large orange-
colored cecidomyiade C ? ) larva in the stems of wheat. (Jour. III.
State Agr. Soc, March, 1862, pp. 8-12, with figures.)

Ithycerus noveboracensis Forster, attacks the twigs of fruit-
trees in the nursery. (St. Louis Valley Farmer, March, 1862, pp.
82-5, with figures.)

Anthonomus prunicida Walsh, has the same habits as Conotra-
chelus Nenuphar Hbst. (the " curculio"), and equally common in
the valley of the Mississippi. (Prairie Farmer, June 13, 1863, and
July 11, 1863, p. 21, with figures.)

" Anthonomus { ? ) prunicida n. sp. Black, with dense and long
whitish pubescence. Head dark rufous, with whitish pubescence ; ros-
trum dark rufous impubescent, confluently punctate, and with a longi-
tudinal carina above and a longitudinal stria beneath, the sculptures in
one sex ( ??) ceasing at the insertion of the antennas. Prothorax dark ru-
fous, above with dense and long golden pubescence, beneath with short
whitish pubescence ; a wide, flattish, black, naked, dorsal carina, lan-
ceolate at tip and striate longitudinally, extending two-thirds of the dis-
tance to its tip. Elytra black, with fine, dense, short, whitish pubes-
cence, punctate-striate with large oblong punctures, the interstices
finely punctured and with irregular alternate tufts of white and black
hairs, chiefly along the suture and submargin and at the tip ; scutel
generally with dense white or yellowish hair, and generally on each
side of it two conspicuous tufts of black hair, the inner one the larger
of the two. Legs dark rufous with whitish pubescence. Wings black-
ish. Length to tip of rostrum, .30-.35 inch. Pronounced by Dr.
J. L. LeConte, in 1861, to be 'unknown to him.'

" This species differs from A nthonomus in the third joint of the anten-
na being three-fifths as long as joint two, whereas in A. quadrigibhus

310

Say and A. scutellatus Schonh. it is only one-third as long as joint two.
It differs, also, in the four posterior tibise not being dilated in the mid-
dle. Joint two of the antennas is long, three, as before stated, is three-
fifths as long as two, four is half as long as three, and five to eight are
quite short. The antenn£e are inserted three-fifths of the distance from
the eyes to the tip of the rostrum. The rostrum is half as long as the
body, porrect and not received in a groove between the legs. The femo-
ra are all incrassated with a large postmedial tooth. The anterior tibiae
are slightly dilated in the middle, and have a small terminal hook ; the
other tibise are simple. The body is elongate-oval, the thorax a little
narrower at its base than the elytra.

" I annex the above generic particulars, because even Dr. LeConte
did not venture to determine the genus of this insect. It may, per-
haps, form a new genus; but it comes nearer to Anthonomus than any
other with which I am acquainted. From Erirhinus, Centrinus, and
Baridius, it is separated at once by the femora being toothed, from
Balaninus by joints two to eight of the antennae not diminishing in
length gradually and but ver)^ slightly, and from Magdalinus by the
antennas being distinctly elbowed." (From the Prairie Farmer^ June
13, 1863.)

" CoNOTRACHELUS PUNCTicoLLis, n. sp. Head black, with a cop-
pery lustre, finely pubescent, with very fine confluent punctures ; ros-
trum suddenly bent inwards at two-thirds the distance to its tip, as in
C. anaglypticus Say. Thorax black, sparsely pubescent, much nar-
rower than elytra, as wide as long, scarcely contracted at its base, but
much contracted at its tip, with very large, deep punctures, confluent
above, so as to form towards its tip three or four irregular, longitudinal
carinae. Elytra regularly punctate-striate, without any carinse, the
striae shallow and wide, the punctures moderate ; the insterstices flattish,
very finely punctured, and with a row of short, cinereous bristles upon
each directed obliquely backwards ; the whole elytrum irregularly
mottled with whitish and brown, so as to appear gray with three or
four indistinct, brown fasciae, except on the base of the third interstice,
where there is a conspicuous, short, whitish vitta. Legs blackish, with
fine, short, whitish pubescence. The second tooth of the femora obso-
lete.

" Length .15 inch. One specimen. Near C. cribricollis Say, but
that species has the elytra black, without any bristles. Except in the
comparative shortness of the thorax, it resembles in its shape C. ana-
glypticus Say, and is much broader than C. nenuphar — the ' curculio.'
Beaten off tame plum-trees, at Springfield, Illinois." (From the Prai-
rie Farmer, July 11, 1863, p. 21.)

CoNOTRACHELUS POSTICATUS (?) Schonh., bred in the spring of

311

1863, from haws infested by Its larva in the autumn of 18G2. (Prai-
rie Farmer, July 18, 1863, p. 37.)

" CoNOTRACHELUS CRAT.EGi, n. sp., has the size, shape and sculp-
ture o^ anaghjpticm Say, but differs in the elytra being of a uniform color,
mottled with ochre-yellow and white, and in the upper surface of the
thorax being whitish, except a large and conspicuous triangular spot at
its base and the anterior margin, which, as well as the inferior surface,
are brown. The second tooth on the femora is obsolete. Abundant
near Rock Island, 111., on the hawthorn. I found it very plentiful also,
near Chicago, on the same tree." (Ibid.)

Epic^erus imbricatus Say, infests apple and cherry trees and
gooseberry bushes, in Iowa. (Prairie Farmer, July 18, 1863, p. 37,
with a figure.)

"' There are four described N. A. species of Epiccerm, — imbricatus,
vadosu>i, formidolosus, and fallax. Dr. LeConte informs me that he
believes all four to be mere varieties of one and the same species, in
which I entirely agi-ee with him, so far as my knowledge of the genus
extends.

" Of the six specimens received from Iowa, two agree pretty closely
with Say's description ; two are of a nearly-uniform whitish color, with
scarcely any appearance of darker bands on the elytra, and two have
indistinct dark bands. My three Rock Island specimens have the dark
bands very distinct, — much more so than in the Iowa specimens, —
and were referred to fallax by Le Conte, with the remark above
quoted.

" From the nine specimens, it would be easy to construct a regular
series, from the almost immaculate variety to the distinctly trifasciate.
The slightly-impressed, punctured, dorsal Hne on the thorax, mentioned
by Say, is obsolete in one of the pale Iowa specimens, and in all my
Illinois dark ones." (Ibid.)

SiTOPHiLus REMOTEPUNCTATUS Gyllenh., in Patent Office wheat.
(Journ. III. Slate Agr. 5'oc., Jan., 1862, with a figure.)

DoRYPHORA DECEM-LiNEATA Say, iufcsts potato and tomato vines,
egg-plants, &c., in Kansas and Iowa. (Valley Farmer, July, 1862, pp.
209-10, and Prairie Farmer, June 6, 1863, p. 356, with figures.)

Lytta atrata, infests flowers of cultivated Asters, and L. atrata,
vittata Fabr., (= lemniscata Fabr.,) and cinerea attack potato vines.
(Prairie Fanner, Aug. 29, 1863, with a figure.)

Chilocorus bivulnerus Muls., attacks unknown enemies of the
apple-tree. (Prairie Farmer, Aug. 22, 1863, with figures.)

312

ORTHOPTERA.

Grasshoppers and locusts; Locustad.e and cicadad^. (Journ.
III. State Agr. Soc, Nov. 1862, pp. 1-3.)

Catydid eggs, on apple-tree twigs. (^Prairie Farmer, Feb. 28, 1863,
p. 132, with a figure.)

LEPIDOPTERA.

Leucania unipuncta Haw. (army- worm moth), its four primary
parasites Exorista militaris Walsh, (Diptera) Mesocliorus vitreus Walsh,
PezomacJiKs minimus Walsh, and Microgaster militaris Walsh, and its two
secondary parasites, Chalcis albifrons Walsh, and Glyplie viridescens
Walsh, (Hymenoptera.) {Trans. III. State Agr. Soc, IV., pp. 349-72.
Prairie Farmer, about Sept. 24, 1861; both articles reprinted Trans,
m. Nat. History Soc, Vol. I. ; Prairie Farmer, Dec. 6, 1861, pp. 370-1.)

Solenobia (?) (larva,) under bark of apple-trees. (Prai-
rie Fanner, Aug. 29, 1863.)

Phycita nebulo Walsh, or the Rascal Leaf-crumpler, infests apple,
crab, and plum trees. (Prairie Farmer, about May 10, 1860, p. 308,
with figures.)

"Phycita nebulo, n. sp. Expansion of wings .70 inch. Length
of 1 ody .30 inch. General color, light cinereous, varied with dusky.
A row of about seven subseniilunar or linear dark spots on outer mar-
gin of front wing. Then, one-fourth of the distance to the body, a
waving light, cinereous band, parallel to the exterior margin, marked
on each side with dusky black. Nearly at the centre, a much abbrevi-
ated black band. Beyond the centre, on the costal margin, a subtri-
angular dusky black spot, the apex of which connects with the apex
of a much larger subobsolete triangular brick-red spot, which extends
to the interior margin, and is bounded on the outside by a wavy, light
cinereous band, which is bounded outside by a wavy dusky black band,
proceeding from the apex of the costal triangle. Base of wing dusky
black, enclosing a small, round, light cinereous spot. Hind wings
and all beneath, light cinereous shaded with dusky, the front wings
darker. Tarsi dusky, with a narrow, light cinereous fascia at the
apex of each joint. Hind tibia fasciate with dusky at the apex,
sometimes obscurely bifasciate. Intermediate tibia fasciate with dusky
at the centre, the fascia generally extending to the base, but becom-
ing lighter. Anterior tibia dusky, with a narrow, apical, light cine-
reous fascia. Palpi, both labial and maxillary, dusky." (Ibid.)

The lavva lives in a little crooked horn or case, and ties together
with silken threads the terminal leaves of young twigs. Frequently,
in travelling from twig to twig, it anchors its case by strong silken ca-
bles to the naked side of a limb, and in this situation it has exactly the
appearance of a piece of dry bird's dung. It may be thus described

313

from the recent specimen : — l^ength .50 inch. Color greenish-brown,
hghter beneath. Head and body both with lonof. sparse hairs. Head
dull black, with fine, contkient punctures, and a slightly-impressed, lon-
gitudinal line divaricating in front. The first segment liorny above,
and an elevated, shining, black spot on each side of the second segment.
Legs 16, normal.

With regard to the generic determination of this insect. Dr.
Clemens, to whom I had sent specimens, wrote to me as follows : —

" Phi/cila nehulo Walsh is new to me and doubtless to science ; it be-
longs to the family Pi/ralkke, Group PJn/cl'es. The typical species,
which AYestwood describes under the genus Phycita, is now included in
the genus Homalosoma. but the generic diagnosis of the latter does not
corroborate that of Westwood. I do not understand why it is that the
characters in Westwood correspond very well to those of this species,
while the new group, as it now exists, is certainly quite different. I do
not find any genus that corresponds entirely with nebula Walsh. Acro-
basis appears to come closer to it than any other ; but I do not think it is
identical. The next volume by Guenee will treat of this group, and in
it we may find a genus which w^ill contain nehulo." (Aug. 12, 18G0.)

HETEROPTERA.

Phytocoris linearis Beauv. (= Capsus ohlineafus Say,) infests
apple, quince, and pear trees. (Prairie Farmer, about May 10, I860,
p. 308, and May 2, 1863, with figures.)

MiCROPUS LEUCOPTERUS Say (Chinch-bug,) and its supposed four
coccinellade enemies. (Trans. III. State Agr. Soc, IV., pp. 346-9.)

Reduvius raptatorius Say, insectivorous. (Prairie Farmer,
July 11, 1863, p. 21, with figure.)

HOMOPTERA.

Procoxia uxdata Fabr. and its eggslits, on grape-vines. {Prairie
Farmer, July 25, 1863, p. 53.)

Erythroxeura tricincta Fitch, on grape-vines. (Valleij Far-
mer, Oct., 1862, pp. 305-6 ; with figures.)

Tettigoxiad^.. Twelve new species. (Prairie Farmer, Sept. 6,
1862, with figures.) Eggslits of chloroneura malejica ( V ) Walsh, on
apple Us'igQ\ [Prairie Farmer, April 4, 1863, p. 212, with figure.)

314

Fig. L, CMoroneura (n. ^.) malefica Walsh; fig. 11., the same with
expanded wings. Fig. III., head of CMoroneura malir/na Walsh.
(These two insects supposed to bs the causes of the well-known " Fire-
blight" on the apple and pear.) Fig. lY., TvphloL'vba, § B. Fig. Y.,
Empoasca (n. g.) Fig. YI, Erythroneura Fitch; fig. YII., its ovi-
positor, m profile.

Fig II

X. B. The lines annexed to the figures show the length unmagnifled.

All the insects hereinafter referred to belong to the extensive
genus T^/jA/oc^/^rt of Germar, which comprised, in 1838, no less than
thirty British species. Dr. Fitch reckons up fifty-eight species found
in the State of New York ; my private cabinet contains over forty-five
Illinou species belonging to this genus, and it is not at all improbable
that there are as many as two hundred and fifty in the whole United
States.

Dr. Fitch remarks that "the number and arrangement of the veins
in their wing-covers and wings present such differences as would
probably have induced authors to separate them into distinct genera,
had they been of larger size and better known." He then proposes
the following subdivision into genera, or subgenera, and observes that
each of them " admits of further division," and that, " as a matter of
convenience, a separation is required."

" Typlilocyha. Wing-covers bordered on the hind part of their inner
side by a submarginal vein, running parallel with the exterior edge,
and commonly having a closed discoidal cell also. [See fig. lY.]

'-^Enipoa. Wing-covers not bordered, their outer apical cell three-
sided, or with a single acute angle at its forward [i. e. basal] end.
[See fig. Y.]

'^Erythroneura. Wing-covers not bordered ; their outer apical cell

315

tour-sided, or -^vith two right angles at its forward [?. e. basal] end."
(See fig. YI.) X. Y. Reports Inj. Ins., Vol ii., §104.

This division, as will be noticed, is founded exclusively on tlie neu-
ration of the elytra. On examining the wings as well, it will be
found that two distinct types of neuration exist in each of the last
two genera, the terminal cells being bordered in some and not bor-
dered in others, and the median vein being in some unconnected with
the submedian by any cross-vein, and in others being distinctly so con-
nected. (Comp. figs. V. and YI.) These diiferences appear to be of
higher generic value than that which separates Empoa from Erj/l/iro-
neura, and will necessitate the establishment of two new genera.
The following synoptical table will exhibit the arrangement at a
glance.

Ocelli equidistant
from the eyes and
from each other, phio-
ed near the anrericr
margin of tlie head,
wliich margin i«
rounded, not angulat- ■(
ed: elytra indistinctly |
veined, with four dis-
tinct terminal cells;
posterior tibiae with
a double row of
spines.

Elytra bordered by
a v£in on the inner
terminal margin.

a discoidal cell, . Ti/phloq/ba, $ A.

Elytra not
bordered.

I

no discoidal cell, Tt/phlocijba, §B.
'T«Tm"l ceils
Outer api- of w'gs bor-
eal cell of derod', . . . Empoasca, n. g.
elvtratrian- Term'! cells
gular. of wings not

bordered, . . Empoa.
Term-1 cells
Outer api- of w'gs bor-
eal cell of der^d. . . . Chloroneura, n.g.
elytra qnad- Term'l cells
ra"ni,rular. of wings u^t

bordered, . . Erythroneura.

Of these six divisions, the five last all comprise species of about an
eighth of an inch in length, and of a uniform pale greenish or yellow-
ish color, with scarcely any markings. These I propose to describe,
as they are liable to be confounded with the two foes of the apple and
pear. Where specific characters are almost entirely wanting, descrip-
tions of species must necessarily be brief

Typhlocyba. §B. (Fig. lY.)

Typhlocyha aurea (n. sp.) Golden-yellow, beneath pale, front of
head forming the quadrant of a circle. Eyes, ovipositor, and tips of
tarsi, brown. Elytra golden-yellow to the cross-veins, paler on the
costal half; two middle cross-veins not dislocated, as they are in
Chloroneura and Erythroneura : tips hyaline, extreme tips cloudy:
wings hyaline. Length to tip of wings, a little over one-eighth of an
inch. Occurs at Rock Island, 111.

Typhlocyha palUdula (n. sp.) Differs from the preceding as fol-
lows : Body whitish above, yellowish beneath : ovipositor yellowish,
elytra whitlsh-subhyallne, sometimes with a faint yellow vitta on the
costal and interior margins. Occurs in Southern Illinois.

Typhlocyha huwtata (n. sp.) Differs from aurea as follows : Body

316

whitish, with a glaucous tinge. Thorax with two transverse dark
clots on its anterior submargin. Sternum varied with fuscous. Dor-
sum of abdomen, except the extreme tip of each joint, fuscous ; ovi-
positor unknown ; elytra whitish-subopaque, except at tip. Occurs
at Rock Island, 111.

Empoasca. (n. g.) (Fig. V.)

Empoasca viridescens (n. sp.) Pale greenish. Front of head form-
ing a right angle with the apex rounded off. Eyes and tips of tarsi
fusrous ; ehtra subhyaline, with a faint greenish tinge, the triangular
cell not peduncled as it is in fig. V. ; wings hyaline. I met with both
sexes in Southern Illinois. A single female, which occurred at Rock
Island, III., varies in being more yellowish than greenish, and in the
tip of the ovipositor being fuscous. Length to tip of wings, not quite
one-eighth of an inch.

Empoasca consohrina (n. sp.) Differs from the preceding only in
being sometimes yellowish, and in the triangular cell of the elytra be-
ing always peduncled. Seven specimens, taken at one time near
Rock Island, 111., all agree in this particular. Length slightly over
one-eighth of an inch. [This is a mere variety of the preceding ; I
have now all the intermediate grades, b. d. w., 1863.]

Empoasca ohtusu (n. sp.) Pale grass-green. Front of head form-
ing a very obtuse angle, with the apex rounded off. Each ocellus
surrounded by a fuscous spot. Eyes, and tips of the tarsal joints,
fuscous; elytra greenish-subhyaline ; tips hyaline. Triangular cell
peduncled. Wings hyaline. Length to tip of wings, three-sixteenths
of an inch.

Empoa. (Elytra, fig. V. ; wings, fig. VI.)

Two species, one found on pine, the other on oak, are described by
Dr. Fiti'h, in his Catalogue of New York Homoptera, and referred to
this genus. As he says nothing of the neuration of the wings, they
may possibly belong to Empoasca. Empoa rosce and E. fahce, Harris,
are in the same predicament.

Empoa albicans (n. sp.) Whitish. Eyes fuscous. Two or three of
the basal and of the terminal joints of abdomen, fuscous at tip; ovipos-
itor black ; elytra subhyaline, at tip a little cloudy ; triangular cell pe-
duncled ; apex of vein which forms the inner cell not attaining half
the distance to the apex of elytrum ; wings hyaline. , Length to tip
of wings, nearly one-fifth of an inch.

Chloroneura. (n. g.) (Elytra, fig. YI. ; wings, fig. V.)

Chloroneura ahnormis (n. sp.) Pale dull-green. Front of head
forming an angle of about eighty degrees, with the apex rounded; an-

tennae and eyes fuscous ; vertex and thorax, with two sanguineous
vittae, more or less obsolete. Abdomen black, except the tips of the
joints; tlie last joint almost entirely greenish. Tips of tarsal joints
dusky. Elytra, toward the base, subopaque, dull-greenish ; at tip sub-
hyaline ; an obscure sanguineous vitta on the anal vein, amd another
parallel to it, half-way to the costa, both sometimes obsolete. Wings
whitish-subopaque, with the tips of the costal veins fuscous; the cross-
vein forming a salient angle, and emitting from its apex an additional
vein, as in Tijplilocijha (fig. IV.) Length to tip of wings, three-twen-
tieths of an inch.

Chloroneura malejica (The culprit leaf-hopper.) (n. sp., figs. I. and II.)
Greenish or yellowish. Front of head forming a right angle with the
apex rounded. Eyes and tips of tarsi fuscous. Elytra subhyaline, with
a greenish tinge ; at their extreme tip, cloudy. Wings hyaline, cross-
vein simple. Length to tip of wings, one-eighth of an inch. Occurs
on apple and pear leaves. Took a pair in coitu under bark, early in
the spring, in the woods.

Chloroneura maligna. (The malignant leaf-hopper, fig. III.) Differs
from the above as follows : — The color is deeper ; the head is almost
transverse, its anterior edge forming about half a quadrant ; the elytra
are subopaque, and deeply tinged with green, and their anal vein attains
the cross-vein nearly.

Erythroxeura. (Fig. VI.)

To this extensive genus belong Tettigonia ohliqua Say, T. hasiUaris
Say, E. vitis Harris, E. vulnerata Fitch, E. vitifex Fitch, and E. tri-
cincta Fitch, all of which occur near Rock Island, 111. Also, nineteen
undescribed species, most of them elegantly marked with blood-red or
blood-brown, which I have met with in the same locality. I describe
only the three following, one on account of its liability to be confused
with the two species which infest the apple and pear, and two on ac-
count of their infesting the grape-vine.

Erythroneura australht (n. sp.) Pale yellowish. Head forming a
right angle with the apex rounded. Eyes and tips of tarsi fuscous.
Elytra subhyaline, with a pale, fuscous dot on the basal side of each of
the three inside terminal cells, the two outer dots sometimes obsolete.
Wings hyaline. Length to tip of wings, one-eighth inch. Very near
Empoa quercius Fitch, but generically distinct. Occurred in Southern
Illinois ; a single specimen near Rock Island, 111.

Erythroneura ziczac (the zigzag leaf-hopper.) (n. sp.) Pale yel-
lowish. Front of head in a right angle with the apex rounded. Eyes
dusky; ocelH pale; vertex, with two pale sanguineous vittje, generally
subobsolete. Thorax blood-brown, yellowish in front, often with a
yellowish vitta ; scutel blood-brown, with a yellowish vitta. occasionally

818

entirely yellowish. Abdomen often blood-brown, except at base and
tip. Tip of ovipositor and of tarsi dusky. Elytra pale yellowish; on
the middle of the costa an oblique rhomboidal black spot; on the
costal tip a black dot, and on the interior margin, forming a triangle with
the other two spots, a black spot ; a blood-brown, irregular, broad stripe,
covering tlie humerus, thence running to the interior margin; thence,
in a zigzag direction, to the rhomboidal spot; thence to the spot on the
interior margin ; thence not quite attaining the terminal dot. Wings
hyaline ; tips of costal veins often dusky. Length to tip of wings, a
little over one-tenth inch. Occurs abundantly on the grape-vine.

Enjlhroneura oclo-notata (the eight-spotted leaf-hopper.) Whitish.
Head as in the preceding. Thorax a little clouded with fuscous. Ab-
dominal and ventral joints, in mature specimens, dusky, except at tip.
Tips of tarsi dusky. Elytra whitish-subhyaline, with the same three
spots as the preceding, and, in addition, one on the inner margin
not far from the base ; on the cross-veins, an irregular fuscous band,
and on the disk a small brown cloud, often obsolete. Length a little
over one-tenth inch. Occurred sparingly on the grape-vine, along
with a few E. vulnerata Fitch, and numerous specimens of the preced-
ing, and of E. vitU Harris, and tricincta Fitch. Dr. Fitch has suggest-
ed that these last two species may be mere varieties. I have examined
some dozen specimens of each, and find that there are no intermediate
grades.

It may, perhaps, be worth while to add, that on the grape-vine
where these Erylhroneurce were swarming, I noticed a small and rather
rare dipterous fly, the Hevierodromia superstitiosa of Say, very busily
engaged. I caught him and put him in my collecting bottle, along
with a number of the leaf-hoppers, and shortly afterwards saw him ap-
proach one slyly, stick his beak into it and suck it to death, without
previously using his long raptorial fi-ont legs." (Prairie Farmer, Sept.
6, 1862, with the figures given above.)

Aphis Maidis ? Fitch, infests the roots of young Indian corn, as
well as the stems of the roasting ears. {Jour. III. State Agr. Soc,
Sept., 1862, pp. 8-13, with figures.)

Coccus Harrisii Harris. (Prairie Farmer, May 10, 1860, p. 308,
with figure.)

Rocic Island, Sept. 2,1863.

Capt. N. E. Atwood, of Provincetown, gave some interest-
ing statements relative to the Cod Fishery of om- coast. In
response to a question of Mr. Putnam, he said lie thought
the Cod of the Newfoundland Banks to be distinct from that
of Massachusetts Bay, and remarked, that upon the Banks

819

tlie fish spawned in the latter j)art of April and early May,
while here the spawning season was in December.

Mr. Putnam said that his study of the Cods had led him to
consider that those found at the Banks and northward belonged
to the Euro])ean species, while the American Cod was the
only one found in the waters of Massachusetts.

Mr. C. Stodder exhibited a specimen of Diatomaceous earth,
Avith a slide of the same under the microscope. The speci-
men was from the land of Mr. D. P^axon, in Randolph, Mass.,
found under the following conditions: —

The surface of the country is gently undulating. There is slight de-
pression, with a level tract in the centre, nearly circular, of about one
hundred feet diameter, apparently like any ordinary New England
meadow, flooded with water; but, on walking on to it, it is found,
unlike flooded meadow lands, to be not soft and miry, but nearly as
firm and hard as the surrounding dry land. The surftice is covered
with grasses and turf two to three inches thick. Immediately below
that is found the material exhibited, which has in one spot been exca-
vated to the depth often feet without finding the bottom of it. It con-
tains vegetable matter, a few fibres, to the amount of five or ten per
cent. ; the remainder is entirely organic, nearly all whole or broken
frustules of Diatoms, with some spicules of sponges. Not one particle
of sand or other inorganic matter has heen discovered after the strict-
est search with the microscope.

The Diatoms as yet have presented no species of particular interest.
The genus Himantidium is most abundant; next, Linularia and Stau-
roneis. No attempt has been made to make any list of species found,
as all are common in thousands of sub-peat deposits in New England.
It would be a matter of interest to know if the species are the same at
dlflerent depths from the surface; but no opportunity has yet been af-
forded for that, nor is it known from what depth the specimen ex-
amined was taken.

Under what conditions could this enormous accumulation of Dia-
toms have been deposited ? An examination of land in the immediate
vicinity, has given the clew to a probable explanation. As already
stated, the locality is a slight depression from the general surface around.
There is a very small stream of water running into and through it. The
outlet is through a ridge of drift gravel, and has been artificially deep-
ened some five feet since the settlement of the country. Before this
lowering of the outlet, the place must have been a jjond, with some
four to five feet of water above the present surface. The small stream

820

running into it comes from some twenty or thirty acres of meadow, from
a hundred yards to a quarter of a mile distant, and a few feet (less than
ten apparently) higher level. Now the pond, when it existed, was too
deep for the growth of peat-forming plants, and not favorable for the
growth of Diatoms in any large quantity. But the meadows above
were, particularly before the cultivation of the country, and the intro-
duction of artificial drainage, most favorable for the growth of Diatoms.
The sluggish stream draining the meadows would have force enough,
especially in floods, to Avash out the Diatoms, and not enough to move
sand : neither could the meadows supply sand. AYhen the Diatoms
reached the pond, they would of course settle to the bottom ; for the
mass of water in the pond being so great in proportion to the supply
there would be no perceptible current in it. In fact, it was a per-
fect natural trap for the Diatoms, in principle exactly like the process
used for separating Diatoms from sand and other coarse material, in
mounting for the microscope. The course of the little stream running
into the pond, is for a few rods through a ridge of drift material. This
undoubtedly furnished some sand and coarse material, but it would be
deposited almost immediately on entering the quiet water of the pond,
and undoubtedly it will now be found directly against the entrance of
the stream.

After the examination of this place, the conclusion must be that this
deposit has been forming ever since the close of the drift period, when
the surface of the earth received its present conformation.

Tbe Chairman announced the sudden death of Dr. George
Hayward. He was one of the members of the old Linnean
Society, and, when that dissolved, became one of the ac-
tive founders of this Society, was one of its earliest Vice-
Presidents, and had always taken a deep interest in its
progress.

The following letters Avere read, which had been recently
received, viz : —

From the Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Hannover, March 1st,
1863, from the Natural History Society of Dublin, August 5th, 1863,
and the Societe Entomologique de Belgique, Bruxelles, August 31st,
1863, asking for an interchange of publications. From Francis W.
Lewis, M.D., Philadelphia, May 22d, 1863, Dr. John J. Craven, U. S.
v., Hilton Head, June 24th, 'l863, and Dr. William O. Ayers, San
Francisco, July 24th, 1863, acknowledging their election as Corre*
.sponding Members.

Mr. C. T. White was elected a Resident Member.

321

October 21, 1863.

The President in the chair.

The following communication was presented : —

Notes on Selaxdria cerasi Harris, as it occurs at Anx
Arbor, Michigan. By Professor Alexander Winchell.

[Condensed, with a few additions, from a paper read be-
fore the Michigan Scientific Association, June 24, 1863.]

This destructive insect made its first appearance at this place in
1859: its depredations were, however, not generally observed till
1862, when it caused the death of many fine cherry-trees. Its in-
creased ravages during the present year have attracted general atten-
tion, and induced the writer to extend his observations previously
begun, and to determine what relations exist between the Michigan
insect and that described by Peck and Harris.

The fly commenced to deposit its ova the present year on the oth
of June. It selected for this purpose the leaves of the pear and
cherry ; though, in the course of the season, it was observed that the
mountain-ash and the plum had also suffered to a limited extent. The
ova were deposited through rectilinear incisions in the epidermis of the
upper side of the leaf; and the chlorophyl, for a small distance
around each egg, was changed to a brown color, and deadened, ai^anjr
the leaf, where the eggs were numerous, a strongly mottled appearance.
Trees in open situations were most infested ; and the outer portions of
the foliage of a tree were preferred to the more shady.

The ovipositor is attached at a distance of .025 of an inch from the
extremity of the body of the female. When at rest, it is lodged in a
slit which reaches nearly to the tip of the abdomen. It has the form of
a butcher's knife, a httle bent upwards near the point. Toward the
other extremity, the organ is curved in the opposite direction into a
right angle with the main axis, and is furnished internally with a
couple of apophyses for the attachment of the muscles which move Xha
instrument in the execution of its office. The upper margin of each
blade is worked into a series of low, sharp teeth, turned from the
point of the blade ; the lower side is furnished with a series of erect
teeth, whose margins are themselves serrate. The muscular action
which moves this instrument thrusts it entirely through the leaf, cut-
ting with the serrated teeth of the lower side as it enters in the act of
being drawn ; while the backward turned teeth of the upper margin

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. IX. 2i FEBRUARY, 1865.

322

do tlie same work while the instrument is being withdrawn, and resum-
ing its place in the slit. The straight gashes made by the ovipositor
can be invariably seen on the under side of the leaf, close by the posi-
tion occupied by the egg. The length of the ovipositor, to the inter-
nal bend, is .042 inch ; and its width, .001 inch.

The habits of these saw-flies are sluggish. In damp or even cloudy
weather, they stand motionless on the under sides of the leaves. AVhen
approached by the hand, they are apt to drop as if dead, and thus
escape. They never, in such weather, attempt to fly away. In sunny
weather, they may be seen on both surfaces of the leaves ; and, on tak-
ing alarm, will sometimes fly away. The insect is willing to alight on
the leaf of any tree, but makes a strict selection in depositing its ova.

These flies were first observed on the 5th of June. By the 8th, they
had apparently diminished in numbers ; on the 9th, they were moder-
ately numerous, and active on some of the trees; on the 10th, very
few were to be found; on the 11th, none. Nevertheless, one or two
were observed near the close of June, and one or two in July.

The following observations were made on the development of the
embryo : —

June 7. The ovum is .03 of an inch in Its longer diameter, and
.014 in Its shorter. The form is a prolate ellipsoid, flattened on one
side. The contents are simply granular.

Jime 8. Under a power of 230 diameters, the contents of the egg-
cell consist simply of small globules, the whole mass of which, under a
compressor, seems to be divided into large irregular areas. On certain
sides, also, are presented some inequalities, like convolutions, as if the
embryo were beginning to receive shape.

June 9. The embryo can be discerned doubled together, and pre-
senting already distinct traces of articulations.

June 10. Embryo appears clearly as an articulate, doubled together
with its back next the periphery. The place of the eye is a dark-
brown spot. The oral organs are clearly developing, and the legs are
beginning to protrude in distinct sacs. When slightly compressed, the
vitelline membrane bursts, and the traces of organization dissolved at
once Into a multitude of granules floating in a watery fluid.

June 11. Pedal protuberances well developed, and claws beginning
to appear. The head distinctly isolated from the body, and the oral
apparatus quite distinct ; at intervals, also, the embryo squirms in its
nidus, and occasionally a single foot protrudes and retracts itself.

June 12. Movements of the embryo frequent. Aortic contractions
quite regular, at the rate of 30 per minute : occasionally they intermit
for a minute or two. The contractions are always seen immediately
aft,er the efforts at motion.

June 13. Embryo appears stronger, and makes more energetic mo-

323

tions. The claws of the true legs are pretty well developed. The
contractions of the dorsal vessel are less violent than yesterday ; have
increased to 55 per minute ; and can be traced through half the length
of the embryo. I could not, under any circumstances, detect any
movement of a circulating fluid. Bristles begin to appear on the
feet, and the pro-legs are developed. The tracheary system is faintly
marked out in the vicinity of the head, though the coiled spring could
barely be discerned in one of the largest trunks. A mysterious vital-
ity inheres in this forming organism, as the following experiment shows.
The egg was put under the compressor, and pressed till the outer mem-
brane burst, and the tail of the embryo was extruded : in this condi-
tion, the contractions of the dorsal vessel increased to 80 per minute.
On further compression, the contractions near the head were 68,
and near the tail 144, per minute. On still further compression, the
contractions near the head remained the same ; while those near the
tail occurred by threes, in which the beats were very quick. The
compression was increased as far as the thin glass could allow : the
embryo was completely crushed, and its parts extruded in every direc-
tion ; and yet, where the dorsal vessel lay, the wonderful struggle to
perpetuate existence was kept up to the end.

June 14. The ova are beginning to hatch. The slug cuts a semi-
circular slit through the membrane of the egg and the epidermis of the
leaf, forming a lid, which folds back, and allows it to escape. One slug,
which had not moved its own length from the trap-door through
which it emerged, was .06 of an inch in length. In form, the voung
slug slightly increases in width from the tail to the region of the head,
where it exhibits a considerable enlargement. The head is black, and
habitually curled under the shoulders : it is furnished with a powerful
pair of sen-ated mandibles. The eyes can be seen, under pressure, as a
pair of small round, clear globules ; in front of which is a pair of oval
semitranslucent spots. The feet are provided each with a bifid claw
and several short bristles. The pro-legs are truncate, smooth, and
retractile : a few bristles are seen scattered in clusters of two and
three over the exterior, and they become more numerous at the poste-
rior extremity. The external surface is transversely wrinkled, and
covered with a small amount of watery slime. The young slug is
nearly transparent, but having a pale, olivaceous hue, with a dark
spot at one extremity produced by the head, and another at the opi)0-
site exti-emity caused by an accumulation of fecal matter.

The alimentary canal in the new-born larva is by far the largest
vessel in the animal. It swells out to its largest diameter just behind
the head, and somewhat irregularly tapers toward the hind extremity,
near which it is much contracted. In this part of the slug, numerous
faint, parallel, longitudinal lines can be seen, which are perhaps nmscu-

324

lar fibres, related to the excretory apparatus. The vermicular action
of the alimentary canal is constant and rhythmical.

The dorsal vessel is next in size. It can be traced to the region
just behind the head, where it shows a disposition to curve downwards ;
though neither here, nor at the opposite extremity, could I detect the
continuity between this vessel and the recurrent vessels or streams.

The ventral or recurrent streams are at least two in the middle
region of the larva. There are all the usual indications of vascular walls ;
but the general doubt entertained amongst anatomists, as to the exist-
ence of such walls in any insects, causes me to withhold the allegation of
their occurrence here. Posterior to the middle region, these streams
pursue a somewhat convoluted course, but do not assume any thing like
the sinus-disposition seen in certain worms : the circulating fluid could
be distinctly traced, flowing backwards with an irregular movement
through nearly the whole length of the larva.

The tracheary system is beautifully distinct. Stigmata occur along
the sides at points corresponding to the feet and pedal swellings, and
connect by large trunks with a somewhat sinuous longitudinal vessel,
which runs from the head quite around the animal, being somewhat
reduced in size in the neighborhood of the hinder extremity. These
longitudinal trunks are connected, in each segment, by a single trans-
verse trunk ; but, in the segments which bear the three pairs of feet,
the transverse trunks are in pairs. From the trunks arising fi-om the
stigmata, but especially from the longitudinal trunks, arise branches
which ramify throughout the body. The transverse trunks are also
somewhat branched.

No trace of a nervous system was detected.

Immediately after the slug escapes from the egg, it begins to feed
upon the green pulp of the leaf, and thus by degrees covers the leaf
with small, round, faded spots. The brood began to attain the full
growth and to disappear about the middle of July. It would seem
that their retirement to the chrysalis state may be somewhat hastened
by external circumstances. The stem of a small dwarf pear-tree,
which had been completely denuded by these depredators, was seen
to be covered with slugs of various ages, all alike winding their way
toward the ground. Dozens of the larv^ were seen already squirm-
ing upon the surface of the soil. The next day, all had disappeared.

The autumn brood of our cherry-slug may be regarded as a com-
plete failure ; the fly barely making its appearance early in September,
and the slugs being scarely discoverable.

This saw-fly, in reference to which I have offered some facts which
I have not found on record, differs as much from the slug-fly of Boston
as that does from the Selandria cethiops of Europe : whether the three
forms are to be regarded as specifically identical, will depend some-

325

what on the views entertained as to the variability of species. The
points of difference thus far observed between our insect and that de-
scribed by Harris are as follows : —

1. In Harris's insect, the ova are deposited in semicircular incisions:
in ours, they are in straight incisions.

2. In Harris's insect, the eggs are generally on the under side of the
leaves : in ours, they are always on the upper side.

3. In Harris's insect, the embryo escapes on the fourteenth day :
in ours, on the eighth or ninth.

4. The first two pairs of legs in the adult insect are not nearly so
light colored as in that described by Harris.

5. Perhaps the almost complete failure of the autumnal brood de-
serves to be mentioned in this connection ; though this might be due to
a changed climate, as it is well known that the reproduction of many
species is materially influenced by climatic conditions. It may also be
added, that, unlike the Boston slug, ours emits no odor ; and that, con-
trary to the statement of Norton,* from three to a dozen individuals
may generally be found on each leaf, in those parts of the tree that
have been visited by. the fly.

As to the remedy for this horticultural pest, it may be added to what
has been already published, that the odor of coal-tar effectually drives
away the fly. This can be smeared over a piece of board, and sus-
pended in the tree, — a resort which I have found effectual against the
plum- weevil. It is likely that the odor of petroleum or naphtha would
produce similar results.

Contrary to the conjectures of Harris, this disgusting larva is never
eaten by birds.

University of Michigan, loth October, 1863.

Mr. F. W. Putnam exhibited a young fish from the Gulf
Stream, near the Bahamas, presented by Mr. S. N. Chamber-
lin, stating that it was a very interesting specimen of the
genus Belone. This was the first time, so far as he was
aware, that the young of this genus had been seen. The
young specimen was perfectly formed, so far as the body was
concerned, except that the scales were not developed. The
sides of the body were very beautifully marked with dark
stellate spots. The upi)er jaw was very thin and curved,
not reaching to the tip of the under jaw, which was slightly
hooked at its tip. The teeth were developed. The short
upper jaw recalls the genus Hemiramphus.

* Proc. Bost, Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1861, p. 222. Harris states, however, that some-
times twenty or thirty may be seeu on a single leaf (Insects Inj. to Veg., Ib62, p. 530).

326

Prof. L. Agassiz remarked, that, during the past summer,
he had been examining the young of many species of fish,
especially during the last hours of their embryonic life, or
after hatching ; and had found that these animals undergo
metamorphoses as varied and extensive as are so well known
in Batrachians.

Mr. F. W. Putnam stated that different families of fishes
differ very much as to the time of appearance of the scales
in the young, details in regard to which he would give on
some future occasion.

Mr. Alex. Agassiz made a detailed communication upon
the transformation of the young in Echinoderms, showing
how the young star-fish is developed upon the water-tubes.
The differences in the modes of development in the different
orders were pointed out, as well as the relation which the
gradation of the structure in these animals bore to the dif-
ferent aspects assumed by the young, after the preparatory
framework had been dissolved by the larva.

Dr. J. C. White exhibited to the Society two albino chil-
dren.

Prof Agassiz announced a donation to the cabinet of the
Society, from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, of a col-
lection of fishes, containing 345 specimens, representing 108
species, all determined and labelled by Mr. Putnam.

Dr. Francis H. Brown noticed the capture off Saco, Me.,
in September last, of a specimen of Sphargis coriacea.

The dimensions, according to Mr. G. W. Jebbs, are as fol-
lows : Length, eight feet ; extremes, from end of flippers, ten
feet; neck, three feet nine inches ; girth, seven feet eleven inch-
es; weight, 1,'280 lbs. The occurrence of but three others on
our coast had fallen under his notice; one, described by Dr.
Storer, taken in Massachusetts Bay in 1824, brought to Boston
and purchased by the proprietors of the N^ew-England Mu-
seum ; a second, noticed by Holbrook as caught in Chesa-
peake Bay in 1840; and the third, caught near Cape Cod in
1848, and now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge. Prof Agassiz, in his "Contributions," can make

327

ont but nine instances of its known occnrrence in the waters
of Europe.

Mr. W. G. Binney stated that he had received, from a grcn-
tleman connected with tlie Army of the Cumberhmd, a
species of mollusk which had the shell of Melania, with the
operculum of a true 3Ielantho ; and he was led to suspect
that many of the species which had been described as be-
longing to Melania would prove to be Melanthos on exami-
nation of their opercula. In alluding to the erosion of shells,
Mr. Binney stated that he had seen Melanias, which he had
kept in confinement, eating the apices of their own shells.

Dr. Gould said that he had seen a similar case in ourLyra-
n»as, but remarked that this was by no means a satisfactory
explanation of the erosion in all mollusks, as, for instance,
in Unios; and it was noticeable that no erosion took place
among the shells living on coral reefs, or in fresh waters well
saturated with lime.

Dr. Pickering stated that erosion took place, to a remark-
able degree, in the shells found in warm springs.

Mr. A. E. Verrill presented specimens of Matricaria ino-
dora (Pyrethrum inodorum Hooker) and Sedum rhodiola
from the vicinity of Eastport, Me., neither of which have
before been considered as belonging to the flora of the
United States. The first was found in considerable abun-
dance along the roadsides at Eastport, and also at Grand
Menan : its previous localities were Lake Huron (Dr. Todd),
York Factory (Drummond), and northward to Great Bear
Lake (Richardson). The second species was found growing
on the high, trappean cliffs at Quoddy Head, the extreme
eastern point of the United States. It has long been known
upon the neighboi-ing islands of Campo Bello and Grand
Menan.

Mr. Alpheus Hyatt was elected Curator of Couchology.

328

November 4, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Mr. A. E. Verrill read the following Notes on the fertili-
zation of Cypripediiini spectabile Swartz, and Platanthera
psycodes Gray, by S. I. Smith of Norway, Me. : —

Cypripedium. July 4. — After examining many flowers, and
watching them for some time, I came upon a bunch which was almost
covered with numbers of a minute flower-beetle, apparently attracted
by the nectar-like fluid that moistens the long hairs which hne the
labellum : these beetles were crawling over the flowers in every direc-
tion ; and presently one crawled from one of the lateral petals up the
column, over one of the poUinia with some difficulty, and out upon the
stigma. This was repeated three or four times by difierent individ-
uals ; some of them returning by way of the column, others passing
over the sterile stamen on to the labellum. Several beetles passed
from the lateral petals down the labellum, without touching the pol-
linia or the stigma. Only two beetles were seen to alight upon any
of the flowers : one of these went into the labellum, without touching
the pollinia or stigma ; the other passed over both.

Nearly all the beetles, when examined with a lens, were found to
have little masses of pollen attached to them ; and many could scarcely
walk for this reason. Most of the flowers upon which the beetles were
found had been fertilized, and, under a strong lens, showed minute
particles of pollen among the sharp-pointed papilljB with which the
stigma is beset.

Of many flowers from diSerent places, nearly all had had the pol-
len removed in minute particles from the anther to the stigma ; but, in
two or three instances, the pollen had been removed in one mass as if
by some large insect.

Platanthera. Aug. 6. — While watching some of these Orchids
in a meadow, a Sesia — it proved to be S. Thysbe Fabr. — came to
them, and began to suck the nectar while poised on the wing. I at-
tempted to catch it ; but it flew to another spike, where I watched it
for nearly a minute, while it visited more than a dozen flowers. It
commenced at the bottom of the spike, and, proceeding spirally upward,
sucked the nectar from each flower in turn, I caught it, and found
about thirty pollinia attached to its proboscis near the base : they were
all in a space of less than a tenth of an inch in length, and much
rrowdod. Those nearest the base of the proboscis were entirely whole,
and seemed to have lost none of their pollen : those nearest the tip

329

of the proboscis had lost much of their pollen by contact with many
viscid stigmas. The stigmas of nearly all the llowers on the spike had
pollen sticking to them.

Soon after this, I took a Papilio Asterias, with a number of pollliiia
attached to its proboscis.

Aug. 10. — While watching a number of plants of P. psycodcs, a
Sesia — this time it proved to be S. dithnis Boisd. — came to them, and
sucked the nectar from every open tiower on one spike : it then flew
to another plant, and visited all its flowers in the same way. As the
moth withdrew its proboscis from each flower, I could plainly see the
pollinium pulled from the anther-cell. Several times both pollinia were
taken from one flower, one pollinium sticking to the proboscis a little
above the other. When caught, this moth had about twenty pollinia
attached to its proboscis in the same manner as in the last instance.

Both of these moths and the Papilio had their probosces so encum-
bered with the pollinia, that it was impossible for them to be coiled up
between their palpi.

The shortness of the time occupied in the depression of the pollinia
in this species, and the time that the insects remained at one plant,
would seem to indicate that the upper flowers on the spike, at least,
were fertilized by pollen from the same plant.

I have frequently seen the orthopterous insect Phaneroptera curvi-
cauda Serv. feeding upon the flowers of this orchid ; but could not
find that they ever effected its fertilization in any way, although pol-
linia were several times found attached to its feet.

Mr. Alexander Agassiz stated that he had noticed, in
watching onr sea-urchins, that the excrement ejected from
the anal opening upon the upper surface of the body moved
down the sides by regular paths until it dropped. Exami-
nation showed that this eflfect was produced by the action of
the inter-ambulacral pedicillarise, whose office it seemed to be
to perform this function : none of the ejectamenta were ever
seen upon the ambulacra! spaces, except occasionally at the
edge'; in which case, constant exertion seemed to be made to
free these parts of such a burden.

Dr. B. Joy Jeflfries, in alluding to the two albino girls
that were present at the last meeting of the Society, stated
that they were the same that were exhibited at the Aipiarial
Gardens in the spring of 1860. They were also then shown
to the Society, and some account of them was given l)y Dv.

330

Kneel and, the Society's Secretary, in the "Boston Medical
and Surgical Journal," Nov. 18, 18G0.

They were born in the State of New York, of perfectly black
parents : between them was born one black child. The parents had
also several other black children, and one other female albino, that
died yomig. They are now about of the ages of seven and ten, and
may be considered as perfectly well-formed and Avell-developed chil-
dren, with the exception of an entire want of pigment in any of those
joortions of the body where Nature deposits it.

When they were in Boston before, I had an opportunity of exam-
ining the interior of their eyes with the ophthalmoscope. A report of
this examination will be found appended to Dr. Kneeland's remarks
in the " Medical Journal." I again had opportunity of an ophthalmo-
scopic examination on the afternoon of the day they were shown to
the Society : as this Avas three years and a half since the previous one^
and more successful, it is of some interest.

The children have developed well both mentally and physically.
The younger girl is, however, the stronger and more healthy : her
vision, and tolerance of light, is also proportionably better: this has
always been the case. Both children are near-sighted, apparently not
from amblyopia, but from the natural conformation of the eye. Their
power of vision, and tolerance of light, had so much increased, that
some deposit of pigment amongst the choroidal vessels was antici-
pated : none, however, was found. The pupils were circular, and
acted quickly under the influence of light ; the iris, of a light-blue
color from the blood in its vessels, appearing darker than it really is
by the shade thrown upon it, particularly in a side-light, by that por-
tion of the sclerotic which projects forward beyond its outer edge or
attachment. The eyes, after a few seconds of steady gazing, com-
mence to oscillate laterally : this has evidently been somewhat over-
come ; for it rendered the previous examination very difficult. The
pupils were not dilated artificially : the light used was about equal to
a common fish-tail gas-burner. In the previous examination, a single
candle was used ; and it was all the light that could be borne. The
ophthalmoscope used was the same as used before, — Professor Edward
von Jager's, — with the "weak reflector," composed of three plain sur-
faced pieces of thin glass laid together. The examination was made
with the " upright image," requiring " concave 6 " for my normal eye.
The amount of light did not cause the pupil to contract enough to
prevent a pretty fair view of the choroid, retina, and optic-nerve
entrance with its veins and arteries. The accommodation-power
was active. The appearances were those a perfectly normal eye,
entirely deprived of Its pigment, would give, and such as is in part

331

sometimes given by a diseased eye wlien its choroidal jjifziiK'nt and
''internal piument layer" have been broken down and absorbed or
displaced. The bottom of a normal eye appears through the ophthal-
moscope a darker or lighter shade of red, simply because we throw
sufficient light into it, and are enabled to receive the rays that are re-
flected back through the retina from the choroid. The albino's is the
same eye deprived of pigment: and thus, the light being allowed to
shine through the iris and sclerotic, we see the choroid through the
pupil of a pink color; and hence the popular saying, that albinos have
pink eyes. The same is true of white rabbits. "We sometimes get a
reflection from the bottom of some human eyes under certain angles of
light, dependent upon the relative position of observer and observed :
this, as it is uncommon, is considered unnatural.

These children were not of sufficient age to ascertain accurately the
degree of near-sightedness, some questions as to the circles of disper-
sion, and other points of physiological interest, &c. I asked the person
in whose charge they were to try the effect of some covers or blinders
made of thin gutta-percha, w-ith a horizontal slit in imitation of the
snow-blinders used by the Esquimaux, Avhich I had made for some
other albinos ; who, however, from prejudice, would not wear them.

Since these children were first in Boston, there have been three
albinos exhibited here, — a man, and his wife and child. I believe
there was no doubt that this w^as their relation. It would set at
rest the question raised in the books, whether perfect albinos are capa-
ble of perpetuating their race intei^ se. No power of persuasion could
induce these people to submit to an ophthalmoscopic examination of
their eyes. It was somewhere stated that their pupils were square,
instead of circular. I examined them carefully in reference to this
jioint ; and to me they were round, although in certain lights I saw
that they seemed square. The child, a boy, was, I think, near-sighted :
the ophthahnoscope alone could decide this ; for the amblyopia from ex-
cessive light would induce the albino to hold a book near to the eye ;
and the contraction of the brows and partial closing of the eyelids are
his means of excluding too great an amount of the rays from his retina,
laid bare, as it were, by the absence of pigment.

The President, on behalf of the Building Committee, made
a preliminary verbal report, to the effect tbat the new Soci-
ety Building at the corner of Berkeley and Boylston Streets
was nearly ready for permanent occu])ation ; that tlie libra-
ry-room, where the meetings were to be lield, was entirely
finished; and that enough storage-rooms were ready to ac-
commodate the collections.

332

After a lengthy discussion, it was voted that the library
be removed forthwith to the new building, and that the
meetings of the Society be held in the new library so soon
as the introduction of the gas would allow.

Messrs. Lyman Mason and William H. Dall of Boston,
and Mr. A. S. Packard, jun., of Cambridge, were elected Resi-
dent Members.

Kovemher 18, 1863.

The Society met, for the first time, in their new and capa-
cious building; the President, Dr. Jeffries Wyman, in the
chair : 79 members present.

Mr. F. W. Putnam read the following letter he had re-
ceived from Mr. James G. Shute : —

WOBURN, Nov. 11, 1863.

My dear Sir: —

As I cannot be present at the next meeting of the Society, I would
like to have you read the following observations on the mode of birth
in the Opossum, made by me while in Beaufort, N. C, March 16, 1863.

During the delivery of the young, the parent lay upon the right
side, with the body curved in such a manner as to bring the vulva
nearly opposite the mouth of the pouch, which was opened, or drawn
down, by contraction of the muscles, so as to receive the young when
delivered. The young were seven in number. The time occupied in
the delivery was about four hours. The parent remained in the same
position about thirty-six hours, and refused all sustenance.

Immediately after the transfer of the young to the pouch, I removed
one, by detaching it from the teat, in order to ascertain if the move-
ment of the foetus was instinctive. I found that it was at least partly
voluntary, as ii made an effort to regain its place in the pouch ; and
the same movement was made on the part of the parent to receive it
as at first. I did not notice any use of the lips or limbs of the parent
during the transfer. March 24, the parent was killed, and I put the
young in alcohol. Yours truly,

James G. Shute.

The President spoke of the value of these observations,
and of the difficulties previously encountered in observing
the transfer of the young to the pouch* Drs. Myddleton

333

Michel and Bachraan's observations were by no means so
complete, since they did not actually see what transpired,
but only inferred what the method of removal was from
what was noticed before and after the transfer.

Dr. Charles T. Jackson exhibited specimens of Ceanotlms
americanus, or Jersey Tea, recently announced by some
speculators as the Chinese Tea-plant, growing on the old red
sandstone districts of Pennsylvania ; and also a copy of the
charter of the American Tea Company.

Dr. Charles Pickering stated that he had recently found
Juncus trifidus, an arctic and alpine plant, growing uj^on the
top of Mount Monadnock, whose height had been given at
3,600 feet ; while the upper limit of trees on the White
Mountains was seldom if ever lower than 3,900 or 4,000 feet.
He explained their living at so much less an altitude by the
fact that the upper portion of Mount Monadnock is so rocky
as not to allow of the growth of trees upon it, for want of suf-
ficient soil, rendering the summit much less sheltered than
similar wooded elevations would be.

Dr. Gray remarked, that the discovery of so peculiarly an
arctic plant upon Mount Monadnock was quite unexpected.
Grandfather Mountain, in North Carolina, of very much
greater elevation (5,897 feet), was wooded to the summit, or
with the exception of a very small peak, where only the alpine
plants grew. Willoughby Mountain, near the Canada line,
was much lower than Monadnock, but nourished quite a gar-
den of subalpine plants. Dr. Gray thought that the only
valid explanation of their presence was that which referred
their origin to a time previous to the glacial epoch ; these
little patches being left in the only spots which still preserved
an arctic character in their climate.

Mr. A. S. Bickmore exhibited to the Society a specimen of
A7n2Moxus (Lancelet), which he had collected on Bird Shoal,
a sand-bank off Beaufort, X.C, March 9, 18G2, while digging
for Lingula pyramidata during a very low spring tide.

The specimen was found in the sand, two or three inches below the
surface ; and was so active, that it escaped once, and was with difficulty
captured a second time. Its color was milk-white, and the animal was

334

transparent. ^.Ir. Bickmore said that this was the second specimen
only of this interesting genus that had been taken on our coast ; the
first having been found by Messrs. Stimpson and Gill near the same
place.

]\Ir. F. W. Putnam said that the specimen exhibited seemed to differ
sHghtly from the figures of the European species of the genus; but it
would be impossible to decide upon the identity or non-identity of our
species with the European until specimens are received from Europe
with which to make the comparison. There have been several spe-
cies of the genus Amphioxus, or BraticTiiostoma, described : among them
is one from the West Indies, described by Sundevall under the name
of Branchiostoma caribceum. Dr. Peters has considered this identical
with the European species. The specimen found by Mr. Bickmore
will very likely prove to be the same species as B. caribceum. Mr.
Putnam thought that it was hardly possible for Branchiostoma to be
the young of some Myzont, as has been suggested ; as he did not know
of any Myzont on our southern coast but the Lancelet.

Dr. J. Wyman gave an account of the results of his obser-
vations on the development of skates, and especially of
Haia hatis. The following changes were noticed : —

The vitelline duct, during early foetal life, forms, in connection with
the omphalo-mesenteric vessels, an umbilical cord, which, however, soon
becomes shortened, so that, during the middle and latter stages, the
foetus rests directly upon the yelk.

The form of the embryo is at first eel-shaped, and then shark-shaped :
before reaching its permanent form, the pectoral fins take on the pro-
portions of those of Pristis, Rhinobatus, and Sguatina. The dorsal
fins are formed on the middle of the tail, but subsequently change
their position to the end of it. In the Torpedos, and many other Se-
lachians, this change of place does not take place. In recently
hatched young of Raia balls, the tail is still prolonged beyond the dor-
sals, as is permanently the case in Uraptera.

Adult skates have no anal fin: the eaibryos of them, however, have
a remarkably large and broad one, until the middle of their foetal life,
when it becomes atrophied, and wholly disappears. The branchial fis-
sures are originally seven in number : the seventh closes up wholly ;
while the first is transformed into the spiracle, and is homologous with
the Eustachian tube and the outer auditory canal of air-breathing ani-
mals. The nostrils first appear as simple depressions in the integu-
ment, at a distance from the mouth ; and the curious flap between
them is the result of the thickening of the intervening skin. Tiiis, as
Professor Agassiz has pointed out, very closely resembles the intermax-
illary bud of the embryos of the higher animals.

335

The yelk, as in birds, is wholly with(h"awn into the abdomen, at
about the time of, or soon after, hatchinnr. Recently hatched skates
were found with a very small portion of yelk still "protrudin,L% and
others not hatched had the yelk in very nearly the same condition.

The Librarian called attention to the botanical library be-
queathed to the Society by the late Dr. B. D. Green, now for
the first time upon our shelves; stating that it was far richer
than was supposed, and that Mrs. Green liad more thnn car-
ried out the liberal intentions of Dr. Green in the addition
of many works of rare value.

Dr. J. C. White asked the attention of the Society to sev-
eral of the skeletons from the menagerie collection, recently
mounted by Mr. Sceva; and stated, that, when the work be-
fore Mr. Sceva was accomplished, the Society would be in
possession of the finest series of mounted skeletons in the
country.

Dr. A. A. Gould stated that the Record Book of the Lin-
naean Society of Xew England had recently come into his
possession ; and he pjroposed to deposit it in the archives of
this Society, accompanying his gift with the following epit-
ome of the Records : —

Entering, as our Society now does, upon a new phase of its career, it
may be deemed a fitting occasion to take a retrospective glance at tlie
beginnings, the p?'imonHa and incunabula, of natural history in this
region. Up to the last fifty years, no one, so far as I can ascertain,
had given anj^ attention to the subject, sufiiciently, at least, to entitle
him to be called a naturalist. The most important exception was the
Rev. Manassah Cutler, who published quite a comprehensive and sci-
entific paper in the " Memoirs of the American Academy," vol. i. pp.
396-494, entitled " Account of some of the Vegetal)le Productions
naturally growing in this Part of America, botanically arranged."
This, with some treatises on the medicinal properties of herbs, some
investigations into the natural history of the Bible. Mather's '' Mag-
nalia," Harris's " Natural History of the Bible," Thacher's " Dispensa-
tory," and a few scattered papers of similar character, comjirise them
all. We might, perhaps, except also the renowned Dr. Benjamin
Waterhouse, who seems to have brought with him from Holland some
general notions of systematic natural history : at least, he published
a pamphlet, of which I have a copy, entitled " Heads of a Course

336

of Lectures on Natural History," Cambridge, 1810, in which he dis-
tributes the lower animals under the heads of Ornithology, Amphibi-
ology, Ichthyology, Insects, and Vermes ; which latter are pronounced
to be " the outskirts of animated nature, extending to the confines of
the vegetable world." In a note, he says he will extend, contract, or
omit parts of his programme, to suit his audience ; and it does not
appear whether or not he ever had any audience at all.

Prof W. D. Peck occupied the chair of Natural History at Harvard
College from 1805 to 1822, when he died. He gave such instruction
as was demanded, which was very little ; and wrote some practical papers
for the Agricultural Transactions, the more important of which were
the natural history of the " Slug-worm " and of the " Canker-worm."
Previous to the year 1814, no combined systematic effort had been
made for the promotion of natural history in this State. In Decem-
ber of that year, a Society was duly formed for this purpose. It
flourished for a few years, and then collapsed. Few of the present
day are aware that such a Society, the Linnaean Society, ever ex-
isted here ; and the memory of it has nearly passed from the gen-
eration that knew it. By chance, the records of it have lately been
brought to light, and have fallen into my hands, and are fittingly to be
deposited in our archives. But, first, it seemed to me that it would be
interesting, especially at this moment, to draw from its pages an
epitome of its origin and fortunes for your hearing.

It was originally named the " New-England Society for the Promo-
tion of Natural History." The first meeting was held at the room of
Dr. Jacob Bigelow, Dec. 8, 1814. Present, W. S. Shaw and Octa-
vius Pickering, Esqs., Drs. Channing, Gushing, Perkins, Bigelow, and
Hayward, and Messrs. Tucker, Dana, Webster, and Ware. Dr. Chan-
ning was chosen chairman, and Dr. Bigelow secretary, for the evening.
Drs. Bigelow and Hayward, and Mr. Pickering, were chosen a commit-
tee to frame a Constitution, which was duly adopted at a meeting two
evenings afterward. It provided for a President, Vice-President,
a Corresponding and a Recording Secretary, Treasurer, and Cabinet-
keeper, and assigned the usual duties. There were to be Immediate,
Corresponding, and Honorary Members. Entire unanimity was re-
quired for election. An annual assessment of five dollars was laid ; a
fine of fifty cents imposed for absence ; and, for three absences, a for-
feiture of membership was incurred. An Executive Committee of five
was to manage the rooms and collections. No specimens were to be
received on deposit, and none removed without a special vote. Meet-
ings were held weekly, on Saturday evenings. The members were
divided into six classes : viz., for minerals ; for plants and vegetables ;
for (juadrupeds and birds ; for fishes, reptiles, and serpents ; for insects;
and for vermes, corals, madrepores, &c. Hon. John Davis was chosen

337

President ; William S. Shaw, Vice-President ; Jacob Bigelow, Corre-
sponding Secretary; George Hay ward, llecording Secretary; Octavius
Pickering, Treasurer; John W. Webster, Cabinet-keeper. A room
was obtained in Joy's Buildings, and niembei-s were invited to bring in
specimens. At the meeting on Dec. 29, a considerable collection
was reported; and it was provided that those who gave specimens
should accompany them with a written account of them. A connnon-
place-book, in which to note down facts and observations relating to
natural history, was also decreed. A recovery of this volume would
be a most desirable curiosity.

1815. — The name of the Society not proving satisfactory, it Avas
changed, Jan. 21, to "Linna^an Society of Xew England." The
first paper offered was by Mr. J. Freeman Dana (Jan. 28), and
was entitled " An Analysis of the Incrustation formed upon the Basket
of Eggs from Derbyshire, Eng., presented by Judge Davis." Feb. 4,
it was agreed that each member should prepare some animal for the
collection; and, Feb. 15, "a considerable number of animals was
presented, all prepared during the week." A committee appointed
to report on the best methods of preserving specimens, another to
have popular directions prepared and printed for masters of vessels,
another to report on the expediency of becoming incorporated, Dr.
Bigelow to prepare a newspaper account of the objects and wants of
the Society, were among the active measures adopted for advancing
its interests. March 4, a second paper was read by Mr. John Lowell,
" On the Resemblance between certain Customs of the Modern Italians
and Ancient Romans." A Cjuarterly meeting was enacted, to which
all classes of members should be invited ; and a paper on some subject
connected with the pursuits of the Society was to be read by a person
appointed at a previous meeting. The first of these addresses was
given by the President, Judge Davis, June 21, 1815; which is recorded
as " an elegant address on the advantages of natural hLstory and
the objects of the institution."

Among the pleasant features of the Society was that of holding the
annual meeting at some place out of town, where the day was spent
in collecting specimens : the officers were elected, and the occasion
was crowned by a convivial dinner. One of these took place at Rich-
ards', in Brookliue, at which it is recorded that the Hon. John Lowell
and Hon. Josiah Quincy were present; another, at Fresh Pond;
another, down the harbor ; and another, up the Middlesex Canal by
invitation of Mr. Sullivan, dining at Woburn. Thus the Society went
onward, literally rejoicing. The room soon became too small, and a
larger one was procured in Boylston Hall. M. Duchesne, " an inge-
nious Frenchman, was engaged to prepare animals, and take care of

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. 22 MAIUH, ISCo.

338

the cabinet ; " and the hall was opened to the public from four to six,
P.M., on Saturdays.

Among the donations, the first one specified was a likeness of Mr.
Roscoe, presented by Mr. Francis Boott. Commodore Stewart, of the
frigate " Constitution," presented two living tigers. These tigers were
somehow lost, as we find a record of settlement with Mr. Savage for
their loss, February, 1818, the avails of which came at an opportune
moment to make up for deficit in rent (some of the members of this
Society may recollect sundry donations of living cougars, lions, owls,
eagles, tortoises, &c., which in a similar manner came to grief) ; a liv-
ing bear from Commodore Chauncey ; Chinese insects from B. P. Til-
den ; corals fi-om Dr. Swift ; minerals from Vesuvius ; birds from
France ; birds from Africa; a series of English game-birds; a caribou;
and, above all, is announced " the most interesting and valuable speci-
men the country affords ; namely, a large species of deer, commonly
called the elk, of which no accurate account has been given."

There can be no doubt that the few men who composed the active
members labored zealously and successfully. In the record for Novem-
ber, 1816, the secretary says, " The zeal of the members seems to be
unabated ; and, if the collection continues to increase for a few years
in the same proportion, it will surpass every establishment of the kind
in the United States, and almost rival those of Europe."

In June, 1817, by previous arrangement, a special meeting was held
to listen to an address from Dr. Channing. The society was honored
by the presence of the Governor, Lieutenant-Governor, Council, Pres-
ident of the University, President and members of the Senate, and
many other gentlemen of distinction. There was also a considerable
number of ladies. The whole company seemed surprised at the size
of the collection, and highly pleased with the general appearance of
order and neatness in every part of the cabinet. Dr. Channing read
his address upon " the importance of literature and science, particularly
to the inhabitants of New England." The claims of this Society to
public patronage were stated, and urged with great force and inge-
nuity; and the rapid increase and value of the specimens were set
forth. The interest excited at this meeting gave the Society reason to
believe that the importance of their institution was fully appreciated,
and that the public already felt disposed to protect and patronize it.

But, alas ! here the good star of the Society appears to have culmi-
nated. The famous inquiry into the existence and nature of the sea-
serpent, it is true, took place subsequently to this ; but it did not add
greatly to the laurels of the Society. It was the only paper ever pub-
lished by the Society, as such. But, early in 1818, we find a proposi-
tion to unite with the Athena3um, or to adopt some other way for the
preservation of the cabinet. The meetings, from February to July,

339

are said not to have been holclen with as mueli reo;nlarity as heretofore-
April, 1819, it is said that the meetings were not licld with any re<;-
ularity : several nnsuccessful attempts had been made to hire individu-
als to preserve the specimens; and the members had the mortification
of seeing amnseuni going to decay, that had cost them so nmch labor
and expense. But it seemed to be inevitable : they were most of them
engaged in professional pursuits, and, of course, could not give their
personal services ; and the funds were not suflicient to hire it to be
done. Things went on thus till March, 1820; when a meeting was
held to consider the expediency of disposing of the collection. The
members, however, agreed, that, if a subscription of SI 00 per an-
num for ten years could be obtained, they would renew their efforts.
This was obtained, and considerably more. An act of incorporation
was obtained in June, 1820; several new members were elected; the
formation of a library was voted expedient ; a few donations were
made, among which were the bones of a camel, and two specimens of
a cast of the famous Chinese monster, A-ke, one of which was subse-
quently given to the Medical College. Very few, if any, communica-
tions were made. In this lingering state it continued until July,
1822 ; when a committee was appointed to consider what could be done,
who reported, " that it appears, by the resignation and non-attendance
of members, that it has become burdensome to support its meetings
and collections in the manner they have hitherto done : therefore it is
expedient to suspend the meetings, give up the rooms of the Society,
and place the collection, or such part of it as can be preserved, in
some place where it may occasion no further expense to the Society or
its contributors." It was first offered to the Athenaeum, but the trus-
tees declined accepting it ; then to the corporation of Harvard Col-
lege, who agreed to accept the unperishable specimens, and $264.29^,
the cash balance in the treasury ; to erect a building to receive them ;
and to grant to the members free access to the collection and to the
Botanic Garden. The perishable specimens, such as stuffed skins and
specimens in alcohol, were given to INIr. Greenw^ood, the proprietor of
the New-England Museum, with the right of free admission ; and were
sold at auction when that establishment terminated. Many of them
were bought by Mr. Kimball, and are still in his Museum.

As the College failed to comply with the condition to erect a build-
ing, a meeting of the members accessible was called, December, 18.'K>,
and the specimens, or such of them as might not have jjerished.
were reclaimed, that they might be made useful for the purposes origi-
nally intended; and they were subsequently given to this Society. A
few empty glazed cases, or containing dilapidated monkeys and birds,
altogether unsuitable for our use, was all that we ever received.

Dr. Gould closed by endeavoring, from a review of the history of

340

this Society as well as of our own, to impress upon the members the
importance of preparing and arranging the collections by direct per-
sonal labor, if they would insure the success of the Society and the
advance of our science.

The following is a list of the papers presented before the Society : —

1815, Jan. 21. J. Freeman Dana. Analysis of the incrustation formed on
the Basket of Eggs from Derbyshire.

Feb. 11. J. Freeman Dana. Account of the Ichneumon atrator.

]\Iarch 4. Hon. John Lowell. On the resemblance between certain customs
of the modern Italians and ancient Romans.

June 21 (quarterly). Judge Davis. On the Advantages of Natural History,
and the Objects of this Institution.

Sept. 20 (quarterly). On the History and Medical Properties of a Native
Plant, Triosteum perfoliatum.

Nov. Mr. Goodwin of Sandwich. Account of Tadpoles in that Place.

1816, April. Judge Davis. Account of several Insects from China.
June. J. Freeman Dana. Observations on the Monadnock Mountain.
Aug. J. Bigelow. Some account of an Expedition to tlie White Mountains,

undertaken by himself and a few other members of the Societ3\
Nov. J. F. Dana. On the Chemical Composition of Saratoga Waters.
Dec. John Ware. Dissection of two Pigs preternaturally united.

1817, Jan. George Hayward. Description of an Elk, and the appearance
presented on dissection.

Feb. Judge Davis. Translation, from the Transactions of the Swedish
Academy, of a paper on the Luminosity of the Ocean.

April. Samuel L. Dana. On the Geology and Mineralogy of Cambridge
and the Vicinity.

June 18 (special). Walter Channing. Public Address on the Importance
of Literature and Science, particularly to the inhabitants of New England, set-
ting forth the history and claims of the Society.

Aug. George Hayward. On the medicinal properties of Phytolacca decan-
di-a.

Sept. and Oct. Reports on the Sea-serpent. Report of a Committee relative
to a large marine animal, supposed to be a serpent, seen near Cape Ann in
August, 1817. This was the mafjmim opus of the Society, and the only one
published under its auspices in a separate form. It was in an octavo of 52
pages, and two copperplates illustrating the form and dissection of a smaller
specimen, supposed to be the young.

1818, Aug. J. W. Webster. On the Mineralogy and Geology of the Is-
land of St. Michael's.

Mr. W. Putnam Kuhn was elected a Resident Member.

3^1

December 2, 18G8.
The Prosiclent in the cliair.

Mr. T. T. Bouve remarked, that, before we proceeded to
business, it seemed to him meet tliat we should express in some
way our appreciation of tlie loss which this Society and the
community generally have suftered in the death of our
friend and associate, Mr. Francis Alger.

"Public-spirited," continued Mr. Bouve, "he always felt a
strong interest in all institutions designed for the welfn-e of
the people, and often gave of his means for their endow-
ment. Especially was he interested in the promulgation of
knowledge relating to his favorite branch of science, — that
of Mineralogy. To further this, he Avas always ready to give
specimens ; and often liberally invited parties interested to
select from his duplicates whatever might be of service to
them. Many are indebted to him for such flavors.

" Sad, indeed, is it to me, Mr. President, when I look back
upon my early endeavors to find sympathy in the study that
interested me, and reflect that two of the only three persons
I could then find to aid me in my inquiries, and to hold out
to me the hand of fellowship in my pursuit (Dr. Martin Gay
and Mr. Francis Alger), are numbered with the dead. The
other I refer to is my friend Dr. C. T. Jackson.

" It is but a few days since that Mr. Alger suggested to me
liis intention to send some of his large beryls and other min-
erals to adorn our grounds outside the building ; and such
was his interest in the Society, that I cannot but think that
his large collection of minerals would have come into our
possession, at a not distant day, if his sudden departure had
not prerented the fruition of his wishes."

Dr. A. A. Gould referred to the communications presented
to the Society by Mr. Alger, which were always fully and sci-
entifically done, yet presented with great modesty, and all
sufygestions received with deference.

On motion of Mr. Bouve, Dr. Charles T. Jackson was re-
quested to prepare suitable rr'^olnlions, and present them at
a future meetinjr-

342

Prof. II. J. Clark presented a coraraunication, in which he
stated that he had recently discovered the eggs of Tubula-
ria; and that it was owing to their minute size and exces-
sive transi>arency that they had not been seen before. In
this connection, he described the mode of formation of the
meduso-genital of these Hydroids, showing that it differs from
all that has been published hitherto.* He also announced
his discovery of the female of Ixhizogeton fusiformis^ Ag.

The ovigerons meduso-genital is borne singly upon a stem, which
is at least two-thirds as long as that of the sterile form. The young
leave their parent in the planula state by breaking through the wall
of the medusoid : but the latter being covered by a filmy, chitinous
investment, the planules are held in it for a while, and sometimes until
all of them have escaped from the parent ; and then, being grouped
in a close mass about the latter, they very naturally would be, at first
sight, mistaken for medusoids attached to a hydroid head, in the same
way as occurs in Clava. This is rendered all the more deceptive from
the fact, that when the medusoid is empty it elongates, and the wall of
the proboscis presses more or less closely against the wall of the bell,
and the two together seem as if they were the two walls of a hydroid
head. This peculiarity has led Prof. Agassiz to state in the fourth
volume of his " Contributions," in regard to the male medusoid, that
" one and the same individual medusa, after discharging its reproductive
organs, is metamorphosed into a hydra." This, Prof. Clark believed,
was not true ; nor was there any thing in the description or illustrations
in the" Contributions" which warranted such a statement. The proper
explanation is, that the medusoid withers and becomes resorbed ; and
then a hydroid head develops, in all probability, directly from the end
of the old stem.

Mr. A. E. Verrill read the follow^ing papers : —

Description of a Species of Samia, supposed to be new,
FROM Norway, Me. — By S. I. Smith.

Among the Attaci collected by me the past season, there is a pair of
moths closely allied to Samia Cecropia Hiibner, which I am unable to
refer to any described species. A single specimen of the same species,
obtained in 18G2, was forwarded to the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy at Cambridge, and there pronounced new by Mr. A. S. Packard,
jun. I have therefore, with the entire approbation of Mr. Packard,

* This is published, witli full details, in the " Americiiu Journal of Science " for
January, 1864.

343

who is himself engaged upon a monogra])li of this group, prepared the
following description of this interesting additiun to our insect fauna: —

Samia Columbia.

(f . Antennje black, and broadly pectinate<l. Paliji dark maroon
brown. Thorax with a white band before; ui)pcr side dark maroon,
■with a short gray band beliind; beneath black; the legs also bhuk,
slightly tinged with brownish toward the extremities. Abdomen an-
nulated with alternate black and dirty white.

Above. Primaries with a grayish white band near the base, ex-
tending from the inner nearly to the costal border, and enclosing a red-
dish-brown patch at the base. The middle area of the wing is dark
brown, tinged with reddish toward the centre, and contains a triangular
white discal spot, bordered on the side toward the base with black, and
on the other sides with grayish brown. There is a narrow wliite trans-
verse band, wider toward the inner border, between the middle and outer
area. A sinuous black line, on a clay-colored ground, crosses the ])Oste-
rior border. Near the apex there is a round black spot, containing a
bluish-white crescent, with its horns toward the outer border : between
this and another small oblong black spot at the apex, there is a zigzag
white line in the form of a W, with the upper side toward the outer
border. A space along the costal border, extending from this zigzag
line almost to the middle area, is bluish white, growing darker and
more indistinct as it approaches the transverse band. A short band
between the middle area and the grayish outer border, extending from
the inner border a third of the way across the wing, is dark gi-ayish
brown, becoming lighter as it leaves the inner border. Secondaries
with a small dirty white spot on the shoulder, and the anterior bor-
der just edged with the same. A white transverse band similar to
the one on the primaries. The space between this band and the base
of the wing is dark brown, with the discal spot large and white : the
outer border is margined with clay-color, bounded on the inside by
an arcuate black line. Just inside of this line, there is a band of ob-
long black spots on a grayish ground : the space between this band of
spots and the transverse band is occupied by a wide grayish-brown
band.

Beneath, the markings of the upper side are re])eated ; but all the
reddish tints are wanting, so as to leave the ground-c-olor of the wings
black, intermingled with whitish scales. The discal spots are bordered
with black.

?. The antenna? are less broadly pectinated than in the male, and
all the colors less intense. Discal spots of the ])riniaries almost obso-
lete ; being oidy short lines bordered with black, and parallel to the

344

transverse band. Discal spots of the secondaries much smaller than in
the male, and more rounded.

Expanse of wings, cf 4 in. ; ? 4.9 in. Icf , 1 ?.

The cocoon is double ; the outer coat being an oblong oval, pointed
at the upper end ; dark ashy-brown, with little patches of silvery silk,
and with an irregular, knobby surface. It is attached longitudinally
to the side of a twig. The inner cocoon is of a regular oval at both
ends, and closely woven upon the outer coat, except at the upper end,
where the point of the outer cocoon extends above the inner one.
Among about twenty cocoons, there seems to be scarcely any varia-
tion.

Length of cocoon, 1.80 to 2.15 in.; diameter, .6 to .8 inches.

All the cocoons * were found, during the fall and winter, upon or
near an extensive bog covered with low bushes. They were mostly
attached to Nemojyanilies canadensis and Rliodora canadensis ; a few
were found upon Kalmia angustifoUa and maple, and one upon a
larch. The larva3 undoubtedly feed upon the first two plants, and
perhaps upon the others; but the cocoons were always where the larvse
might have fed upon the Nemopanthes or Rhodora.

The imagines appeared May 24 and 29.

This species differs materially in color from S. Cecropia. The male
has the antennas, palpi, thorax, and legs much darker. The short gray
band on the hind part of the thorax is not found in S. Cecropia. The
discal spots of all the wings are white instead of dull red, with a white
centre. The transverse bands of both pairs of wings are white instead
of dull red, bordered internally with white. It wants the broad white
band so conspicuous on the anterior border of the secondaries of S.
Cecropia, and also the reddish tints and markings near the apices of
the primaries.

The female differs from the female of S. Cecropia in having the
palpi, thorax, legs, and abdominal rings dark brown, or almost black,
instead of dull red. The discal spots of the primaries are linear, ob-
scure, and parallel to the transverse band, instead of broad, conspicu-
ous, and parallel to the costal border. The discal spots of the seconda-
ries are small, and almost round, instead of large and somewhat trian-
gular. As in the male, it has the white on the hind part of the thorax,
and wants the white on the anterior border of the secondaries, and
also the red on the apices of the primaries, on the discal spots, and on
the transverse bands.

* This species seems to be infested by an unusually large number of parasites ;
since, out of more than twenty cocoons, I have succeeded in raising but three,
nearly all the rest having- been destroyed by ichneumons and other parasites. Its
remarkable rarity is, perhaps, due to this fact.

345

The cocoon differs greatly from that of S. Cecropia. It is inucli
smaller, and of a more regular form. It is dark brown, api)roaching
black in some places, with silvery spots, instead of unifoi-nily light
brown. The inner and outer cocoons are so closely woven together,
except at the very top, as to be separated with dilHculty ; while in S.
Cecropia they are separated by ({uite a space filled with loose silk.

It seems to differ also in habits ; preferring the plants of boggy or
swampy lands, instead of those of cultivated or high lands.

Two species of parasites, both of them ichneumons, were raised from
the cocoons of this moth. Of the first, about fifteen appeared from one
cocoon, May 21 and 22. They escaped by gnawing small round holes
through the sides of the cocoon ; several escaping through one hole.
These expanded about four-tenths of an inch. The other species ap-
peared from June 19 to »Tuly 10. They escaped from the upper end
of the cocoons, apparently without gnawing the outer coat. They ex-
panded about eight-tenths of an inch.

KoTES ox T^YO Ichneumons parasitic on Samia Columbia.
By a. S. Packard, Jun.

Most of the cocoons of this fine moth were found by Mr. Smith to
be ichneumoned. The parasites Avere not only hatched out alive, but,
upon cutting into cocoons apparently free from their attacks, the Samia
pupa was found to be missing, and the cocoon crowded with those of
the Cryptus parasite. They were half an inch in length, being long
and slender; consisting of an outer tough parchment-like case, and an
inner much more delicate one. They were about forty in number,
and arranged longitudinally, with their anterior extremities directed
toward the opening for the exit of the moth itself Many of the para-
sites had escaped through the natural exit ; others, which had hatched
from cocoons situated far back, unable to force their way forwards, had
mostly died while attempting to bore their way through the extremely
dense cocoon of the moth.

No differences could be perceived between the cocoons, though
belonging to two quite distinct species.

Cryptus sami^ (n. sp.).
cf The head, thorax, and four terminal joints of the abdomen are
black ; and the whole surface of the body is finely punctate, especially
on the head and thorax. Antenna3 : two basal joints black ; the re-
mainder pale brown, especially so toward the tip ; while, on the upper
side of the basal half, they are black; palpi very pale, almost prui-
nose ; the terminal joint much darker. Legs reddish testaceous ; coxa
of first and second pairs very pale, concolorous with the tarsi : tore
trochanters, black; middle pair reddish testaceous, with a black dot

346

above; hind pair almost wholly black, testaceous beneath ; tip of hind
femora, outer three-fourths of the tibite, and base of first tarsal joint,
black ; claws of all the legs, dark ; base of the first segment of the
abdomen, black ; the remainder reddish testaceous, except the four
terminal black joints.

Length, .40 inch ; length of fore wing, .23 inch.

? The female differs in having the antenna3 darker, and being
broadly annulated with white in the middle. The labial palpi are dark
throughout, with only the tips of the joints pale whitish. Fore tro-
chanters touched with reddish beneath, while the two hinder pairs are
wholly reddish testaceous. The legs are as described above, except
that the fore and middle coxae are testaceous, and not pale as in the cT.
The abdomen does not differ in coloration : the ovipositor itself is red-
dish black, while the sheath is black.

Length, .44 inch; including the ovipositor, .Go inch; length of fore
wing, .33 inch.

The other species is one-half as large, and differs from C. samice by
its wholly black antennas and abdomen. I propose for it the name —

Cryptus Smithii (n. sp.).

d Head, thorax, and abdomen, black ; antenna3, blackish-brown
throughout ; palpi, pale testaceous ; legs, reddish testaceous, — the
hind pair, with the outer two-thirds of the tibia3, blackish ; coxae and
trochanters, reddish testaceous.

Length, .23 inch ; length of fore wing, .18 inch.

The female differs from the other sex only in coloration, by the
duller, darker legs ; the antennae being the same.

Length, .27 inch ; including the ovipositor, .35 inch ; length of fore
wing, .25 inch.

This species is duller colored than C. samice, which is shining jet-
black or testaceous, as the case may be. The middle meso-scutal
piece is much narrower, longer, and more distinct, in C. samice; the
c? abdomen is longer ; and the ovipositor, which is longer than the ab-
domen in C. samice, is nearly a third shorter than the abdomen in
C. Smithii. The mcta-thorax of C. Smithii is much rougher than that
of C. samice.

Among twenty specimens of the larger species, there was no marked
variation: but one of the smaller species (C. Smithii), of which there
were ten (f and ? specimens, was a cf which is a little larger than the
others; i.e., .30 inch long. However, the abdomen differed from that
of C samice in being less clavate, more acute at the tip, and flatter
throughout, being more ovate.

Dr. Charles Pickering, referring to the discussion at the

347

previous meeting relative to Amphioxus, read tlie following
extracts from his notes taken while on the United -States
Exploring Expedition under Capt. Wilkes : —

Feb. 3, 1842, Sulu Island in sight (between Mindanao and Borneo).
A7nj)hioxus captured ; it was scarcely more than a third of an incii
long; struggled when taken out of the water; rather stiiV like an
Ammodytes, and in solidity and motions resembling a fish; but, when
replaced in water and examined with a microscope, the surface of
the body, on seeming intercostal spaces, was found occupied by series
of vihratile cilice, continually in motion, and not unlike the so-called
" branchise " of Salpa.

The animal itself, being transparent, presented interior lines having
the semblance of a skeleton. These lines did not ai)pear to be nerves ;
for they were devoid of expansions and of ganglia. The animal had
no head, eyes, nostrils, mouth, nor brain ; the organ holding the place
of a medulla splnahs terminating anteriorly in an obtuse point; and
seemed, besides, devoid of branches. A nervous system, therefore,
could not be made out. The absence of a heart was also noted, and
of blood-vessels, and all signs of a circulation.

The so-called "mouth" was much as in Yarrel's figure, and ap-
peared to lead into a large cavity occupying the thoracilbrm jjortion
of the body ; which cavity was continued beyond, and again enlarged
into a loose sack, marked with longitudinal lines or furrows, and, at
the extremity, occasionally manifesting a slight retractile movement ;
but whether a vent was situated here could not be determined.
Above the loose sack was something like an intestine, prolonged into
the tail, and containing extraneous substances ; its contractile move-
ments seeming too quick for peristaltic.

Transparency being also incongruous with the class Vcrtel)rata, the
conclusion arrived at was, that the Amphioxus is neither a verte-
brate animal nor a mollusk. After a brief examination, the specimen
was handed to Mr. Dana; whose figure will probably supply further
particulars.

In consequence of the discovery of an Amphioxus on our own coast,
the above observations are offered for comparison, in order tiiat, if
possible, the real affinities of the animal may be ascertained.

Prof. J. Wyman observed that the researches of Quar-
trefages and Peters, on the European species of this genus,
had proved, beyond question, that this aninjal is a true
vertebrate.

Mr. Thomas Galheld made some remarks on the action «.f
sunlii-htoii windo\v-i;lasb.

348

He believed that his experiments in connection with the subject
were original as to their method aad their extent, although it had long
been observed in Europe that colorless or light-colored plate-glass had
turned to a purple hue by exposure to intense sunlight. One case *
is cited of a change to a gold color ; and one experiment recorded by
Dr. Faraday, f some forty years ago, proving that a light purple
changed to a darker hue after eight months' exposure.

Other experiments are on record showing the action of glass of
ditferent colors as media in the transmission of light and of heat ; but
none, Avith the above exception, showing the effect produced on the
glass itself.

An experience of some twenty years in the window-glass business
had only presented a few isolated cases of supposed change of color
from this cause, which were attributed to some obvious defect in an
article of inferior manufacture ; but, within a short time, he had
heard of the change of color in an article of superior manufacture, in
a quantity of white plate-glass, of which some lights had been broken
out of a window in which they had been exposed to the sun.

This fact coming to his knowledge led him to try an experiment
with several specimens of plate, crown, and sheet glass, during the
month of July last ; which proved that a month's exposure to a hot
sun would change the best white French plate and all white sheet
glass, such as is used for photographs and engravings, to a color
containing more or less of a yellow hue. The dark green and dark
blue or bluish green did not experience any change ; but any hue
which approached a white, whether bluish, greenish, or yellowish
white, turned to a yellowish color.

A second series of experiments, commenced in July, and continued
three months, on some thirty specimens from France, England, Bel-
gium, Germany, and the United States, only confirmed the results of
the first ; and a daily examination at first, and afterward from week
to week, and month to month, revealed the interesting fact, that,
even after a single day's exposure to a July sun, the change of color
will, in some instances of the lightest hues, commence.

So remarkable was the change in a week, affecting nearly all the
light-colored glasses, that Mr. Gafheld commenced a third experiment
on the 6 th of August which should speak for itself. He then exhibited
to the Society ten pieces of French white plate-glass, four by two inches
in size (all of which were cut from the same sheet), one of which showed
the original colorless glass, and the others exhibiting the change of
hue towards yellow, after exposure respectively of one, two, and four
days ; one, two, and three weeks ; one, two, and three months.

* .Journal of Society of Arts for Feb. 15, 1S54.

1 Dr. Faraday's Chemical Kesearches. London, 1859, p. 142.

349

The changes in the first four days were slight ; but the hist spe-
cimens were so yellow as to exhibit a contrast very marked, and
excited the interest of all the members present. That the color perme-
ates the body of the glass, and is not confined to the surface, or jyro-
duced by reflection therefrom, has been conclusively proved by grind-
ing off about one-sixteenth of an inch from both surfaces and the
four edges of a duplicate exposed specimen, which, after repolishing,
still exhibited the same yellow color.

The glasses exposed were all what are called colorless window-
glasses, although they varied in tinge and hue from the whitest French
plate to the darkest green English sheet-jxlass.

An experiment for four months, from July to November, on really
colored glasses, red, green, yellow, blue, and purple, showed no change
except in the purple, which became slightly darker.

The experiments were carried on upon a rough plate-glass roof,
nearly horizontal, and which received the rays of the sun during the
greater part of the day. In all cases, strips corresponding to those
exposed, and cut off from the same pieces, were placed in the dark,
to be compared with the other specimens after exposure.

It will be noticed that the dark green, blue, and bluish green did
not change. The color of the Belgian sheet (called German or French
by glass-dealers in America), a yellowish or brownish green, did not
change ; and these were the only exceptions. All plate-glasses changed,
except an inferior blue quality, and a superior crystal plate of a green-
ish color, made in Germany, and at the only factory which has not
given up the use of pot-ash for soda-ash.

It is possible that a longer exposure of a year, or of years, might
change every color in some degree.

His inquiries, since he instituted these experiments, have brought
out some fine specimens of Belgian sheet-glass from a house built
three years ago, which had changed in some instances to a golden,
and in others to the well-known purple hue.

It is Mr. Gaffield's intention to pursue the experiments farther, with a
view to ascertain the effects of sunlight during each month and season
of the year; and also whether exposure to heat, air, or moisture
alone, out of the direct action of the sun's rays, will produce any cor-
responding change.

Mr. Gaffield does not propound any theory to explain these changes
of color, which, under our sunny skies, probably take place much more
rapidly than in the different and less clear atmosphere of England.

Some writers point to the presence of oxide of manganese in the
original composition of window-glass, and some to the oxyde of iron,
as a chief cause.

Some writers have peculiar theories about the different classes of

350

the sun's rays. Some may think the change referred to a molecular
or chemical one ; and others, wiser than the rest, refrain from any
explanation, waiting for a larger multiplication of experiments, and a
greater accumulation of facts, before educing any satisfactory law of
Nature which governs these curious and interesting phenomena.

Mr. Gafheld makes no pretensions to any discoveries, unless it be to
the very rapid change in glass observed in our climate in July, but only
gives the result of his experiments, in the hope that the great interest
now manifested in the subjects of light and heat may lead others to
examine the matter, to repeat the same experiments in other countries,
and to give the world the result of their researches, and enable the
learned and scientific men of the age to explain this remarkable
power and action of the sun's rays.

It should be remembered that Mr. Gaffield submitted his
specimens to the most severe tests by placing tbem where
they received reflected as well as transmitted light and heat.
The change in glass, when glazed in the windows of our
dwellings and stores, is so mnch more gradual, that it very
rarely attracts the attention of observers, except in. a marked
variation from white to purple.

Mr. F. W. Putnam said, that, at the last meeting of the
Essex Institute in Salem, Mr. Ordway of Ipswich gave a
communication upon the habits of the canker-worm (Anisop-
eryx vernata Harris), in connection with a patehted article
to prevent the insect from laying its eggs upon trees.

Mr. Ordway had spent several years in watching the habits of the
canker-worm, and had tried many ways to prevent the ravages of the
insect, but had not been successful until the present season, when he
met with success by fastening a rim of zinc to the tree by a piece of
cloth tied round the tree above, and arranged in such a manner, that
the female moth, in crawling up the tree, came in contact with the
cloth, and was forced to crawl down over it, and thus be brought
in contact with the rim of zinc. Upon the under side of the zinc-
rim a narrow band of zinc was soldered, so as to make an acute
angle. When the female moth came to the rim of zinc, she would
endeavor to pass over it, and, to do so, would have to come in
contact with the band soldered to the rim ; and, in attempting to pass
over this, she would invariably fall to the ground. It was ascertained
that the particular angle made by the soldering of the band to the
rim could not be got over by the moth, though all other angles could

351

be easily spanned. The reason why the moth cannot pass this partic-
ular angle seems to be, that, in passing from one piece of zinc to the
other, she has to move sideways, and thus suj)port herself on three
legs, on the rim, while she endeavors to get the other thire on the
band ; and, as her weight is too great to be thus supported, slu- lulls
from the zinc in the attemjit. Mr. Ordway thought, that, if she only
had another pair or even longer legs, she could get over easily enough.
It Avould be interesting for the supporters of the devt'lopment theory to
try to develop the legs of this insect to the re(iuired length or number
necessary for the purpose. It was ascertained that the weight of the
females was the principal reason of their not being able to pass over
the angle : as, after they have laid their eggs, they can pass readily
enough. Mr. Putnam saw hundreds of the insects try to get over the
angle; but every one failed in the attempt. After dropping once or
twice, they are so much injured that they do not have the strength to
try again, and soon die where they fall ; or, as as a last effort, deposit
their eggs on the trunk of the tree, below the protector. Mr. Putnam
saw several drop just as soon as the antennae were brought in contact
with the second piece of zinc, thus showing the extreme sensitiveness
of these organs. It will be interesting to know the exact angle that
is required to prevent the insects from crawling over ; and he had re-
quested Mr. Ordway to measure it. Mr. Ordway thought; that the
canker-worms did not leave the earth until after a frost, and that
the average life of the female insect was about eight days. The male
insect he had found crawling up the trees before its wings were ex-
panded. Mr. Ordway had never found the pupic in the earth below
six inches, or above two. The female canker-worm will never at-
tempt to crawl under an obstacle when she can crawl over it ; but, if
she is prevented from crawling over, she will squeeze herself through
a very small space, if it is large enough to get her head through,
though the body is much larger than the head.

The following letters, which had been recently received,
were read ; viz. : —

From the Royal Society, London, Aug. 13, 18G3, acknowledging
the receipt of the Society's publications ; the Societe Cieologi(pic de
France, May 25, 1863, communicating certain changes in its rules with
regard to papers laid before that society ; and from C. 11. Ilitehcock,
Quebec, Oct. 29, acknowledging his election as a Corresponding
Member.

Mr. A. S. Packard, jnn., was elected Curator of Crustacea.

Prof. William Haidinger, of Vienna, was elected an Hon-
orary Member.

Mr. Charles A. Stearns was elected a Resident 3Ieniber.

352

December 16, 1863.

The President in the chair.

Dr. J. Wyman offered the following observations on the
skeleton of a Hottentot, some account of whom was given
at a former meeting (see Proceedings, April 2, 1862) : —

The subject was nearly adult, the wisdom-teeth being fully mature.
All the long bones of the skeleton, however, showed incomplete ossifi-
cation, the epiphyses in many instances still remaining unattached.
Such was especially the case in the upper end of the humerus, tibia,
and fibula, and the lower ends of the ulna, radius, and femur ; or, in
other words, in the ends of the bones to which the nutritious artery
is not directed.

The individual was unusually tall for a Hottentot, and measured five
feet and five inches in height. A comparison of Hottentot and Bush-
man skeletons, and casts of bodies, contained in the museums of Lon-
don and Paris, give an average height of four feet and six inches.
While the height of the body just equalled the distance between the
tips of the fingers, the arms being outspread, the legs were dispropor-
tionately long, so that the pubes was more than five inches above the
centre of the whole height.

In the external configuration of the cranium proper, there was
nothing remarkable, except that the top was somewhat flattened, the
forehead narrow, sloping outwards and backwards from a somewhat
prominent ridge, corresponding with the obliterated frontal suture.

When held at arm's-length, and viewed from above, the zygomatic
arches are just in sight ; but the foss^ are nearly concealed. The meas-
urements show that the cranium is not brachycephalic, as in the Mon-
golians, but decidedly elongated, as in the Negroes.

The most striking features to be seen in the head are those found in
the bones of the face, especially in the nasals, maxillaries, and malars.

The nasals are completely co-ossified with each other, no trace of a
suture remaining. This was the more noticeable, as the individual
was young, and the bones of the skeleton generally are immature ;
and has an interest in connection with the fact that the nasal bones
are co-ossified at an early period in the monkeys, and before the com-
pletion of the first dentition in the Gorillas and Chimpanzees. These
bones in the Hottentot are remarkable for their great breadth, espe-
cially at the upper part, which is the broadest portion of them. They
do not recede from the outline of the frontal bone, which is continued,
without interruption, to the middle of the nose, where the bones pro-
ject very slightly forwards. In a transverse direction, they are nearly

358

flat, with only a scarcely (liscerniblc ridgo at their lino of union : tlioy
are consequently nearly in the same plane with the anterior edge of
the upper ends of the maxillaries. The naso-frontal suture is hori-
zontal for the distance of half an inch, is bent down at either end to
become continuous with the fronto-maxillary suture, and is remarkable
for its great length. The breadth of the root of the nose is dependent
on the nasals, and not upon the breadth of the ascending part of the
superior maxillary bones, as stated by Dr. Knox.*

Malar hones. These, with the outer portion of the maxillaries,
are remarkably bulging and rounded. The portions of the edges
of the orbits formed by them, instead of being somewhat sharp, as in
other crania, are quite noticeable for their roundness. The zygomatic
arches do not differ from those of ordinary crania in their projection
outwards.

Maxillary hones. The edges of the ascending portions of the upper
jaw., where they form the border of the nares, project very little beyond
the level of the face, and are bent inwards, instead of being directed
forwards. It is in consequence of this, and the flatness of the nasal
bones, that the middle portion of the face is so slightly prominent. The
alveolar borders are remarkably prominent, forming a somewhat point-
ed arch ; the space occupied by the incisor teeth being narrow, and
the lateral incisors facing more outwards than forwards. No trace
of an intermaxillary suture could be detected.

The outline of the alveolar portion of the lower jaw corresponds with
that of the upper; the symphysis is remarkably high, and the chin
strikingly pointed and prominent. The height of the bone dimin-
ishes rapidly backwards, and the angles are not prominent. This de-
scription agrees with that of Cuvier, as regards the prominence of the
jaws; and differs from that of Blumenbach, who asserts that the jaws
do not project at all.

The orhits are quadrangular; the tranverse diameter considerably
the longest.

Interior of the cranium. The most striking feature here is the nar-
rowness and the diminutive size of the fossa3 for the loflgement of the
anterior cerebral lobes. The orbitar plates of the frontal bones rise
higher above the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone, and make the
olfactory fossa deeper, than in ordinary crania : they ascend rai)idly
on each side, thus projecting into the cavity of the head at the expense
of the space usually occupied by the anterior lobes of the brain.

The foramen magnum was rather under than over the average size ;

* Quoted by rrichard. Researches into tlie Phys. Hist, of -Man, vol. i,
p. 313. London: 1851.

PUOCEKDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. IX. ~'3 MAIMM, ISC).).

354

and, in this respect, differs from Cuvier's description of tlie same part
in the Hottentot Venus, in which he says that it is proportionally larger
than in other heads; and, "according to the views of Sommering, would
indicate an inferior nature."

The capacity of the cranium was measured by Dr. J. C. AVhite, the
Curator of Comparative Anatomy, and found to be eighty-two cubic
inches.

MEASUREMENTS OF THE CRANIUM.

Circumference of cranium 20.75

From one auditory meatus to the other over vertex 12.50

Longest diameter of cranium outside 7.J5

Greatest transverse diameter outside S.fiO

From anterior edge of foramen magnum to alveoli 3.85

From anterior edge of foramen magnum to occiput .3.(55

Length of cranium and face from alveoli to occiput 7.50

Breadth across malar bones 4.35

Breadth across zygomatic arches 5.30

Transverse diameter of orbit L()8

Vertical diameter of orbit 1.32

Inter orbitar space l.flQ

Length of nasal bones 97

Transverse diameter, above 03

Transverse diameter, middle 41

Transverse diameter, lower portion 53

Height of the symphysis of the lower jaw, exclusive of teeth — 1.64

Breadth of lower jaw, through angles ' 3.55

Longitudinal diameter of cranium, inside (5.90

Transverse diameter of cranium, inside 5.18

Height of cranium, inside 4.02

Greatest breadth of anterior cerebral fossa 4.00

Greatest breadth of cerebellar fossa 4.37

Length of foramen magnum 1.48

Breadth of foramen magnum 1.16

Pelvis. — This is very remarkable for its diminutive size, and, when
seen in front, for its square form. From the table of measurements, it
will be seen that the breadth of it is but little in excess over the
height. While, in ordinary skeletons of Europeans, the former dimen-
sion exceeds the latter by between two and three inches, in this Hot-
tentot it is only by 0.33 of an inch. The height of the crests of the
ilia above the base of the sacrum is also greater than in the common
pelvis : for although the pelvis of the Hottentot is so small, yet the
cristfe are 1.45 of an inch above the sacrum; while, in two average
pelves of white men, it was only from 1.20 to 1.25 of an inch.

The sacrum is very straight, and projects more backwards than usual ;
and the base of it is very narrow. In Caucasians, the sacrum without
the coccyx forms nearly an equilateral triangle, the vertical diameter
being slightly the largest. In the Hottentot, the vertical diameter is
four inches; while the transverse is only 8.27 of an inch.

355

_ The anterior spinous processes of tlie Ilia project almost directly
forward, even in a much more marked defrree than is common in tlu^
Caucasian pelvis ; the iliac bones seem compressed from side to side :
all of which gives to these parts a nearly vertical wall. The diame-
ters of the brim do not diifer materially in their relative size from the
same in European skeletons; it being understood that these are liable
to considerable variations. In the texture of the bones, the pelvis pre-
sents neither that massiveness nor the roughness which has been said
to characterize this part in the Hottentots.

The resemblances of this Hottentot pelvis to that of the apes are
trifling in comparison with the differences ; these last being so great,
that no one would hesitate in the slightest degree as to whether the
pelvis in question belonged to the human family or not. The resem-
blances which really exist, with the exception of those belonging to
the sacrum, are only shown by a close comparison of measurements.

The pelvis of the most anthropoid animals — viz., of the chimpanzee
and gorilla — is characterized in a most marked degree, as difllering from
that of man by its relatively as well as absolutely gi-eater length ; by hav-
ing the crests of the ilia in planes more nearly transverse ; by having the
brim of the pelvis in the form of an elongated oval, with the diameter
from before backwards much the longest ; by having the plane of the
brim of the pelvis so inclined towards the vertebral column as to
make with this last a much more open angle ; in having the ischia
longer, as shown by the space which separates the cotyloid cavity from
the tuberosity, — the tuberosities longer, their extreme points more
widely separated ; in the extension of the rough surface of the tuberos-
ity for the attachment of the muscles, as far as the symphysis; and in
the greater extent of the union of the bones of the pubes with each
other at the symphysis.

The sacrum of the anthropoids is also quite marked, in having its
length greater in proportion to the breadth of its base.

The most striking approximation of the Hottentot pelvis to that of
the anthropoids is to be found in the sacrum ; for while in the Cauca-
sian the longitudinal diameter of the base exceeds the transverse by
only 0.10 of an inch, as in E', and is even less by 0.10, as in E\ of the
following table, in the Hottentot it is longest by 0.73, in the gorilla by
0.84, and in the chimpanzee by 0.85, of an inch. If we take into con-
sideration the straightness of it, it will be seen, that, in the respects
mentioned, it comes nearer to that of the anthropoids than of the Cau-
casians ; but in its size, in proportion to the whole pelvis, it differs
very much from the apes, and much more closely resembles the same
part in man.

356

MEASUREMENTS OF THE PELVIS

In two Europeans, a Hottentot, a Chimpanzee, and a Gorilla.

El E2 H. C. G.

Height of pelvis 8.50 7.50 7.17 11.00 15 10

Breadth across ilia 11.50 10.00 7.50 9.8G 17.70

Breadth across middle of posterior

edge of the acetabulum 7.40 6.90 6.50 5.62 8.70

Breadth of ilia through superior

spinous processes 6.13 6.00 5.16 4.58 9.53

From spine of pubes to tuberosities

ofischia 4.80 4.50 4.00 4.68 6.65

Antcro-posterior diameter of brim. 3.80 4.20 3.35 6.10 8.00

Transverse diameter of brim 5.00 4.45 3.85 4.00 6.10

Length of sacrum without coccyx. 4.30 4.20 4.00 3.75 5.64

Breadth of sacrum 4.40 4.10 3.27 2.90 3.70

Height of crest of ilia above the

base of the sacrum 1.25 1.20 1.45 2.20 3.20

Z,{mhs. — The bones of the upper limbs present, In a somewhat
marked degree, a difference in the length of corresponding bones on the
right and left sides, as will be seen by the accompanying table of meas-
urements. The difference between the lengths of the ulna and hume-
rus, though somewhat less than in the average, is, nevertheless, not
uncommon in European skeletons. The humerus is perforated at its
lower end, on one side by a very small opening, and on the other has
only a thin plate between the olecranon and coronoid fossae. Of seven
skeletons of pure negroes which we have examined, the humerus was
perforated on both sides in three, on one side in one, and on neither
side in three.

The thigh-bones offered nothing unusual, either as to the shaft or
neck. The tibise are remarkable for their length in proportion to that
of the femora. When the two bones are placed side by side, the lower
ends of both on the same level, the tibia reaches as' high as the middle
of the neck of the femur ; while in the skeleton of a European it only
reaches as far as the lesser trochanter. The upper end of the tibia is
quite small, and its protuberance scarcely rises above the surface : the
shaft forms an equilateral triangle ; and, instead of having the anterior
edge quite sharp and prominent as in Europeans, it is rounded.

The OS calcis is more slender than in ordinary skeletons, and is par-
ticularly remarkable for having the tuberosity and neck only slightly
exceedino- the rest of the bone in their vertical diameter.

MEASUREMENTS OF BONES OF LIMBS.

E. H. G. Ch.

Length of right humerus 13.10 12.45 19.00 11.70

Length of left humerus 12.90 12.00

Length of right ulna 10.40 10.30 15.20 10.60

Length of left ulna 10.30 10.00 " "

H.

G.

Ch.

5.00

5.:{5

17.20

15.70

11.05

15.00

13.00

0.55

3.05

4.05

l.r.2

1.85

1.38

1.15

357

E.

Length of right clavicle 5.40

Length of left clavicle 5.57

Length of femur IM.OO

Length of tibia 15.00

Length of astragalus 3.17

Height of tuberosity of os calcis 2.00

Height of neck I.75

Height at posterior edge of upper articular
ridge 2.18 1.50 1.50

Mr. C. J. Sprague inquired wlicther tins individual might not be
considered as a somewhat gigantic representative of his race, and
whether variations in height were as common amonn; savaue as amonj;
civilized races.

Dr. AVyman replied that the range of variation In height, as far as
known, was much the greatest in the latter. O'Brien, the Irish giant,
whose skeleton is preserved in the Hunterian Museum in London, was
eight feet and four inches in height ; while Borvlasky, the Polish dwarf,
was less than three feet. No such difference as this is known among
the savage races. Wild and domesticated animals of the same species
offer similar differences.

Prof. Daniel Wilson remarked that the cranium of this Hottentot
appeared to be very fairly developed ; and, in speaking of the great
disparity between the lower races of men and the anthropoid apes, no-
ticed that the distinctions in the cranium of the higher and lower races
of men partook much more of facial than of cerebral character.

Mr. S. H. Scudder exhibited several specimens of ancient
pQttery obtained by his brother, the late Rev. D. C. Scudder,
from megalithic cysts in Periakulam, Madura District, South
India. He also read extracts from letters written by tlie
Rev. Messrs. Scudder and Capron, giving some account of
explorations in search of these ancient remains, both on the
Pulney Hills and upon the plains below, with the details
of opening some of them. The specimens of pottery ex-
hibited were much superior to those now in use among the
natives of that part of India, both in elegance of form, dura-
bihty of material, and superiority of workmanshi}). Tlie
letters, from which the following extracts were taken, were
written to friends at home, which will account for the famil-
iarity of style with which they are written.

358

FROM THE REV. D. C. SCUDDER.

PuLNEY Hills, May 22, 1862.

Yesterday I had what might fairly be termed a tramp, and with
rather an unusual object in view. You know I have always been
interested in the antiquities of India, and especially in matters per-
taining to the hill tribes. I had read often of the relics found on the
Nilagiris, but did not know until recently that similar remains were to
be found on these Pulney Hills. A few weeks ago, I heard from Mr.
Taylor that such remains were upon the hills, and accessible : so I at
once proposed an excursion in search. Yesterday we started off, —
Mr. Taylor, Mr. Burnell, Mr. Hunt, and I. A coolie went with us,
carrying provisions for the day ; and my gardener carried a crowbar
and hoe. We had a cup of tea early, and were off by half-past six.
After a toilsome ride, we arrived at half-past nine at the ruins of an
old house occupied by a former collector of this district. It is called
Blackburn's bungalow. We left our horses here In charge of our
coolie, and then set out for the supposed site of the cromlechs.

We had travelled so far, a little over an hour, when Mr. Taylor,
who always keeps his eyes open, shouted, " There they are ! — crom-
lechs ! " and away we rushed pell-mell at what he pointed out.
Sure enough, here was the veritable thing, not to be mistaken a
moment. It was upon the nose of a ridge running out from the
mountain, and overlooking a long and beautiful valley below it, — a
most picturesque spot. The first that we came upon were placed
within a raised place twenty-four feet square, facing east and west.
In or on this platform were a dozen or more of these structures.
They were much broken up, and falling to decay. As oHginally built,
they consisted of slabs of unhewn stone, three placed on end, and
another immense one laid across them, giving an opening at one end.
One larjje one measured eight feet in leno-th, and four in breadth. Wc
crawled under this, though the slab was partly fallen down ; and, call-
ing for the hoe, I scratched away the soil that was below, in hopes of
finding flooring. I think I was not mistaken ; for I found a flat stone
wherever I dug, and it sounded hollow. I did not scratch away all
the mould, as it was not easy work ; and it was a sheer impossibility to
attempt to move the slab, in hope of finding any thing beneath. There
were six of these cromlechs in a row, and we made out three rows
pretty clearly.

The platform itself was neatly walled up with square, unhewn
stones, and raised about three feet above the ground. A couple of
rods down the hill were several others of the same style, but not en-
closed with any wall, or, at least, with none well preserved. We pried
open one that seemed closed, but found only a heap of cobble-stones.

359

We needed a force of men to make proper invcstijration, and luul to
leave such further and more thorough search for another time. Leav-
ing Mr. Burnell here, Mr. Taylor and I walked on for about half a
mile, in hope of finding others on the side of a knoll. But none wero
visible ; and, after a rest, we returned.

FROM THE REV. D. C. SCUDDER.

PULNEY Hills, May 31, 1802.

Yesterday I had a tramp indeed. A little after six, I was off* on
pony with the horse-keeper and a coolie, who carried my lunch and a
hoe. By nine o'clock, I reached a river not far from the first-seen
cromlechs. There, seated on a flat rock, the water foaming all about
me, I ate my cold eggs and biscuit, and then went on to the old si)ot.
I set the boy at work digging in one to see if he could find a slab
below corresponding to the slab above. He soon came to one, though
it was well covered with rocks and loam. At the end of this cromlech
was another apartment of about like size, full of cobble-stones. To
get at this end of the slab, I must remove part of the pile. It was
hard work in the hot sun ; but w^e finally succeeded in uncovering both
ends. The slab was very heavy, a foot thick, tln-ee feet wide, and
five feet long. It was impossible to lift it. All I could do was to feel
underneath. There was clearly a hollow ; but whether any thing was
in it I could not tell, though I pulled out a handful of damp leaves.
After digging a while, I pushed farther on in search of new cromlechs.
After riding two miles along a mountain-slope, I came to another spur
of the mountain, jutting out into the valley. . . . Of a sudden, look-
ing about me, I espied what I most wanted to see, — cromlechs. They
were on the brow of the hill, in exactly similar position to that of the
old ones. But they were much finer, in a better state of preservation,
and larger. One slab was enormous. It was full eight feet high, six
feet long, and a foot and a half thick, standing perfectly perpendicular
on edge. This had nothing to correspond with it; but abreast of it,
and in perfect line, were two well-shaped a})artments, measuring each
about six feet in length and three in width, about four or five feet high,
three-sided, with no slab on top. Then on what would answer as the
opposite side of the street was another row, but in a very tumbled-
down condition ; and at one end of the street was another smaller one,
facing in the opposite direction. They all face either east or north.

It was very evident where the slabs came from ; for the brow of the
hill was a bare, stratified gneiss rock, easily peeling off into thick slabs,
and the places from which they were taken were plainly marked.
Some of these cromlechs also were wholly shut up ; and I should like
to look beneath. I dug again here in search of a lower slab ; and,
after digging over a foot, came to one. So all, thus tar examined.

360

have slabs below. Now, the question is, Have these cromlechs relics
of any kind beneath V The slabs arc so heavy, that it would require a
sti-onix force of natives to lift them ; and I want to get up an expedi-
tion that shall do up the thing thoroughly.

FROM THE REV. W. U. CAPROX.

TIRUPUVANAM, Sept. 20, 1862.

Mr. Washburn, Mr. Scudder, and I have just been on an antiqua-
rian search, from which we returned this morning. The trip was
originated in the discovery of buried remains in digging for the foun-
dations of our house in Mana Madura. But, as these remains were so
far underground in Mana Madura that we could dig only upon a great
uncertainty, I took these brethren to a place eight miles east of Mana
Madura, and across the river (i.e., north) from the village of Sudur,
where the gradual washing-away of the earth had discovered the tops
of the buried jars.

There are two kinds, — one with a very wide mouth (fig. 1), and
one with a narrower mouth. The latter is certainly the more tasteful
shape ; and we found that the jars of this shape were used for the more
honorable burials. The narrow-mouthed, egg-shaped jars had not only
within them various little vessels (figs. 2-10) appropriated to the service
of the dead, but there was also a profusion of similar vessels buried on
the outside of the jar ; which latter, in the case of the wide-mouthed,
bulky jars, were wanting. This distinction was apparent to us ; but it
might not be found to hold, on a more extended examination. It led
us, however, to fancy that the better-shaped jars were for the men,
and the coarser kind for the women.

I have attempted to give you a representation of these two kinds of
burial-jars, and of the small vessels which we found in and around
them. All the jars were, without doubt, originally covered in some-
thing like the mode represented ; though we found nothing above the
dotted line (see fig. 1 ) which may represent to you the present surface
of the ground. All the jars were, of course, full of earth. Even be-
fore the cover was broken, the water from the well-saturated ground
found its way up between the cover and the rim of the jar, and depos-
ited within its thin layers of mud. In the upper part of the jars, we
found coarse gravel, which came in after the cover was broken ; but
in the lower part only fine earth.

These burial jars are supposed to be the work, not of the ancestors of
the present Hindoos, but of a race of men who were finally overcome
and expelled by the Brahmans four or five hundred years ago. They
are still found in some numbers in different parts of India; and are a
wealthy sect, fur a small one : but their power is gone as a luiesthood ;

361

c^

5

) . (

c

i

Fig. 1. Section of a jar, one-tenth natural size, drawn from a rougli sketch of
Mr. Capron's. Figs. 2-10. Drawn from the pottery, one-liftli natural size.

and, in this part of the country, I am not aware that they are found
at all. They are the Jains of whom you will find some accomit in
modern cyclopaedias.

The traditions in regard to this i»ecuUar race show that a lung pe-

362

riod has passed away since they flourished here. We were told, again
and again, that the large earthen vessels which we found were used
for the purpose of burying people alive. My watchman in Manti
Madura said there was a caste of people that didn't die, but, when
they grew old, they were placed in a sitting posture within those
earthen vessels (and he dropped himself suddenly to the ground, and
drew his knees up to his chin, in order to show me the mode of opera-
tion) ; and that a little rice was given them in a chatty, and a little
water in a cup, and they were left thus buried alive.

The burial jars which we found, being buried upon a gentle slope of
ground, had been uncovered, as I have said, by the washing of the
rain through so long a period. Originally, I suppose that they were
buried to the depth of at least a foot or two below the surface ; and,
indeed, we were told that they were more abundant farther back upon
the summit of ground where the earth had not been so much washed
away, but that there we could only discover them by digging.

The large earthen pots which form the jars vary in size ; the
smallest of those which we examined being about two feet in height,
and the largest probably four or four and a half feet : for we did not
dig this up entirely. These largest are about an inch in thickness.

It would seem that these jars were receptacles for the bones and
other remains of bodies after burial. We did not see any ashes, or
pieces of charcoal ; but we found many pieces of bones, and still more
traces of bones already disintegrated, and reduced to dust. The im-
portant bones of the body may have been honored by being carefully
placed in the little vessels, from one to four of which we found in the
bottom of each jar. One shallow dish which we found contained about
one-third of the skull of a child, which was in sufficient preservation for
us to bring it away, though without taking it from the dish. Another
portion of a skull was found in a similar position ; but it was too far
gone to be saved. It would appear that the important bones, so far
as convenient, or perhaps simply the bones of the head, were placed
in these small vessels in the bottom of the jar; and then the other
relics were thrown into the jar in a more careless manner, and the
whole covered up.

In the section of a jar, I have represented the small vessels as canted
over more or less. How was this ? Probably the water which trickled
into the jars, and ran down the inside, rose high enough to float these
little vessels ; which, in that case, would never return to their original
position. Sometimes they were found quite tipped over upon one
side, and the lower half only filled with earth.

I mentioned a probable use of the small vessels placed within the bur-
ial-jars ; viz., to contain pieces of the skull and other important bones.

3G3

We, however, actually found pieces of skull only in the more shallow
vessels. It may be that the other vessels placed inside of the jar, and
all that were ranged outside, were buried with the same idea that the
Indians of our own country had in burying various utensils ; viz., that
they might serve the deceased in the spirit-world.

My drawings of these small vessels are sulhciently distinct to give
you an idea of the form and comparative size, wiiith was all I sought.
You may not, however, at once see the use of one or two of them.
One (figs. 6, 7, 8) puzzled us for a time ; but we found it to be a stand
or support for the cups, &c., which have round bottoms. Another
(fig. 3) I do not understand ; we got only a broken one : and I am in-
clined to think that I have drawn it wrong side up ; that, instead of
resembling a wine-cup, it should be inverted, so as to appear to be the
base of a larger vessel, of which the top has been broken off.

Our munshi says that the story is current all over the country, that
those people were buried alive. He says, that, for a long time, Yeman,
or the God of Death, did not make his appearance ; and that, when
people became so old and wasted away that they were of no further
use to their friends, they were buried alive in these jars. He said they
were found in his own village, and in many places in the country; but
he had never heard before of the existence of such smaller vessels as I
showed him.

FROM THE REV. D. C. SGUDDER.

TiRUPUVAXAM, Sept. 20, 1SG2,
We have come back fi^om our tour of scientific research in the vicin-
ity of Mana Madura. We reached the village near which the relics
are at dusk, and passed the night. . . . Before five in the morning,
we set out for the remains, about half a mile off. All that is seen
above the surface is the rim of an earthen pot, about a foot and a half
or two feet in diameter. There were some dozen or more to be seen.
So we set to work to dig one up. It was about two feet deep, without
a cover, and filled tight with gravel. We dug out the gravel, and at
the bottom found two little pots, of such pottery as all vessels are
made of in this countr}-. Their shape, however, differs from the one
common now; and in one we found about half a skull, much worn,
and its form preserved only by being embedded in earth. Several
teeth, and remains of other bones, were also discovered. AVe had two
or three coolies to work for us, and opened four more. On the out-
side of one we found a lot of vessels, broken and whole, of various
forms ; one kind a very graceful cup, not unlike a finger-bowl. In
each jar were found several vessels, and always remains of I tones;
though almost all were undistinguishable for i*ottetmess. The object of
the jars, however, was clear : the ])lace was a burial-ground, and a

364

very ancient one too. No one now can tell any thing of the origin of
the jars. The people say that formerly there was a caste that did not
die; and that such people were placed alive in these jars, with a little
rice and water in the cups. Thirty years ago, there was a forest over
this spot, of large trees.

FROM THE REV. D. C. SCUDDER.

Periakulam, Nov. 3, 1862.
I have been quite excited to-day. \''ou know that I have been a
good deal interested in old stones and mud, and have been making ex-
plorations in different (quarters. Mr. Webb is to excavate in Dindigal,
and Mr. Washburn writes that old cairns have turned up somewhere
in his station. But I have them nearer home, and shall .not have to go
to Dindigal or Mana Madura to pursue antiquarian researches. The
other day I found an old mud fort, and near it a lot of circles of rough
stones, corresponding precisely to those found in Dindigal. I inquired
about them, and found the people had all sorts of notions as to what
they were. I inquired of Pastor Seymour, and he knew of others,
and told me what the people thought of them. We are eighty miles
from Mana JNIadura ; yet the same stories are current here that we
heard there, — that formerly the people lived to a great age, and had
to be buried alive in these big pots. They were giants too. Well, I
sent Seymour to explore, this morning, in a place where there were
said to be some of these pots. He came back about two o'clock,
bringing me a piece of iron looking much like a cleaver, only very
much rust-eaten. He said he had found pots as tall as his head, and
that one of our church-members had ploughed up this year a piece of
iron like a sword, and had seen many of these big pots ; but they
were broken now. He said, too, that circles of stones, similar to those
found near here, were there ; that there were cromlechs like those on
the hills ; and that, in a small stone house, the man had found a pot-
tery horse of very neat pattern, much above the style common now.
The whole story has quite woke me up : so to-morrow morning, early,
I propose to go to the spot, close to the foot of the hills, on the road to
the tope, and see for myself. They say that they find the skull in a
basin, and the bones arranged around it. The iron instrument which
was brought me is the first thing of the kind found, and I hope may
add something to what we know of such matters.

Nov. 7.

I have spent the day in a cromlech ! So you must have some

account of it. Some days ago, I was attracted by the sight of some

circles of stone along the side of a road which we frequently travel

on. I suspected there was something within, and had our gardener

365

dig in the centre. He soon struck upon a slab. I left it a dav or two,
but yesterday had him try it again. We had other helj), and soon
found that it was hollow below. But we could only pry off a small
piece of a slab large enough to let me in. I got in, and found mvself
in a regular cromlech, about six feet long and three wide, but (juite
choked up with dirt. We could not lift up the larger piece, and
had to leave, and come again at niglit with two big levers and ropes.
This was last night, while I had my catechists here, and they heljied
me. We dug some, and found in one corner a potter's vessel, and on
the side four. It was almost dark : so we covered the vessel with dirt,
and came home. The meeting closed yesterday. So, to-day, I set
out with the determination of giving up one day to antiquities. I
-went out about six with a gardener, and we went to work. The first
thing we came to of interest was a doorway in one end ; that is, a
round hole, with a stone set up against it outside. I hurrahed inter-
nally; for this was a discovery. It corresponds precisely with crom-
lechs found upon the Nilagiris, and which I have never seen here. It
is supposed, and I think with good reason, that these are tombs, and
that the hole was made for a person to enter and deposit the bodies for
sepulture. In proof of this are the contents of the tomb. One thing
after another turned up; but I will simply state what, not detailing the
individual things. We found a pot on four legs, a remarkable affair.
The chief things were two big pots, such as I described before as con-
taining smaller vessels, lying on their sides, facing the door. In the
rest of the room were fragments of pots and vessels of all sorts, heaps
upon heaps. We hardly found a whole one there. We did, however,
secure some, and of different patterns from any I have seen before ;
and among other things some covers to pots, — rare things. I found
also several iron instruments ; but they were too far gone by rust to
make them out. Lastly, some bones made their appearance. I think
there were bones all through the soil, but crumbled, so as to leave only
a white powder. We got out one of the big pots, and, tying it to two
beams, the men, some half-dozen, brought it home. I came home late
to breakfast, and returned immediately after, having a shady place
under ground. I staid until four, eating lunch in the cromlech ; and
then went home to dinner. I worked hard all day, and am pretty de-
cidedly tired to-night : so you will give me credit for writing at once.
I think the broken pots, etc., are evidences that the place is a family
tomb, or was ; and that the pots were broken or disarranged by persons
entering to make fresh deposits. But such enormous slabs of stone !
The room faces exactly east ; and the slabs are six feet wide by seven
or eight high, the end ones three feet wide by seven high. There is
no place short of a mile whence they could have been brought.

366

FROM AN ACCOUNT GIVEN IN THE MISSION " TAPAL BOOK BY
THE llEV. D. C. SCUDDER.

I have just returned this morning from a visit of exploration to
remains near this bungalow (Periakulam) ; and it has occurred to me
that it woukl be worth while to jot down in these pages the facts which
have already been brought to light upon the antiquities of this Madura
district by members of the mission. By means of a little Yankee in-
quisitiveness, and a trifling expense of time and money, we may be
able to throw some light upon the vexed question of the ancient inhab-
itants of India.

I propose to arrange the remains already discovered under three
heads, adopting terms already in common use, employed by writers on
Celtic remains in Great Britain, and, I think, not inapposite to these.

I. — Barrows. A mound of earth surrounded by rough, bowlder-like
stones, forming a rude circle of about twelve to twenty feet in diameter.
These have been found in Dindigal and Periakulam. In Dindigal, we
found large numbers of them spread over a large area. In Periakulam,
I have found half a dozen in a row, at a little remove from each other,
on the Tope Road, half a mile or more from the house, and again
about three miles toward the tope ; others upon the west side of the
road. Within these circles are found the two other kinds of remains.

n. — Cromlechs. These are buildings formed of enormous stone slabs,
usually six inches thick : in a perfect one, there are always two such
upright slabs, about six feet long and of varying height, planted per-
pendicularly in the ground, at a distance of three feet from each other,
and one end closed by another slab of the same dimensions. These
slabs are always present if the building is in a tolerable state of pres-
ervation. The cromlechs are found upon the Pulneys and also upon
the plains. They have been discovered at Dindigal, at Pulney ; and
to-day I have found some in this place. Those examined upon the
hills had a large slab over the structure, and a corresponding one be-
low. Nothing was found within and nothing below the lower slab.
No stone has, I believe, been found at the bottom of the cromlech
on the plains ; but the top stone is occasionally present. The cromlechs
found upon the plains, however, are not empty. Both at Dindigal and
Periakulam were found within the cromlechs, as within the barrows,
the third class of remains ; viz., —

in. — Cairns.* These are large earthen pots, varying in shape and
size : some only two or three feet in depth ; others large enough to ad-
mit a man, as I proved this morning. These have been found at Din-
digal, Mana Madura, Pulney, Periakulam, and Battalagundu sta-
tions. Within them are found various styles of small earthen vessels,

* The application of this term to the urns is evidently a mistake.

367

differing both in pattern and method by whidi tliey were formed from
those in common use now. The pots opened at 'Mfma Madura dis-
closed bones mixed in with the soil that had worked in, and, in one
case, the remains of a skull held in a saucer-like dish. In those opened
at Periakulam have also been found bones in a good state of preserva-
tion,—part of a jaw with teeth of an old person, and part of a skull,
not found, however, in any cup. The number and variety of patterns
of vessels found at Periakulam was beyond that of those exhumed at
Mana Madura ; but some of the same style were also found. Two kinds
of pottery-work have been found in the latter place, whose object is
doubtful ; and accordingly I will sketch an outline of them.

No. 6 * was found at Mana Madura of different sizes ; and in one or
two cairns a small vessel was placed upon it. It appears to be a stand,
as there is an opening through it ; but, in a cairn opened to-day, No. 3
was found as if just fallen off the other. Mr. Capron will perhaps rec-
ognize No. 3 as a whole specimen, the top of which we found at Manu
Madura. The base is hollowed out, and there is a small orifice through
the neck. At Periakulam, pieces of iron have been found in the caii-ns.
One wdiich I have is much eaten by rust, and appears to be a rough
knife-blade seven inches long. At Mana Madura, many vessels were
found arranged around some of the cairns, embedded in the soil. One
cairn at Periakulam has a thick stone as cover. No other cover has
yet been found. f

Barrows, cromlechs, and cairns are related to each other, as the
above facts prove. The same people constructed all three. They lived
on the hills as well as on the plains. Their pottery was finer than
that made in the same localities now. Their customs of interment
differed from those common now. It is somewhat singular that the
common talk respecting these remains should be identical in places so
remote from each other as Mana Madura and Periakulam.

Prof. Daniel Wilson remarked that a distinction should be made be-
tween the cromlech and the megalithic cyst, to which latter class the
structures described j)roperly belonged : the former being a])})lied par-
ticularly to those rude structures of stone built above the excavated
chambers in which the remains of the dead were interred ; and the lat-
ter to similar structures, in which themselves, the bodies, were placed,
and the whole buried beneath a mound of earth. The pottery exhib-
ited was of a much more elegant pattern and delicate workmanship
than that discovered in similar structures in the north of Europe ; while
one piece, exhibiting a distinct lip, reminded him somewhat of the
Saxon pottery of the sixth and seventh centuries.

* The numbers as given here refer to the figures on p. 3G1.

t Mr. Capron speaks of covers to the urns, ami draws one of them as repre-
sented in fig. 1 : his other figure, of the narrow-mouthed jar, was coverlcss.

368

Dr. Charles Pickerinor remarked that the Feojees made their pottery
by hand, of very elegant shapes, and so uniformly rounded that one
could hardly distinguish it from that formed on the potter's wheel. It
was done by inserting the hand, grasping a smooth stone, into the mouth
of the unformed vessel, and hammering upon it, by means of another
stone, on the outside.

The following papers were presented : —

Description of a New Variety of Parus from Yarmouth,
Nova Scotia, by Hexry Bryant, M.D.

The specimens of Parus hudsonicus from Yarmouth and those from
the Hudson-Bay territory present as great, if not greater, differences
in size than exist between P. caroHnensis and P. atricapillus ; and in
color, between P. septentrionalis and P. atricapillus. I am inclined
myself to consider P. atricapillus, septentrionalis, meridionalis, and occi-
dentalis, as varieties of one species ; but, if they are considered as spe-
cifically distinct, there can be little question of the propriety of sepa-
rating the Yarmouth bird from those found in the Hudson-Bay terri-
tory. The following description is based on five specimens, including
a family of male, female, and the young ; and were all procured at
Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, on the 7th of July.

P. hudsonicus ; var. littoralis.

Form, similar to P. hudsonicus.

Dimensions, d* adult. Length, .120;* extent, .180; wing from
flexion, .58; tail, .57; tarsus, .16|; middle toe, .9; middle toe claw,
.6i ; hind toe, .5^ ; hind toe claw, .8 ; outer toe, .8^ ; outer toe claw,
.5 ; inner toe, .7|; inner toe claw, .5:^ ; bill, along ridge, .10 ; gape to
top of lower mandible, .11^ ; depth of bill, .3^; breadth of bill, 3|;
length of nostril, f ; breadth of nostril, ^.

Colors. Nasal plumules, lores, and a narrow frontal line, brownish
black ; crown and hind neck, faded yellowish-brownish ash, shaded ab-
ruptly on the forehead into the narrow dark frontal line. A conspicu-
ous but indistinct white stripe extends from the base of the upper
mandible to the posterior portion of ear coverts, covering the whole
cheeks and ear coverts, though gradually shaded on the latter into the
ash of the head and hind neck ; back, scapular, and rump, dirty ash ;
upper tail coverts, same as back, but slightly lighter ; wings and tail,
slaty wood-brown, with the outer webs of all the remiges, except
the first and second, narrowly margined with white, and of the rec-
trices with light slate ; throat and fore neck, sooty black ; breast and
abdomen, white ; hypochondriacs, dull ferruginous ; vent and crissum,

* Millimetres.

369

light dirty ferrnginou?, shaded gradually into the darker ( o!or of the
hypochondriacs ; tibia?, ashy ; under surface of wings and tail, pale
wood-brown, with the inner webs of all the remiges except the fnst,
conspicuously margined with white, broadest next the base, occupying
the basal half of the second, and gradually encroaching on the other,
so as to extend the greater^^part of their length.

9 adult resembles the male in dimensions and color.

Young, not quite fully fledged, though able to fly : present the usual
character of young birds in the downiness of the feathers, shortness of
the bill, and apparent large size of the legs and feet. The dark color
of the lores and frontal line is quite distinct ; the whole upper parts
brownish ash, darker than in the adult, and with scarcely an indica-
tion of any difference in color on the crown. The Avhitish stripe on the
side of the head is prolonged so as to form an interrupted collar,
though in its posterior portion appearing as a slight wash of hoary
rather than white : beneath, the rufous is less distinct.

Remarks ox the Genus Galeoscoptes Cabaxis, with the
Characters of two xew Gexera, axd a Descriptiox of

TURDUS PLUMBEUS LiX. By HeXRY BrYAXT.

The genus Galeoscoptes, including Turdus rubripes Temm. and
Turdus plumbeus Lin., was established by Cabanis, on Turdus caroli-
nensis Lin., which had been already placed in the genus ^limus of Boie.
I have been unable to procure the original description of the genus in
the Museum Heineanum, but presume that the same characters are
given by Prof Baird in the ninth volume of the Pacific-Railroad Re-
port. These only consist in the wing being considerably shorter than
the tail in Mimus, and slightly shorter in Galeoscoptes. On comparing
specimens of the types of the two genera, of as nearly as possible
the same size, I find this difference to be very slight. The bill is, how-
ever, rather straighter, and less distinctly notched, in Galeoscoptes ; and
the tarsus is shorter relatively to the middle toe, and has the divisions
of its anterior face less strongly marked.

It would have been, in my opinion, preferable to have lef> the three
birds in the genera in which they had been placed ; but, as the genus
Galeoscoptes has been generally accepted by ornithologists, it will be
necessary to separate from it Turdus plumbeus and Turdus rubripes,
and to make each of them the type of a genus, the affinity of the three
birds being very slight. In order that the differences between these
three genera, and also between them and Mimus, can be more readily
seized, I give below a brief synopsis of the four genera in a tabular
form : —

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.

24 ATlllL, IbCo.

370

9'i

Shorter than the head, Rounded ; first Longer than Longer than the rriiddle
slender,a little higher than primary a little wiug, as 9 to 8. toe ard claw, as 89 to 3o;
broad opposite the nostril: more than half Considerably five distmct divisions on
' the length of sec graduated: the its anterior face; outtr toe
d, and round- central feathers and claw about equal to
ed at the tip , to the outer as 07 inner toe and claw,
fourth and fifth to 59. ^
equal and long-

the upper mandible curved
gently from the base, more
abruptly toward the tip,
the sides slightly but sud-
denly compressed anterior
to the nostrils, and dis-
tinctly notched near the
tip; under mandible, with
the gonys, straight, and as
long as the bare portion of
the rami; the angles scarce-
ly seen ; rictal bristles more
than half the length of cul
men.

est; third scarce-
ly shorter ; sec-
ond shorter than
eighth.

Nearly as in Mimus
little straighter, and less
distinctly notched.

^3
O 3

o

Rounded rath-
er more than in
jSIimus. First
quill one-half of
second, and

rounded at tip ;
fouith and fifth
equal and long-
est ; third rela-
tively shorter
than in Mimus;
second shorter
than ninth.

Longer than Scarcely longer than
wing, as 16 to 15. middle toe and claw, as .S3
Central feathers to 32; five divisions on its
to outer as (53 to anterior face, less distinct
than in Miinns; outer toe
and claw distinctly longer
than inner toe and claw.

I Longer than middle toe
As long as the head 1 Rather point- Shorter than and claw, as 47 to 43. with
stout, a little broader than ed. First quill a wing, as 75 to 79; only two faint transverse
high opposite the nostril ; little more than central feathers divisions on its anterior
scarcely if at all compress- one-third of sec- to outer as 70 to face; outer toe and claw

ed laterally anterior to the ond, with the 57.-
nostril, anil strongly notch- tip acuminate ;
ed; culmen gently curvedfourth and fifth
from the base, and less equal and long-
suddenly toward the tip est ; third slight-
than in Mimus; gonys ly shorter, and
slightly ascending, longer longer than

than the bare part ot ra-' sixth ; second
mus, and with the angle longer than sev-
scarcely seen; rictal bris- enth,
ties strong, one-half the
length of culmen.

decidedly longer than in-
ner toe and claw.

As long as head, strong ;
a little higher than broad
at the nostrils; somewhat
cultrate, scarcely if at all
compressed laterally ante-
rior to the nostrils, aud
very indistinctly notched;
culmen nearly straight for

one-half of its length, then „..^

gently curved to the tip;|shorter ; second
gonys ascending, shorter longer than

than the bare portion of eighth
rami; rictal bristles one-
fourth the length of cul-
men.

Somewhat Shorter than

pointed. Firstjwing, as 09 to 72 ;
quill one-third of central feathers
second, rounded to outer as 09 to
at tip; foutth and 09,
fifth equal and
longest ; third
and sixth equal
and slightlv

Considerably lareer than
middle toe and claw, as 47
to oM ; two very indistinct
divisions on its anterior
face; outer toe and claw
decidedly longer than in-
ner toe and claw. Claws
shorter and straighter than
in Mimocichla.

It will be seen by the above table, that Mimus and Galeoscoptes
ajiree in the rounded wings, slender bill, and distinct division of the

* Sclater, in his monograph of the American thrushes, in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society for 1859, p. .323, proposed this as a sub-genus of Oaleoscoptes, but gave no characters. The
name is a very appropriate one; the type certainly resembling a thrush, at least as much as a mock,
ing bird.

t From Mimos and Kitta.

371

scales of the anterior face of the tarsus, while they (lilfcr ]>niuii)ally
in the shorter tarsi of (laleoscoptes. ^liniocichla and ^Miniokitta. while
they agree in the more pointed wing and almost obsolete division of
the anterior face of the tarsus, ditfer strikingly in the thrush-like lull
of the first, compared with the sc-arci'ly-notchc-d cultrate bill of the
latter. The pointed first primary of Miniocithla also shows its gieater
affinity to the thrushes.

MiMOKITTA PLUMBEA.

Syn. Turdus plumbeus Lin.

Galeoscoptes plumbeus (Lin.) Cab.

I have been induced to give a detailed description of this bird, as I
have been unable to find any description of it except Catesby's, which
is not perfectly accurate. Linna-us, although founding his Turdus
plumbeus on Catesby's descri])tion, in all the editions excei)t the tenth,
refers also to the Tilly of Bufibn, Mimocichla ardosiacea ( Vieill.), and
describes the bird as having a red bill. Brisson, though usually so ac-
curate, confounded it with the same bird. Yieillot, in his descri])tion
of Mimocichla ardosiacea, says, that if the description of the bill in
Catesby is correct, which he doubts, the bird must have been a variety.
Bonaparte, in his " Conspectus," gives Turdus ardosiaceus of Yieillot as
a synonyme, as does also Sclater in his " Synopsis of American Thrush-
es." During my brief residence in the Bahamas, I unfortunately saw but
few individuals of this species; and, in consequence of the nature of
the places frequented by them, their habits were not easily observed.
"What I did see, however, reminded me most forcibly of the Florida
jay. They were in precisely the situations that the latter bird would
have chosen if removed to the Bahamas, — tangled thickets, where the
original growth had been cut off, closely resembling the scrub-oaks of
Florida, among which the Florida jay is always found. Although the
mocking-bird is quite abundant in the Bahamas, the present l)ird is
not called, at least I have never heard it called by the inhabitants,
mocking-bird, but either blue jay or blue thrasher; which would in-
dicate that its habits must differ from those of the former bird.

Dimensions. — Length, 274.* Extent, 370. "Wing, from flexure,
117. Length of tail, 112; tail beyond wing, 83. Tarsus, 35; mid-
dle toe, 20; middle-toe nail, 1\] hind toe, 12; hind-toe nail, O^;
outer toe, 15^; outer-toe nail, &\'^ inner toe, 14; inner-toe nail,
6j. Bill along ridge, 25. Gape, 31. Depth of bill,t 6^. f Breadth
of bill, 6f Length of nostril, 3|. Breadth of nostril, 4f Dilfcr-
ence in length of tail feathers, 14.

Color. — Bill, black. :Mouth and naked part of eyelids, bright orangr.

* The measurements are in millimetres. t Opposite nostril.

372

Head and neck above back, rump, and tail coverts, lead-color, ll<rht-
est toward the tall, and with the feathers of the head narrowly streaked
in the centre with blackish, not extending to their tips. Lores black ;
this color washed, as it were, under the eye to its posterior margin.
Wing, w^ith the reraigcs and coverts, varying from brownish-black on
the outer primaries to black on the inner secondarit-s and coverts ; all
the remiges but the first and second, and the greater coverts, margined
with lead-color, lightest on the outer greater coverts. This margin is
quite narrow on the third primary, and becomes gradually broader to
the secondaries, on which, as well as on the coverts, it runs round the
tips, and a short distance on the inner webs. The smaller coverts
are broadly margined all round with lead-color of a darker hue than
that of the greater coverts. The effect of this coloration is that the
closed wing appears lead-color, with its outer border, a few longitudi-
nal narrow stripes on the outer primaries, and their exposed tips brown-
ish-black, and with two or three conspicuous black spots on the exposed
portion of inner secondaries. Tail, blackish-brown ; all the feathers
with the outer webs margined with plumbeous at the base, scarcely seen
on the outer and gradually becoming more conspicuous on the inner
ones, Avhere it extends for nearly one-half their length, and is distinctly
serrated on its inner edge : all the feathers are tipped with light, scarcely
seen on the inner ones, and extending on the outer ones for more than
one-fourth of their length. These tips are entirely light-plumbeous on
the inner feathers, and white on the inner webs, and plumbeous on the
outer webs of the others. Chin, and feathered part of rami of lower
mandible, white ; extending on the latter to little beyond the anterior
edge of eye, and then disappearing gradually. Throat black, inter-
digitating with the white of the chin by three short prolongations some-
w^hat like the letter W. Fore-neck, breast, abdomen, flanks, tibiae,
and crissum, plumbeous, lightest on the centre of abdomen, and gradu-
ally shaded into white on the vent. Tarsi and toes red, dusky on the
latter. Claws, horn-color.

The following letters were read, which have been recently
received ; viz. : —

From the Academic Royale, Bruxelles, Oct. 18, 18fi2, the Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenburg, July 15, 1863 ;
the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Aug. 31, 1803 ; the
Royal Scottish Society of Arts, Edinbui-gh, Sept. 1, 1863 ; and the
Geological Society of London, Nov. 4, 1863, — acknowledging the re-
ceipt of the Society's publications ; from the Societe Royale des
Sciences de Liege, May 1, 1863; the Linnfean Society, London, July
15 and 28. 1863, — acknowledging the same, and asking that missing
numbers may be supplied ; the Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Ham-

373

burg, Jan. la, 18G3, and the Soclete Uoyalu dc Licgo, May 1, 18G3,
presenting their pubheations.

Ml-. Jolni Brown of Il.iniiltoii, C:in:i(la West, was elected
CorrespoiKling Member.

Dr. Henry M. Saville, and Messrs. Charles Stoddard, G.
Hnbbard Davis, jnn., Stuart M. Buck, F. II. Peabody, and
E. S. Atwood of Boston, and Mr. James O. Treat of Law-
rence, were elected Resident Members.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

Oct. 21. 345 specimens of 108 species of fishes, by the Museum of Coin-
pai'iitive Zoology, the sjiecies of which were determined by Mr. F. W. Putuiun.
A keg of alcoholic specimens, mostly reptiles, from Manchester, New Jer>ey,
by ]Mr. T. J. Whittemore. Specimens o( Matricaria inodura and Sedum rhodiula
from North-eastern Maine, by Mr. A. E. Verrill.

Nov. 4. A live alligator, from the mouth of the Mississippi, by Miss Langley.
Limestone filled with crinoids and other fossil remains, from Davenport, la.,
by Mr. J. J. Dixwell.

Nov. 18. A collection of shells, by Mrs. B. D. Greene. Two crania of the
musk-ox, by Mr. William Beetle.

Dec. 2. A collection of specimens of iron-ore from Marquette, Mich., by
Mr. Francis Kidder and Dr. John C. McKenzie. Corals from the Florida Keys
and the Sandwich Islands, by Mr. S. H. Scudder. Two crania of Lopldus
Americanus from Cape Cod, by Dr. B. J. JeftVies. Skins of Tamias i-ri((atus,
Arvicola xanthognaihus (3), SjHrmophllus Pnrryi, and Mustela Americana, from
the Hudson-Ba}' Territory, and of Sperinophilus Ilarrisii from Cape St. Lucas,
by the Smithsonian Institution.

Dec. 16. Uria arra and Harekla glncinlis from this vicinity, by Dr. B. .T.
Jeffries. A collection of 250 birds from Europe and Africa, by Dr. Henry
Brvant. A full collection, 120 in all, of Keungotts's Crystalline forms, by
Mr. W. T. Brigham.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING DEC. 31, 1803.

Rules for Zoological Nomenclature. By H. E. Strickland. 12mo. l*amph.
Edinburgh, 1863. From the British Association for the Adcancement of Si ienre.

Remarks on the Genus Lutra. By George Barnston, Esq. Svo. J'amph.
1863. ^ From the Author.

Salmon Fisheries of the St. Lawrence. By Richard Nettle. 12mo. Mont-
real, 1857. From the Author .

Observations on certain North-American Neuroptera. By H. Hageii, M.D.:
translated from the French, with notes, etc., by Benj. D. Wal-li. >-v... I'Mmpli.
1863. From B. D. Walsh, Esq.

Remarks on some Characteristics of the In-^ect Fauna <.f the Wliito Moun-
tains, N. H. By Samuel H. Scudder. Svo. Tamph. Cambridge, 1803.
From the Author.

On the Embryology of Asteracanthion beryllinus Ag.. &c. By A. .Vgassiz.
Svo. Pamph. From the Author.

374

On California Mosses. By Leo Lesquereux. 4to. Pamph. From the Author.

Flora Brasiliensis. Fasciculi 33, 34, 35. Folio. 1863. By the Greene Be-
quest.

Recherches sur I'eau dans rinterieur de la Ten'e. Par M. Delesse. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1861. From the Author.

Bear-Valley Coal-Company Reports. Svo. Pamph. Boston, 1863. From
C. W. Scudder, Esq.

Tenth Annual Report of the Massachusetts Board of Agriculture, 8vo. Bos-
ton, 1863. From the Secretary.

A Decimal System for Libraries. By Nath. B. Shurtleff. 4to. Boston, 1856.
From the Author.

Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Band 16. Heft 1-3. Svo. Altenburg.
By Excliange.

Monatsberichte der K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Jahre, 1862. 8vo. Berlin, 1863.

Der Zoologische Garten. IV Jahrg. Nos. 1-6. Frankfurt am M. Svo. 1863.

Jahrbuch der K. K. geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1863. xiii. Band. No. 2,
Svo. Wien, 1863.

Wochenschrift Vereines zur Befordex'ung des Gartenbaues in der KOnigl.
Preussischen Staaten fiir Giirtnerei und Pfianzenkunde. Nos. 1-30. 4to.
1S63. Berlin.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Vol. xxviii.. No. 5; and vol. xxix.. No. 1.
Svo. Berlin, 1863.

Schriften der K. Physikalisch-Okonomischen Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg.
Dritter Jahrgang. 1862. Erste Abtheilung. 4to.

Abhandlungeu aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften in Hamburg, iv.
Band. 3 Abth. 1862.

Bulletins des Stances de la Classe des Sciences de I'Acaddmie Royale des
Sciences, etc., de Belgique. Anne 1862. Svo. Bruxelles.

Bulletin de la Societe Geologique de France. Tome 20. 2d S(irie. Feuilles
13-20. Svo. Paris. 1863.

Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Li^ge. Tome 17. Svo.
1863.

Proceedings of the Roj'al Society. Vol. xii. Nos. 55-57. Svo. London,
1S63.

Transactions of the Linnajan Society of London. Vol. xxiii.. Parts 2, 3; vol.
xxiv.. Part 1. 4to. Journal of Proceedings. Botany, Nos. 21-26. Zoology,
Nos. 21-26. Svo. London.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Part 3, 1861 ; Parts 1, 2,
3, 1862. Svo.

Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society. Vol. iii. Nos. 6 and 7.
Svo. Paris, 1S63.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Lidia. Palceontologia Indica, ii. 4,
5.. 4to.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol vi.. No. 5, October, 1861. Vol.
viii., Nos. 4 and 5. August, October, 1S63. Svo. Montreal.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 40. 1862. No. 47.
Svo. 1863. Toronto.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. No. 2. Svo. Cambridge,
1863.

375

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Xo. lOS, for November,
1863. Svo. New Haven.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of IMiiladelphia. New Series.
Vol. v., Part 4. 4to.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. No>. 4, 5.
June, September. 1863. 8vo. By Exchanye.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. xii. Nos. 70-72. October,
December, 1863. Svo. London.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. No. 76, for November, 1863.
Bibliotheca Entomologica. Vol. ii., N-Z. 8vo. Leipzig, 1H63. From the
Courtis Fund.

Geological Evidences of the Antiquity of Man. Bv Sir Charles Lveli. Svo.
Philadelphia, 1863.

New-England Historical and Genealogical Register. Vol. xviii. No. 4. De-
posiied by the Hejniblican Institution.

Page 6, line 35, for " corresponding" read " resident."

Page 7, line 2, for " part iv." read '-part iii."

Page 33, dele lines 19-.J5.

Page 33, line 30, for " Heliastrea" read " HcliaPtr.Ta."

Page 40, line 17, for " James Freeman Allen " read " Henry Freeman Allen."

Page 47, line 17, for " window " read "green bottle."

Page 5S, line 21, for •' valves" read " lialves."

Page 64, line 13, for " Naturgesellschaft " read " naturforschenden Gesellschaft."

Page 70, line 5, for " generally ■' read " generieally."

Page 112, line 50, for '' Henry Greene " read " Henry Grew.''

Page 123, line 30, for '' common ■' read " rare."

Page 123, line 39, for " Sphyrapicus " read " Sphyropicus."

Page 125, line 24, for " common " read " rare."

Page 128, line 17, for " semipalmalus " read " semipalmatus."

Page 129, lines 36-39, for " Fulix " read '' Fulica : " the lines should follow Por-
zana Carolina.

Page 158, line 16, for " Mitchell S. Weir " read " S. Weir 3Htchell."

Page 186, three lines from bottom, for " Brazil ■ ' read " Bombay," and for "A "
read " L."

Page 231, line 14, for " montanus " read " ilontinus."

Page 235, line 20, for " Whittlesy" read " AVhittlesey."

Page 249, line 32, for " Limnaclda? " read " Limnaidie."

Page 250, lines 1 and 24, for "Ancyliformis" read "aneyliformis."

Page 252, line 2, for " Epephragm " read " Kpiphray^ni."

Page 280, line 35, for " Hambliu ' read " Hamlin."

INDEX TO VOL. IX,

Acalephas, Lucernaria, the cocnotype of,

Acambona, 27.

altirostris, 28.

prima, 27.

Acclimatization of Animals, 5.

Actinocrinus Xashvillce, var. suhtractus,
16.

guadrispinus, 15.

Wachsmuthi, 15.

Aclinophrvs, 2<S2.

Agassiz, A. On Autolytus cornutus, fi;
on the mode of development of the
marginal tentacles of the free Medusae
of some Hydroids, iS8; on Arachnactis
brachiohita, 151); on Nanomia cara, ISO;
on geographical distribution of Toxop-
neustesdrobachiensis, 101 ; on Halopsis
ocellata,220; on distribution of Insects,
231; on transformations of young in
Echinoderms, 020; ou the function of
pedicillariae, 329.

Agassiz, Prof. L. On homologies of
Brachiopoda, 08; on the ilegatheroids,
101 ; ou the sub-divisions of tertiary
strata, 174 ; on development of Kana
temporaria, 174 ; on geographical dis-
tribution, 178; ou the euigniatie fossil
of .Solenliofen, 191 ; ou the natural atti-
tude of the Meg-atherium, 193 ; on the
youn<i- of fishes, 326.

Alger, Francis, remarks on death of, 341.

AUantus, 116.

Ambocfeli't minnta, 26,

Ama-ba, observations on, 281.

Amphioxus, 333, 34().

Androeciuni of Fumariaceae, 246.

Auisoptervx veruata, 350; I'arasite of,
185.

Annual Meeting, 66, 227.

Anthonomas prunickld, .309.

Anticosti, Birds of, 137 ; 3Iammals of,
135; Natural History of, 1.32; Flauts
of, 146.

Antimony, 2-34.

Ararhiuirti-i brarhiolata, 159.

Argiiniiis Moiiflnus, 231.

Atliiilia, 116, 117.

Atwooi), X. E. On the variable hab-
its of some fishes, 189 ; on the Cod
Fishery, 318.

Autolytus cornutua, 6.

Avicidopecten gradocostus, 31.

Bagrus, mode of caring for young, 226.
Batrachians of Norway, 31e., 195.
Belemnocrimts, 14.

JU'h'iiuioiriiiit.i Ti/pns, 14.

Be/hroji/ton jfniniciis, 21.

srri}ttift'rn>i, 21.

Beloue, youni^: of, .',25.

Bkkmokk, a. S.,on Amphioxus, .333.

BIXXKY, W. G., on tiu' g»'0<^raphi(ul
distribution of Land .*^liells in North
America, 177: on erosion of shells,
.327 ; on Melaniu and Melantho, 327.

Birds of Anticosti. i:'.7.

Blake, .J. H., on frozen well at Bran-
don, Vt., 72.

BOAHDMVX, G. A. Catalogue of the
Birds found in Ihe vicinity of Calais,
Maine, and about the islands at the
mouth of the Bay of Fundy. 122.

Boston .Marine tfocietv, donation from,
7,62.

BouvK, T. T., on metamorjihic action in
conglomerate rocks, 57 ; on habits of
Sphvropicus varius,248; Ueniarks on
tlie 'Death of Mr. Alger, 341.

Brachiopoda, hicmal and neural regions
in, 57 ; homologies of, 68.

Brandon, frozen well in, 72 ; tempera-
ture of, si.

Bitowx, I)u. F. 11., on an occurrence of
S[)hargis coriacea, 32(i.

Bryaxt, Dr. H. Description of two
birds from the Bahama I.>.lands, 279.
Description of a new variety of Pariis
from Yarmouth, Nova Scotij'i, 3i'8. Ke-
marks on the genus Galeoscojites Cab.,
with the characters of two new genera,
and a description of Turdus plumbeus
hin., 31)9.

Bu<.:ivi>AXi), David. Temperature of
frozen well in Itrandon, Vt., M.

Building Committee, Iveport of. .37, .331.

Building Fund, names of donors to, 112 ;
resolutions concerning donors to, 111.

JhirsarrinHS coiifirniatiis, 11.

By-laws, alteration of, 37.

Calais, Catalogue of the IJirds of, 122,
Callinectes, monograph of the genus,

188
Calluna vulgaris, 38, 207.
Canada, copper mines of, 202.
Capron, Kkv. W. ]{., on ancient i)ot-

tery and megalithic cysts in India, 360.
Carboniferous fossils from Slississippi

Vallev, 8.
f'nnliomorpha pnrrirostri.^, 31.
Cliimpau/ef, Wilder on, 113.
Cliluroncuni abiionnia, 310.

378

Chloroneura malefica, 314, 317.

maligna, 317.

Chonetes genicuUita, 1^9.

Cicindela sexguttata, 286.

Clark, Prof. H. J. Lucernaria the
ccenotype of Acalephfe, 47 ; Prodromus
of the history, structure, and physi-
ology of the order Luceruarite, 188; on
Actinoplirys, 282 ; on a magnifying
lens of peculiar construction, 282; on
the eggs of Tubularia and the female
of Khizogeton fusiformis, .342.

Ccenotype, 47.

Colias in N. America, 103.

Colias interior, 108.

labradorensis, 107.

occidentalism 109.

Colymbus, osteology and myology of,

281.
Committee, Building-, report of, 37.

Communications, Verbal, by
Agassiz, A., 159, 180, 191, 219, 231, 326,

329.
Agassiz, Prof. L., 68, 101, 174, 178, 191,

193, 326.
Atwood, Capt. N. E., 189, 318.
. Bickmore, A. S., 333.
Binney, W. G., 177, 327.
Bouve, T, T., 57, 248, 341.
Brown, Dr. F. H., 326.
Clark, Prof. H. J., 282, 342.
Denton, Rev. Mr., 224.
Gaffield, T., 47, 70,347.
Gould, Dr. A. A., 327, 341.
Gray, Prof. Asa, 333.
Hayes, Dr. A. A., 234.
Holmes, Dr. O. W., 178.
Jackson, Dr. C. T., 47, 55, 57, 155, 202,

222, .333,
Jackson, Dr. J. B. S., 224.
Jeffries, Dr. B. J., ,329.
Marcou, Prof. Jules, 1, 5, 47.
Pickering, Dr. C, 102, 182, 245, 333, 368.
Putnam, F. W., 60, 69, 173, 178, 202,

224, 226, 229, 233, 248, 319, 325, 326,

334 350.
Rogers, Prof. W. B., Ill, 174, 231, 232,

235.
Scudder, S. H., 69, 178, 182, 185, 188,

210, 212, 230, .357.
Stodder, C, 319.
Storer. F. H., 152.
Verrili, A. E., 33, 201, 226, 2.32, 276,

327.
Waterston, Rev. R. C, 164.
Wells, Samuel, Jr., 199.
White, Dr. J. C, .3.35.
Wilder, B, G., 1, .36, 113.
Wilson, Prof. Daniel, ,357, .367.
Wyman, Prof. Jeffries, 56. 87, 111, 155,

157, 173, 174, 179, 185, 186, 193, 211,

220,233,245,252,281,3.34,347.

(^;OMMUNICATIONS, WRITTEN, 15V

Agassiz, A., 6, 88.
Boardman, G. A., 122.
Hrvant, Dr. II., •.•79, 368, .369.
r.iKkliiiid, I).,, SI.
(apron, lie v. W. B., .300.

Clark, Prof. H. J., 47, 188.

Coues, Dr. E., 281.

Emerson, G. H., 253.

Gould, Dr. A. A., .335.

Jackson, Dr. C. T., 70, 72.

Kueeland, Dr. S.,40.

Lapham, I. A., 55.

Lewis, Dr. James, 160, 252.

Marcou, Prof. Jules, 33.

Morse, E. S., 57.

Newberry, Dr. J. S., 42, 160.

Norton, E., 116.

Ordway, Albert, 188.

Packard, A. S., Jr., 210, 345.

Pickering, Dr. C, 346.

Rothrock, J. T., 246.

Scudder, Rev. D. C, 358.

Scudder, S. H., 103, 116.

Shute, J, G., .332.

Smith, S. I., .328, .342.

Sprague, C. J., .38, 207.

Stimpson, Wm., 191, 249.

Stodder, Charles, 2.

Verrili, A. E., 122, 132, 135, 137, 143,

146, 164, 172, 179, 195, 225, 233, 253.
Walsh, B. D.,286.
White, Charles A., 8, 46.
Whittlesey, Charles, 235.
Wilder, B. G., 248.
Winchell, Prof. A., 321.
Winslow, Dr. C. P., 5.
Wyman, Prof. Jeffries, 203, 226, 230,

352.

Conglomerate rocks, metamorphic action

in, 57.
Conotrachehis crattegi, 311.

posticatus, 310.

puncticollis, 310.

Constitution, alteration of, 37, 46.
Conularia byblis, 22.

victa, 22.

Copper mines of Canada, 202.

Corundum, 201.

Coscinodiscus, 3.

Cotalpa lanigera, 287.

Coues, E. Osteology and Myology of

Colymbus, 281.
Crania reposita, 30.

Sheldo7ii, 29.

Cryptus samire, .345.

Smithii, .346.

Curatorship of Ethnology established,

.36.
Cyatlwcrimis Kelloggi^ 8.

rigidus, 8.

Cyclopean Pig, 211.

Cypripedium spectabile, fertilization of,

.328.
Cyrtia curvilineata, 25.
Cysts, megalithic, in India, 357.

Dactylethra capensis, larvae of, 155.

Death of Dr. Greene, 1(54; of Dr. Hay-
ward, 320; of Mr. Alger, 341.

Denton, Ukv. Mr., on sublimation
theory, 224.

Desmognathus fiisca, 25-3.

Development of tentacles in Ilydroids,

379

Devonian fossils from ^lississippi Val-
ley, 8.

Diatomaceae, structure of valves of, 2.

Dlatoinaceous earth from Itaudolph, 319.

Dichocrinus aiitjnstus, 1<J.

cnissitestini, 10.

Discina capax, HO.

Dissection of a Hottentot, 50.

Donors to Building Fund, names of, ll:i;
resolutions concernin^^. 111.

Dryocampa bicolor, 293.

Dyas, observations on, 33.

Echinus granulatus, distribution of, 191.
Elaps, 60.

Election of Officers, 30, 08, 228, 327, 351.
Emerson, G. H., observations on Cr.vs-

tals and Precipitates in IJlowpipe

Beads, 253.
Empoa albicans, 316.
EmpoaAca, 315.

— consohrina, 310.

ohtusa, 310.

viHdescens, 310.

Epicaerus imbricatus, 311.
Et'ifthroneura aust rails, 317.

S-nofata, 318.

rdcza-c, 317.

Esquimaux, Pickering on, 182.
Ethnology, Curatorship of, established,

30.
Euompluihis Roherti, 22.
Eutaenia, 61, 69.

Fishes, habits of, 189.

Fossil Crab of Gay Head, 191.

Fossil Plants, Newberry on, 100.

Fossils, description of, from Mississippi

Valley, 8.
Frozen well in Brandon, 72.
Fumariaceae, androecium of, 240.

Gaffikld, T,, on Crystallization in
AVindow Glass, 47, 70; remarks on the
Action of Sunlight on Window Glass,
347.

Galena, mode of occurrence at Dubuque,

. 222.

Galeoscoptes, remarks on the genus, 369.

Geographical Distribution of Land
Shells, 177.

Geology, surface, of the basin of the
Great Lakes, 42.

GerviUid sfrir/osa, 31.

Gold in Nova Scotia, 47.

Gold of Atlantic and Pacific Coast, 47.

Gorilla, cranium of young, 203.

Gould, Dr. A. A., on erosion of shells,
327; History of the Linna'an Society
of New England, 335 ; on the death of
Mr. Alger, 341.

Gray, Prof. Asa, on Alpine Plants, 333.

Greene, Dr. B. D., remarks on the de-
cease of, 104, 174; resolutions concern-
ing, 170; Catalogue of Library be-
queathed by, 258, 335.

Grystes fasciatus, 224, 248.

Gundlachia, 249.

Mi'dciana, 250.

HalesUlota Antiphola, 2s8.

JIalopsis ocdUita, 219.

JiAYEs, Dr. a. a., on native antimony,

Hayward, Dr. Georgk, de:ith of, .320.
iieatli not indigenous to tlie U. S., 38,

Heliastraca Sp., 33.

Jlelin/hlfa lAtrenhn'ckil, 3.

Jlippa fill isc u s , .300.

I'liiiistus, 301.

Hirundo lunilrons, 270.

Hog, nuiscles of snout of, 1.

HoLMK.s, U. AV. on a new microscope
stand, 178.

Homologies of Braehiopoda, f*S.

Hottentot, dissection of, 50; skeleton of,
352.

Human embryo, development of, 18,5.

Hydroids, mode of development of ten-
tacles in, 88.

India, ancient pottery and megalithic

cysts in, 357.
Ink, manufacture of, 55.
Insects, classification of, 69.

Jackson, Dr. C. T On Gold in Nova
Scotia, 47; on manufacture of writing
inks, 55; on metamorphic action in
conglomerate rock^,57 ; notice of death
of Air. Thoreau, 70; Iteport of tlierom-
mittee appointed to examine t lie frozen
well of Brandon, At., 72; on security
against counterfeits in paper currency,
155; sketcii of the great copper-bearing
belt of Canada, 202; on mode of occur-
rence of galena at Dubu<iue, Iowa,
222; on .Jersey Tea, 333.

Jackson, Du. .J. B. S., on hairball from
stomach of ox, 224.

Jeffries, Dr. B. J., ophthalmoscopic
examination of two albinos, 329.

Juncus trifidus on Alount Mouadnock,
333.

Kneeland, S., on Tennant's Ceylon, 46.

Lakes, Surface Geology of the basin of

the Great, 36.
Land Sliells. geographical distribution

of, 177.
Lapiiam, I. A., on liabits of Sapsucker,

55.

Letters FRO>r

Academia Real de Ciencias, Madrid,
190.

Academic Koyale, Bruxelles, 372.

Academy, California, of Natural Sci-
ences, San Francisco, 200.

Akademie K. bayerische der AVissen-
scliaften, AIiinchen,37, 62, 230.

Akademie K. K., der Wisscnschaften,
Wien, 37, 02, 206, 255.

Akademie K. preussische der Wisscn-
schaften, lU-rlin, 37, 02, 152, 206.

Anstalt, K. K. Central, Wien, 2-3o.

Association, Dublin Cnivt-rsity Zo-
ological and Botanical, 37, f)2.

Ayres, \V. O., 320.

380

Bibliothek, K. Hof und-Staats, Miin-
clit'U, 2^0.

Bibliothek, K. U., Gottiiigen, 230.

Bissell, S. B., 199.

Boardman, G. A., 210.

Brocklc'sby, John, 80.

Camp, G. S., 80.

Carter, S. K., 221.

Cope, E. D., 191.

Craven, J. J., 320.

Davis, Henry, 222.

Gesellschaft, K. der Wissenschaften,
Gottingen, 07, 280

Gesellschaft, naturforschende, Emden,
200.

Gesellschaft, naturforschende des Os-
terlandes, Altenburg, 372.

Gesellschaft, naturhistorische Hanno-
ver, 320.

Gesellschaft, naturwissenschaftliche,
St. Gallen, 222.

Gesellschaft, Oberhessische, Giessen,
190.

Gesellschaft, Zoologische, Frankfurt,
230.

Greene, Mrs. M. M. Q., 191.

Hamlin, C. E., 280.

Hitchcock, C. H., 351.

Institut Imperiale de France, Paris, 230.

Institution, Roj'al of Great Britain,
London, 152.

Institution, Smithsonian, Washington,
200, 230.

Lapham, I. A., 55.

Lewis, F. W., 320.

Library, Trustees of New- York State,
210.

McFarlane, Thomas, 210.

Osten Sacken, R. von, 280.

Peabody, G. A., 219.

Prime, Temple, 255.

Keichsaustalt, K. K. Geologische
Wien, 37, 230.

Eobbins, E. P., 255.

Societe entomologique de Belgique,
Bruxelles, 320.

Societe Geologique de France, Paris,
351.

Royale de Zoologie, Amster-
dam, 07.

Societe, Rovale des Sciences, Liege,
372, 373.

Society, American Philosophical, Phil-
adelphia, 190.

Society, Botanical, of Canada, Kings-
ton, 210.

Society, Buffalo, of Natural Sciences,
210.

Society, Entomological, London, 191.

(ieological, London, 372.

Leeds Literary and Philo-

sopliical. 07, 230, 372.

Linnaan, London, 372.

Socictv, Literary and IMiilosophical,
.Miiuchc'ster, 191.

Socii'ty, l^iverpool Literary and Pliilo-
so])hical, 152.

Sociftv, Natural Historv, Dublin, .320.

Natiinil llistniV of \. liruus-

wick, St. Julia's, 191.

Society of Arts, Royal Scottish, Edin-
burgh, 372.

Society of Natural History, Portland,
02.

Society, Roj-al, Dublin, 280.

Royal Horticulturjil, London,

200.

Society, Royal, Loudon, 351.

Survey, Geological, of India, Calcutta,
213.

Tuckerman, E., 280.

University of New York, Albany, 152.

^^ Vermont, Burlington,

213.

University, Royal, of Norway, Chris-
tiana, 37, 02.

Verein Tiir Naturkunde in Herzog-
thum Nassau, Wiesbaden, 02.

Verein fiir Naturkunde, Offenbach, 37,
02, 222.

Verein fiir Naturkunde, AViesbaden,
222.

Verein, naturhistorischer, Bonn, 152,
255.

Verein, naturwissenschaftlicher der
Rheinpfalz, Neustadt. 37, ()2.

Verein, naturwissenschaftlicher, Ham-
burg, 372.

Walsh, B. D., 210.

Winslow, Dr. C. F., 5.

Lewis, Ja:mes, remarks on aquatic
species of 3Iollusca, 100; on identity of
Paludina subglobosa with 3Ielania
isogona, 252.

Library bequeathed by Dr. B. D. Greene,
258, 335.

LiBRARV, DOXATIOXS TO, BY

Academia Real de Ciencias, Madrid,
158.

Academic des Sciences, Paris, 210.

Imperiale des Sciences, Arts

et Belles-Lettres, Bordeaux, 03, 210.

Academic imperiale des Sciences, Arts
et Belles-Lettres de Dijon, 03.

Academic imperiale des Sciences, St^
Petersburg, 05, 210.

Academic ro\'aIe des Sciences, etc.,
de Belgique^ Bruxelles, 374.

Academy, American, of Arts and Sci-
ences, Boston, 188, 257.

Academy, Californian, of Natural Sci-
ences. San Francisco, 257.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia, 04, 154, 159, 188, 210, 257, 280,
375.

Academy of Science, St. Louis, 257.

Royal Irish, Dublin, 210.

Agassiz, A., 158, 373.

Akademie, K. B. der Wisscnschaften,
Miinchen, 04, 215.

Akademie, K. der Wisscnschaften
AVien, 03, 05, 159, 187, 257.

Akademie, K. Preuss. der Wissen-
schnften, Berlin, 05, 154, 215, 374.

American IJoard of Commissioners for
Foreign 3Iissions, 187.

Anstalt, K. K. Central fiir ^leteorologie
und Erdmayaetismus, Wien, 154.

381

Archiv fiir XaturfroscliiclUt', Berlin,
(•3, l;")!, \r,s, 1>7. J :>, 2.>r. :{:4.

Association, Dul.liii Iiiiversity Zo-
ological ami liot.uiical, 05.

Baclie, A. D., lu-i. '^o.

Baruston, George, :ir:{.

Barraiirle, J., 15s.

Bellardi, Luigi, L'14.

Billings, E., (iJ, loS.

Bland, Thomas, 15S.

British Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, London, 37:j.

Cahver, C. G., -,'14.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,
3Iontreal, 04, 154, 159, 188, 21(5, 285,
374.

Courtis Fund, 05, 155, 159, 188,217,218,
258, 2S(), 375.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., 187. 214, 2.^0.

Delesse, M., 374.

Durkee, Dr. S., 153.

Fearing, A., 254.

Flint, C. L., 02. 374.

Gabb, W. M., 03.

Genootschap, Bataviaasch, van Kuns-
ten en Wetenschapnen, Batavia,
158.

Gesellschaft fiir Xatur-undlicilkunde,
Giessen, 187.

Gesellschaft, K. der Wissenschaften,
Gottingon, 154, 257.

Gesellschaft, K. Iv. Zoologisch-botan-
ische, Wien, 159.

Gesellschaft, K. phvsikalisch-oknno-
mische, Konigsberg, 154, 159, 374.

Gesellschaft, naturforschende, Alten-
burg, 374.

Gesellschaft, naturforschende, Em-
den, 04, 210.

Gesellschaft, naturhistorische, Han-
nover, 187, 285.

Gesellschaft, naturwissenschaftliclie,
Isis, Dresden, 210.

Gesellschaft, naturwissenschaftliclie,
St. Gallen, 154- 215.

Gesellschaft Zoologische, Frankfurt,
154, 187, 215, .374.

Gesellschaft zur Beforderun^' der ge-
sammten Naturwissenschaften, 3Ia' -
burg, 04, 05.

Gould, Dr. A. A., 153.

Greene, Dr. B. D., bequest of, 258, 335,
374.

Hall, Prof. James, 153, 187, 214, 250.

Harless, Prof. E., 214.

Hauc,'Uton, Rev. S., 153, 154.

Hitchcock, C. H., 03, 153, 285.

Huguet-Latour, L. A., 255.

Institute, Essex, Salem, 188.

Institution, Royal, of Great Britain,
London, 154, 257.

Jarvis, Dr. E., 2^5.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris, 216.

of Industry, Science, and Art,

Canadian, Toronto, 05, 154, 188, 210,
257, 285, 374.

Journal of Science and Arts, Ameri-
can, New Haven, Cw, 154, 159, 18<S,
21f., 257, 2S0, :}75.

Kneeland, Dr. S., 187.

Kolliker, A., 187,250.

Lea, Isaac, 1.'.3, l.s7. 2!4.

L('S(|uereux, Leo, 0:{, 374.

Lihrarv, X. V. State, Trustees
Albany, l,s.><, -jso.

I-ogan, Sir W. E., 285.

Liitken, C. F., 1>7.

Lvceum of Xatuial Historv, Xew
York, 159.

Lyman, T., 285.

3IacFarlaue, Thomas, 1,5s, 1S7.

Marcou, Prof. Jules, \i>s.

Marsh, (). C., 153.

Martins, Charles, 214.

Mason, Rev. 1<\, 214.

Mercantile- [.librarv .\ssociation, 255.

3Iitciiell, Dr. S. Weir, 15s.

Monatsclirift, Wiener entomolo;4^ische,
Wien, 215, 25(5.

Moulius, Ch. des, 25'i.

Museum of Comparative Zoology,
(.'ambridge,257, 374.

Xettle, Richard, 373.

X\'wberrv, Dr. J. S.. 03.

Pettenkofer, Dr. Max, 214.

Philbrick. J. D., 15!

Ph(X'bus, IMiilipp, isT.

Prime, Temple, 158.

Rand, E. S., 03.

Reichsanstalt, K. K. Geologische,
Wien, ("4, 154, 215, 2>5, 374.

Republican Institution, 05, 00, 1.55, 159,
INS, -J-s, 25s, ^SO, :J75.

Rusclienberger, Dr. W. S. W., 1.53.

Russell, George, 02

Sars, Dr. M., 04, 215.

Scrope, G. P., 153.

Scudder, C. W., 374.

Scudder. S. IL, '58, 187, 214, 25(«, 373.

Sharswood, G., 214,

Shurtlelf, Dr. X'. B., 374.

Slack, J. H., 214.

Smithsonian Institution, 15'^, ]8s, 210.

Societe de Geographie, Paris, (H, 154,
210.

Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Xa-
turelle, Geneve, G;j, 210.

Societe des Sciences Xaturelles,
Xeuchatel, 154, 2s5.

Societe (ieologi(iue de France, Paris,
210, 257, 374.

Societe Linneenne, Bordeaux, 210.

• Rovale des Sciences, Liege, 03,

374.

Societv, American Philosopliical, Phil-
adelphia, 154, 159, IKS. -^10, 217, 257.

Society, Botanical, of Canada, Kings-
ton, "159.

Societv, Entomolo^rical. Philadelphia,
(V4, 154, 159, ISS, -,'10. 257.

Society, Geological and Polytechnic,
of the W. Riding of Yorkshire,
Leeds, 154.

Society, (ieologieal, of Dublin, 154.

Horticnitiiral, Montreal. 154.

Linna-an, Lon<l(>n, t^!, 374.

Litirary and llistorii-al, (Que-
bec, iss.

Societv, Litcrarv and Pliilosopliic.il,
Leeds. 154.

382

Society, Literary find riiilosophical,

Liverpool, 05, ~'10.
Society. Literary and rhilosophical,

jVIanchester, l.s7.
Society, 2s'atnral History, Dublin, 285.

'■ jVIontreal, 257.

Portland, 217.

lioyal Dublin, 15U, 216, 257,

285.

Society, lloval Geographical, London,

03, 150, 188, 210, 285.
Society, Royal Horticultural, London,

154, 159, 216, 257, 285, 374.
Society, Koyal, London, 154, 159, 210,

257, 374.
Society, Zoiilogical, London, 374.
Sprague, C. J., 215, 250.
State of Massachusetts, 46, 03.
Storer, Dr. D. H., 153.
Sumner, Hon. C, 03.
Survey, Geological, of India, Calcutta,

154, 187, 210, 374.
Tryon, G. W., 63, 214.
Uiiiversitet, K. Norske Frederiks,

Christiana, 04.
University of A"ew York, Eegents of,

280.
Verein, Entomologische, Stettin, 154,

257.
Verein fiir Naturkunde, im Herzog-

thum, Nassau, Wiesbaden, 215.
Verein fur Naturkunde, Mannheim,

257.
Verein fiir Tsaturkunde, Offenbach, 04,

215.
Verein Tiir vaterliindische Naturkunde

in Wiirtemberg^, Stuttgart, 03, 215.
Verein, naturhistorischer der Preus-

sischen-Kheinlande und Westpha-

lens, Uonn, 154, 257.
Verein, Naturwissenschaftlicher der

Kheiupfalz, Neustadt, 04.
Verein, Naturwissenschaftlicher fiir

Sachsen und Thiiringen, Halle, 03,

05, 215.
Verein, Naturwissenschaftlicher, Ham-
burg, 05, 374.
Verein, Zoologisch - mineralogischer,

Regensburg, 285.
Verein zur Jieforderung- des Garten-

baues, Berlin, 04, 215, .374.
Verrill, A. E., 250.
Wagner, Dr. A., 214.
Walsh, B. D., 214, .373.
"Warren, Dr. J. Mason, 158.
Wells, D. A., 153.
Winchell, Prof. A., 153, 187.
Zeuner, G., 187.

Lilium tigrinum, poisoning by, 174.

Limacodes hyalinus, 299.

Limncodes scaj)lia, 298.

Limbs of man compared with those of

Quadrumana, 30.
Lingnla Halli, 30.
Linuican Society of N. England, history

of, 335.
Lucernaria, cocnotype of Acalepha;, 47;

history of the order, 188.
Lymnjca gracilis, 102.

Macrophya, 117.

pliiricinctus, 118.

Mammals of Anticosti, 135.

Man, limbs of, compared witli Quadru-
mana, 3().

Makcou, Pkof. Julks, on deep-sea
soundings, 1 ; on acclimatization of ani-
mals, 5; on the terms I'eneen, Permian
and Dyas, 33; on the gold of the At-
lantic and Pacific coasts, 47.

Megatherium, age of, 102.

Megatheroids, Prof. L. Agassiz on, 101.

Megistocrimts crassus, 17.
plenus, 10.

Melania isogona, 101.
virgiuica, 101.

Members, Corresponding, Elected.
Atwood, N. E., 235.
Ayres, W. O., 235.
Boardman, E. A., 70.
Brown, John, 373.
Carter, Samuel R., 210.
Clav, Joseph A., 7.
Cope, E. D., 155.
Craven, Dr. J. J., 249.
Frost, C. C, 255.
Hamlin, Prof. Charles E., 222.
Hitchcock, C. H., 280.
Lewis, Dr. F. W., 220.
McFarlane, Thomas, 181.
Osten Sacken, R. von, 249.
Prime, Temple, 200.
Reed, Stephen, 201.
Slack, Dr. J. H., 70.
Tuckerman, Prof. E., 2.35.
Lhler, Philip R., 7.
Walsh, B. D., 201.
Willis, J. R., 285.
Wilson, Daniel, 2-35.

Members, Honorary, Elected.
Haidinger, William, 351.
Matteucci, Carlo, 157.

Members, Resident, Elected.
Allen, H. F., 40.
Allen, J. A., 182.
Atwood, E.S.,. 373.
Baldwin, A. C, 40.
Rartlett, C, 249.
Bates, J. D., 180.
P,latchford, J. S., 191.
Buck, S. M., .373.
Carruth, C, 202.
Cooper, J. C, 180.
Crasiii; A. P., 70.
Cummings, N., 186.
Dale, E., 180.
Dull, W. H., .332.
Davis, G. H., Jr., 373.
Denny, R. S., 202.
Eldredge, E. H., 152.
Emerson, G. H., 213.
Fay, R. S., Jr., 70.
Flagnf, A., 180.
Fletcher, Robert, 202.
Gardner, J. P., 113.
Gibbs, N. B., 180.
Gorham, F., 191.

383

Hartt, C. F., 105.

Hewins.C. A., 'J^?.

Hill, Rev. Thomas, 201.

Jacques, George, ."{7.

Jeffiies, Henry U., 70.

JeftVies, John^ Jr., 37.

Johnson, ('. B., ISO.

Johnson, 8., Jr., isfl.

Kennedy, G. G., li:}.

Kuhn, W. P., 340.

Lawrence, A. A., ISO.

Little, C. C, ISO.

Mason, L., .332.

Mixter, George, 6.

Munson, N. C, 18().

Nichols, Lyra an, 4().

Nickerson, Franklin, 70.

Niles, W. H., 1S2.

Packard, A. S., Jr., .332.

Peabody, F. H., .373.

Porter, C. B., 255.

Powell, S. W., 280.

Powers, G. H., 182.

Preston, Jonathan, 40.

Preston, Wm. J., 40.

Richards, G.H., I'Jl.

Eitchie, T. P., 255.

Roberts, Dr. David, 70.

Robbins, E. P., 207.

Rotch, B. S., 180.

Rothrock, J. T., 57.

Ruggles, S. P., 180.

Sanborn, Francis G., 57.

Saville, Dr. H. M., 373.

Sayles, Henry, 70.

Schlessinger,'Barthold, 40.

Scudder, M. S., 191.

Shurtleff, Dr. A., 207.

Shurtleff, H. S., 207.

Simmons. J., 180.

Smith, G. D., 185.

Stearns, C. ^., 351.

Stetson, J., ISO.

Stevens, C. K., 227.

Stoddard, C, 373.

Sweetzer, Isaac, 202.

Thaxter, J. Q., 249.

Thaxter, L. Lincoln, 0.

Thompson, N. A., 18(>.

Treat, J. O., 373.

Trouvelot, L., 222.

Tyler, Dr. John E., 249.

Vose, George L., 222.

Wales, T. B., ISO.

Wetherbee. John, Jr., 222.

White, C. T., .320.

Wilsoti, Dr. E. T., 113.

Windship, Dr. G. B., 285.
Metamorphic action in conglomerate

rocks, 57.
Microscope, new stand for, 178.
Midas fitlvipes, 300.
Mimocirhla, 370.
Mimobitta, 370.

plumbea, 371.

Mingan Islands, plants of, 140.
Monstrosity in serpents, 193.
3Iorrhua americana, habits of, 190.
MORSK, E. S. The Ha'nial and Neural

Regions of Brachiopoda, 57.

Muscles of limbs of man compared with
(^uadrumana, 30 ; of the snout of
Hog, 1.

JIusEUM, Donations to, by
Andrews, ('. A., isO.
Barnard, ('. F., 2.sj.
Barnuni, P. T., 213.
Bates, Joshuii, 177, 180.
Beetle, Wm., 373.
Bigelow, Horatio, 02.
Boston 3Iarine ."Society, 7.
Brainard, Mr.. 153.
Brighiini, W. T., 373.
Bryant, Dr. n..373.
Chamberlin, S. N., 2S,"».
Cleveland, W. (' ,213.
Curtis, .)., ISO.
Davis, II.. 2.>5.
Dixwell, J. J., 373.
Easton, Norman, 152.
Fay, J. S., 213.
Gott, Addison, 213, 255.
Guild, S. E., 02.
Hall, Thomas, 2.">5.
Hayes, Dr. A. A., 2.34.
Hayes, Dr. I. L, 152.
Jackson, Dr. C. T., (■>2, 15s, 213.
Jackson, F. H., 2.55.
Jackson, Dr. J. B. S., 224.
Jeffries, Dr. B. Joy, 224, 25,5, .373.
Kelly, IL, 213.
Kent, 3Irs., 153.
Kidder, Francis, 373.
Kneeland, Dr. S., 152, 1.53, 158. 180, 213,

2.SJ.
Langlev, Miss, 373.
McKenzie, J. C, 373.
Merriman, Mr., 28;").
Museum of Comparative Zoology, 320,

373.
Page, Kilby, 02.
Penniman,"B. F., 02.
Purdie, H. A., 213.
Rice, Dr. W. E., 285.
Richardson, MissE., 255.
Ruscheuberger, Dr., 255, 28;').
Sampson & Tappan, 02.
Schofield, J., 15s.
Scudder, S. H., 373.
Shaw, Dr. B. S., 2.j5.
Simonson, B., 15s.
Smithsonian Institution, 373.
Tay or, W. H., 153.
Thoreau, H. D., 72, l.Vj.
Torrey, 3Irs. (•liark's,02.
Underwood, Col., 21.3.
Verrill, A. E., .:27, 373.
Wadleigh, N. H., 213.
Watts, C. F., 1.V2.
Wells, Samuel, Jr., 213.
White, J.,2.>5.
White, Dr. J. C, 153, 2.s5.
Wiiittemorc, T. J., 153, 255, .373.
Wiuslow, Dr. C. F., 5, 02, 15.3, ISO.

Nanomia cnra, iso.
Natural History of Anficosti, 1.32.
Neosorex, remarks on, 10-1.
limhripes, l<i7.

384

Neosorex navigator, 107.

paliistris, 107, 225.

Nkwbekhv, 1)1!. J. S. Notes on the
Surfiice (ieology of the ba^in of the
Great Lakes, 42"; description of fossil
phmts collected by Mr. George Gibbs,
lOO.

NoitTOX, KoAVARD, catalogue of Ameri-
can species of Tenthredo, as arranged
by Hartig, 110.

Norway, Keptiles and Batrachians of,
195.

Nova Scotia, gold in, 47.

Nullipora obtexta, 33.

Officers elected, 30, 68, 228. 327, 351.
Ophion cecropiae, habits of, 18m.
Opossum, mode of birth in, 332.
Orders in Insects, 09.
Ordway, a.. Monograph of the genus

Callinectes, 188.
Ostrich, mechanism of tibio-tarsal joint,

220.

Pachyprotasis, 117.

Packaro, a. S.,JR.,on synthetic types
in insects, 210; note on two ichneu-
mons parasitic on Samia Columbia,
345.

Paludina rufa, 100.

Parus hudsonicus var. UttoraUs, 368.

Piisserella obscurn, 143.

Pkabody, G. a., on spawn in trout, 219.

Peneen, observations on, 33.

Penokie Mineral Range, 235.

Pentastoma, Wyman on, 179.

Pentremites sirius, 20.

Perineura, 117.

Permian, observations on, .33.

Pezottetix c/tacialu, 231.

Phycita nebula. 312.

PiCKKKiNO, Dr. C, on age of N. Ameri-
can ^Megatherium, 102 ; on the Esqui-
maux, 182; on sea-serpent, 245; on
occurrence of .J uncus tritidus on ]\It.
jVIonadnock, .333; on Amphic.xus, 346;
on the manufacture of pottery by the
Feejees, 368.

Pitanfius JJahamensis, 279.

Planaria, reproduction of lost parts in,
157.

Plants of Anticosti and Mingan Islands,
146.

Platanthera psycodes, fertilization of,

Platyc.rintis pleurovimenus, 17.

quinquenodiis, 18.

Pletliodon erythronotus, eggs of, 173.

Poecilostoma, 117.

Pogonia opiiioglossoides, structure of

and mode of fertilization in, 182.
Pomotis, impregnation of ova, 253.
Porcdlia obliquiiioda, 21.
Potato, wild, 5
J'oteriocrimis bin-srrformis, 10.

RdlHinoidciia, 10.

Pottery, aiiciont, from India, 357.
J'l'Ofhictas riiiiiiialis, 29.
Pseudomorphism of cast iron, 152

Putnam, F. W., on the genus Flaps, and
on snakes in general, 60, 09; on the
eggs of Plethodon erythronotus, 173;
on the geographical distribution of
fresh-water fishes. 178; on young of a
spider, 202; on Grystes fasciatus, 224,
248: mode of caring for the young in
Bagrus, 226; remarks on the frogs and
toads about Cambridge, Mass., 229;
distribution of fresh-water fishes, 2-33;
on nest of Robin, 248; on the Cods of
our coast, 319 ; on the young of Belone,
325; on the time of appearance of
scales in fishes, .326; on Amphioxus,
3-34; on a mode of protecting trees
from the attacks of the canker-worm,
350.

Quadrumana, limbs of, compared with
man, 36.

Raia batis, development of, 334.

Report of Building Committee, 37, 331.
'' " Committee to examine the
frozen well of Brandon, Vt., 72.

Report of Curator of Comparative
Anatomy, 6().

Report of Curator of Entomolf^gy, 67.
" " " " Ethnology, 67.
" " Librarian, 66, 227.
" " Treasurer, 227.

Reptiles of Norway. Me., 195.

Resolution, conveying thanks to East-
India Marine Society for donations, 7;
on completion of subscription to
Building Fund, 111 ; on death of Dr.
Greene, 176.

Petzia altirostHs, 28.

Rhizogeton fusiformis, 342.

Rhynchonella caput teatudinis, 23.

ottumwa, 23.

RooKRS, Prof. Wm. B., on the frozen
well at Brandon, 72; on subscription
to the Building Fund, 111 ; remarks on
the death of Dr. B. D. Greene, 174;
resolutions on same, 176; on migra-
tions, 231; on continental subsidence
and elevation, 232; on the action of
the State on the Back-Bay Lands, 235.

RoTHROCK J. T. The ftlorphology of
the Androecium of the Fumariacea;,
246.

Salamander, eggs of, 173.

Samia Columbia, .343.

Sapsucker, habits of, 55.

Saurothera Bahamensis, 280.

Scomber vernalis, habits of, 190.

SCUDDER, Rev. D. C, on ancient pot-
tery and megalithic cysts in India, .358.

SuuDDER, S. H., on the classification of
Insects, 69; on tlie genus Colias in N.
America, 103; materials for a mono-
graph of the Orthoptera of N. America,
with a list of the known New-England
species, 116; on the geographical dis-
tribution of insects in N. America, 178;
on the structure of Pogonia opiiioglos-
soides, 182; on tl e Platygaster attack-
ing the eggs of Anisopteryx, 185;

385

habits of Ophion cccropiae, 1S8; on
the structure of the Iic:ifl in insects,
210; on H partially formed pupa of
Sphinx cinerea, 212; on zones of life
in hiiih mountains, 'S-io; on ancient
pottery from India, 357.

Sea Serpent, 245.

Selandria, 11(».

cerasi, 321.

Serpents, monstrosity in, 103.

SiiUTK, .1. (;., on tiib mode of birth in
the Opossum, '^A2.

Smith, S. I., notes on the fertilization
of ( )rchids, 328; description of a species
of Samia, 342.

Sorex Thompsoni, ](i9.

Soricidai of X. England, 172.

Soundings, deep-sea, 1.

Species, complemental, 107; equivalent,
lOC); representative, lOCi.

Spha^rium solidulum, 1(E.

Spharo^is coriacea, 320.

Sphiugicampa , 21)0.

^^ (listigma, 290.

Sphyropicus varius, habits of, 55, 248.

Spirifer glans cerastes, 24.

Spiriferina, observations on the, 24.

"■ subtexta, 25.

Sprague, C. J. Is the Heath indigenous
to the United States n^ — 38, 207.

Stimpsox, W. The fossil Crab of Gay
Head, 191; Malacozoological Notices,
No. 1, 249; on the genus Gundlachia,
249.

Stodder, Charles, on the structure of
the valve of the Diatomacea;, 2; on
Diatomaceous Earth from Randolph,
Mass., 319.

Stoker, F. H., on pseudomorphism of
cast iron into plumbago, 152.

Streptorhynchus lens, 28.

Striafopora carbonaria, 32.

Strongylogaster, 117.

— multicolor, 120.

unicus, 120.

Synairema, 117.

Syringopura Harveyi, 32.

Tabanus, 304.

Taxonus, 117

chtbitatus, 119.

irigrh<jiii(i, 119.

anirinrtus, 119.

Temnodon saltator, habits of, 189.

Temperature of frozen well at Brandon,
81.

Tentacles, mode of development in Ily-
droids, 88.

Tenthredo, 110, 117.

American species of, 110.

semiluteus, 121.

Tertiary beds, subdivisions of. 174.

Tewksbury, Heath growing in. 3s.

Thoreau, H. D., notice of deatli of, 7o.

Toxopneustes drobachiensis, distribu-
tion of, 191.

Tropidonotus ordinatus, 01.

Turdus plumbeus, 309.

TyiihUnyba anrm, 315.

— binotuta, 315.

PROCEKDIN*

R. S. N. II.

Typliloryba jUiUl'hibt, 315.

VKi:i:ii.L.A.E.,on ll<liastra-a,33; Hoard
man's Catiilogiie of Itirds of Calain,
122; Notes on tin- Natural History of
Anticosti, 132; Maiiinials observed at
Anticosti during the summer of ls<H,
135; catalogue of the lUrds observed
at Anticosti and vicinity, 1.37; descrip-
tion of a species of I'asserella supposed
to be new, from Anticosti, 143; list of
the Plants collected at Anticosti and
the 3Iingan Islands during the summer
of 1801 , 14(> ; Notice of a sjiecies of Neo-
sorex from Massachusetts, and of
Sorex Thompsoni from Maine, MA; list
of the sjjecies of tiie family Soricidic
known to inhabit New England, 172;
lieview of tlie I'olyjis of the Eastern
coast of the Inite'd States, with de-
scriptions of new and imi»erfectly
known species, 179; catalogue of tlie
Reptiles and liatrachians found intlie
vicinity of Norway, Oxford Co., Me.,
195; on Zircon and Corundum from
Greenwood, Me., 20l : .Supplementary
Notice of Neosorex palustrifi, 225; on
tiie occurrence of Caribou. 22<>; on fau-
nal distinctions, 232 ; additions to the
catalogue of the Hirds found in the vi-
cinity of Calais, ]\Ie., and about the Hay
of Fundy, 2:!3; Synoi)sis of Halcyonoid
I'olyps of N. ra'cific Exploring' Expe-
dition, 253; notice of the eggs and
young of Desmognathns fnsca, 2.'i3;
observations on the migrations of
Hirundo lunifrons, 270; on Matricaria
iuodora and .8edum rhodiola, 3J7.

Walker, Dr. W. .1., donation to Huihiiug
Fund, 111.

AValsii, H. D., on certain remarkable
or exce])tional larv:e, &c., 2s<i; refer-
ences to such articles, furnished by the
writer to Agricultural Journals, as
contain new facts in economic Ento-
mologv, 309.

Waterstox, Rev. R. C., remarks on
the decease of Dr. W. D. Gre<'ne, KA.

Wells, Samuel, Jr., on the wool of
the Vicuiia, 199.

White, Charles A., description of
new species of fossils from the Devon-
ian and Carboniferous rocks of the
Mississippi Valley, ><; observations on
tlie Spiriferina, 24; observations on
the summit structure of I'entremites,
the structure and arrangements of cer-
tain parts of crinoids, and descriptions
of new species from the carboniferous
rocks at Hurlington, Iowa, 4(1.

White, I)i:..I. C, on tlu' Society's col
lection of skeletons, 3:^).

Whitti.ESEV, ('HAS. The I'euokie .Min
eral Kange, 2-35.

WiLKEi;, H. (i., on the nmscles wIiuMi
move the snout of the hog, 1: on the
niiiscuiar dillen-nces between the limbs
(.1" yhxw and <^ua<lrumaiia, M\\ on a
Using Troglodytes nlger, 113; cou-
•,•:, APRIL, ls<V.i.

386

cerninf? Morphology and Physiology,
espt'ciiilly in tlie limbs of Mammalia,
248.

Wilson, Tkop. Danikl, on the cranium
of a Hottentot, 357; on mcgalithic
cysts and ancient pottery from India ,
3(57.

Wixciiell,Prof. a., notes on Selandria
cerasi Harris, as it occurs at Ann Ar-
bor, ]\Iichigan, 321 .

Window glass, action of sunliglit on,
347.

WiNSLOW, Dr. C. F., on wild potato, 5.

AVyman, Prof. J., dissection of a Hot-
tentot, 5i5; experiments on minute
living organisms, 87; on the comple-
tion of subscription to Building Fund,
111 ; on larvae of Dactylethra capensis,
155 ; on reproduction of lost parts in
Planaria, 157 ; on eggs of Salamanders,

173; on a remarkable case of poison-

ing, 174; recent observations on Pen- Zircon, 201.
tastoraa, 17y, 180; on development of

human embryo, 185; on two cases of
monstrosity in serpents, l'.»3; observa-
tions on the cranium of a young goril-
la, 203; on a cyclopean pig, 211; on
tlie mechanism of the tibio-tarsal joint
in the ostrich, 220; on the structure of
Beluga, 22(), 230; on localization of
species, 233; on the sea-serpent, 245;
on mode of impregnation of the ova in
Pomotis, 253 ; observations on Amoeba,
281 ; on the development of Kaia batis,
.334; on Amphioxus, 347; on the skele-
ton of a Hottentot, 352.

Xyloryctes Satyrus, 287.

Zaphrentis eUiptica, 31.

glans, .32.

Zeacrinus perangulatus, 11.

saccuhis, 12.

var. concinnus, 13.